STUDY_ID,REALM,CLIMATE,GENERAL_TREAT,TREATMENT,TREAT_COMMENTS,TREAT_DATE,HABITAT,PROTECTED_AREA,BIOME_MAP,TAXA,ORGANISMS,TITLE,AB_BIO,HAS_PLOT,DATA_POINTS,START_YEAR,END_YEAR,CENT_LAT,CENT_LONG,NUMBER_OF_SPECIES,NUMBER_OF_SAMPLES,NUMBER_LAT_LONG,TOTAL,GRAIN_SIZE_TEXT,GRAIN_SQ_KM,AREA_SQ_KM,CONTACT_1,CONTACT_2,CONT_1_MAIL,CONT_2_MAIL,LICENSE,WEB_LINK,DATA_SOURCE,METHODS,SUMMARY_METHODS,LINK_ID,COMMENTS,DATE_STUDY_ADDED,ABUNDANCE_TYPE,BIOMASS_TYPE,SAMPLE_DESC_NAME
10,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,woody plants,Windstorm disturbance without patch dynamics twelve years of change in a Minnesota forest,A,Y,3,1984,1996,47.4,-95.12,25,191,1,1406,2 x 2 m plots (16 ha),4.00E-06,5.91E-06,Sara Webb,Sara Scanga,swebb@drew.edu,sescanga@utica.edu,ODbL,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E082/011/default.htm,Ecology,"Itasca State Park. Minnesota. is a 13 000-ha forestpreserve at 478N latitude. with a cold continental climate(mean annual temperature 3.78C. mean annualprecipitation 640 mm; Kuehnast 1972) and with diversesoils on glacial and meltwater deposits within a terminalmoraine. Forest cover in the 16-ha study area(T143N. R36W. Sec. 36. N?. NE?; pine?maple/BuddLake area of Webb [1988. 1989]) is heterogeneous withelements of northern hardwoods. white pine. red pine.and aspen?sugar maple cover types (Eyre 1980). Clustersof Pinus resinosa and scattered individual Pinusstrobus amidst hardwoods date back over 250 yr basedon our tree ring counts and originated after fire (Frissell1973; Clark 1989). The understory is also heterogenous.with thickets of Corylus cornuta shrubs. clumpsof the shrub Acer spicatum. carpets of seedlings of Acersaccharum and Acer rubrum. and patches of saplingsof Ostrya virginiana and Acer saccharum. The herbaceousflora is sparse and thus omitted from this analysis.Nomenclature follows Gleason and Cronquist 1991.METHODSPlots were sampled in mid-summer 1984. 1992. and1996. Each treefall had four 2 3 2 m plots: one plotnear the base (0.5 m north of the stump?s north edge).one plot in the fallen crown area (north of the bole justbeyond the first branch of the fallen crown). and twocontrol plots in parallel configuration at undamagedconspecific trees. Two base plots and three crown plotswere omitted due to interference from trails or treelesswet meadows. Note that plot locations were not permanentlymarked in the original survey. Thus. althoughthe treefall plots were likely to coincide in repeatedsampling. the control plots were less likely to be placedin exactly the same location in subsequent surveys. Ineach plot. all trees and shrubs were identified. counted.and recorded by height class (small. .50 cm in height;medium. 50-200 cm; tall. .200 cm in height. but dbh. 2.5 cm). Of 30 treefalls sampled originally in 1984.17 were still distinguishable in 1992. and 11 were distinguishablein 1996. In some cases. we are certain thatwe found the location of the old treefall. but the primarywindthrown tree had been obliterated by subsequenttreefalls. or (particularly for Betula papyrifera)entirely decomposed. Windthrown pines were still visibleand were all relocated. In contrast. fallen Populustremuloides. P. grandidentata. and other hardwoodswere less persistent. Any resulting bias in plot retrievalshould exaggerate the effects of windstorms. since largertreefalls were most likely to be included in the latersurveys. To accommodate decreasing sample size overtime. comparisons are based on densities per unit area.The data set contained a total of 58 individual plots in1984 and 1992. and 40 plots in 1996. Sample size wassufficient to reveal significant changes over time in thestatistical analysis; thus differences between treefalland control areas should also be detectable.We used repeated-measures ANOVA to identify differencesin vegetation that might be related to windstormdisturbance. The dependent variables. run one ata time. were species richness overall. for shrubs. andfor trees; and stem density by height class for all woodystems combined. for all shrubs. for all trees. and byspecies. The three independent variables. modeled together.were (1) treefall vs. control plot. (2) base vs.crown plot. and (3) year (1984. 1992. 1996). The base/crown factor was not significant and is not discussedhere. For those species for which ??year?? was significant.we checked for carry-over effects using a test forsphericity. In cases where the sphericity assumption ofthe univariate model was violated (the case of P .0.05). we tested again using a multivariate test that wasless powerful but more conservative (von Ende 1993;Norusis 1993). Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_treefallid_controlvs.treatment_basevs.crown_size_date
18,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Sagebrush steppe,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,sagebrush steppe plants,Mapped quadrats in sagebrush steppe long-term data for analyzing demographic rates and plant to plant interactions,A,Y,29,1923,1973,44.33,-112.33,98,542,1,8034,26 x 1m squared quadrats,1.00E-06,5.59E-06,Luke Zachmann,,luke.zachmann@nau.edu,lzachmann@gmail.com,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E091/243/default.htm,Ecology,"Site descriptionThe U.S. Sheep Experiment Station is located on the upper SnakeRiver plain at the foothills of the Centennial Mountains. approximately 10 kilometersnorth of Dubois. Idaho. USA. The station headquarters sits on 27.930 acres of ARSland at elevations ranging from roughly 1.650 to 1.800 meters. Permanent quadratswere established on station land in 1923.Design characteristics26 permanent quadrats were located in bothgrazed and ungrazed units. The two grazed paddocks contain fourquadrats each. The four ungrazed units contain a total of 18 quadrats(anywhere from 4 to 6 quadrats per exclosure).b. Permanent plots: See quadrat information data file in IV.c. Data collection: Quadrats were mapped annually from 1923 to 1957and once again in 1973. with some exceptions (see the quadrat samplingschedule data file in IV). Quadrats were mapped late in the growingseason each summer (generally between late May and early July.depending on the year).Research Methodsa. Field / laboratory: The data were collected in the field usingpantographs (Hill 1920). a mechanical device used to make scaledrawings. The original paper maps were first scanned and then stored asTIFF image files. These images were then converted into shapefiles byheads-up digitization in ArcGIS. For a complete digitization protocol.contact Peter Adler. Monthly climate data was obtained from the NationalClimatic Data Center (http://www.ncdc.noaa.gov/oa/ncdc.html).b. Instrumentation: Pantographs. scanners. and computers runningArcGIS. Python. and R.c. Taxonomy and systematics: Originally assigned plant names werecorrected for synonyms based on the USDA Plants Database(http://plants.usda.gov/). Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Dates added Years (1923. 1926. 1927. 1929) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_quadrat_year
33,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,phytoplankton,Long-term phytoplankton community dynamics in the Western English Channel,A,S,18,1992,2009,50.25,-4.217,170,1,1,17841,200ml sampling from stations,1.58E-08,6.26E-06,Claire Widdicombe,,CLST@pml.ac.uk,,ODbL,http://plankt.oxfordjournals.org/content/32/5.toc,Oxford Journals,"Sampling and enumeration of phytoplanktonWeekly phytoplankton samples were collected from theWestern Channel Observatory (WCO) (www.westernchannelobservatory.org.uk) long-term monitoringstation L4 (508 15.000N. 48 13.020W) betweenOctober 1992 and December 2007. Water was sampledfrom a depth of 10 m using a 10 L Niskin bottle.A 200 mL subsample was then removed from the bottleand immediately fixed with 2% (final concentration)Lugol?s iodine solution (Throndsen. 1978). A second200 mL sub-sample was then taken and preserved withneutral formaldehyde for the enumeration of coccolithophores.Samples were returned to Plymouth MarineLaboratory and stored in cool. dark conditions untilanalysis using light microscopy and the Utermo?hl countingtechnique (Utermo?hl. 1958). Samples were gentlyhomogenized before settling a 50 mL subsample fromthe Lugol?s-preserved sample. and a 100 mL subsamplefrom the formaldehyde-preserved sample. Subsampleswere settled for .48 h and all cells .2 mm wereidentified. where possible to species level. and enumeratedat either 200 or 400 magnification using aLeica DM IRB inverted microscope. Cells with a meandiameter of between 2 and 10 mm and that had recognizableflagellae and/or plastids (excluding diatoms anddinoflagellates) were categorized as ?phyto-flagellates?(Holligan and Harbour. 1977; Boalch et al.. 1978). Cellswere divided into seven functional groups; phytoflagellates.diatoms. Phaeocystis. coccolithophorids. dinoflagellates.heterotrophic dinoflagellates and ciliates.Further details on the Western Channel Observatoryand the time-series station L4 are provided by Smythet al. (Smyth et al.. 2010) for the environmental parametersand Eloire et al. (Eloire et al.. 2010) for themesozooplankton. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Inaccurate decimal latitude/longitude conversion corrected to appropriate lat/long values,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_location_method_date
39,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Deciduous forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,birds,Bird community dynamics in a temperate deciduous forest Long-term trends at Hubbard Brook,A,S,45,1970,2015,43.91,-71.75,52,45,1,959,50m interval plots from 500 x 100 m area,0.05,0.1,Richard Holmes,Tom Sherry,richard.t.holmes@dartmouth.edu,tsherry@tulane.edu,CC-by,http://www.esajournals.org/toc/emon/56/3,Ecology,"This study was conducted in the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest. a 3076-ha sector of the White Mountain National Forest. West Thornton. Grafton County. New Hampshire. USA. Our study took place on the 10-ha forest plot de- scribed by Holmes and Sturges (1975). which is located on a relatively steep (20-25%). south-southeast facing slope at an elevation of 500 to 600 m and adjacent to the lower third of watershed 6. the reference area for many of the Hubbard Brook ecosystem studies. The study plot was situated within a large tract of unfrag- mented and relatively homogeneous northern hard- woods forest. > 5 km distant from. and at an elevation 300 m above. the nearest human settlement. The only human-caused disturbances near the study area were on three experimental watersheds. 13. 10. and 22 ha in extent. which were logged by clear-cutting in 1967. in 1970. and from 1973 to 1975. respectively. The nearest of these was 0.6 km from the edge of our plot. the others were 1 and 2 km away. Although some for- est-dwelling birds moved to these areas in mid and late summer to feed on ripening fruit. we have no evidence that birds settling and breeding on the study area were in any way affected by these logged areas.Bird populations Bird censuses were conducted in a consistent manner in each of the 16 summers. These census methods have been described in detail by Holmes and Sturges (1975). Briefly. they involved: (1) Timed censuses. Two ob- servers moved at a rate of 50 m/6 min along parallel transect lines. 1 00 m apart. and recorded all birds heard or seen within 50 m on either side of the line. Since the 10-ha plot was 500 m long and 200 m wide and these lines ran 50 m in from the long sides. the entire plot was surveyed in a 1-h census. From these records. the numbers of individuals observed on the plot were then tallied. A minimum of two such censuses was conducted each week from late May through mid-July. (2) Territory-mapping. The positions of individual males (and females when seen). especially those en- gaged in simultaneous singing with neighbors. were plotted on a gridded census map. From these records. the territories of the males of many species could be delineated. (3) Mist-net captures. Forty to 50 mist nets. located at 50-m intervals on the census grid. were op- erated for 6-8 h/d. usually 1 or 2 d/wk from late May through early July in all years except 1980. Each cap- tured bird was given an aluminum band plus a unique combination of colored plastic bands. Capture and re- capture frequencies provided additional information on the presence of birds on the plot. including females and occasionally floaters. (4) Detailed observations. These provided information on nesting events and on the occurrence of females associated with males. Data from all methods were pooled and used to es- timate the total numbers of adult birds of each species living on the 1 0-ha study area during the breeding pe- riod. late May to early July. Final density estimates were adjusted for territories occurring only partly on the plot (i.e.. if a territory of a mated pair was half off the study area. only 0.5 male and 0.5 female for a total of one bird was counted) and for unmated males. The data therefore represent the total numbers of adult in- dividuals occupying 10 ha of northern hardwoods. For comparisons with most other studies. the numbers of individuals estimated to be on our plot should be di- vided in half to approximate the numbers of breeding pairs. These methods were most efficient for estimating the numbers of relatively small. mostly passerine birds that inhabit these forests. but also most woodpeckers and the one hummingbird species (see Table 2). We were unable to census adequately the raptors (Red-tailed Hawk. Buteo jamaicensis; Broad-winged Hawk. B. platypterus; Sharp-shinned Hawk. Accipiterstriatus; and Barred Owl. Strix varia). Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa um- bellus). Chimney Swift (Chaetura pelagica). and Pi- leated Woodpecker (Dryocopus pileatus). which were present in this forest but ranged over an area much larger than our 10-ha plot. These low-density species are not included in our analyses. Insect Sampling We used two methods to estimate the abundance of larval Lepidoptera (caterpillars). First. during periods of relatively high caterpillar densities (specifically sum- mers 1969 through 1973). we collected their fecal pel- lets (frass) falling from the forest canopy. Following the procedures of Gosz et al. (1973). we placed 20 funnels (each 20 cm in diameter) lined with filter paper and attached to 1 m tall stakes in a rectangular array on the census plot. with adjacent funnels 100 m apart. Frass was collected from the funnels at 2-4 d intervals. dried at 70'C for 48 h. and then weighed. Second. in 10 summers. caterpillars were censused directly on foliage by visually searching at least 80 50- leaf samples (i.e.. 4000 leaves and supporting petioles and twigs) at z2-wk intervals. For this paper. only data from caterpillar counts on beech foliage in the forest understory are presented. because (1) it was cen- sused in more seasons than any other type of foliage. (2) caterpillar abundance there was representative of that occurring on the foliage of other forest trees (R. T. Holmes and J. C. Schultz. personal observation). and analyses of the vertical distribution of caterpillars in this forest showed few if any differences in their abundance among the canopy. subcanopy. and sapling strata (J. C. Schultz and R. T. Holmes. personal ob- servation). Foliage profile measurements For recording changes in the vertical distribution of foliage. we measured the foliage density profile. using the method of MacArthur and Horn (1969). Six sep- arate vertical transects were made along a randomly placed sample line at each of 20 sites located 100 m apart on the study area. The measurements were av- eraged for each site. and then means and standard de- viations of foliage densities at each of seven vertical strata were obtained for the plot as a whole. Data were taken on the plot in 1972-1973 and again in 1982 at the same locations. Student's t tests were used to detect differences in foliage density within each stratum be- tween sampling periods. Unit of abundance = DensityPer10Ha, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Removed records prior to 1986 as per provider instructions (different sampling intensities). - subsequent combining of two as per provider instructions  Where data showed t for trace (<0.5 birds per 10ha) substituted 0.2 as a numeric value for abundance.  depth and biomass NULL values set to zeroes - first part of data (to 1984) entered in OCT-12 later part JUN-16,Oct-12,Density,NA,lat_long_timeTransect_year
41,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,birds,Time and space and the variation of species,A,S,10,1923,1940,39.5,-82.48,56,10,1,418,counts from 28 ha,0.28,5.18E-06,Author now deceased,Queries at Ecology,esahq@esa.org,esahq@esa.org,CC0,http://www.esajournals.org/toc/ecol/41/4,Ecology,"Time and space and the variation of species - no further methods as yet Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_census_year
45,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,tropical reef fish,MCR LTER Coral Reef Long-term Population and Community Dynamics Fishes,AB,S,10,2006,2015,-17.5,-149,338,1105,1,47282,5 x 50 m transects,2,205,Andrew Brooks,LTER contact,AJBrooks@ucsb.edu,mcrlter@msi.ucsb.edu,CC-by,http://mcr.lternet.edu/cgi-bin/showDataset.cgi?docid=knb-lter-mcr.6,Moorea Coral Reef LTER,"Diver ObservationThis study began in 2005 and the dataset is updated annually. The abundances of all mobile taxa of fishes (Scarids. Labrids. Acanthurids. Serranids. etc.) observed on on a five by fifty meter transect which extends from the bottom to the surface of the water column are recorded by a diver using SCUBA. The diver then swims back along a one by fifty meter section of the original transect line and records the abundances of all non-mobile or cryptic taxa of fishes (Pomacentids. Gobiids. Cirrhitids. Holocentrids etc). Surveys are conducted between 0900 and 1600 hours (Moorea local time) during late July or early August each year. In 2006. divers also began to estimate the size (length) of each fish observed to the nearest half cm. Four replicate transects are surveyed in each of six locations on the forereef (two on each of Moorea's three sides). six locations on the backreef (two on each of Moorea's three sides) and on six locations on the fringing reef (two on each of Moorea's three sides) for a total of 72 individual transects. Transects are permanently marked using a series of small. stainless steel posts affixed to the reef. Transects on the forereef are located at a depth of approximately 15m. those on the backreef are located at a depth of approximately 1.5m and those on the fringing reef are located at a depth of approximately 10m.LocationsAnnual fish census locations are labeled with four components in a stratified design: 6 sites. 3 habitats. 4 transects. 2 swaths. (The swaths are the transect widths of 1 m and 5 m.) Therefore there are 144 unique locations surveyed each year. The six MCR-LTER sites span the three shores of the roughly triangular island of Moorea with Sites 1 and 2 on the north-facing shore. Sites 3 and 4 on the south-east-facing shore. and Sites 5 and 6 on the south-west-facing shore. At each site. the three habitats are the Fringing Reef. Backreef. and Forereef. At each habitat. there are four transects. Each transect has two swaths. The two swaths are described in the Diver Observation method step.Dive ConditionsIn addition to the biotic data collected. divers also record data on the date and time each transect was surveyed. wind speed and sea state. swell height in m. amount of cloud cover in % and horizontal visibility in m. Dive conditions are recorded for each dive. which is unique to a habitat at a site for a year. Therefore there are 18 unique dive conditions each year (3 habitats at 6 sites).DiversAt each site. at each habitat. there are four transects. each covered by an assigned diver (in 2005 by 2 divers). Whenever possible. the same diver covers the same transect number every year. (Transect 3 has varied.) The diver is listed by their initials. (In 2005. the initials of 2 divers are concatenated.) The diver ID is determined by the year and transect number; there are 4 unique diver IDs for each year.Reference for fish census protocolThe MCR-LTER annual fish census is based on the 'Fish Belt Transect' method described in: 'Methods for Ecological Monitoring Of Coral Reefs: A Resource For Managers. Version 1.'. J. Hill and C. Wilkinson. 2004. Australian Institute of Marine Science (AIMS). Townsville. Australia. 117 p.  Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = CountXestimatedSize",Transects,NA,Some dates added. 29.3.16 FM - noted that 2005 has NA biomass but left as one study due to only single year - will show zero values17.5.16 FM - deleted 2005 (different survey method) and Transect 3 (multiple and possibly inconsistent surveyors) on advice of data provider.  Also added years from 2010 to 2015 after receiving this extra information from the data .,Oct-12,Count,Size,lat_long_site_habitat_transect_swathDate
46,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,breeding bird pairs,Skokholm Bird Observatory,A,S,47,1928,1979,51.698,-5.277,29,47,1,528,counts from 1 km sq,1,6.45E-06,Mark Williamson,,mw1@york.ac.uk,,CC0,http://ecologicaldata.org/wiki/skokholm-bird-observatory,Eco Data Wiki,"Skokholm was established as a bird observatory by R.M. Lockley. He took a lease on the island in October1927. and kept records of breeding birds from 1928 to1940 (Lockley 1938. 1947). After the war theobservatory was run by the West Wales Field Societyand the Council for the Promotion of Field Studies (nowthe Field Studies Council). and later by the EdwardGrey Institute of Field Ornithology of the University ofOxford. Records of breeding and. for most species inmost years. counts or estimates of the numbers ofbreeding pairs are available from 1928 to 1979. with abreak from 1941 to 1945. making 47 years of records.Those up to 1967 have been published by Lack (1969)and analysed by Williamson (1981). Those since 1967have been extracted from the Annual Reports of theObservatory in the Alexander Library of the EdwardGrey Institute. The whole record for land and waterbirds is given in Tab. 1.The criterion for inclusion in Tab. 1 is breeding. butas is now well recognised. there are different degrees ofcertainty in such records. For a study of immigrationand extinction the important question is whether a pairof birds was attempting to breed. rather than whether itbred successfully. For instance the raven Corvus coraxhad one pair every year (two in 1961). but in 1978built a nest in Steep Bay. but it remained empty. Inthe British Trust for Ornithology code this is B. Nestbuilding. and counts only as Probable breeding in thisspecies. though it is regarded as Confirmed breedingin most others (Sharrock 1976). For this study it countsas a population of one pair. In most cases the annualreport gives a single figure for the number of pairs. Forneighbouring integers. e.g. 12 or 13. I have taken thehigher figure. for ranges. e.g. 35 to 40. a figure at or just slightly from Lack (1969). and includes figures thatabove the mid-point (38 in this case). Lack records as question marks. and Lockley also givesFor the pre-war figures Lockley (1947) differs the figures for 1940. I have therefore taken histhroughout. rather than Lack's. The only importantdifference in relation to the MacArthur-Wilson theoryis that Lockley records one pair of sky lark Alauda arvensisin 1938. which Lack (and Williamson 1981) recordas an extinction followed by an immigration in1939. Lockley also notes that he shot or deported littleowls Athene noctua when he could. because they atestorm petrels Hydrobates pelagicus. so I have excludedlittle owls from Tab. 1.It is evident that many of the estimates of the commonbirds in Tab. 1 are round figures. In some yearsestimates are lacking. though breeding is recorded. andas a full set of figures is needed for the calculations thatfollow I have interpolated. approximately linearly. insuch cases. The interpolated figures are in italics in Tab.1.Skokholm is a most important station for sea-birdpopulations. Throughout the years there have beenthousands of pairs of Manx shearwater Puffinus puffinus.storm petrel Hydrobates pelagicus. and puffinsFratercula arctica. and these are the largest colonies.along with those on the neighbouring island of Skomer.in the Celtic Sea (Cramp et al. 1974). Herring gullsLarus argentatus and lesser black-backed gulls Larusfuscus have increased from hundreds of pairs pre-war tothousands now. There are also hundreds of pairs ofrazorbills Alca torda and guillemots Uria aalge. Thegreat black-backed gull Larus marinus population iscontrolled at around ten pairs. The fulmar Fulmarusglacialis first bred in 1967 and even now occupies lessthan twenty sites. There have been casual records ofbreeding of shag Phalacrocorax aristotelis and kittiwakeRissa tridactyla (Lockley 1969). There have also beenthirty to forty pairs of rock pipits Anthus spinolettabreeding on the cliffs each year. Lack (1969) did notregard them as land-birds. and I have. somewhat reluctantly.followed him. partly because the estimates ofpopulation size are even rougher than those of themeadow pipit A. pratensis.MethodsMany features of the data can be brought out by simplemethods (Williamson 1981). However. to produce asatisfactory ordination of both species and years is notso simple. and requires a consideration both of differentordination methods. and of whether the data should betransformed.For most biological populations a transformation tothe logarithm of the numbers is desirable (Williamson1972a). When there are many zeros. as in Tab. 1. log(n+1) or better the arc-sinh transformation. which islog (n+(n2+ 1)12). can be used (Williamson 1981). butthese small numbers show features of a Poisson distribution.s o a square root transformation may be desirable(Pollard 1977). Tukey (1977) gives methods fordetermining an appropriate power transformation.which he refers to as re-expression. (with the logarithmbeing equivalent to a zero power). It is well-known thata plot of the logarithm of the mean against thelogarithm of the variance may indicate that a transformation is needed. When the variance is proportional tothe mean. a square root transformation is indicated; thestandard deviation proportional to the mean indicates alogarithmic transformation. Taylor et al. (1978) givemany examples of such plots showing clearly. to mymind. that most biological data needs transformationand usually something. on Tukey's scale. bounded bythe square root and the logarithm.These tests on the data of years in Tab. 1. both includingand excluding zeros. point to a square roottransformation. By species. again with and withoutzeros. the results are more variable. which is not surprising.The raven population is almost constant at onepair. The stock dove Columba oenas and jackdaw Corvusmonedula populations vary from zero to sixty pairs.In view of this scatter.although a logarithmic transformationwould be better for the common species. asquare root transformation is justifiable for all. and sohas been used.A standard Principal Component Analysis of datawith many zeros usually produces a curved result. thehorseshoe effect. from artificial data designed to belinear (Williamson 1978). Various methods have beenproposed to prevent this including multi-dimensionalscaling. MDS (Carroll and Arabie 1980). reciprocal averaging(or contingency analysis). and Hill's developmentof it. Decorana (Gauch 1982). and the step-acrossmethod (Williamson 1978). Reciprocal averaging andstep-across are direct; multi-dimensional scaling isiterative. and requires a variety of starting configurations.Decorana assumes the second Principal axis to bean artefact. and reduces it by a slicing technique.Step-across applies only to incidence matrices. whereall the entries are one of zero. Much of the variation inTab. 1 and similar data occurs in the number of entitiespresent. The similarity index used in step-across is theJaccard one. the number of joint occurrences. Thenatural extension of this to continuous data is illustratedin Fig. 2. It is the total set of joint occurrences. the areaof the intersection of the species graphs. Mathematically.this is Kendall's (1971) circle product. I min (a.b). The effect of using the circle product on species withmoderate overlap is to make them more similar than ifthe Jaccard index is used. so tending to re-create ahorseshoe. This can be corrected by a transformation;the square root of the circle product has been used here.This development of step-across can be called stepalongfor convenience.English (1982) compared MDS. Decorana andstep-along analyses of both the Eastern Wood (Williamson1981) data and a sub-set of the Skokholm data.using years in which complete records exist. Not allvariants of MDS are available at York. but he foundthose that were very expensive in computer time. requiring arbitrary choices of starting point. and the resultsdisappointing. Decorana produced the straightesttime axis. but. as will be seen. the time axis at Skokholmshould be curved. So the method has had the unfortunateeffect of removing. as an artefact. a real feature.The species ordination by Decorana was not readily interpretable.Consequently. the remainder of this paperdeals only with step-along results. The transformationsused here. of square roots for both data and circle product.are not critical. Runs with other transformationsproduce recognisably the same result Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_year
47,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Ponds,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,ducks,Detection of Density-Dependent Effects in Annual Duck Censuses,A,Y,26,1952,1977,50.845447,-107.446257,13,35,2,392,0.2 km wide transects,0,4.154398111,William Vickery,Tom Nudds,vickery.william@uqam.ca,tnudds@uoguelph.ca,CC0,http://www.esajournals.org/toc/ecol/65/1,Ecology,"Census dataBecause of their historical economic importance.ducks afford the opportunity to examine very largedata sets collected over large geographic distances.long time periods. and through changing. but measurable.levels of breeding-habitat availability. In 1952 inmixed prairie near Redvers. Saskatchewan. and in 1953in aspen-parkland near Lousana. Alberta (Fig. 1). theUnited States Fish and Wildlife Service undertookyearly collections of waterfowl census and habitat dataon 0.2 km wide. permanently established transects. TheRedvers Waterfowl Study Area was a reversed-L transect.each arm roughly 32.2 km long; the total areawas 12.9 km2. The terrain was gently rolling and reliefgenerally <3 m. The pothole basins were generallysaucer shaped rather than bowl shaped (Stoudt 1971).The Lousana Waterfowl Study Area was a rectangulartransect roughly 16.1 x 6.4 km. or 9.3 km2. The terrainwas knob-and-kettle-like. A larger percentage ofponds at Lousana. compared with Redvers (45 vs.31%). were classified as permanent (Smith 1971).Each pothole on the transects was numbered andvisited several times yearly when breeding pairs of allspecies were counted. Dzubin (1969a) provided a reviewof the potential biases in transect-collected censusdata for ducks. Violations of these assumptionspose problems for deterministic calculations; the valuein these data is that. while they may be crude by thosestandards. the amount of data and the time span theycover outweigh disadvantages imposed by the mannerof data collection. Two assumptions. for purposes ofthis analysis. are important: first. the relative populationsizes of ducks were as the observers recordedthem. and second. proportional use of different pondtypes by different species was represented by the censusdata. The second assumption is made more plausibleby validation of the first; the first is reasonablebecause considerable effort was made to census allponds thoroughly (Smith 1971:14. Stoudt 1971:14). Onebiologist collected most of the data. although in recentyears. other United States Fish and Wildlife Servicepersonnel and I collected data.Each pothole was scored for each of the followingcharacteristics: permanence classification. size.depth. degree of openness of surrounding vegetation.percent coverage of pond surface by emergentvegetation. and type of vegetation. All values of habitatvariables were of ordinal level; type of vegetationwas not a nominal-level variable because it tookon values that corresponded to structural complexity(height. density) of each plant type or association.Twenty-six years of data (1952-1977) from Redverswere available for analysis. Four censuses were conductedyearly from 1952 to 1965; commencement datesof censuses varied between 1-11 May. 1-4 June. 29June-13 July. and 22-26 July. Eight and six censuseswere conducted in the drought years 1961 and 1962.respectively. After 1965. one July census was begunbetween 11 and 23 July; dates of May and June censusesvaried as in previous years. Nine years (1968-1976) of data from the Lousana area were availablefor analysis. Commencement dates for censuses. whichwere conducted three times yearly. varied between Iand 7 May. between 31 May and 8 June. and between14 and 17 July. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_location_year
51,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Birds,tetraonid birds,Fluctuations and long-term in the relative densities of tetraonid populations in Finland. 1964-77,A,S,14,1964,1977,61.9241,25.7482,4,1,1,56,~40 km apart - transects,0,8.50E-06,Harto Linden,Global Population Dynamics Database,harto.linden@rktl.fi,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,CC-by,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,Global Population Dynamics Database,"The abundance of the tetraonid species in different parts of thecountry. the long-term population trends in respective areas and thedelimitation of areas in which the fluctuations of a single tetraonid species aresynchronous were studied. Route censuses of tetraonids give only relativedensities. because they are carried out in optimal grouse habitats. but thecensus results are suitable for the purposes mentioned above. Between 500and 800 route censuses are carried out annually; the total length of theseroutes has varied between 20.000 and 30.000 km annually. Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_general_date
52,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Polar,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Mammals,small land carnivores,A transect survey of small land carnivore and red fox populations on a subarctic fell in Finnish forest Lapland over 13 winters,A,S,13,1968,1980,67.75,29.5,3,5,1,144,100 m transects,0.001,1.06E-05,Erkki Pulliainen,Global Population Dynamics Database,susi.pulliainen@gmail.com,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,CC0,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,Global Population Dynamics Database,"The tracks of red fox. pine marten. stoat and pygmy weasel crossing an observation line 5970 m long running westwards from the summit of Varriotunturi were counted in the winters of 1968/69 - 1980/81 by skiing along this line once a week during the snowy season of the year. Only tracks that were at most 2 days old when recorded in November - April are taken into account in the present calculations. If the same individual had crossed the line more than once within a few minutes at points lying between two recording sticks 20 m apart. this was regarded as only one crossing. In order to render the results for the different months comparable. all monthly means (per 100 m of the observation line) were calculated per four observation times on the basis of those observations in which fresh tracks were visible. Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_general_forestType_date
53,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Savanna/ Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,small mammals,An 11-year study of small mammal populations at Mont St. Hilaire. Quebec,A,S,10,1966,1976,45.564,-73.179,5,1,1,44,46 grids from 10 km sq,10,10,Peter Grant,Global Population Dynamics Database,prgrant@Princeton.EDU,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,CC-by,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,Global Population Dynamics Database,"Mont St. Hilaire has an area of about 10 km2 covered by sugar maple and beech forest.Longworth traps were used on 46 grids from 1966 to 1976 in the snow-free period. mainly in June.One thousand and fifty-one individuals of 10 species of small mammals were captured. Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_general_size_date
54,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical dry broadleaf forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,land snails,El Verde Grid invertebrate data (Big Grid Snail Captures 1991-2007),A,S,24,1991,2014,18.1667,-65.5,19,798,1,21702,circular (3m radius) quadrats in 16 ha,2.83E-05,0.16,Christopher Bloch,Michael Willig,Christopher.Bloch@bridgew.edu,michael.willig@uconn.edu,ODbL,http://luq.lternet.edu/data/luqmetadata107/7427,Luquillo LTER,"One hundred sixty points were selected on the Luquillo Forest DynamicsPlot at El Verde. Circular quadrats (r = 3 m) were established at each point. From June 1991 to present.40 points were sampled four times seasonally for the presence of terrestrial snails and walking sticks.with the following exceptions: (1) in 1995. 1996. and 1997. the wet season surveys comprised 160points. (2) in 1998. the wet season survey comprised 100 points. (3) walking stick surveys began in thewet season of 1992. (4) walking sticks were sampled only twice per season until 1994. (5) snails weresampled only once in Dry season 1991. twice in Wet season 1991. Wet and Dry seasons 1992. and Wetand Dry seasons of 1993. and three times in Wet and Dry seasons 1994. Sampling at each pointconsisted of a minimum of two individuals searching all available surfaces within a quadrat (e.g..vegetation. litter. rock. soil) for the presence of snails and walking sticks. Walking sticks wereidentified to sex whenever possible. with immature or unidentifiable individuals being classified asjuveniles. Exceptions to this classification system are Dry season 1993. Dry season 1996. and Wetseason 1996. when no walking sticks were classified to sex. In these cases. all walking sticks are listedin the data file as juveniles. Beginning in 1995. individuals of C. caracolla and N. tridens weremarked with a numbered plastic dot affixed to the shell and measured to the nearest 0.1 mm using dialcalipers. All surveys occurred between 19:30 and 03:00 hours to coincide with peak snail activity.Population densities were estimated as Minimum Number Known Alive (MNKA). the maximumnumber of individuals of each species recorded for a site in each season. and from Wet Season 1995onward. using the Lincoln-Peterson. Modified Lincoln-Peterson. and Schnabel estimators. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Extra data added from LTER web site 2016,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_season_run_point_date
56,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Savanna/ Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Mammals,small mammals,Small Mammal Mark-Recapture Population Dynamics at Core Research Sites,AB,Y,20,1989,2008,34.2,-106.43,28,8026,1,16657,24 x 3.14 ha webs,0.0314,4.84E-06,Seth Newsome,Mike Friggens,newsome@unm.edu,friggens@sevilleta.unm.edu,CC-by,http://sev.lternet.edu/data/sev-8,Sevilleta LTER,"Permanent capture-mark-release trapping webs were usedto estimate density (number of animals per unit area) ofeach rodent species at each site. The method makes useof concepts from distance sampling. i.e.. point countsor line-intercept techniques. The method makes noattempts to model capture-history data. therefore it wasnot necessary to follow individuals through time(between sessions). Distance sampling methods allow forsighting or detection (capture) probabilities todecrease with increasing distance from the point orline. The modeling of detection probability as afunction of distance forms the basis for estimation.Trapping webs were designed to provide a gradient ofcapture probabilities. decreasing with distance from theweb center. Density estimation from the trapping web wasbased on three assumptions:1. All animals located at the center of the webwere caught with probability 1.0;2. Individuals did not move preferentially towardor away from the web center;3. Distances from the web center to each trapstation were measured accurately.Each web consisted of 12 trap lines radiating around acenter station. each line with 12 permanently-markedtrap stations. In order to increase the odds ofcapturing any animals inhabiting the center of a web.the center station had four traps. each pointing in acardinal direction. and the first four stations of eachtrap line were spaced only 5 m apart. providing a trapsaturation effect. The remaining eight stations in atrap line were spaced at 10 m intervals. The web thusestablished a series of concentric rings of traps. Trapsin the ring nearest the web center are close together.while the distances separating traps that form aparticular ring increase with increasing distance of thering from the web center. The idea is that the webconfiguration produces a gradient in trap density and.therefore. in the probability of capture. Three randomlydistributed trapping webs were constructed at each site.The perimeters of webs were placed at least 100 m apartin order to minimize homerange overlap for individualscaptured in the outer portion of neighboring webs.Measurement TechniquesEach site containing three webs was sampled for threeconsecutive nights during spring (in mid May or earlyJune) and summer (in mid July or early August for years1989 to 1993. then mid September to early October foryears 1994 through 2000). In that rodent populationswere not sampled monthly over the study period. there isno certainly that either spring or summer trapping timesactually captured annual population highs or lows. Basedon reproductive data in the literature. an assumptionwas made that sampling times chosen represent periods ofthe year when rodents have undergone. and wouldregister. significant seasonal change in density.During each trapping session. one Sherman live trap(model XLF15 or SFAL. H. B. Sherman Traps. Tallahassee.FL) was placed. baited with rolled oats. and set at eachpermanent. numbered station (four in the center) on eachweb. for a total 444 traps over three webs. Traps werechecked at dawn each day. closed during the day. andreset just before dusk. Habitat. trap station number.species. sex. age (adult or juvenile). mass. bodymeasurements (total length. tail length. hind footlength. ear length). and reproductive condition (males:scrotal or non-scrotal; females: lactating. vaginal orpregnant) were recorded for each initial capture of anindividual. Each animal was marked on the belly with apermanent ink felt pen in order to distinguish it fromother individuals during the same trapping session. Thetrap station number for an initial capture related to aparticular trapping ring on a web and. therefore. to aparticular distance from the center of the web. The areasampled by a ring of traps was computed based oncircular zones whose limits are defined by pointshalfway between adjacent traps along trap lines; anadditional 25 m radius was added to the outer ring oftraps in order to account for homerange size ofindividuals caught on the outer ring.Analytical ProceduresArea trapped and number of individuals caught for eachring of traps was the basis for estimating theprobability density function of the area sampled. Theprogram DISTANCE produced the estimators used tocalculate density. Where sample size for a particularspecies and web was less than an arbitrarily chosenn=10. the number of individuals captured during thatsession was simply divided into the area of the web plusthe additional 25 m radius (4.9087 ha). This datasetincludes only the raw capture data. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = Weight",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_location_season_night_web_trap_date
57,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lakes,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Fish,fish,North Temperate Lakes LTER Fish Abundance,A,S,32,1981,2012,43.9928,-89.4946,76,258,1,10892,11 lakes/6 littoral zones,40,5.56E-06,Emily Stanley,Corinna Gries,ehstanley@wisc.edu,cgries@wisc.edu,CC-by ,http://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"This data set is a derived data set based on fishcatch data. Data are collected annually to enableus to track the fish assemblages of elevenprimary lakes (Allequash. Big Muskellunge.Crystal. Sparkling. Trout. bog lakes 27-02 [CrystalBog] and 12-15 [Trout Bog]. Mendota. Monona.Wingra and Fish). Sampling on Lakes Monona.Wingra. and Fish started in 1995; sampling onother lakes started in 1981. Sampling is done atsix littoral zone sites per lake with seine. minnowor crayfish traps. and fyke nets; a boat-mountedelectrofishing system samples three littoraltransects. Vertically hung gill nets are used toobtain two pelagic samples per lake from thedeepest point. A trammel net samples across thethermocline at two sites per lake. In the bog lakesonly fyke nets and minnow traps are deployed.Parameters measured include species-levelidentification and lengths for all fish caught. andweight and scale samples from a subset. Deriveddata sets include species richness. catch per uniteffort. and size distribution by species. lake. andyear. Dominant species vary from lake to lake.Perch. rockbass. and bluegill are common. withwalleye. large and smallmouth bass. northernpike and muskellunge as major piscivores. Ciscohave been present in the pelagic waters of fourlakes. and the exotic species. rainbow smelt. ispresent in two. The bog lakes containmudminnows. Protocol used to generate data:Gill net data have been standardized to a 24-hoursampling period. Assumptions used in thestandardization are available from theinvestigators. Day seines were only used in 1981and have been eliminated from this data set tomake sampling effort across years comparable.Number caught for each species is summed overrepetitions of a gear within a lake and over depthFor information on fish stocking by WisconsinDepartment of Natural Resouces in LTER lakes inDane and Vilas counties. seehttp://infotrek.er.usgs.gov/doc/wdnr_biology/Public_Stocking/StateMapHot... Sampling Frequency: annuallyNumber of sites: 11 Unit of abundance = SummedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Various,NA,Dates added and (on 25.3.16) realm changed from marine to freshwater FM,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_area_lake_gear_effort_date
58,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Long term monitoring site,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical dry broadleaf forests,Birds,birds,Avian populations long-term monitoring dataset. San Juan. Puerto Rico Luquillo Long Term Ecological Research Site Database Grid points bird counts DBAS 23,A,Y,18,1991,2008,18.19,-65.43,31,6,1,1171,counts within 25m circular plots,0.0019625,0.16,Robert Waide,E Melendez,rwaide@lternet.edu,emelendez@lternet.edu,ODC-by,http://luq.lternet.edu/data/luqmetadata23,Luquillo LTER,"Measurements of bird abundance are taken in the 9 ha grid (5/89 to 6/90) and Luquillolterdb23-Bird point counts Forest Dynamics Plot (10/90 to present) at El Verde and in Watershed 1 and Whendee Silver's cut plots at Bisley.DATA SET METHODSCircular plot counts are used to measure relative numbers of birds over time and betweensites. The duration of each count is 10 minutes. During this period. all birds heard or seen are recorded on a data sheetin one of two categories: 1) within 25 m of the observer (< 25 m) and 2) further than 25m from the observer (> 25 m).Records are further broken down into birds only heard (H on the data sheet) and birds observed (recorded as estimateddistance from the sampling point in meters; see sample data sheet).Counts are begun as soon after dawn as possible and conclude before noon. Census points are at least 60 m apartwithin the grids. A complete list of the grid points where counts are taken is found in the data. Originally counts wereconducted three times a year. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA,Exclude 1996 (11 records) in analysis as collection was later in the year than otherwise,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_plot_date
59,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Urban / Desert,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Mammals,rodents,Long-term monitoring and experimental manipulation of a Chihuahuan Desert ecosystem near Portal. Arizona. USA,A,Y,26,1977,2002,30.3226,-103.501,29,2,1,427,24 x 0.25 ha plots,0.0025,0.0025,Morgan Ernest,Thomas Valone,skmorgane@ufl.edu,valone@slu.edu,CC-by ,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E090/118/default.htm,Ecology,"1. Site descriptionWithin the 20 ha study area there are 24 experimental plots. Each plot has anarea of 0.25 ha and is fenced to regulate rodent access to the plot. Access is regulated using gatescut into the fencing. Large gates (3.7 ? 5.7 cm) allow all small mammals to access plots. Smallgates (1.9 ? 1.9 cm) exclude kangaroo rats (Dipodomys) whose inflated auditory bullae make theirskulls too large to pass through the gates. Rodent removal plots do not contain any gates andanimals caught on those plots are removed and released outside the cattle exclosure fence.On each plot there are 49 permanent trapping stations marked by rebar stakes forming a 7 ? 7 grid.Every stake on a plot has a unique identifying number denoting the coordinate of that stake on thatplot. For example. stake 11 is the first stake on the first row. Rows are numbered 1 through 7going from the most northern row to the most southern. Columns are numbered 1 through 7 goingfrom the most western column to the most eastern (See metadata.htm. Fig. 1).Treatments: See metadata.htm. Table 1. for details on treatment assignments for each plot.Data Collection Period. Frequency: From 1977?2002. plots were trapped around each newmoon ? which occurs approximately once a month. though occasionally blue moons do occur.resulting in 2 separate surveys in a month. Occasionally. months are missed. Months that areentirely missed are not noted in the database. Sometimes weather or other unforeseen occurrencesprevent the complete trapping of a survey. these are noted in the database (see Table 1 below).3. Research MethodsField: The site is surveyed for rodents approximately once each month. The survey occurs asclose to the new moon as possible to minimize external effects on trapping success which could bemisconstrued as actual changes in populations. During a survey. each plot is trapped for one nightwith treatments divided evenly between nights to eliminate differences between controls andtreatments caused by environmental differences on different nights. When a plot is surveyed. allgates are closed to ensure that only resident individuals are captured. At each stake. one Shermanlive-trap is placed and baited with millet seed. Traps are collected the next morning andindividuals processed. Each individual was tagged and data on species. location caught (plot andstake). sex. reproductive condition. weight. and hindfoot length were recorded. Until 1993.individuals were tagged using either ear tags or toe tags. After 1993. individuals werepredominately tagged using Passive Integrated Transponder (PIT) Tags. Use of PIT tags wasE090-118-D1-Rodent metadata http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E090/118/Portal_rodent_meta...halted from 1997?2000 while we waited for a patent infringement lawsuit to be resolved againstthe company that supplied our tags and scanning system (Troyvan). In 2000 we resumed using PITtags. using a different system (Biomark). It is noted in the database if either an animal escapedbefore all information was gathered. was removed from the site because it was caught on a plot itwas supposed to be excluded from. or died during trapping.Most data has been consistently collected over the timespan of the study. The one exception is thatinitially data were also collected on the location of the burrow for Dipodomys spectabilis andNeotoma albigula. This was discontinued after 1994.Taxonomy and systematics: Taxonomy and identification of species is consistent with Mammalsof Arizona by Hoffmeister (1986). with the exception that some species identified as Perognathusin Hoffmeister (1986) are now a separate genus (Chaetodipus). Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_location_date
60,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,tropical woody plants,Forest Census Plot on Barro Colorado Island,A,S,8,1982,2015,9.1521,-79.8465,325,8,1,2429,50 ha plot,0.5,0.5,Stephen Hubbell,Richard Condit,shubbell@eeb.ucla.edu,conditr@gmail.com,CC-by,http://ctfs.si.edu/,SmithsonianTropical Research Institute,"The 50-hectare permanent treeplot was established in 1980 inthe tropical moist forest of BarroColorado Island (BCI) in GatunLake in central Panama.Censuses have been carried outin 1981-1983. 1985. 1990. 1995.2000. and 2005. In each census.all free-standing woody stems atleast 10 mm diameter at breastheight were identified. tagged.and mapped. Over 350.000individual trees have been censused over 25 years.Since 1994. over 50 one-hectare plots and smaller have been establishedin the Panama Canal watershed and elsewhere where trees over 10 cmdbh were censused. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA,day and month set to 1. FM - 29.03.2018 data updated with altered species and extra years as per author advice. Nectandra sp4 is tiny leaf as per original data. Myrcia gatunensis detailed as Myrcia splendens tip.gatunensis and Protium tenuifolium has subsp.sessiliflorum appended in the original data.,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_lake_island_date
63,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Ponds,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Terrestrial invertebrates,dragonflies,The development of dragonfly communities and the consequences of territorial behaviour A 27-year study on small ponds at Woodwalton Fen. Cambridgeshire. United Kingdom,A,S,29,1959,1988,52.4221,-0.180928,5,1,1,132,counts within 20 ponds (208 ha),0,2.08,Info at Great Fen,Global Population Dynamics Database,info@greatfen.org,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,CC-by,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,Global Population Dynamics Database,"20 Small ponds were constructed at the Woodwalton Fen National Nature Reserve in 1961 and 3elsewhere in the reserve in 1974 and 1977. The twenty ponds were allowed to develop naturallyexcept for scrub control on their perimeters. In the other (Heathfield) ponds emergent plants wereplanted immediately after their construction. The ponds were visited near noon on fine days asoften as possible and the numbers of adult and teneral dragonflies were recorded. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA,Dates added ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_method_date
67,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Ponds,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Birds,waterbirds,Animal Demography Unit - Coordinated Waterbird Counts (CWAC) (AfrOBIS),A,S,24,1983,2006,-28.954467,24.950961,68,417,417,15448,400-600 wetlands,0,1586205,Michael Brooks,,Michael.Brooks@uct.ac.za,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=603,OBIS,"The Coordinated Waterbird Counts (CWAC) project was launched in 1992. The objective of CWAC isto monitor South Africa's waterbird populations and the conditions of the wetlands which are important forwaterbirds. This is being done by means of a programme of regular mid-summer and mid-winter censuses at alarge number of South African wetlands. Regular six-monthly counts are conducted; however. we do encouragecounters to survey their wetlands on a more regular basis as this provides better data. CWAC currently monitorsover 400 wetlands around the country on a regular basis. and furthermore curates waterbird data for close to600 wetlands. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA, Years (1983-1991 (inclusive)) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
68,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,copepods,Marine and Coastal Management - Copepod Surveys (AfrOBIS),A,N,13,1988,2000,-32.482669,20.02901,15,2569,2569,38535,sightings on cruises,0,429677,Hans Verheye,,hverheye@deat.gov.za,,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=125,OBIS,"The copepod data set has been collected from cruises around the South African Coast. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_country_depth_date
69,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Birds,seabirds,Seabird 2000 (EurOBIS),A,S,10,1994,2003,54.783267,-4.26303,27,9864,1476,22694,10m2 to 100m2,1.00E-05,315159,Ian Mitchell,Info at Birdwatch Ireland,ian.mitchell@jncc.gov.uk,info@birdwatchireland.ie,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=101,OBIS,"Seabird Populations of Britain and Ireland summarises the results of Seabird 2000 ? a census ofall seabirds breeding in Britain and Ireland during 1998-2002. Seabird 2000 was launched on 12April 1999 by Elliot Morley MP and fieldwork was completed in 2002. Over 1000 surveyors tookpart and censused 3.200 colonies along 40.000 km of coastline and at 900 inland sites.Seabird 2000 followed on from two previous censuses: Operation Seafarer in 1969-70 and TheSeabird Colony Register in 1985-88. thus allowing population trends over 15-30 years to beassessed. In contrast to the previous two censuses. Seabird 2000 surveyed inland colonies ofseabirds. namely Black-headed Gulls. Common Gulls. Lesser Black-backed Gulls. GreatCormorants and Common Terns. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA, Years (1994. 1995. 1996. 1997) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_country_locality_bottomDepth_date
71,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine plants,Phytoplankton,Phytoplankton from the White Sea. Barents Sea. Norwegian Sea and Arctic Basin 1993-2003,A,S,10,1993,2003,73.555523,27.288975,412,3250,133,35323,net samples various,6.00E-04,4092385,Falk Huettmann,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,fhuettmann@alaska.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.arcodiv.org/Database/Data_overview.html#,Arctic Ocean Diversity Database,"Added from OBIS (FM).  This dataset describes the Arctic plankton species and diversity in a study area northwest of Russia. It consists of a large database of 37.300 records from 1993-2003. A total of 434 species are represented. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_water_station_maxDep_method_notes_date
72,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,White Sea Plankton,A,N,5,1998,2003,65.890093,36.80637,107,7569,127,12471,plankton sampling,0,260,Rob Cermak,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,cermak@sfos.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4488,Arctic Ocean Diversity Database,"Added from OBIS (FM).  This dataset describes plankton for the White Sea. Russia Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Various,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_cruise_lifestage_ID_station_bottomDepth_minDepth_maxDepth_date
73,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Copepods,Copepoda collected from Fletcher's Ice Island (T-3) in the Canadian Basin of the Arctic Ocean,A,N,4,1966,1969,80.624583,-145.202313,43,6722,132,16063,1 m and 2 m net samples,0,10682491,Contact at ArcCoML,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,ArcCoML@sfos.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.arcodiv.org/Database/Data_overview.html#,Arctic Ocean Diversity Database,"Between June 1966 and in December 1969. zooplankton samples were collected using either plankton-pumping system. a modified Juday closing net 1m in diameter with a 215 um Nitex mesh . a  newly designed net that had a square mouth opening 2m on a side or a 3m2 net with a 215 um Nitex mesh. The volume of water filtered by the nets was estimated by multiplying the area of the mouth opening by the depth interval sampled.  The 1-m net samples in the summer of 1967 covered depth intervals of 10m.  From September 1967. the 1-m and 2-m nets sampled 20m intervals to 200 m. 50 m intervals from 200-300m. 100m intervals from 300 to 1000m. and 500m intervals from 1000 to 2000m.  The samples were preserved in 5% formaldehyde solution buffered with sodium borate. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,23 records relating to presence/absence only deleted FM 29.3.16,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_water_cruise_method_lifestage_size_minDepth_maxDepth_date
74,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,copepods,Copepoda collected from the Canada Basin Arctic Ocean Fletcher's Ice Island (T-3) 1970-1972 and AIDJEX. 1975. Phytoplankton Primary Production Below Arctic Ocean Pack Ice An Ecosystems Analysis,A,N,4,1970,1975,80.393869,-116.643525,37,3141,77,6672,2 m closing net,0,7111875,Contact at ArcCoML,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,ArcCoML@sfos.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.arcodiv.org/Database/Data_overview.html#,Arctic Ocean Diversity Database,"Samples were taken with vertical net hauls.  In 1970 to 1973 a 2-m square closing net with 223 um mesh was used to sample either 10m increments from 300 to 10m. or a 90m water column from 100 to 10m.  In 1975. a 1m diameter. conical. non-closing net with 73um mesh was used for overlapping tows from depths of 50. 75. 100 and 150m to the surface.  Samples were preserved immediately in 4% formalin solution buffered with sodium borate and sodium acetate.  Species taken from 100 to 10m were counted in one sample per month for June to September 1970-1973. Calanus hyperboreus. Calanus glacialis. Euchaeta glacialis. Microcalanus pygmaeus. and Oithona similis were identified to copepodite stages and adults.  Stage I copepodites of C. hyperboreus and C. glacialis were distinguished by metasome length. the former being longer than 0.8mm. Metridia longa was identified to only stage III in 1975 and to stage I in 1970 to 1973.  Oncaea borealis juveniles were not identified to copepodite stage; all juveniles were combined and may include individuals of O. notopus.  Copepod nauplii were counted. but not identified to species.  Copepods longer than 1.5mm were counted in entire samples.  Smaller copepods were subsampled (usually and aliquot portion of 1/64. 1/128. or 1/256).  Filtration efficiency of the nets was assumed to be 100. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_water_cruise_method_lifestage_size_minDepth_maxDepth_date
75,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1984 and 1985 NOGAP B2. Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1986. Central and Arctic Region,AB,N,3,1985,1987,70.076056,-132.943077,304,321,112,12643,0.1 m sq day grab used in 500m grid,1.00E-07,180454,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4428,Arctic Ocean Diversity Database,"Zooplankton was collected from the Canadian Beaufort Sea shelf in July and September 1984. and July to September 1985. In the year 1984. 18 and 16 net samples were collected with a 763 ?m Wisconsin and 500 ?m neuston gear. respectively. from 18 stations. In the year 1985. 123. 54 and 229 net samples were collected with a 500 ?m neuston. 85 ?m bongo and 500 ?m bongo gear. respectively. from 60 stations. Neuston gear sampled at the water surface while other gear sampled the water column. In the year 1984. 309068 plankton specimens were caught. with 64 taxonomic identifications from 15 taxonomic groups (phyla. classes. orders or suborders). In the year 1985 there were 210 taxonomic identifications. representative of 32 taxonomic groups. and a total catch of 22.38 million specimens. Copepods were predominant in all catches. Wet and dry biomass data of individual specimens for most plankton species are given for the samples of the year 1985. The maximum sample dry biomass for the 985 neuston and 500 ?m bongo samples was 10.89 and 69.31 g/100 m3 of water filtered. respectively. Length-frequency data are given for 20 species. mostly copepods. captured in 23 (year 1985) 500 ?m bongo net samples. Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = DryBiomass",Stations,282,27 records relating to presence/absence only deleted FM 29.3.16 also split into this and 282 and 283 by differences in abundance and biomass types,Oct-12,Density,Weight,lat_long_locality_depth_date
76,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,benthic animals,A comparison of benthic biodiversity in the North Sea. English Channel and Celtic Seas,A,S,5,1992,1996,53.928422,-0.500147,212,59,58,1347,0.1 m sq day grab used in 100m range ring,1.00E-07,832035,H Rees,,h.l.rees@cefas.co.uk,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=51,OBIS,"Day grabsDuring April and May 1993. and in February and May1994. samples of the benthic macrofauna were collectedfrom MAFF research vessels at each of 25 ??intermediate??and ??offshore?? stations around the Englandand Wales coastline. following the guidelines of theNMP (Anon.. 1994; see also Fig. 1). One station in theSW Approaches (S48) was sampled in December 1992.i.e. outside the recommended February to May samplingwindow. but this offshore. deep-water environment wasincluded as a clean-water ??reference?? point. (An attemptto sample S48 in February 1994 had to be abandoneddue to bad weather.) An additional station off the TeesEstuary was sampled to provide information on theshallow coastal environment in this area.At each location. five sediment samples for macrofaunaanalysis were collected using a 0.1 m2 day grabfrom the central point of a 500 m grid of 9 stations. thelatter being sampled for contaminant analyses only.The five replicates were collected from within a 100 mrange ring. using SEXTANT software and DGPSposition-fixing.The depth of sediment in the closed jaws of the grabwas determined. as an indication of sample volume.Very small samples (i.e. less than about 5 cm depth) werediscarded. A visual description of the sediment type wasrecorded. together with the location and times at whichthe sample was collected. and the prevailing sea state.wind strength. and water depth. A small subsample forsediment particle size analysis was removed using a 2 cmdiameter perspex corer inserted to a depth of about5 cm. The contents of the grab were transferred to ahopper. and gently washed over a 1 mm mesh brasssieve. The retained material was preserved for analysis in5% formaldehyde in seawater with added Rose Bengal.Beam trawlsSamples were obtained by MAFF research vessels from69 stations between 1992 and 1996 (Fig. 1).A standard 2 m Lowestoft beam trawl (Riley et al..1986) with a 3 mm mesh codend liner was deployedfor 5?10 min across each station at a speed of about0.5 m s1. The ??start?? (locking of winch followingseabed contact) and ??end?? (commencement of hauling)positions were recorded. Tow length averaged about400 m. but varied substantially (s.d.=290) depending ontidal current velocity and wind strength at the time ofsampling. On retrieval of the trawl. an estimate ofsample volume was made. along with a summary of thecontents. noting especially the presence of stones. rock.etc. The sample was then sorted on deck over a 5 mmmesh sieve. Most specimens were identified and enumeratedat sea. Any problematic specimens were preservedin formalin for identification on land.The presence of infaunal organisms arising from thefouling of soft sediments was noted. as were occurrencesof pelagic species such as jellyfish. However. theserecords were excluded from the final compilation of thedata. The former included most polychaete worms (withthe exception of encrusting forms such as Sabellaria andFilograna. and surface-dwelling specimens within thefamily Aphroditidae). bivalve molluscs (excepting taxawith a surface-dwelling habit such as Chlamys andModiolus). and burrowing echinoderms such asEchinocardium and Amphiura. In the following account.the faunal data are reported as numbers per tow. i.e.unadjusted for tow length.Laboratory analysisInfauna and sedimentsThe macrofauna was identified to species level. as far aspossible. with the use of a range of standard taxonomickeys. All animals were enumerated. with the exceptionof colonial organisms which were recorded on apresence/absence basis. Nomenclature followed that ofHowson (1987). The biomass of each taxon was determinedas wet blotted weight. and then expressed asash-free dry weight using conversion factors mainlyfrom Rumohr et al. (1987).EpifaunaMotile taxa not dealt with at sea were identified tospecies level. as far as possible. using a range of standardtaxonomic keys. Nomenclature followed that ofHowson (1987). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_minDepth_maxDepth_date
77,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Birds,seabirds,MEDITS Seabird surveys 1999 - 2000 - 2002,A,S,3,1999,2002,38.696508,-0.675526,16,703,703,1072,sightings on trawl surveys,0,197847,Maite Louzao,Daniel Oro,maite.louzao@gmail.com,d.oro@uib.es,CC-by,https://globalchange.nasa.gov/KeywordSearch/Metadata.do?Portal=seamap&KeywordPath=&OrigMetadataNode=GCMD&EntryId=seamap334&MetadataView=Full&MetadataType=0&lbnode=mdlb3,OBIS,"Replicate spring-time (May - June) vessel-based surveys in the Western Mediterranean during standardized trawl surveys of the Spanish continental shelf and slope over three years (1999. 2000. 2002). provide broad-scale information on seabird distributions from the Strait of Gibraltar to Cape Creus.To study the distribution and oceanographic habitat of seabirds in the Western Mediterranean during the spring (May - June) of multiple years. Surveys were conducted onboard B/O ?Cornide de Saavedra? research vessel. as part of the annual MEDITS (http://www.izor.hr/eng/international/medits.html) trawl surveys. extending along the Mediterranean coast of the Iberian Peninsula. from the Strait of Gibraltar in the SW to Cape Creus in the NE. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
78,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,macrozoobenthos,IOW Macrozoobenthos monitoring Baltic Sea (1980-2005) (EurOBIS),A,S,25,1980,2005,56.729642,18.236359,212,19,19,3587,0.1 m sq grab,1.00E-07,148740,Michael Zettler,,michael.zettler@io-warnemuende.de,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=254,OBIS,"Macrozoobenthic data compiled for this study comprisethe southern Baltic Sea and in particular the German Balticwaters. The data sets analysed are based on 625 stationssampled by the Baltic Sea Research Institute during thepast 10 years. Benthic samples were taken with a 0.1 m2van Veen grab. Depending on sediment composition. grabsof different weights were used. Three (or two) replicates ofgrab samples were taken at each station. Additionally adredge haul (net mesh size 5 mm) was taken in order toobtain mobile or rare species. Exceptionally. in the shallowinner coastal waters a hand corer with an area of 78.5 cm2was applied. All samples were sieved through a 1-mmscreen and animals were preserved in the field with 4%formaldehyde. For sorting in the laboratory. a stereomicroscopewith 10?40? magnification was used. All macrofaunasamples were identified to the lowest possibletaxonomic level. The nomenclature was checked followingthe European Register of Marine Species (Costello et al..2001). For the characterisation of the habitat (i.e.. assessmentof sediment structure or species on the sedimentsurface). an underwater video-system mounted on a sledgewas used. The salinity of near bottom waters was measuredby hand-held equipment in coastal waters or by means of aship-based CTD-sensor in offshore waters. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_locality_minDepth_maxDepth_date
81,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Mammals,cetaceans,CRRU Cetacean sighting in Scotland waters 1997-2010,A,S,14,1997,2010,57.767014,-2.642995,9,1600,1600,1613,ship based sightings,0,4258,Kevin Robinson,,info@crru.co.uk,mailbox@crru.co.uk,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2354,OBIS,"Boat-based cetaceans sightings data collected during dedicated boat-based surveys between the months of May and October. 1997 to 2010 inclusive in the outer southern Moray Firth in north-east Scotland. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
84,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,Macroalgae,Macroalgae of the Crimean coastal zone (Black Sea. 1967-2007),A,S,11,1967,2007,44.948645,33.752702,104,117,112,5070,1 m sq stations,1.00E-06,1366,Boltachov Alexander Romanovich,Nataliya Milchakova,boltach@ibss.iuf.net,milchakova@gmail.com,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2480,OBIS,"The main aim of the dataset is preparing the available data by diversity of the Black Sea macroalgae. which were collected the scientists from IBSS around Crimean coast of the Ukrainian shelf during last 40 years. The species diversity is described from 43 transects. 180 stations at 0.1 - 25 m depth.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_waterbody_locality_date
85,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,North Sea observations of Crustacea. Polychaeta. Echinodermata. Mollusca and some other groups between 1986 and 2003,A,N,12,1992,2003,53.604782,4.248107,354,791,297,9984,ship based observations,0,171011,W Addinck,M de Kluijver,waddinck@eti.uda.nl,kluijver@science.uda.nl,CC-by,http://www.emodnet-biology.eu/data-catalog?module=dataset&dasid=1037,EMODnet Bioloby,"Northsea observations of Crustacea. Polychaeta. Echinodermata. Mollusca and some other groups between 1986 and 200 Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Observations,NA, ,Oct-12,Density,NA,lat_long_country_minDepth_maxDepth_date
86,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,Phytoplankton,Phytoplankton of the Ukrainian Black Sea shelf (1985-2005),AB,S,9,1985,1998,44.682583,35.439567,368,1432,299,9998,2000 stations (0-100m depth),0,446518,Natalya Derezuyk,Francisco Hernandez,n.derezyuk@onu.edu.ua,francisco.hernandez@vliz.be,CC-by,http://www.emodnet-biology.eu/data-catalog?module=dataset&dasid=2694,EMODnet Bioloby,"Species composition. abundance and biomass of the phytoplankton at selected depths from the seabed to the surface.2000 sampling stations; 0 - 100 m depth Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_continent_locality_minDepth_date
87,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,Phytoplankton,Phytoplankton in the Oosterschelde before. during and after the storm-surge barrier (1982-1990),A,S,9,1982,1990,51.54925,3.912051,109,2,2,6155,12 stations (20-35m depth),0,0.159520047,Peter Herman,,p.herman@nioo.knaw.nl,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=505,OBIS,"For the phytoplankton analyses. only the easternmost and westernmostcompartments of the Oosterschelde were sampled (Figure 1). Eastern andwestern compartments will be further referred to as E and W respectively.Some hydrographical data. characteristic for both areas during the pre-barrier(1980-1983) and the barrier (1984-1986) period. are summarized in Table I andFigure 2. The eastern compartment differs from the western area by its muchlower mean depth and larger residence time. Current velocities decreased andresidence times increased during 1984-1986. the barrier period. Freshwaterinputs mainly entering the system from the northern branch via the Volkerak(Figure 1) amounted to 50-60 m3 s1 (Wetsteyn et al.. 1990). This was a verysmall fraction only (~l%0; Knoester et al.. 1984) of the amount of incomingseawater with each tide.In general. the Oosterschelde water is well mixed vertically. Salinitymeasurements of the surface. mid-depth and bottom water were regularlyperformed as a check on vertical mixing.In W. samples were taken at buoy R14 (main channel in the vicinity of thestorm-surge barrier. Figure 1). depth ?35 m; in E at the centrally located buoyLG-PK (Figure 1). depth ?20 m. All samples were taken at mid-depth duringhalf-tide periods when maximum current velocities caused vertical distributionsof the phytoplankton as homogeneous as possible. Sampling was carried outweekly from March to October (1982-1986) and incidentally during the rest ofthe year. In 1982 W was sampled biweekly. In 1985 only E was sampled.Water transparency was measured using a Secchi disc. Data about columnlight intensity. water temperature. suspended matter concentrations andmacronutrients (silicate. ammonium. nitrate and phosphate) were derived fromVegter and De Visscher (1987). Klepper (1989). Wetsteyn et al. (1990) andWetsteyn and Bakker (1990). Wind velocity data were obtained from the RoyalDutch Meteorological Institute.Phytoplankton analysisWater for phytoplankton analysis was sampled in 1 1 glass bottles. preservedbefore sedimentation with Lugol's solution. Phytoplankton cells were countedwith an inverted microscope.For the nomenclature of diatoms Hustedt (1930) and Drebes (1974) werefollowed. The Haptophycean flagellate Phaeocystis was not identified to specieslevel because Jahnke and Baumann (1987) suggested that Phaeocystis pouchetiicannot be considered conspecific with P.globosa; these species differ in colonyshapes. in distribution of cells within the colony and in temperature tolerances.Cell counts and volume measurements were converted to carbon using theequations of Eppley (in Smayda. 1978). For the presentation and thepreprocessing of the species data. logarithmic values of the carbon content ofeach species population per sampling date were calculated and plottedsymmetrically as kite diagrams along the horizontal (time) axis (Figures 4 and 5).Kite diagrams. first constructed by Lohmann (1908). are still considered topresent adequately phytoplankton species assemblages and succession (cf. Reidet al.. 1985). In these diagrams time is the horizontal axis. Species are arrangedvertically in a sequence that approximates their seasonal succession. Thissequence was derived from the divisive hierarchical clustering method TWINSPAN(Hill. 1979a). which performs a simultaneous ordering of samples and species.A number of diatoms and flagellates was not identified to species level anddiffered in dimensions. In order to estimate the carbon contents more precisely.these species were distinguished in size classes. indicated in Table III. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
90,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,zooplankton,Zooplankton in the Bay of Biscay (1995-2004. yearly DEPM surveys),A,N,6,1995,2004,44.775118,-2.829299,66,512,499,9059,stations 3 nautical miles apart,0,116189,Unai Cotano,Francisco Hernandez,ucotano@azti.es,francisco.hernandez@vliz.be,CC-by,http://bio.emodnet.eu/,EMODnet Bioloby,"The samples were obtained during Bioman surveys covering the southeast of theBay of Biscay in spring from 1998 to 2006 (see Table 1 and Fig 1 for dates. number ofsamples and coverage of each cruise). These cruises generally take place in May. at thepeak spawning period and covering the spawning area of anchovy in the Bay of Biscay.The objective of the cruises is to evaluate anchovy biomass using the DEPM method. Asynthesis of the anchovy spawning areas. larvae and juvenile distribution. and hypothesesabout recruitment mechanisms can be found in Irigoien et al (2007). Stations were locatedevery 3 nautical miles (nm) along transects 15 nm apart perpendicular to the coast. Avertical plankton haul was made at each sampling station. using a 150?m PairoVET net (2-CalVET nets. Smith et al.. 1985). The net was lowered to a maximum depth of 100 m or 5m above the bottom at shallower stations. Samples were preserved in 4% formaldehydebuffered with sodium tetraborate. Samples were stored in 150 ml jars. The sample wasthoroughly mixed in a measuring cylinder. the total volume measured (usually around 150ml) and an aliquot of 6 ml was taken with a pipette from each sample. The average numberof organisms counted in each plate with this sub sampling set up is around 400 individuals.The aliquot was stained for 24 hours with 4 ml 1% eosin. which stains the cell cytoplasmand the muscle protein. This stain creates sufficient contrast to be recognised by imageanalysis and reduces counting of detrital material. The sub-samples were scanned onpolystyrene plates (12.7 x 8.5 cm) in 24 bit colour. at a resolution of 600 dpi using an HPScanjet8200 series scanner (reflective). The samples were not manually separated.Preliminary work (unpublished) has shown that as long as the percentage of the imagecovered by the sample remains below 3 % there is a linear relation between the number ofitems and the automatic counting. Over that threshold the percentage of organisms touchingeach other increases and results in an underestimation of the abundance. For samples fromthe Bay of Biscay the aliquot taken and the plastic plate size assures that this limit is notreached. These images were analyzed using Zooimage (www.sciviews.org/zooimage). Atotal of 17 classes were selected combining expert opinion and the class selection methodproposed by Fernandes et al. (2008). Classification was carried out using a Random Forestalgorithm which provided the best results with an estimated accuracy 88.23% using 10 foldcross-validation. Accuracy for each of the classes and the confusion matrix are provided inTables 2 and 3. The spatial distribution of the classes that were rare and resulted in poorclassification is not presented. However. because individual biomass were estimated basedon the size ? biomass relationship provided by Alcaraz et al (2003) which is not taxonspecific. all individuals were used for total biomass estimation. Three classes wereexcluded from the biomass estimation because these particles are not zooplankton:?scanning artefacts?. ?marine snow? and ?small marine snow?. Mean abundances andbiomass (Table 4) were calculated for a common area corresponding to the area of the yearwith the minimum coverage (1999). Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_location_maxDepth_date
91,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Birds,birds,Baltic seabirds transect surveys,A,S,8,1992,1999,57.038966,20.555517,68,2329,2329,6318,300 m transects,0.3,153286,Gedas Vaitkus,,gedas.vaitkus@gmail.com,,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2260,OBIS,"Standard seabird offshore sampling techniques (Tasker et al.. 1984; Webb. Durinck. 1992) assume that line transect of 300 m width is basically used for counting birds sitting on the water surface. whereas snap-shot method is used for counting of flying birds at strongly fixed intervals of time. Additional efforts were put into studies of the offshore seabird and waterfowl movements. We recorded flying birds along 1000 m wide transect over the classic 300 m transect used for calculations of seabird densities during snap-shots.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_waterbody_locality_date
92,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Benthos,Macrobenthos,Benthos of the White Sea - A database,A,S,23,1981,2010,65.968523,38.131417,526,365,290,7452,0.25 m sq grab,2.50E-07,387745,Andrew Naumov,,andrewnmv@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2307,OBIS,"The main sampling method used in subtidal (about 85 per cent samples) was Petersen grab 0.25 sq. M. (Trade mark Ocean-50). but sometimes van Veen grab 0.1 sq. M. different SQUBA diving corers and Agassiz (Sigsby in Russian tradition) trawl were in use. Samples were whashed out on sieve 1 mm mesh size (measured by the mesh side).While sampling in intertidal. frame 0.025 sq. M (at rocky tidal flats) and tube corer 0.0076 sq. M or intertidal grab 0.05 sq. M (at muddy and sandy beaches) were used. The whashing out method was the same. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Although this is a marine assemblage some data points appear on land - this is in the original data so not a conversion error FM,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_minDepth_date
96,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,zooplankton,Structure and function of contemporary food webs on Arctic shelves A panarctic comparison. The pelagic system of the Kara Sea- communities and components of carbon flow (ArcOD/AOOS),A,N,4,1997,2001,78.976041,83.86024,100,104,100,2633,0.1 - 0.25 - 0.44 m sq nets,0,4206159,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4396,OBIS,"Zooplankton nets used for vertical zooplankton tows during cruises of RV Dalnye Selentsye. RV Polarstern. and RV Boris Petrov:RV Dalnye Selentsye: Juday net. Area: 0.1m2. Mesh: 180 um. Time: Oct. 2000RV Polarstern: Multi net. Area: 0.25 m2. Mesh: 155 um. Time: Sep. 1995. Sep. 1996RV Boris Petrov: Nansen net. Area: 0.44 m2. Mesh: 155 um. Time: Aug./Sep. 1997. 1999. 2000. 2001 Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_waterbody_collMethod_depth_date
97,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,zooplankton,Archives of the Arctic Seas Zooplankton (ARC),A,N,22,1921,1973,72.739441,10.694448,402,835,802,15016,37 cm diameter net,0,25486615,Information Manager,,copepoda@zin.ru,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4470,OBIS,"Zooplankton: 2.475 stations and 9.081 samplesZooplankton were sampled and analyzed according to standard procedures used in Russia (Bogorov. 1927. 1934. 1938. 1940). For the sampling of zooplankton. the large model of the Juday plankton net was used at standard water depths (bottom-100. 100-75. 75-50. 50-25. 25-10 and 10-0 meters). Towing on all layers was carried out from the bottom to the surface only at some stations. The Juday net has an opening diameter 37 cm. and a mesh size of 168 ?m. The sample was poured into prepared bottles and preserved with 4% neutral formalin.Sample processing included two successive operations: first. determining the sample wet weight. and second. quantitative sample processing (identification and calculation of each species. taking into account life stage and size groups). Sample wet weight was determined using a torsion balance with an accuracy of up to 0.1 mg. The counting carried out by Hensen (Manual. 1980) calculational method using the Bogorov's counting chamber. If the number of species in the counting chamber was insufficient. all species were analyzed. In other cases. large specimens were taken out of the sample. identified. calculated. and measured separately. The sample remainder was concentrated to a volume of 50-100 ml (or higher. depending on plankton abundance). Then the sample was carefully mixed and a subsample was collected with a stamp pipette (1. 2 or 5 ml depending on the capacity of the stamp pipette) and then analyzed in the Bogorov's counting chamber using a binocular microscope. Two or three similar subsamples were collected from each sample. The difference of values between subsamples should not exceeded 30%. otherwise the number of samples was increased. The obtained results were averaged. and the sample was analyzed as a whole for identification and counting of rare species. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_waterbody_platform_collMethod_depth_date
98,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Benthos,zoobenthos,Zoobenthos data from the Southern Beaufort Sea. 1971-1975 (ArcOD/AOOS),A,S,4,1971,1975,70.143381,-134.563274,336,97,93,2133,0.23 - 0.39 m sq grabs,3.10E-07,246090,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4461,OBIS,"STATIONS SAMPLED AND COLLECTING GEAR USEDA Petterson grab ( Foerst . Chicago) was used to sample stations71-501 to 71-506 in 1971 from M.V. Salvelinus.In 1973 a Wildco Ponar grab was used to sample stations 73-526to 73-542 from the vessel North Star of Herschel Island.In 1974 a Petterson grab and a Wildco Petersen grab wereused to sample stations 74-544 to 74-559 from M.V. Theta.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-565to 75-568 from the surface of the ice using a helicopter fortransportation.In 1975 a Wildco Petersen grab was used to sample stations75-569 to 75-575 from Pandom II.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-604t o 75-613 from M.V. Salvelinus.In 1975 an Ekman grab was used to sample stations A to G and 1 to200 from a small boat. These samples were taken by a party fromNorthern Operations . Department of Fisheries and Environment atWhitehorse. Yukon Territory.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-005 to75-034 from a small boat. These stations were sampled by a fisheriesgroup from the Arctic Biological Station .In 1975 a dredge of Our design was used t o sample stations 75-570.75-572. and 75-574 from Pandora II.Four stations were occupied by Pisces IV: 74-243 in 1974. and75-337. 75-339. and 75-341 in 1975. These stations were in thevicinity of Herschel Island.Kinds of grabs usedFour kinds of grabs were used in sampling the 102 stations:The Petterson grab (Foerst. Chicago) samples an area of 6.065 m2and has a volume of about 5 liters.The Wildco Ponar grab samples an area of 0.05 m2 and has a volumeof about 7.1 liters.The Wildco Petersen grab samples an area of 0.09 m2 and has a volumeof about 9.7 liters.The Ekman grab samples an area of 0.023 m2 and has a volume of about3.6 liters.Collecting and processing grab samplesThe area sampled by grab at each station varied from 0.23 to0.39 m2. with the exception of stations A to G. which were 0+07 m2.and station 200 which was 0.12 m2. The number of grabs taken ateach station varied with type of grab used. This data can be foundin Table 2. In some instances a substrate sample was taken from onehalf of one grab sample and the remaining portion was discarded.leaving only one half of the grab t o be combined with the other grabsamples from the station.Only adequate grab samples were retained. An adequate sampleis one in which the grab samples the bottom evenly. samples atleast 2 liters of substrate. and is closed when brought to the surface.Depth of penetratlon into the substrate may vary with type of substrate.but at most stations depth of penetration was from 6 to 10 cm.After the collection of a set of grabs from a station. substrateand organisms were washed on a stainless steel screen with a mesh sizeof 0.5 mm. Retained invertebrates and debris were preserved in formalin(1 part formaldehyde with 9 parts water) for transporting to the ArcticBiological Station where they were processed.Processing consists of sorting. identifying. counting and weighingspecimens in each sample.Each sample was sorted by hand using a Wild M5 dissectingmicroscope. Specimens were identified to species in most cases andcounts of specimens for each species were recorded. Speciesidentification was not attempted for a few taxa. such as nematodes.nemerteans. hydroids . and bryozoans. and although several species maybe involved. they were listed by taxon on a collective basis. In asimilar manner sponges. bryozoans. hydroids. and other colonial formswere regarded as one individual . Protozoans were arbitrarily excludedfrom the study. Stations 75-012 to 75-015 (Tables 90 to 93) includefreshwater species which were separated but not identified. Thesespecies were not included in the Beaufort Sea species list (Table 4).After sorting and identification. specimens were dried (dryingoven at 100?C overnight) and weighed on a Sartorius gravimetric balanceto four decimal places. The dry weight excludes tubes and shells. butno effort was made to eliminate gut contents. The calcareous partsof echinoderms and the skeletal parts of sponges are included in thedry weight because of difficulty in separating organic and inorganicparts.Data are presented on a m2 basis (Tables 8-108). For each samplenumber and weight of individuals of each species were multiplied by afactor t o convert sample values to m2 values. As an example. valuesderived from a sample area of 0.25 m2 were multiplied by 4 to obtain them2 values. The factor was rounded off t o the nearest 0.5; thus. afactor of 2.5 (instead of 2.6) was used to multiply values from a samplewith an area of 0-39 m2 in converting t o m2 values. Most species collectedby grab were considered to be representative. and their sample values wereconverted to m2 equivalents in a consistent manner. In a few cases. asindicated. the sample values were used without converting. becauserepresentation of occasionally collected. usually large. epifaunal speciescould not be assessed.Collecting and processing dredgesIn 1975 a dredge of our own design was used to sample the epifaunaat stations 75-570. 75-572. and 75-574. The dredge consisted of ametal frame with a net attached. The net was 1 m wide. 2 m long.and had a mesh size of 5 mm. Too few dredges were taken for thedata to be of general application. Estimates of biomass for theepifaunal component were obtained for only two of the three stations.The dredge haul at station 75-574 was aborted. Collected species fromal 1 three hauls were included in the Beaufort Sea species list (Table 4).Dredge data are presented in Tables 109-111. The estimates includethe weight contribution of some infaunal elements that were collectedby dredge. No attempt was made to determine total biomass of astation . by combining epifaunal and infaunal values. Associated datarelating to the dredge hauls are presented in Table 3. Total valuesare presented in Table 6.Observations from Pisces IVThese comments are related by the senior author.A familiarization dive was made in Pisces IV at station 74-243.located 12 miles northeast of Herschel Island. in 135 m of water on5 Sep 1974. Incident light became extinguished at a depth of 35 m.During the descent a variety of objects were visible in the murkywater; amphipods. copepods. mysids. medusae. ctenophores. and stringsof organic matter. The bottom was level. undisturbed by ice keels.and the sediment was fine without rocks. Visibility was 3-4 m.Small mounds and depressions were evident. but epifauna was sparseand patchy. with concentrations no less than 10 or 15 m apart.. Speciesseen during the dive were: burrowing anemones (Cemanthus ?) . i sopods(Mesidotea) pycnogonids (Nymphon). brittle stars ( Ophiocten aericeumand Gorgonocephalus ) . asteroids (Urasterias lincki. Icasterias panopla.Ctenodiscus crispatus. Solaster papposus) . and a fish (sculpin ?). Nobenthic algae were seen. In one area of about 12 m2 there were oneUraeteriae lincki. one Icasterias panopla. two burrowing anemones . oneSolaster papposus. several pycnogonids. and some scattered Ophioctensericeum. Based on dried specimens at the Arctic Biological Station.the estimated biomass of epifauna within the 12 m2 was about 70 gwhich averages out to 5.7 g m-2.In 1975 three dives were made in Thetis Bay. immediately southof Herschel Island on the 2nd. 3rd. and 4th of September. Originally.it was planned to sample several areas across the shelf of the southernBeaufort Sea in order to determine the contribution of epifauna tototal biomass ; however. ice conditions restricted diving to thethree sitess in Thetis Bay.A metal frame. which was one square meter in size. was held bythe arm of the submersible in front of the viewing port and countsof epifauna. large animals that were seen with the unaided eye. weremade at intermittant stops of the submersible. The metal frame hada diagonal brace. so counts could be made in the whole square or inhalf of the square.The dive at station 75-337 was made in depths of water of 45 t o56 m. Counts of the most abundant species. Ophiocten sericeum. weremade within the whole frame of 1 m . The range of counts was 7-19as observed within 16 frame counts averaging 14.5 Ophioctensericeum m-2. The calculated biomass (dry weight) was 1.64 m-2. OneMesidotea and one Ophiopleura borealis were observed within one of the16 frame counts. The dry weight of each of these was about 1 g. whichaverages about 0.13 g m-2. thus bringing the epifaunal biomass to1.77 g m-2 at this station.The dive at station 75-339 occurred in 20 t o 30 m depth of water.Counts of Mesidotea sp.. the only genus observed within the 34 one-halfm2 frames. were 0-3 m translating into 28 individuals in 17 m2.resulting in an average of 9.65 individuals m-2. Biomass was estimatedt o be 1.86 g m-2. Other species observed. b u t not within the frame.were Urasieriae lincki . Ctenodiscus crispatus. and either Buccinun orNeptunea with its egg mass.The dive at station 75-341 was made in 18 to 22 m of water alongthe ridge separating the basin of Thetis Bay from Herschel Trench.Some incident light reaches the bottom at these depths. Scouring wassevere giving rise to a mosaic of scoured trenches and undisturbed areas.Random frame counts were not attempted at this station. but the distributionof epifauna appeared to be patchy in the undisturbed areas. OneUrasteriae lincki and one Mesidotea sp. were observed in the scours. Inthe undisturbed areas the above species.along with Cerianthus sp..Gersemia rubifomis. Pecten sp. . a sponge. and some hydroids were seen. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,280,Split into two due to different abundance types FM 29.3.16 also in 280,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_waterbody_collMethod_maxDepth_date
99,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,fish,CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia),B,N,15,1978,1997,-25.597857,134.025057,761,2566,2443,40884,research trawls (13-1600m depth),0,4301846,Dave Watts,,Dave.Watts@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=57,OBIS,"CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia) - no methods found as yet Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,290,Split into 4 datasets due to differences in biomass and abundance types - associated with 290 and 291 and 292 FM 31.3.16,Oct-12,NA,Weight,lat_long_survey_depth_bottomDepth_minDepth_maxDepth_date
108,Marine,Global,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Birds,birds,Seabirds of the Southern and South Indian Ocean (Australian Antarctic Data Centre),A,S,29,1977,2006,-27.17355,3.945813,123,59928,57723,116226,sightings from various cruises,0,162783730,Dave Watts,Eric Woehler,Dave.Watts@csiro.au,Eric.Woehler@utas.edu.au,ODC-by,https://data.aad.gov.au/,https://data.aad.gov.au/,"Seabird observations and related environmental data from ships either performing marine science work or taking personnel and cargo to various Antarctic stations. Incidental observations of whales and seals are also noted.Observations are typically made from the bridge out one side of the ship.111 voyages with bird observations Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Seabird Observations,NA,FM 31.3.16 deleted 43 records of null value years. FM 31.10.17 - Due to outliers the presentation central values are now set to Lat=-56.696 and Long=111.281 at the data providers request.,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_date
110,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,Marine Nature Conservation Review (MNCR) and associated benthic marine data held and managed by JNCC (EurOBIS),A,S,38,1954,2000,55.523995,-3.240631,4120,9922,987,398501,intertidal surveys within 3 nautical miles,0,1335133,Steve Wilkinson,Contact at CEH,steve.wilkinson@jncc.gov.uk,ros@ceh.ac.uk,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1987,OBIS,"This dataset includes the survey data that were collected during the Marine Nature Conservation Review (MNCR) between 1987 and 1998. together with data from surveys commissioned by the Nature Conservancy Council in the 1970s and 1980s and data collected subsequently by JNCC. The MNCR was initiated to provide a comprehensive baseline of information on marine habitats and their associated species around the coast of Britain which would aid coastal zone and sea-use management and to contribute to the identification of areas of marine natural heritage importance. The focus of MNCR work was on benthic habitats (often referred to as biotopes) in intertidal and inshore (typically within 3nm) subtidal areas.The majority of data were collected using methods described in the MNCR Rationale and Methods report (Hiscock 1996). Broadly. this encompassed surveying a range of sites within a geographical area to sample and describe the variety of habitats present (sampling habitats in different substrata. depths. wave exposures. current regimes. salinity regimes and so on). Each habitat was sampled using semi-quantitative recording techniques (SACFOR abundance scales) for recording epibiota on rocky habitats. (http://www.searchnbn.net/datasetInfo/taxonDataset.jsp?refID=5&list=1&sort=false&dsKey=GA000190) Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_country_locality_bottomDepth_date
112,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,pelagic fish,NOAA Southeast Fishery Science Center (SEFSC) Commercial Pelagic Observer Program (POP) Data (SEFSC_POP),A,N,22,1973,2005,24.981493,-51.374069,540,136554,93906,466437,longlines 4.4-46.6 nautical miles 6137 hauls observed,0,31877769,Guillermo Diaz,,Guillermo.Diaz@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1496,OBIS,"From May 1992 through December 2002. scientific observers associated with the SEFSC and NEFSC observed a total of 794 pelagic longline trips in waters of the northwest Atlantic Ocean (Table 1). In total. observers spent 10.613 days-at-sea during which 5.895 sets and 6.137 hauls were observed (Figure 2 and Table 1). POP procedure is to count any haul that is interrupted intentionally to allow the gear to soak longer. or that is interrupted for weather or mechanical problems for longer than 6 hours. as a ?split haul? (i.e. a single set that has two or more hauls associated with it). Further. during the 2001 NED experimental fishery each set was divided into 2 hauls. This accounts for the discrepancy between numbers of sets and numbers of hauls.Of the trips monitored. a total of 206 vessels were observed at least once during this time period. Data from 4 trips were excluded from analysis in this report because the gear was set as bottom longline and directed at shark species.Although a wide variety of fish were caught by the observed longline vessels. only about six species were routinely valued by the fishery as a marketable product. These primary species (swordfish. yellowfin tuna. bigeye tuna. bluefin tuna. mahi-mahi. and shortfin mako) comprise about 56% by number (N=120.295) of the total observed catch. Of the total observed fish (Figure 5). swordfish made up 30% by number of the catch; while yellowfin. bigeye. and bluefin tunas. combined. made up 18% by number of the observed catch. Sharks and rays. a bycatch of the tuna and swordfish fishery. made up the other major portion of the pelagic longline catch. about 29% by number.Observer coverage took place in all of the 11 geographical areas shown in Figure 1. As an overview of the observed longline gear deployed. the shortest average length of mainline set on an observed trip was 4.4 nautical miles (NM) while the longest average set during a trip was 46.6 NM. Additionally. during the 6.137 hauls observed. a total of 4.138.830 hooks were recorded (Table 1).The average minimum and maximum depths of the baited hooks are similar for the MAB. NEC. and NED (Table 5). with a range from 9 to 19 fathoms (17-35 m) for the three geographical areas. This represents the shallowest of the three general fishing depth groupings observed. Generally speaking. observed vessels fishing in the waters of the MAB and NEC target more on tuna species while the NED is typically directed more at swordfish (Fig. 6). The second grouping includes the GOM. FEC. SAB. and TUS. with a range of 18 to 36 fathoms (33-66 m). Vessels observed fishing in the waters off the southeast U.S. (FEC and SAB) and down below 5 degrees of North latitude (TUS) target mostly swordfish. with yellowfin generally found as a by-catch. whereas observed vessels in the GOM primarily target yellowfin tuna with a by-catch of swordfish. The deepest fishing depth grouping includes the CAR. SAR. NCA. and TUN with a range of 31 to 42 fathoms (57-77 m). Observed effort in these areas was almost completely directed at swordfish. These data suggest that fishing depths depends more on the area fished rather than target species. For example. observed hook fishing depth was shallowest in the NED and deepest in the CAR but in both areas the target species was swordfish. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_locality_bottomDepth_depth_date
113,Marine,Global,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,marine invertebrates + fish,Southampton Oceanography Center Discovery Collections Midwater Database (collections from Discovery sailings - 1979 only year with furthest afield data),A,N,25,1965,1999,2.695167,-10.86341,2055,2324,2207,89972,mainly IOS RMT1+8 combination nets up to 5726m depth,0,45119448,P Pugh,,prp@soc.soton.ac.uk,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=12,OBIS,"This is a biological data base of the Institute of Oceanographic Sciences Deacon Laboratory. U.K. The data are mainly open ocean. with some data from upwelling regions off N.W. Africa and in the Arabian Sea. Data were collected using nets. mainly the IOS RMT1+8 combination net or its multiple version and represent 94000 records in 2100 species. Specific identifications made by various members of staff at the National Institute of Oceanography/Institute of Oceanographic Sciences. Taxa include: pelagic species of Amphipoda. Cephalopoda. Chaetognatha. Copepoda. Ctenophora (few data). Decacopda. Euphausiacea. Fish includes some benthic species). Heteropoda (few data). Medusae. Mysidacea. Ostracoda. Pteropoda (few data) and Siphonophora. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Open ocean,NA,Dates added (64) FM 31.3.16 deleted 64 null value years,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
117,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Starfish,South Western Pacific Regional OBIS Data Asteroid Subset (South Western Pacific OBIS),A,N,44,1956,2003,-39.371733,3.081897,156,1394,1394,2253,research trawl surveys,0,28138739,Steve Massey,Don Robertson,s.massey@niwa.co.nz,d.robertson@niwa.co.nz,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=219,OBIS,"NIWA's (National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research - New Zealand) MBIS (Marine Biodata Information System) database is a data warehouse of marine data that is used. among other things. to serve South West Pacific (including New Zealand) regional marine data to OBIS. and to serve the South West Pacific Regional OBIS Node data. The MBIS dataset is. and will continue to be a work in progress because new data are continually being added as they are discovered. provided. integrated or created. MBIS currently contains data that are primarily the results of a series of research trawl surveys carried out as part of New Zealand's MFish (Ministry of Fisheries) data collection to support fisheries management within the NZ EEZ (New Zealand Exclusive Economic Zone). plus data from several decades of marine invertebrate research sampling in the NZ EEZ. MBIS also contains presence data for coralline algae around the New Zealand coast. The South Western Pacific data accessible to OBIS via this RON will eventually cover an area from Antarctica to Fiji. and from the mid Tasman Sea to the mid-Pacific Ocean. Whether these are all served by MBIS or by other providers has yet to be determined.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, Years (1994. 1995. 1996. 1997) deleted due to uneven sampling effort. 2 records deleted due to weird symbols for species (*&'%%--),Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_bottomDepth_date
119,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,DFO Maritimes Research Vessel Trawl Surveys Fish Observations (OBIS Canada),AB,N,41,1970,2010,43.987425,-63.669701,231,13945,13507,121804,trawl surveys 50-750m depth,0,595377,Don Clark,,ClarkD@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,phoebe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=237,OBIS,"The DFO summer Scotian Shelf and Bay of Fundy research vessel (RV) survey. hereafter referred to as the summer RV survey. has been conducted annually in Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization (NAFO) Divisions 4VWX5Y since 1970. The summer RV survey follows a stratified random sampling design (Halliday and Kohler 1971). and includes both hydrographic sampling and sampling of fish and invertebrates using a bottom otter trawl.The bottom trawl survey was originally planned to provide biomass and abundance trends for groundfish residing at depths from about 50 m to 400 m. and was extended to cover depths down to 750 m in 1999.There were changes to the net used and the vessel conducting the survey in 1982 and 1983. From 1970 ? 1981 the RV A.T. Cameron. a side-trawler using the Yankee 36 trawl. was used for the survey. In 1982. the RV Lady Hammond was used. towing a Western IIA trawl. Since 1983. the Alfred Needler has been the primary survey vessel. and the Western IIA trawl has been used in all years. Conversion factors were calculated for net and vessel changes (Fanning 1985).For long-term averages. the most appropriate starting point has been selected for each species. In the case of white hake. biomass plots start in 1970 but the abundance index data only go back to 1982. For silver hake. biomass plots and abundance index data are used starting in 1982. This is in conjunction with the change in the type of trawl. from a Yankee 36 to a Western IIA. as well as more consistent identification of white hake and red hake.In 2010. additional survey tows were completed in deeper water off the shelf edge (750 ? 1.800 m) to investigate species composition and biomass in deeper waters. Catches from these stations are not included in the biomass index estimates. to ensure that comparability with other years is maintained. Distribution plots are included here only for the most abundant species noted at these depths. Tables of the entire catches at these depths are also presented.The survey area has been divided into three zones. based on oceanography and biogeography. Trends are shown for the entire shelf survey area. and also for three separate regions: eastern Scotian Shelf (4VW; strata 440 - 466). western Scotian Shelf (4X East; strata 470 - 481). and Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy (4X West; strata 482 - 495). Differences in patterns of fish abundance and species composition are apparent for these regions during the survey. Strata 496 - 498 (the shelf edge; 350 m ? 750 m) have been sampled in most years since 1996. while strata 501 - 505 (750 m ? 1.800 m) have not previously been sampled as part of the stratified random survey series. These depths are considered separate biogeographic zones and since they have not been sampled in all years. are not included in the long-term biomass index estimates.Plots of the size and distribution of catches are provided for selected species and stratified average catches are compared with past results to provide a general overview of trends in abundance and biomass. For select commercial species where individual fish weights have been collected throughout most of the time series. trends in condition (Fulton?s K: weight/length3) are also included (Ricker 1975).Data are presented for the major commercial species. for species that comprise a large part of the survey catch. and for species where the 2010 catch was either unusually high or low (see also DFO 2011a). The set of species examined to determine if catches in 2010 were unusual was restricted to those where the area occupied exceeded 7.000 square nautical miles (approximately 1/7th of the surveyed area) in 2010. or averaged greater 2 than this in the 1970s. the 1980s or the 1990s. The species examined were restricted in this manner to avoid rare species for which catches display high inter-annual variability.Comparisons of stratified length frequencies for 2009 and 2010 to the long-term mean are also included for major commercial fish species. These data were summarized to assist in reviewing trends in abundance that are directly relevant to fisheries management when they are developing advice on allowable catch; hence. these data are grouped by the applicable stock management areas for each species. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,288,Split due to differences in biomass and abundance types - associated with 288 and 289 FM 31.3.16,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_depth_date
120,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,oceanic waters,FALSE,Tropical coral,Marine plants,tropical algae,CRED REA Algal Quadrate Images in the Pacific Ocean 2002-2008 (OBIS-USA),A,S,7,2002,2008,10.778,-169.454,260,466,466,10198,0.18 m sq quadrats,1.80E-07,24033496,Coral Ecologist Team Lead (NOAA),,bernardo.vargasangel@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1577,OBIS,"The goal of algal surveys is to quantitatively describe the algal community and prepare a comprehensive species list for each site. Working at depths of 3 to 16 m with teams using other existing rapid assessment methods. a method for algal assessment is needed that will minimize the time in the water yet yield the greatest amount of data possible. A high-resolution digital camera mounted on a 0.18 m? photo quadrat frame (Fig.1) with an Ikelite Substrobe digital slave strobe has been built to quantitatively assess marine algae.In addition to photographs. data from each quadrat are recorded on a waterproof data sheet that includes space for recording the species found in the quadrat. a ?map? area for identifying cryptic species in depressions that may prove difficult in computer analysis. and codes for the most common genera and species of macroalgae. corals. invertebrates. and substrate types to standardize and shorten note taking.Two trained observers move along the transect together with one observer placing the framer and operating the camera and the other taking notes. (Fig.2). Photographs are taken at predetermined random points.After a photograph is taken by the first diver. the second diver identifies algae within the photoquadrat. records the relative abundance of the 5 most abundant algae on a scale of 1 ? 5 (with 1 being most abundant). draws a quadrat map locating species that may be hard to identify in a photograph. and collects representative samples of the algal species in the quadrats for later identification in the laboratory.Once data are recorded. the photoquadrat is moved to the next random point and the procedure repeated. To prevent redundancy. only samples of new algal species found in subsequent quadrats are collected. In the laboratory the photographs taken with the photoquadrat methods are downloaded to a computer. renamed with a unique location code. then cropped and color corrected in Adobe Photoshop using autocorrect.Each photo is analyzed for percent cover using the software PhotoGrid (C. Bird. Dept. of Botany. University of Hawaii). a software program capable of random and stratified random point analysis on digital photography. Once all photos are analyzed. data are imported into Microsoft Excel for further statistical application.Ultimately. field-collected specimens will be critically analyzed in the laboratory to ensure positive species identification. will be cataloged. and will subsequently be placed in research institutions where they can be accessed by researchers interested in a suite of topics ranging from taxonomy to bioprospecting.After identification. provisions are made to ensure appropriate preservation and curation of each specimen. providing a historical record that will be available to future researchers.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_locality_bottomDepth_date
121,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Fish,reef fish,CRED Rapid Ecological Assessments of Fish Belt Transect Surveys and Fish Stationary Point Count Surveys in the Pacific Ocean 2000-2010 (OBIS-USA),A,N,11,2000,2010,10.778,-169.454,148,11408,52,21577,towboard survey 2m of reef (50 minutes long),0,24095725,Coral Ecologist Team Lead (NOAA),,bernardo.vargasangel@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1581,OBIS,"Within the depth limits of safe. no-decompression SCUBA diving (generally to 90? depth). NOAA-certified CRED divers conduct towed diver surveys as a method of assessing relatively large areas of reef habitat. This method involves towing two divers behind a small surface craft that is moving at a velocity of 1-2 mph. Although the driver of the surface craft attempts to follow a depth contour. the divers also actively maneuver the ?towboards? they are holding onto so as to maintain a relatively constant elevation above the surface of the reef.    One of the two towboards is equipped with a digital videocamera that is pointing in the forward-looking direction so as to document both the ?rugosity ?. or 3-dimensional topography. of the reef. as well as the fish associated with the reef. The other towboard is equipped with a digital videocamera that is pointing in the downward-looking direction. so as to record the benthos over which the diver and camera are moving.    Divers maneuvering the towboards on which the cameras are mounted record selected data pertaining to fish and to habitat. using datasheets mounted on the towboards. These in-situ observations are used to assist with preliminary summaries of the fish communities and the reef habitat. and as a general reference during more detailed. computer-assisted analyses.    Both towboards are equipped with a SEABIRD sensor that records depth and water temperature every 5 seconds. so that biotic observations can be linked to salient physical parameters.    A GPS unit on the surface tow vessel records the trackline over which the divers. and recording cameras. are being towed. so that the results that are later generated by analysis of the digital videos can be linked to geographic position.    A complete towboard survey is 50 minutes in length. and covers close to 2 miles of reef.Analysis of Towboard Benthic VideotapesUsing computer-assisted technology. the images captured by the downward-pointed camera of the benthic habitat are quantified as percent cover of the principle components that can be recognized from the videotapes. These components include: live coral. unencrusted (recently dead) coral. macroalgae. turf algae. coralline algae. other invertebrates. sand. rock. pavement. and rubble.The suite of corals that can be identified from the videotapes depends upon the assemblage of corals present in the area being surveyed (e.g.. the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands are less speciose than the U.S. Line & Phoenix Islands). and in general is limited to the genus level of identification. Similarly. algae can typically be identified from the videotapes only according to their functional class (macro. turf. coralline).Thus. while towed diver surveys are capable of assessing large areas of reef. it requires more stationary divers working at smaller spatial scales during REA surveys to achieve a higher degree of taxonomic resolution.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_locality_depth_date
122,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,pacific corals,FALSE,Tropical seas,Marine invertebrates,corals,CRED Rapid Ecological Assessments of Coral Population in the Pacific Ocean 2007-2010 (OBIS-USA),A,N,4,2007,2010,10.778,-169.454,209,1864,546,18535,0.5 m sq,5.00E-07,24033496,Coral Ecologist Team Lead (NOAA),,bernardo.vargasangel@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1578,OBIS,"Coral (Rapid Ecological Assessment) REA MethodsField ComponentsAfter descending to the bottom. the coral biologist videotapes along at least two of the three transect lines laid out by the fish team using a Sony PC digital PC100 camcorder in a Gates underwater housing. while slowly swimming ~1 meter above the length of the line. These video sequences enable later. computer-assisted quantitative analyses of percent coverage of corals. algae. and substrate types. Additionally. at the beginning of each of the transect lines. a 360? pan of the surrounding reef area is slowly videotaped to document the topography and general nature of the surrounding area.The coral biologist then swims back along as many of the transect lines as bottom time permits and lists coral species occurring within 0.5 m? of each side of the transect lines and the size class to which the maximum diameter of the colony belongs ( 5 cm; 5?10 cm; 10-20 cm; 20-40cm; 40-80 cm; 80-160 cm; or 160 cm). In geographic regions such as the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands where coral richness and abundance are reduced relative to lower latitude regions with higher species richness. the protocol is amended to include all corals occurring within 1m of each side of the transect lines.A random swim is then conducted in the vicinity of the transect lines within an area of about 5.000m2 in which all coral species are listed and assigned a DACOR abundance code based on visual estimation (dominant. abundant. common. occasional. and rare). If bottom time permits. corals showing signs of disease. bleaching. or abnormal growth are tallied. described. and photographed.Laboratory ComponentsAcropora cytherea. French Frigate Shoals NWHIAnalysis of digital video taken along the transect lines is conducted using duplicates of the videotapes rather than the originals. which are archived as a permanent record of the state of the reefs at a known point in time.The quantitative analysis of the benthic habitat. as documented by the digital videos. involves three major steps:    The selection of single. sequential. non-overlapping still frames    The import of individual still frames into the computer program SigmaScan for identification and tracing of key benthic components and calculation of their percent cover within each still frame. and    The compilation and summarization of SigmaScan's quantitative data using Microsoft Excel.This sophisticated. computer-assisted method of transforming qualitative photographic images into quantitative data that describe the relative contribution of key ecological components to the benthos is also being successfully used in the quantitative analysis of digital video collected during towed-diver surveys over larger spatial scales. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, Years (1994. 1995. 1996. 1997) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_locality_depth_date
123,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish & marine invertebrates,Maine Department of Marine Resources Inshore Trawl Survey 2000?2009 (OBIS-USA),AB,N,10,2000,2009,43.891199,-68.940737,144,1750,1749,36935,20 minute tows (115 stations - 1 per 40 nautical sq miles),0,37572,Sally Sherman,David Libby,Sally.Sherman@maine.gov,david.a.libby@maine.gov,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1693,OBIS,"DESIGNThe Maine-New Hampshire Inshore Trawl Survey is a stratified random survey with afixed component. The inshore area sampled includes four1 depth strata: 5-20 fathoms.21-35 fathoms. 36-55 fathoms. and >56 fathoms out to approximately the 12-mile limit.and five longitudinal regions based on oceanographic. geologic. and biological features(Figure 1). Together. 20 separate strata exist.With the addition of the fourth strata. the total survey area increased from ~3.626 nauticalmiles (NM2) to ~4.665 NM2. To keep sampling density of the original strata roughlyequivalent with previous surveys. an additional 15 stations were added to the originalgoal of 100 stations per survey. A target of 115 stations is selected for sampling in eachsurvey resulting in a sampling density of 1 station for every 40 NM2. Number of towsper stratum is apportioned according to its total area (Tables 1 and 2).SELECTION OF RANDOM STATIONSRandom stations are selected from a NOAA nautical chart in Arc ViewTM GIS overlainwith 1-NM2 grids. Each grid within each region is assigned a unique identificationnumber that serves as a call number. Grids are selected using an ExcelTM random numbergenerator. Tows approximately 1 NM long are proposed in each grid and plotted in PSeaWindplotTM (using charts of the NAD 1983 datum). From prior experience and localknowledge. some grids are classified as untowable during the plotting process. Due tothe large amount of fixed gear and the appeal to fishermen to cooperate with the surveyby clearing the tows. identifying good tow locations is a priority. If no towable bottomcan be found within a 2-mile radius. a new random number is chosen within the samestratum. Beginning and end points of each tow are identified in P-Sea Windplot. To theextent possible. for ease of identification by lobster industry members. tows follow loranlines. Loran C coordinates are converted to latitude/longitude degrees to the nearest0.001 decimal minutes.2SELECTION OF FIXED STATIONSAfter the initial survey in the fall of 2000. two stations per stratum were designated asfixed stations to be sampled on each subsequent survey. In areas where previous workhad been done. the stations were selected due to their historical importance3. In areas withno history. one station was selected as being roughly representative of the average catchfor its respective stratum and the other was randomly selected. After the addition of thefourth stratum in the spring of 2003. fixed stations were designated for that stratum usingthe same criteria.FISHING GEARTrawl design considerations for the survey include effectiveness of the gear forsampling the complex bottom in the nearshore areas of the Gulf of Maine andcomparability with previous and ongoing surveys by NMFS and MassachusettsDivision of Marine Fisheries. The net is a modified version of the shrimp netdesign used in Maine waters (Appendix A). designed to fish for a variety of nearbottomdwelling species without targeting any specific component. RobertTetrault. the vessels? owner. and net designer Jeff Flagg designed the net to fishfeet in length with nominal horsepower. Three identical nets were constructed forthis survey in the event of tearing or loss. Net tapers were cut to permit the shapeof the net to get maximum height while allowing the net to remain tight on thebottom. The net is shackled from the footrope to the frame with two 3/8th inchshackles to a banded wire that runs parallel with the footrope. Heavy rubber wingbobbins retard bottom wing lift at the net end of the bottom leg. Top legs are7/16th wire. 60 feet in length with soft eyes at each end. and bottom legs are 5/8thinch wire. 58 feet in length with two feet of 5/8th inch chain at the end where theleg attaches to the bottom wing for a total of 60 feet. Bottom legs are coveredwith 2 -3/8? cookies to prevent them from digging into the mud. The net isconstructed of 2-inch #24 polyethylene mesh. with a 1-inch (stretched measure)mesh liner in the cod end. Otter boards are #7.5 Bisons. Attached to the 70-foot.5/8th inch Rander?s Combination Wire Rope footrope is a roller frame strung onto?? IPS of 6x19 construction with a fiber core. The ten-foot wide bosom section ismade up of eight-inch rubber discs on six-inch centers along with eight evenlyspaced toggles. Spacing is maintained by smaller four-inch cookies strungbetween the discs. The two 29-foot wing sections are made up of six-inch rubberdiscs spaced 4 ? inches apart. with the same four inch cookies used to maintainspacing. Each wing section contains twelve toggles spaced evenly to facilitatefootrope attachment. The 5/8? Rander?s combination rope headrope has twentyeight8? center-hole. deep-sea net floats strung with 5/8? yellow polyethylenefloat line. Between surveys. the net is sent back to the manufacturer where it isreturned to specification (Appendix B). Nets will be replaced as they age to keepthe gear in good working condition and insure consistency. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,286,Now split into 3 datasets due to differences in biomass and abundance types - associated with both 286 and 287 FM 31.3.16,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_sampleSize_depth_date
124,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,marine invertebrates & marine plants,A Biological Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and Vicinity,A,N,7,1903,1909,41.570974,-70.509903,606,768,323,41346,beam trawl (1.8m x 2.7m - 3m depth) and oyster dredge (0.3m x 0.6m),0,2171,Richard Osman,Ajay R,osmanr@si.edu,ajayr@austmus.gov.au,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=230,OBIS,"Three types of dredging apparatus were employed by us. (I) The beam trawl. ofwhich descriptions and figures may be found in several previous reports of the UnitedStates Fish Commission (Verrill. 1883; Tanner. 1884. 1897). The trawls employed inthe present work were quite diminutive in comparison with those used in commercialtrawling. having a beam length (width of aperture) of from 6 to 9 feet. and a depth ofnet not much exceeding 10 feet. This appliance can be employed to best advantage ona level bottom of hard sand or fine gravel. upon which the lead line fits closely. It iswell adapted to scraping 'up the larger mollusks. fishes. crustacea. echinoderms. algre.etc.. which lie upon the surface. but not to penetrating the sand or gravel; and it consequentlyfails to disturb those forms which burrow in even a slight degree. For thisreason. and because of the large size of its meshes. the beam trawl was commonly notemployed alone; but a dredge of the next type was ordinarily appended to the lowerend of the bag. '(2) The ordinary naturalists' dredge. of the type originally devised by O. F. Muller(see Verrill. 1883; Tanner. 1884. 1897; Agassiz. 1888). This. as is well known. consistsof a heavy. rectangular. iron frame. to which is fitted the mouth of a bag of stoutnetting. In the commoner pattern the two longer sides of the frame consist of sharp.outwardly flaring edges. adapted to cutting into the sand. gravel. or mud; and thedredge is practically certain to drag in such a way that one or the other of these edges islowermost.A modification of this type of dredge which was freely used during the present workwas the rake dredge. which differs from the ordinary pattern in possessing heavy teethalong the cutting edge. The frame. in both types. is fitted with two heavy movableiron arms. to which the dredge line is attached. Commonly acomparatively light ropewas fastened to one of these hahdles. so that in case an obstruction was encounteredthis line might part and allow the dredge frame to free itself without escaping altogether.The dredge net was protected from tearing by a sheathing of heavy canvas. which wasattached to the frame outside of the net and formed a bag. open at the lower end. Thenetting commonly employed in these dredges had a t-inch or a r-inch mesh a in theupper portion. while the lower end was quite closely woven. Such meshes were likelyto retain not only the stones. shells. and the great majority of living organisms. buteven considerable quantities of the bottom material. Fine loose sand. however. and inless degree mud. were likely to be washed out almost completely during the reeling inof the dredge line. Where such bottoms were encountered the canvas sheathing of thedredge was frequently tied up at the lower end. or sometimes a simple canvas bag alone(mud bag) was attached to the frame. During the last season of the regular dredgingwork (1905) the mud bag was nearly always employed in connection with the beamtrawl. It is obvious that a much fairer bottom sample could be collected in this way.'The dimensions of the frame in the type most commonly used during the Fish Hawkdredging were 12 by 22 inches. A smaller size (8 by 16 inches) was. however. sometimesused in the Phalarope and Blue Wing work.(3) The third type of dredge employed was the oyster dredge. This was intermediatein size between the beam trawl and the scrape dredge and was very heavilyconstructed. being well adapted to use upon rocky bottoms. The scraping edge at themouth of this implement was armed with powerful spikes or teeth. designed to dig deeplyinto the sand or gravel. The bag of the dredge was made up of iron rings. linkedtogether after the fashion of chain armor. In order to retain the smaller organisms.this chainwork bottom was commonly lined with fine netting. The oyster dredge wasemployed on bottoms too stony for the other appliances. or where it was desired topenetrate more deeply beneath the surface.The Fish Hawk is a steam vessel having a length of 146 feet at the water line. orof 156 feet over all. a beam of 27 feet. and a draft of about 7 feet. She carries adequatemachinery for the reeling in of heavy dredges. and despite her limited speed and unseaworthyconstruction is an extremely serviceable vessel for scientific operations in quietwaters. A full description of the Fish Hawk has already been given by Tanner (1884).and therefore need not be repeated here.The material taken by the Fish Hawk dredges was commonly emptied into a seriesof trays. constituting the table sieve of Verrill and Chester (Verrill. 1883). having gradedmeshes. the coarser ones naturally being uppermost. After a superficial examinationand preliminary search for specimens a stream of salt water was played upon the material.and the sand. mud. and small unattached organisms were thus washed into theunderlying. smaller-meshed trays. The contents of each tray were examined in turn.according to a system to be described later.The Tanner sounding apparatus a was employed at each of the Fish Hawk stations.together with the Sigsbee water specimen cup. and the Negretti-Zambra thermometer.Thus the temperature and density were recorded. as well as the depth of the water.It was later realized. however. that the figures for temperature and density obtainedduring the regular dredging operations were not sufficiently exact for the purposes ofthe work. and. likewise. that no fair comparison would be possible of the differentwaters in the region unless we possessed a set of determinations which had been madenearly or quite simultaneously throughout its entire extent. For this reason a new setof temperature and density observations. taken with standardized instruments andwithin the briefest period possible. was made after the completion of the dredgingwork. Such determinations were repeated several times at intervals of a few months.so that the seasonal conditions are now pretty well known. These will be discussed ina later section.The position of the vessel was determined in the earlier part of the work by meansof an azimuth compass located on the roof of the deck house. just abaft the pilot house.Bearings were taken upon two. sometimes three. landmarks. usually lighthouses. Thiswas commonly done just before the lowering of the dredge. The station. as recordedon the chart. was thus the point where the dredge haul commenced. while thedirection and amount of the drift was estimated rather roughly. Later. tripods wereerected upon a number of Coast Survey triangulation points and sextants were employedin locating the ship's position. Angles were taken simultaneously by two observers.one of whom found the angular distance between X and Y. the other that betweenY and Z. The position of the vessel was determined both at the beginning and at theend of the dredge haul. and frequently at one or two intermediate points. Thus uponthe maps the later stations in Vineyard Sound appear not as single circles but as straightor curved lines. at intervals in which are to .be found the points (a. b. c. etc.) at which? sextant readings were taken.The Phalarope is a steam vessel. originally designed as a yacht. having a length of82 feet at the water line. or of 92 feet over all. and a beam of 16 feet. She draws 7Ufeet of water. and her average speed is probably about II knots. The Phalarope carriesno dredging machinery and is not permanently equipped for this work. In landing thedredge a small derrick was employed. this being operated by hand power. The contentswere emptied upon a special movable platform built over the forward cabin. A set ofsieves was employed similar in principle but smaller than those used on the Fish HouikWith this vessel the use of the beam trawl was impracticable. and even the oyster dredgewas too heavy to be employed very frequently. though it was used to advantage undercertain conditions. The second type of dredge mentioned above was therefore the.principal one employed.Since the Phalarope dredging was. for the most part. done within a quarter of amile from land. it was found to be possible to locate the stations with a fair degree ofaccuracy by reference to features of the shore. Bearings upon lighthouses were notcommonly practicable. nor indeed were they believed to be especially desirable. Thesoundings indicated. with sufficient precision. the distance from land. and the directionof various landmarks was noted. An ideal degree of accuracy in locating these stationsmight have been attained through the sacrifice of much time and effort. but it is doubtfulwhether the scientific value of this report would thereby have been greatly enhanced.In the case of both vessels the same general procedure was adopted in respect tothe listing and the preservation of material. One or more of the authors of this reportaccompanied each dredging trip. and one or several assistants were detailed from thelaboratory staff. On many occasions specialists interested in particular groups oforganisms accompanied us on these expeditions and participated in the identifications.The more obvious and easily recognizable species were listed on the spot. mention beingmade of their relative abundance and other facts of interest. These observations weredictated to an assistant. At the same time samples of the sand. stones. mud. seaweed. etc..and any specimens concerning which the least doubt was entertained were preserved. witha record of the station from which they came. This material was later sorted over in thelaboratory and further species were identified and listed. Those concerning which therewas still any doubt were bottled and subsequently referred to the proper specialists. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Dates added (3967) FM 31.3.16 deleted 3967 null value years,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_country_state_ocean_depth_date
125,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,MARMAP Chevron Trap Survey 1990-2009 (OBIS-USA),AB,N,12,1988,2000,31.441647,-78.848859,101,1205,422,15092,chevron traps 1.5 m x 1.7 m x 0.6 m,2.55E-06,101680,Tracy Smart,Marcel Reichert,smartt@dnr.sc.gov,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1504,OBIS,"Chevron traps were set on live-bottom reef areas on the continental shelf and upper slope. Chevron traps were arrowhead shaped (maximum dimensions of 1.5 m x 1.7 m x 0.6 m.; 0.91 m3 volume) and constructed of 35 mm x 35 mm square mesh plastic-coated wire. Chevron traps had one entrance funnel (?horseneck?). and one release panel to remove the catch. Each trap was soaked between 90 and 120 minutes.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Chevron traps,NA,5 records with NA abundance and biomass deleted FM 29.3.16,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_depth_date
126,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,MARMAP Neuston Nets 1990-2009 (OBIS-USA),A,N,8,1973,1980,31.250847,-78.751587,438,467,467,7614,trawl surveys (6 - 350 m depth),0,167424,Tracy Smart,Marcel Reichert,smartt@dnr.sc.gov,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1665,OBIS,"Abundance and biomass of fish species collected during the day from 1973 to 1980 off the coast of the southeastern United States (Cape Fear. NC to Cape Canaveral. FL).Purpose: For thirty years. the Marine Resources Research Institute (MRRI) at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources (SCDNR). through the Marine Resources Monitoring. Assessment and Prediction (MARMAP) program. has conducted fisheries-independent research on groundfish. reef fish. ichthyoplankton. and coastal pelagic fishes within the region between Cape Lookout. North Carolina. and Ft Pierce. Florida. The overall mission of the program has been to determine distribution. relative abundance. and critical habitat of economically and ecologically important fishes of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB). and to relate these features to environmental factors and exploitation activities. Research toward fulfilling these goals has included trawl surveys (from 6-350 m depth); ichthyoplankton surveys; location and mapping of reef habitat; sampling of reefs throughout the SAB; life history and population studies of priority species; tagging studies of commercially important species and special studies directed at specific management problems in the region. Survey work has also provided a monitoring program that has allowed the standardized sampling of fish populations over time and development of an historical base for future comparisons of long-term trends. Annual MARMAP cruises to assess relative abundance of reef fishes in the sponge-coral and shelf edge (live bottom) habitats of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB) have been conducted since 1978. MARMAP currently samples natural live bottom habitat from Cape Lookout. NC to the Ft. Pierce area. FL. The current main MARMAP objectives are to: (1) Sample reef fishes in the snapper-grouper complex at using a variety of gears in live bottom. rocky outcrop. high relief. and mud bottom habitats. (2) Collect detailed data for time series description of species for annual composition and relative abundance. (3) Obtain population characteristics on fish species of interest through life history information analysis. including age and growth. sex ratio. size and age of sexual maturation and transition. spawning season. fecundity. and diet. Priorities are dictated by the SEDAR schedule and other management considerations. (4) Collect hydrographic data (e.g. depth. temperature. salinity. etc.) for comparison to fish abundance and composition indices. (5) Collect DNA samples from selected fish species for stock identification. (6) Expand sampling area in North Carolina and south Florida as well as reconnoiter new live bottom areas with underwater video (UWTV) to add to the MARMAP site database. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_bottomDepth_date
127,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,MARMAP Florida Antillean Trap Survey 1990-2009 (OBIS-USA),AB,N,10,1980,1989,32.334695,-78.992262,48,352,173,4546,0.59 m 3 traps,9.90E-07,61329,Tracy Smart,Marcel Reichert,smartt@dnr.sc.gov,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1505,OBIS,"Florida Antillean traps were set on live-bottom reef areas on the continental shelf and upper slope. Florida Antillean traps were rectangular (0.9 m x 1.1 m x 0.6 m; 0.59 m3 volume) and constructed of 38 x 51 mm (1.5 x 2.0 inch) plastic-coated wire mesh. Each trap had one entrance and one bait well (0.13-m diameter. 0.6-m length). Each trap was soaked between 90 and 120 minutes.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Stations,NA, Years (1994. 1995. 1996. 1997) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_depth_date
128,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton Sampled with 10m2MOCNESS Net in Georges Bank 1995-1999 (OBIS-USA),A,N,5,1995,1999,41.380803,-67.446981,341,783,39,15246,10 m sq nets,0,76893,Laurence Madin,Erich Horgan,lmadin@whoi.edu,ehorgan@whoi.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2339,OBIS,"Zooplankton populations were monitored on a monthly basis (Jan-Jun). years 1995-1999. for a total of thirty cruises. Plankton tows were made using a MOCNESS 10 system with 5-6 (10 m^2) nets having 3.00-mm circular mesh. Nets are opened and closed sequentially by commands through conducting cable from the surface. Organisms are identified at the species level. Abundance is calculated. Important Information: (1) The catch from each net was sub-sampled and all animals in the sub-sample were counted. (2) Due to the shear volume of data. only those animals found were represented in these on-line data. i.e. no animals with zero abundance were listed. (3) The precision variation in the latitude and longitude numbers is as reported. (4) Not all nets for all tows are represented here. Some nets came back empty.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Various,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
129,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,South TX Outer Continental Shelf and MI. AL. and FL Outer Continental Shelf benthic organism sampling 1974-1978 (OBIS-USA),A,N,5,1974,1978,27.694737,-89.141039,2561,431,431,58162,various trawl/sampling nets (pipe dredge 0.25 sq m and 40/54 fly net and 0.1 sq m box core),0,292035,NODC Contact (NOAA),,NODC.Services@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2343,OBIS,"Benthic organisms data were collected using sediment sampler and net casts BELLOWS and other platforms in the Gulf of Mexico from 16 May 1974 to 20 February 1978. The data provide information on species counts and species wet weight from samples collected by point sampling (grab or core) or by tow (dredge or trawl). Three operational kinds of data include: Epifauna. Infauna. and Meiofauna benthic organisms data that roughly correspond to the different sampling methods and collecting institutions that were part of this study. EquipmentAgassiz trawl. airlift system to 1mm mesh bag. Burrell epi-benthic sled (947 micron mesh net). beam trawl. clam dredge. Cerame-Vivas benthic dredge (90x37 cm mouth with maximum mesh opening of 40x30 mm). Clutter net. Drift net. Drop net. Faber net. Fly-bottom trawl. 40/54 Fly net. 1/10 m sq. box core. Otter trawl. pipe dredge. 1/4 m sq. box core. Rock dredge 36x16 inches. Smith-Macintryre grab. Scrape sample. try net. Van Veen grab Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,281,Split into two due to different abundance types. now also in 281 - FM 29.3.16,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_bottomDepth_date
133,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Copepods,Copepods (Tropical and Subtropical Western South Atlantic OBIS),A,N,8,1954,1961,-14.616657,-42.219116,119,106,95,2300,plankton samples varying depths,0,2833607,Fabio L. Silveira,Alexandre Marino,fldsilve@usp.br,marino@cria.org.br,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=569,OBIS,"Added from OBIS (FM).  Plankton samples taken from different depths.  Plankton samples were taken either superficially or vertically from different depths to the surface off the coast of Brazil (4 degrees 57 minutes N and 34 degrees 42 minutes S). These plankton samples belong to the collections of the Instituto Oceanogr?fico. USP. Some were donated by foreign institutions like the Japanese Government (samples from the Toko Maru cruise) and The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (Atlantis cruise n. 247 along 36?S lat.). Some were donated to the Instituto by the Brazilian Navy. The others were collected by the Institutos staff for several purposes (hydrographical. biological and fisheries research). Note: the author. T.K.S. Bj?rnberg. has updated the taxonomy in July 2008. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_country_depth_date
135,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,mostly fish + a few invertebrates,Previous_fisheries_REVIZEE_Program (Tropical and Subtropical Western South Atlantic OBIS),B,N,11,1972,1986,-13.021508,-45.166281,151,2013,1796,8468,cruise reports,0,1852596,Alexandre Marino,Evberghe ?,marino@cria.org.br,evberghe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2411,OBIS,"Added from OBIS (FM).  Brazil. Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (1) 1977 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (2). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (3). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (4). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (5). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (6). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (7). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (8). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (9). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (10). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (11). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (12). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (13). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Cruise reports,284,Years (1983. 1984. 1987) deleted due to uneven sampling effort now split into 3 studies due to differences in biomass and abundance types FM 30.3.16 - associated with 284 and 285 also deleted 11 null value years,Oct-12,NA,Weight,lat_long_ocean_country_state_locality_depth_date
142,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,fish,Pelagic and Demersal Fish Database II. REVIZEE South Area (WSAOBIS),A,N,3,1997,2002,-27.327812,-45.330092,189,276,276,4125,21 cruises (traps and longlines),0,414849,Alexandre Marino,,marino@cria.org.br,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=105,OBIS,"21 cruises. traps & longlines at 5 sea bottom types Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps and longlines,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_locality_depth_date
143,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Copepods,COPEPODA-ESPOBIS Data Base IMO-UdeC,A,N,8,2002,2009,-28.493581,-71.860312,106,60,10,1313,200mm mesh nets (40-400m depth) 159 samples taken from several research cruises,0,81903,Ruben Escribano,Pamela Hidalgo,rescribano@udec.cl,pahidalg@udec.cl,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1684,OBIS,"2.1. The study areaThe coastal upwelling zone of Chile  (Fig. 1) extends from 18?Sto about 42?S. i.e. nearly 2700 km of coast along the latitudinalgradient. Because of different seasonal regimes of the upwellingprocess. two major upwelling regions can be distinguished.(1)The northern upwelling region(18??30?  S). and (2) the Central/southern upwelling region (30??42?S). Both regions are known torepresent key coastal upwelling systems supporting high primaryproduction rates (Daneri et al..2000). strong fishery activitymostly based on small pelagic fishes(Alheit and Bernal.1993;Arcos et al..2001) and are subjected to strong interannualvariability forced by the ENSO (El Nino southern oscillation) cycle(Escribano et al..2004).2.2. Data sourcesLocations of all sampling sites are illustrated in Fig. 1. For thisstudy. we used samples from northern Chile obtained during theyears 2005. 2006 and 2007. The first set of samples comes fromthe ZOMEI Cruise carried out between September and October2005 at two locations off 20?S and 22?S. We used the samplesfrom a single station at each site sampled day and night in 5 depthstrata down to 700m. All these samples were obtained withvertical tows of a Hydrobios Midi-type multinet (0.25m2 openingmouth) equipped with five 200 mm mesh-size nets. A second setof samples came from the CENSOR (Climate Variability and the ElNino Southern Oscillation) project through which two fixednear shore stations located off Chipana at 21?S (90 m depth) andMejillones 23?S (85 m depth) were sampled during severalconsecutive days (5?8 days) in the summers and winters 2005.2006 and 2007. In both sites. the samples were obtained in twodepth strata with vertical tows of a 0.196m2 opening mouth WPnet having a 200 mm mesh-size net.In the Central/southern region samples came from twosources. Firstly the COPAS Time Series Study off Concepcion(Escribano and Schneider. 2007). In this study. zooplanktonsamples were obtained monthly at the fixed Station 18 using a200 mm mesh-size 1m2 Tucker Trawl net to wedobliquely at twodepth strata(0?50 m and 50?80m). Details on samplin gearprovided in Escribano et al.(2007). For this work.we used onlythe samples obtained during  2002 and 2003. which have beenanalyzed in detail for copepod composition. Monthly changes ofdominant copepod species (10% of total species) were previouslyassessed for the period 2002?2005 (Escribano et al..2007). and forthe period 2002?2008 the same dominant species were used toestimate interannual changes in copepod biomass (Escribanoet al.. submitted for publication). A second set of samples for thissouthern region came from the BIOZOO cruise carried outin winter 2008 at 5 stations over a cross-shelf transect from 5 to100 km offshore. At each station the same Hydrobios Multinet asabove was deployed to sample 4 strata down to 600 m at theoffshore station. In this case oblique tows were performed tosample a greater volume of water (410 m3) because of lowercopepod density in winter conditions.A total number of 159 samples were analyzed for this study.107 samples were from the Northern region and 52 from theCentral/Southern zone. From these samples. all copepods wereidentified to the species level(adults and copepodids. but notnauplii) and counted. although some very dense samples weresplit with a Folsom splitter to count a maximum number of 200individuals of a single dominant species. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_size_depth_date
147,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Bryozoa,South Western Pacific Regional OBIS Data Bryozoan Subset (South Western Pacific OBIS),A,N,51,1874,2003,-21.686209,-22.808747,599,555,555,6329,21 cruises (traps and longlines),0,24816747,Steve Massey,,s.massey@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=221,OBIS,"21 cruises. traps & longlines at 5 sea bottom types - copied from ID146 (part of same subset) Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, Years (1994. 1995. 1996. 1997) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_bottomDepth_date
148,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,South Western Pacific Regional OBIS Data provider for the NIWA Marine Biodata Information System (South Western Pacific OBIS),B,N,38,1964,2005,-42.407,172.26,430,28775,28332,351472,research trawl surveys (4-2004m depth),0,6824130,Steve Massey,,s.massey@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,http://www.gbif.org/dataset/83b58bb2-f762-11e1-a439-00145eb45e9a,GBIF,"The data covers an area from Antarctica to Fiji. Data so far available are primarily the results of a series of research trawl surveys carried out as part of New Zealand's Ministry of Fisheries data collection to support fisheries management within the NZ Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). plus data from several decades of marine invertebrate research sampling in the NZ Exclusive Economic Zone. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Stations,278, Years (1999. 2003) deleted due to uneven sampling effort. 29.3.16 FM - split into 2 studies based on abundance and biomass types now also 278,Oct-12,NA,Weight,lat_long_ocean_locality_depth_date
150,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Polar ecoregions,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,Admiralty Bay Benthos Diversity Data Base (ABBED). ,A,N,5,1979,1986,-62.155019,-58.478947,44,130,116,428,Van Veen grabs (0.1m and 0.056m sq),1.00E-07,120,Jacek Sicinski,Bruno Danis,sicinski@biol.uni.lodz.pl,bruno.danis@scarmarbin.be,ODbL,http://www.scarmarbin.be/index.php,SCAR-MarBIN,"Admiralty Bay has been intensively sampled from the inter-tidal to its deepest bottom areas (ca. 500 m). during the past 30years. A variety of sampling methods and gears. such as corers.grabs. trawls. baited traps and SCUBA diving. was used. dependingon the objectives of specific projects. Most quantitative samplingof macrofaunal species has been performed using Van Veen grabs(0.1 and 0.056m2). Bottom samples were then washed through44?62 and 300?500 mm mesh size sieves to separate meiofaunaand macrofauna.respectively.All organisms(e.g. meiofauna. macrofauna. megafauna. dia-toms and macroalgae) were initially fixed in 4?10% formalin andthen transferred to 70% ethanol for storage. Seafloor images weretaken mostly in Ezcurra and Martel Inlets using remote camerasand during SCUBA diving.3.1. General descriptionAdmiralty Bay has an area of ca. 122 km2. The bay is a largefjord of tectonic origin with a maximum depth of 535m. threemain inlets (Ezcurra. Mackellar and Martel) and a wide opening(8.25 km width) to the Bransfield Strait (Fig. 1) (Kruszewski.2002). The Admiralty Bay sea floor has a complex bottomtopography and geomorphology. The very diverse shoreline andseafloor as well as numerous glaciers. generating icebergs andoutflowing streams. provide a wide variety of habitats for benthicand pelagic communities. Glaciers and ice-falls constitute abouthalf of the 83.4km long shoreline of the bay.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Various,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_locality_depth_date
152,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,CMarZ (Census of Marine Zooplankton)-Asia Database,A,N,15,1977,2002,43.855961,3.065693,163,309,138,2493,60 cm closing net,0,8834130,Shuhei Nishida,Hiroomi Miyamoto,nishida@aori.u-tokyo.ac.jp,miyamoto@aori.u-tokyo.ac.jp,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1500,OBIS,"At each sampling date. a closing type net (60 cmmouth diameter. 0.10 mm mesh size. Kawamura 1989)was hauled vertically at a speed of 1.0 m s^-1 from fivediscrete layers between 0 and 2.000 m in the water column(Table 1). The volume of water filtered was estimatedby the reading of a flow meter (Rhigosha)mounted inside the mouth of the net. The depths the netreached were read by using a RMD depth meter (Rhigosha).which was attached to the suspension cable ofthe net. After collection. samples were preserved immediatelyon board ship in a 2% formaldehyde?seawatersolution buffered with borax. Vertical profiles of temperatureand salinity were determined simultaneously byusing a CTD system (Neil Brown Mark III. GeneralOceanics) at each zooplankton sampling date. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_depth_date
162,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,EPA'S EMAP Database,A,S,13,1990,2004,36.76236,-116.837677,5624,6588,6073,173040,0.04 m sq or 0.1 m sq grabs,4.40E-08,4871568,Stephen Hale,,hale.stephen@epa.gov,,PDDL,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=25,OBIS,"Stations were randomly selected using EMAP's probabilistic sampling framework and were sampled once during a summer index period (June to October). A consistent suite of indicators was used to measure conditions in the water. sediment. and in benthic and fish communities.Different grab samplers were used by NCA partners. Young-modified Van Veen grab samplers. with a sampling area of 0.04 m2. were used by CT. DE. MA. NH. RI. and ME in both 2000 and 2001. NJ-Coastal and NJ-Delaware Bay used either a Ponar sampler (0.04 m2) or a Smith McIntyre sampler (0.1 m2) at stations in both years. NY used either a Young-modified Van Veen grab sampler (0.04 m2) or a Smith McIntyre sampler (0.1 m2) in 2000.One 'grab' sample was collected from each station using a Young-modifiedVan Veen grab sampler. The grabs were nominally 440 cm2 in area and 10cm deep. A sub-sample 2.5 cm in diameter and the depth of the grab wastaken from each grab for grain-size analysis. The remaining sedimentswere live-sieved in the field with a 0.5 mm mesh screen. Organismsretained on the screen were placed in plastic containers and fixed in10% buffered formalin with rose bengal stain for preservation. All taxa in a grab sample were sorted by a technician and thenidentified and counted by a skilled taxonomist. Only organisms largerthan 0.5 mm were processed; therefore groups such as turbellarianflatworms. nematodes. ostracods. harpacticoid copepods and foraminiferawere excluded from the identification process. Estuarine and Coastal SamplingEMAP-Estuaries    Virginian Province 1990-1993    Louisianian Province 1991-1994    Carolinian Province 1994-1995    West Indian Province 1994    South California Bight Pilot Project 1994Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment 1997-1998R-EMAP Studies    Region 2 (NY/NJ Harbor) 1993-1994    DE/MD Coastal Bays 1993    Region 6 (Texas Coast) 1993-1994National Coastal Assessment    Northeast 2000 - 2006    Southeast 2000 - 2006    Gulf of Mexico 2000 - 2006    West Coast 1999 - 2006    Hawaii. Alaska 2001-2002 Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
163,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,mainly benthos,North Pacific Groundfish Observer (North Pacific Research Board),AB,S,12,1993,2004,56.5,-168.15,355,1827,1827,419940,20 x 20 km sq grids,0,6794596,Karen Stocks,,kstocks@sdsc.edu,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=67,OBIS,"The Observer Program database consists of fish. invertebrate. and marine mammal observations collected by fishery biologists while deployed on board commercial fishing vessels or at shoreside processing plants participating in the Bering Sea and Gulf of Alaska groundfish fisheries. This database covers observations from 1993-2004. The specific data components collected are outlined in the Groundfish Observer Manual. Once received by NOAA Fisheries. these data are extensively checked for quality. Each record represents the summary of all the observations made for a given taxa in a given year from each 20km by 20km grid square; counts and weights are statistical estimates.Over 300 certified groundfish observers each year on a variety of commercial fishingvessels. over 37.000 data collection days annually. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,NA,"59 records with NA abundance deleted FM 29.3.16, also 11 records deleted due to weird species symbols (%''*&--$) etc.",Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_general_ocean_bottomDepth_date
164,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Sessile marine invertebrates,North American Sessile Marine Invertebrate SurveyCitation ,A,N,6,2000,2005,44.210853,-106.505293,94,230,224,1401,settling plates 1m depth,0,5790445,G Ruiz,B Steves,ruizg@si.edu,stevesb@si.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=106,OBIS,"collecting invertebrates from embayments across the United States. Panama and Australia. Invertebrate collecting devices called settling plates are deployed at marinas. commercial and military docks in several embayments each year. Settling plates are constructed of both wood and PVC (polyvinyl chloride) so that both wood-boring species and hard surface foulers can be collected. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Various,NA, Years (2005) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_depth_date
166,Marine,Global,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,All,pelagic seabirds,PIROP Northwest Atlantic 1965-1992 (SEAMAP),A,S,25,1965,1992,36.075242,-70.991806,213,144510,51670,155600,vessel based surveys,0,114454343,Andy Read,? Westgate,aread@duke.edu,westgate@acpub.duke.edu,CC-by-NC,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2245,OBIS,"The PIROP (Programme Intégré de recherches sur les oiseaux pélagiques) data set. Atlantic subset. consists of geo-referenced vessel-based surveys to monitor pelagic seabirds. Most surveys were carried out by R.G. B. Brown from 'vessels of opportunity' supplied by the Bedford Institute for Oceanography (BIO) in Dartmouth/Halifax. but many other platforms and observers were used. too. During these surveys observations other than seabirds were also recorded. e.g. Waterfowl. Waterbirds. Songbirds. Raptors. Owls. Sea Mammals. and other sightings of interest (weather. oceanography. vessel activities. bird behaviour. etc.). The data collection period covers all seasons of 1966-1992. with most surveys being conducted between (late) summers of 1975-1987. The survey protocol originally consisted of unlimited width 10min transects. but was changed appr. 1984 towards a Tasker et al. (1984) type of survey (fixed-width strip transect). However. data and results from the PIROP database need to be interpreted as relative. and not absolute. abundance.Purpose:The PIROP data were collected for Canadian seabird monitoring purposes. focussing on the Canadian Atlantic. but also on other areas relevant to Canadian birds such as waters off Peru. off West Africa and off Europe Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Surveys,NA,FM 31.3.16 deleted 11 null value years. Changed taxa to all from birds as some marine mammals in study.,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
169,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,mostly seabirds + some marine mammals,CalCOFI and NMFS Seabird and Marine Mammal Observation Data. 1987-2006 (SEAMAP),A,S,20,1987,2006,34.858456,-121.614941,185,56832,56813,61714,3 km bins,0.9,1350384,Bill Sydeman,K D Hyrenbach,wsydeman@faralloninstitue.org,khyrenba@duke.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2050,OBIS,"Data were collected aboard research vessels using standardized marine bird and mammal survey techniques (Tasker et al. 1984. Buckland et al. 1993). Marine birds and mammals were observed in a 90-degree arc from the bow to one side of the ship out to 300m. Counts are summarized by species and behavior along the transects in 3 km bins. Each sighting is a total of all of the birds/mammals of that species and behavior seen in an area (approx. 3 km long and 300m wide). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Changed taxa from birds to all as there are some marine mammals included.,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
171,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Mammals,Marine mammals + a few turtles,Bahamas Marine Mammal Research Organisation Opportunistic Sightings (SEAMAP),A,S,19,1988,2008,24.896312,-76.292011,28,2362,2362,4774,sightings,0,106190,Charlotte Dunn,Info at Bahamas Whales,cdunn@bahamaswhales.org,info@bahamaswhales.org,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2157,OBIS,"The Bahamas Marine Mammal Research Organisation is a long-term study that has been documenting the occurrence. distribution. and abundance of marine mammals around the islands of The Bahamas since 1991. With more than 1900 marine mammal encounters in The Bahamas. we are providing the only comprehensive documentation of the marine mammal fauna in this part of the world. Our research is based on the use of systematic boat-based surveys for describing the distribution and habitat use of different marine mammal species. We employ photo-identification techniques for the recognition of individual whales and dolphins. and we have developed new statistical approaches for using these data to determine abundance estimates and occupancy patterns. This photographic sampling is complemented by the collection of skin and faecal samples for molecular genetic analysis. which are being used to assess levels of genetic diversity and investigate the structuring of marine mammal populations. The dataset presented here includes both marine mammal and turtle sightings. The dataset consists of 89 stranding records between 1944 and 2005. including 15 species with Cuvier?s beaked whale being the most common. Marine mammal sightings data includes 444 sightings between 1988 and 2005. including sightings reported from the public. The dataset includes 1.934 BMMS vessel encounters with marine mammals between 1991 and 2005. comprising 20 different species. with the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin representing 60% of all encounters. Finally. the dataset also includes 101 sightings of turtles comprising 3 different species between 1991 and 2005. Supplemental infomation: A sighting and an encounter is differentiated between where a sighting is when our vessel was unable to close in on the group of animals. and an encounter is when closing was successful and photographs / video recording of the animals were obtained. The dataset includes both encounters and sightings off transect (opportunistic) as well as reports from the public. On-transect sightings and encounters are provided in a different dataset. Use this dataset along with off-transect tracklines. Note that the original ship location data were recorded every minute whereas the tracklines were constructed using locations every five minutes to reduce the data size. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Sightings,NA,Years (1988. 1991) deleted due to uneven sampling effort  FM 31.3.16 deleted 98 null value years,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_bottomDepth_date
172,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,Cetaceans. seabirds + turtles,POPA cetacean. seabird. and sea turtle sightings in the Azores area 1998-2009 (OBIS SEAMAP),A,S,12,1998,2009,35.009739,-24.224698,47,34883,34883,52291,sightings,0,1579112,Andy Read,Patrick Halpin,aread@duke.edu,phalpin@duke.edu,CC-by-NC,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4257,OBIS,"POPA cetacean. seabird. and sea turtle sightings in the Azores area 1998-2009 (OBIS SEAMAP) - no methods as yet Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Sightings,NA, Years (1996) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
173,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,Marine Biological Sample Database. JAMSTEC (OBIS_JAPAN),A,N,16,1996,2012,-4.228324,130.723197,678,1038,721,4523,0-10900m depth,0,6059632,Tohru Iseto,,iseto@jamstec.go.jp,,CC-by-NC,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2289,OBIS,"Marine Biological Sample Database. JAMSTEC (OBIS_JAPAN) - no methods as yet Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, Years (1998) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_locality_depth_date
176,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Phytoplankton + zooplankton (and some plants - changed taxa from /plants),Atlantic Zone Monitoring Program Maritimes Region (AZMP) plankton datasets. In Fisheries and Oceans Canada - BioChem archive (OBIS Canada),AB,N,13,1998,2010,45.073359,-60.564453,320,1763,1232,56938,314m ring net stations then vertical tow (202-pm mesh net),4.42E-07,945329,Jeff Spry,Mary Kennedy,jeff.spry@dfo-mpo.gc.ca,mary.kennedy@dfo-mpo.gc.ca,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2328,OBIS,"The AZMP requires sampling monthly or more frequently at fixed sites and semi-annually along transects.At the fixed stations. the minimum sampling operation includes:1. Vertical profile of the entire water column using a CTD equipped with at least a fluorometer2. Water bottle sampling at selected depths for:I. nutrients measurement - duplicates at all depthsII.chlorophyll-a extraction - duplicates at all depthsIII. phytoplankton cell counts - 1 full water column sample pooled from each individual bottleIV. dissolved oxygen - duplicates at surface and bottomv. salinity measurement - surface and bottom3. Vertical net tows for zooplankton4. Secchi depth measurementAt stations along the transects. the minimum sampling operation includes:1. Vertical profile of the entire water column using a CTD equipped with at least a fluorometer2. Water bottle sampling at selected depths for :I. nutrients measurement - duplicates at all depthsII. chlorophyll-a extraction - duplicates at all depthsIII. dissolved oxygen - duplicates at surface and bottomiv. salinity measurement - surface and bottom; subset of 10 or more CTD stations3. Vertical net tows for zooplankton4. Secchi depth measurementThe number of water bottle depths is determined by the station characteristics. Typically. there will be 6 to10 bottles at each station. including a surface and a bottom sample. and sufficient samples in between toproperly calibrate the CTD fluorometer and oxygen sensor.3.2 Water samplesPlots from the CTD profile are examined to determine the depth of the chlorophyll-a maximum. Watersamples are collected from sufficient depths (usually 6 depths) within the euphotic zone. including one atthe chlorophyll-a maximum. to properly calibrate the CTD fluorometer; and from the surface and bottom ofthe water column. Water samples are collected using conventionnal sampling equipment (e.g. manuallydeployed Niskin-type bottles on a hydrowire; rosette-mounted sampling bottles) and stored in appropriatecontainers. The volumes of water required for each sample. excluding amounts wasted for rinsing. are asfollows:a) Two 350 ml samples at the surface and at the bottom for oxygen;b) Iwo 30 ml samples at each depth for nutrients;c) Two 100 ml samples at each depth for chlorophyll-a;d) One 100 ml sample from each depth at the fixed stations to be mixed together to produce one largevolume from which a 500 ml subsample is taken for phytoplankton cell counts.e) One 200 ml sample for salinity at the surface and at the bottomSamples should always be drawn in the same order from the bottle: dissolved oxygen first. nutrients next.and then other samples. All samples should be properly labeled: al1 samples from a same bottle shoulduse the same label number.Water for the oxygen samples is drawn directly from the sampler bottle and before any of the othersamples. Water for nutrients. chlorophyll-a and phytoplankton cell counts can be collected in a commonproperly cleaned and rinsed container for subsampling elsewhere as soon as possible.3.6 Phytoplankton cell countsOne 100-ml aliquot will be drawn from each of the sampler bottles (collected from the surface to thebottom of the water column) and combined into a single container for thorough mixing. A well-mixed500-ml subsample will then be drawn from this pooled sample and preserved in a labeled samplecontainer with 2% Lugol's preservative (see sample preparation in appendix III). The container is labeledwith an identifier label from each of the bottles contributing to the integrated sample.3.8 ZooplanktonThe following standard protocols are to be used for routine sampling of zooplankton at fixed and transectstations. At all stations. at least one standard zooplankton vertical tow with 202-pm mesh net is taken.At the time of capture. gelatinous zooplankton are removed from the catch. identified according to majortaxonomic category (e.g. siphonophore. ctenophore. medusae). measured volumetrically and a subsampleof this gelatinous zooplankton catch is preserved separately for confirmation of identification. Theremainder of the sample is preserved in a 4% solution of buffered formaldehyde.STANDARD ZOOPLANKTON TOWNET TYPE: 314 m ring netMESH SIZE: 202 FmTOW METHOD: vertical (see note 1)DEPTH: bottom-surface or 1000-0 m. whichever is shallower.REPLICATION: see note 2Note 1 :The vertical net is installed on the wire with a cross-bow support. Where possible. flow meters areinstalled for comparison of volume calculated from tow depth and net area; weather and samplingconditions that may potentially cause discrepancies between these two methods should be noted. Duringdeployment. the ship maneuvers to maintain vertical wire angle. The targeted tow speed is 1 m s-1.Note 2:Normally one tow per station. At analysis time. the sample is split for biomass estimates and forzooplankton species abundance. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,Weight,lat_long_general_depth_date
178,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,mostly fish + some marine invertebrates,Pacific Shrimp Trawl Survey (OBIS Canada),A,N,39,1963,2007,53.54327,-140.266034,476,8065,8032,128311,trawl surveys 8.5-999m depth,0,652347,James Boutillier,,BoutillierJ@pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=261,OBIS,"Survey data are collected by stock assessment staff during annual trawl surveys. Data includes catch of commercial shrimp species that are used for in-season stock assessment analyses. Commercial bycatch data area collected by stock assessment staff and by staff of Archipelago Marine Resources who board commercial vessels during fishing activities and record catch and bycatch data.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_locality_depth_date
180,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Fish,Groundfish,ECNASAP - East Coast North America Strategic Assessment (OBIS Canada),A,N,26,1970,1995,37.770564,-50.792666,273,46466,43126,410802,11-1485m depth (fishery independent groundfish survey),0.33336,7229693,Bob Branton,,brantonb@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,,CC0,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=38,OBIS,"Summary: Fishery-independent groundfish data for the east coast of North America from Cape Hatteras to the US/Canadian border and for Bay of Fundy through the Scotian Shelf. Time period is 1970-95. Efforts are underway to extend taxonomic. tempoaral and spatial coverage of data available from OBIS. OBIS Schema concepts implemented in this data set are:DateLastModified. InstitutionCode. CollectionCode. CatalogNumber. ScientificName. BasisOfRecord. Phylum. Class. Order. Family. Genus. Species. ScientificNameAuthor. YearCollected. MonthCollected. DayCollected. JulianDay. TimeOfDay. ContinentOcean. Locality. Longitude. Latitude. MinDepth. Notes. StartYearCollected. EndYearCollected. StartMonthCollected. EndMonthCollected. StartDayCollected. EndDayCollected. StartTimeofDay. EndtimeofDay. StartLongitude. EndLongitude. StartLatitude. EndLatitude. Temperature. ObservedIndividualCount. For OBIS Schema concept details see http://www.iobis.org/tech/provider/ Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Trawl,NA, Years (1995) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_locality_depth_date
182,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,Chromista. fish + marine invertebrates,Snow crab research trawl survey database (Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence. Gulf region. Canada) from 1988 to 2010 (OBIS Canada),A,S,22,1988,2009,47.480915,-62.76169,33,5777,5765,35005,bottom trawls of 5 minutes at speed ~2 knots,0.006420267,167455,Mary Kennedy,,mary.kennedy@dfo-mpo.gc.ca,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2348,OBIS,"The Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence snow crab bottom trawl survey has taken place yearly since 1988 with the exception of 1996 when partnerships with industry ceased and no funding was available. The survey is conducted after the local fisheries are closed from early to mid-July and ends in early to mid-September. For the survey. we used a Nephrops bottom trawl towed over the bottom during 5 minutes at a speed of approximately 2 knots. A scanmar (1989-1998) or netmind (1999-present) hydro-acoustic instrumentation system is used to monitor the status of the trawl. such as depth. trawl opening width and height. On board computer systems record the position. time and status of the trawl (Moriyasu et al. 1998). Throughout the years. the snow crab survey has covered an ever widening range of the Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence area. In 1989 for instance. there were 155 stations mostly within Area 12. Since then the survey has grown to cover all fishing grounds in the Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence (Area 12. E. F. and 19) with over 300 stations. Three successive boats have been used since the first survey. . The side trawler 'Emy Serge' from 1988 to 1998. followed by two stern trawlers. the 'Den C Martin' from1999 to 2002. and the 'Marco Michel' from 2003 to present. No boat comparisons were completed during the transitions. Because the fishing efficiency of the gear used is not yet known for snow crab. abundance is considered as relative compared to the absolute abundance. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Bottom trawl,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
183,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,DFO Maritimes Research Vessel Trawl Surveys Invertebrate Observations (OBIS Canada),A,N,13,1999,2011,43.776648,-63.751421,16,4475,4475,14906,research trawl surveys (12-912m depth),0,621101,John Tremblay,Bob Branton,TremblayJ@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,brantonb@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=257,OBIS,"DFO Maritimes Research Vessel Trawl Surveys Invertebrate Observations (OBIS Canada) - no methods as yet Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_locality_ocean_country_depth_date
184,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,marine invertebrates + some fish,DFO Central and Arctic Multi-species Stock Assessment Surveys (OBIS_CANADA),A,N,5,2006,2010,66.861569,-68.964445,306,685,685,16976,shrimp trawls (3 knots for 30 minutes or 2.6 knots for 15 minutes),2.778,3561893,Tim Siferd,,Tim.Siferd@dfo-mpo.gc.ca,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2293,OBIS,"The DFO Central and Arctic Region (C&amp;A) multi-species stock assessment surveys began in 1999 and planned to continue indefinitely. Seven study areas are defined within the spatial extents outlined here; northern NAFO 0A. southern NAFO 0A. SFA0. SFA1. SFA3 and western Hudson Strait. The study area surveyed varies from year to year. Details of this specific survey are described below. Surveys are conducted with the Greenland Institute of Natural Resources' (GINR) research vessel Paamiut using either an Alfredo or Cosmos shrimp trawl depending on the focus species of the particular survey. The target set for the Alfredo trawl is 3.0 knots towed for 30 minutes and for the Cosmos trawl 2.6 knots for 15 minutes. Trawl geometry is monitored for door spread. net height and bottom contact with wing spread introduced in 2009. Environmental data. temperature. salinity and depth. is collected with Seamon. Star-Oddi and Seabird equipment. Surveys are stratified random in design based on stratum area proportions with a two set minimum. Sampling sites are allocated using the buffered random sampling (BRS) protocol of Kingsley et al. 2004. Shrimp surveys sample waters from 100-800m stratified in contours of 100-200. 200-300. 300-400. 400-600 and 600-800m. Greenland halibut surveys sample waters from 400-1500m. The 2007 multi-species stock assessment survey of SFA3 and RISA was conducted from 12 October to 7 November. Sixty-none of the seventy sets allocated to SFA3 were taken sucessfully with the Cosmos trawl. Seabird 19plus CTD mounted to the headrope was introduced to the survey in 2007. Experimental work was conducted in RISA in two strata south west of Resolution Island looking at the effects of tide/current and survey design on the overall results of the survey. Samples were collected to examine fecundity and stomach contents of both Pandalid species. This dataset is the OBIS version of the stock assessment survey. These data are for display on the OBIS portal and associated mapping programs and for download for end-user analysis. PURPOSE: The survey collects fishery-independent information necessary for the assessment of stock status for the commercial exploited species. northern shrimp (Pandalus borealis) and striped shrimp (Pandalus montagui) and Greenland halibut (Reinhardtius hippoglossoides). in SFA3. The surveys also provides distribution and abundance information on all species collected in the trawls and environmental monitoring in these northern areas. Unit of abundance = Presence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_locality_country_depth_date
186,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Benthos,Benthos,Great Barrier Reef Seabed Biodiversity Study 2003-2006 (CMAR_ANACC),A,S,4,2003,2006,-17.98699,148.047421,4080,1251,1251,93707,5-104m depth sampled using benthic sleds and prawn trawls,0,391807,Tony Rees,Jane Fromont,Tony.Rees@csiro.au,Jane.Fromont@museum.wa.gov.au,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1692,OBIS,"5 - 104 m depth; sampled using benthic sleds and prawn trawls  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, Years (2006) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_general_depth_date
187,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,National Benthic Infaunal Database (NOAA NBI),A,S,14,1991,2006,34.142351,-118.632839,4415,2180,2156,111354,0.5mm wire mesh sieves (sampled at depths of 0-3846m),0,2468879,Contact at NCCOS (NOAA),Leslie Irwin,nccos.webcontent@noaa.gov,leslie.irwin@noaa.gov,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=3962,OBIS,"Samples were live-sieved in the field on 0.5mm wire mesh sieves and allmaterial retained on the screen was preserved with 10% buffered formalin withRose Bengal dye. In the laboratory these previously fixed samples werere-sieved and transferred to a 70%-ethanol solution. All benthic macro-infaunaretained on the 0.5mm screen were identified to the lowest practical taxonomiclevel. usually species.  Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Catch,NA, Years (2003) deleted due to uneven sampling effort,Oct-12,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_state_code_bottomDepth_date
189,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,Fish,St. John. USVI Fish Assessment and Monitoring Data (2002 - Present) (NOAA-CCMA),A,N,10,2001,2010,18.308752,-64.748777,254,1510,1510,28123,stratified benthic habitat maps sampled at less than 100ft depth,1.00E-04,182,Kimberley Robertson,,Kimberly.Roberson@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1672,OBIS,"The basis for this work is the nearshore benthic habitats maps (less than 100 ft depth) created by NOAAs Biogeography Program in 2001 and NOS bathymetry models. Using ArcView GIS software. the digitized habitat maps are stratified to select sampling stations. Sites are randomly selected within these strata to ensure coverage of the entire study region and not just a particular reef or seagrass area. At each site. fish. macro-invertebrates. and benthic composition information is then quantified following standardized protocols. By relating the data collected in the field back to the habitat maps and bathymetric models. BT is able to model and map species level and community level information. These protocols are standardized throughout the US Caribbean to enable quantification and comparison of reef fish abundance and distribution trends between locations. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_date
190,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,Fish,St. Croix. USVI Fish Assessment and Monitoring Data (2002 - Present) (NOAA-CCMA),A,N,10,2001,2010,17.756969,-64.604258,247,2000,2000,28017,100 sq m (24 x 4m) transects,1.00E-04,126,Kimberley Robertson,,Kimberly.Roberson@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1673,OBIS,"The basis for this work is the nearshore benthic habitats maps (less than 100 ft depth) created by NOAAs Biogeography Program in 2001 and NOS bathymetry models. Using ArcView GIS software. the digitized habitat maps are stratified to select sampling stations. Sites are randomly selected within these strata to ensure coverage of the entire study region and not just a particular reef or seagrass area. At each site. fish. macro-invertebrates. and benthic composition information is then quantified following standardized protocols. By relating the data collected in the field back to the habitat maps and bathymetric models. BT is able to model and map species level and community level information. These protocols are standardized throughout the US Caribbean to enable quantification and comparison of reef fish abundance and distribution trends between locations.Site selection begins by stratifying NOAA's nearshore benthic habitat maps into predetermined habitat strata. Utilizing ArcGIS. sites are then randomly selected within strata throughout the region. Using a handheld GPS unit. the boat captain navigates to previously selected sites. A weighted buoy is dropped to mark any site where live boating is necessary. Once on site. divers are deployed and maintain contact with each other throughout the entirecensus. One diver is responsible for collecting data on the fish communities utilizing the belt transect visual census technique. The belt transect diver obtains a random compass heading prior to entering the water and records the compass bearing (0-360o) on the data sheet. On site. no attempt to avoid structural features within a habitat such as a pile of conch shells. a sand patch or a tire in a seagrass or sand area should be made as these features affect fish communities and are real features of the habitats. Visibility at each site must be sufficient to allow for identification of fish at a minimum of 2m away. Once reasonable visibility is ascertained. the diver attaches a tape measure to the substrate and allows it to roll out as progress is made along the chosen compass heading for a distance of 25m. The transect should take 15 minutes regardless of habitat type or number of animals present. This allows more mobile animals the opportunity to swim through the transect. and standardizes the samples collected to allow for comparisons. As the tape roles out at a relatively constant speed. the diver records all fish species to the lowest taxonomic level possible that come within 2m of either side of the transect. Each survey is 100m2 in area (25m length X 4m width). To decrease the total time spent writing. four letter codes are used that consist of the first two letters of the genus name followed by the first two letters of the species name. In the rare case that two species have the same four-letter code. letters are added to the species name until a difference occurs. If the fish can only be identified to the family or genus level then this is all that is recorded. If the fish cannot be identified to the family level then no entry is necessary. The number of individuals per species is tallied in 5cm size class increments up to 35cm using visual estimation of fork length. If an individual is greater than 35cm. then an estimate of the actual fork length is recorded. Prior to 2002. fork lengths of fish greater than 35 cm were not always recorded. Although the habitat should not be altered in any manner by lifting or moving structure. the observer should record fish seen in holes. under ledges and in the water column. To identify. enumerate. or locate new individuals a diver may move off the centerline of the transect as long as they stay within the 4m transect width and do not look back along area already covered. The diver is allowed to look forward toward the end of the transect for the distance left along the transect (i.e. if the diver is at meter 15. he can look 10 meters distant. but if he is at meter 23. he can only look 2 meters ahead). This diver also takes photos of fishes to document color patterns and phases of the different species.Data Caveats: Overtime. some changes were made to the stratified random site selection process as follows: 1) Habitat strata initially consisted of hard bottom. sand. and seagrass. Sand and seagrass strata were subsequently combined into one soft bottom strata at all three locations (Puerto Rico. St. Croix. and St. John). This action was taken after the February 2002 mission to Puerto Rico. 2) A small subset of sites were resampled during each mission through June 2002 in Puerto Rico and October 2002 in St. Croix. These station names contain the letter 'P' indicating they are permanent stations. 3) The sample area in St. Croix has increased over time. Initially. samples were collected within historic Buck Island National Monument boundaries as well as outside up to a distance of 0.5 km from those boundaries. In February 2002 the sampling effort was increased to include the entire expanded monument boundaries. Finally in April 2003 the effort was increased again to include areas outside of the Monument for control sites. This area is now almost entirely enclosed within the East End Marine Park of St. Croix. 4) The habitat map utilized to stratify the samples in St. Croix was changed from the original habitat map created with a 1 acre minimum mapping unit to one with a 100m2 minimum mapping unit beginning with the April 2003 mission.Process_Date: 200202 Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA, ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_general_bottomDepth_date
191,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,NEFSC Benthic Database (OBIS-USA),A,N,28,1900,1975,39.123056,-66.64136,1614,4790,4386,51456,various sampling gear including Van Veen grabs scallp dredge 1m sled net and otter trawl,0,1789437,Steven Fromm,,steven.fromm@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1694,OBIS,"A total of 21.000 sample sites are included in this data set with 4.000 meters being the maximum depth sampled.Sampling gear: Smith McIntyre grab. Van Veen grab. Scallop dredge. Ring or Stramin net. Quahog dredge. Otter trawl. Isaac-Kidd Midwater. dip net. digby drag. Campbell grab. Bottom skimmer. 1m sled net. 1m nat. dredge Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, Split into 2 datasets (different sample sizes) IDs - 191 and 200. ,Oct-12,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_size_depth_date
192,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Mammals,Whales,Whale Catches in Southern Ocean (OBIS - Australian Antarctic Data Centre),A,S,42,1932,1980,-62.076411,79.717188,6,455,455,7122,data aggregated into 1 degree squares,0,12743839,Dave Watts,,dave.watts@csiro.au,,PDDL,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=22,OBIS,"Season whale catch records for austral summers from 1931/32 to 1979/80. Data have been aggregated into one degree cells centered on the reported position. The dataset covers five whale species - Blue. Fin. Sei. Minke and Humpback. These data have been exposed as an OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) resource via DiGIR (Distributed Generic Information Retrieval (DiGIR)). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_country_locality_bottomDepth_date
194,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial invertebrates,Moths,Spatial and temporal distribution and abundance of moths in the Andrews Experimental Forest. 1994 to 2004,A,Y,6,1994,2004,44.244,-122.158,578,254,1,17647,taken from 6400 ha,0,64,Julia Jones,Jeffrey Miller,jonesj@geo.oregonstate.edu,jeffrey.miller@oregonstate.edu,ODC-by,http://andrewsforest.oregonstate.edu/data/abstract.cfm?dbcode=SA015,Andrews Forest,"The distribution and abundance of macromoth species is strongly influenced by geographical (region-neighboring plots) scale. elevation. aspect. plant community. management regime. and time of year. Noctural macromoths have been observed at a total of 263 sample sites throughout the Andrews Forest watershed since 1994. Only a limited subset of these sites is sampled each year. From 2004 to 2008. 20 sites were sampled consistently using a hierarchical sampling design stratified by elevation and vegetation type. Moths are sampled using blacklight traps deployed for one night every two weeks at each site from April through October. A total of 503 species have been observed. and approximately 300 species may be observed in any given year. The watershed can be divided into 13 distinct zones. The northwest ridge above the Andrews headquarters has the highest number of species (n = 321) and the lowest number of species occurred at upper Lookout Creek (n = 239). Each of 13 zones is missing ca. 200 of the 500 resident species. suggesting that heterogeneity in the landscape is important. A breakdown of the species into functional groups based on larval feeding habits: conifers. hardwood. herb. mix. unknown shows that 43% of Andrews species rely on a hardwoods and 63% rely on hardwoods and herbaceous angiosperms. Conifer-feeders only represent 8% of moth species. However. moths associated with conifer hosts are the most abundant; for instance. in the zone representing the midlevel of Carpenter Mountain 67% of moth individuals are conifer feeders. but only 14% of the species feed on conifers. In contrast. within the zone represented by the Headquarters site. only 32% of the individual moths feed on conifers whereas 56% feed on hardwoods. Moth biogeographic zones correspond to elevation zones and to potential vegetation. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, ,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_state_locality_trapID_date
195,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,Breeding birds,Breeding birds survey North America,A,Y,30,1978,2007,40.809241,-96.187269,385,440,440,699449,50 point counts on a 25 mile transect,25.42715162,13104786,Brian McGIll,Keith Pardieck,mail@brianmcgill.org,kpardieck@usgs.gov,CC-by,https://www.pwrc.usgs.gov/bbs/,US Breeding Birds Survey,"The survey?s network of state coordinators works to identify and recruit observers who can identifyall breeding birds in their area by sound and sight. Prior to the start of each season. participants receivea packet containing a route map. data collection sheets. and instructions detailing the followingstandardized methods:? The survey begins one-half hour before local sunrise.? Survey stops are located no closer than a half mile apart along routes and remain in the same locationfrom year to year to maintain consistency.? The observer visits each of a route?s 50 stops in sequence and. during the three-minute stationarycount period. counts all birds heard or seen within a quarter mile. Birds seen before or afterthe three-minute count period. or while traveling between stops. are not counted.? Only a single observer collects the data. although assistants may serve as data recorders and drivers.? Pishing. tape playbacks. and other methods of coaxing responses from birds are not allowed.? Each survey is conducted once annually during the peak of the breeding season; most surveys areconducted during June. although surveys in desert areas and some southern states are conductedduring May. Observers try to conduct the surveys as near as possible to previous survey dates.? Each survey is normally completed in 4?4.5 hours. not including driving time to and from the route.? Surveys are conducted only during suitable weather conditions; precipitation and high winds areavoided because these conditions reduce the likelihood of detecting birds along the route. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Counts within defined area,NA,"440 routes for 30 years - a very small subset.

The process was:
The years 1978-2007 were used. All routes that were marked as a ""high quality run"" (passed BBS screens for weather, correct dates, and observer quality) in each of those 30 years was retained. This resulted in 440 routes. Species not observed present on any of those routes in any year were removed",May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_country_routeid_date
196,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos and marine invertebrates,SOTEAG Rocky Shore Survey (Sullom Voe),A,S,35,1976,2012,60.466447,-1.322878,252,910,47,91491,3m horizontal strip from 15 fixed stations,3.00E-07,582,Rebecca Kinnear,Jon Moore,rja4@st-andrews.ac.uk,jon@ticara.co.uk,CC-by,http://www.soteag.org.uk/,Shetland Oil Terminal Environmental Advisory Group,"Fifteen sites are located within. or at the entrance to. Sullom Voe to enable monitoring of the effects ofoil terminal activities. A further five sites are located in Vidlin Voe and Burra Voe to act as referencesites for the natural changes that occur in rocky shore populations. Access to sites was either by carand foot. or by boat as appropriate. A workboat was supplied by the BP Pollution Response Base. Ahand held GPS receiver and site location sheets. containing maps. colour photographs and writtennotes in laminated plastic. were used to aid relocation.The site numbering system is based on the wave exposure of the shore. The first number (rangingfrom 1 to 6) is based on the Ballantine scale (Ballantine. 1961). which uses the biological communitieson the shore to estimate the wave exposure (where 1 = extremely exposed). The second number is aconsecutive number at that exposure.A fixed datum marker. usually a pat of concrete and/or a paint mark. marks the top of each transect.The line of the transect is defined by a bearing and by reference to conspicuous marks (permanentrock features and distant landmarks) shown in the photographs on the site location sheet. A tape may belaid down the shore from the fixed datum marker at the top of the transect. to provide a visiblereference.Fixed recording stations have been established along the transects at all sites. The stations are locatedat 20 cm height intervals from the fixed datum marker. These stations are marked with paint. wherepossible in the upper shore zones. or relocated by use of a cross staff level (with a 20 cm shaft) and thetape measurements. On the shores with extensive plateaux or very gradual slopes. the tapemeasurements alone are usually reliable. Relocation has been improved since 1993 by usingannotated photographs of transects and close-up photographs of the stations. In most cases these nowallow more rapid and precise relocation of the stations. The number of stations on the transect variesfrom twenty nine stations at West of Mioness (site 1.1) where there is an extensive supralittoral lichenzone. to ten at Scatsta Ness (sites 6.12 and 6.13).Five stations are now monitored on each transect. selected to represent the five major shore zones oflower shore (LS). lower middle shore (LMS). middle shore (MS). upper middle shore (UMS) andupper shore (US) as defined by their relative height above chart datum and their assemblages of plantsand animals. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA, ,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_site_station_stA_stB_stC_stD_stE_stF_date
199,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,Fish,Taiwan bottom trawl survey,A,N,4,2000,2003,23.948044,120.753228,631,48,48,3513,3 - 5 fixed stations for seasonal sampling (various depths),0,20164,Kwang-Tsao Shao,Yung-Chang Lin (Jack),zoskt@gate.sinica.edu.tw,jacklin@gate.sinica.edu.tw,CC-by,http://www.gbif.org/dataset/f9382ea5-fdd1-4398-a275-75dd880ee876,GBIF,"Bottom trawl fishery is one of the most important coastal fisheries in Taiwan both in production and economic values. However. its? annual production started to decline due to overfishing since 1980?s. Its? bycatch problem also damage the fishery resource seriously. So. the government banned the bottom fishery within 3 nautical miles along the shoreline in 1989. To evaluate the effectiveness of this policy. a four year survey was conducted from 2000-2003. in the waters around Taiwan and Pescadore Islands. one region each year respectively. Three to five different water depth fixed stations were chosen in each region for seasonal sampling. All fish specimens collected from trawling were brought back to lab for identification and measurement for their body length and weight. These raw data have been established in one database with the columns of species name. number of individual. total weight etc which could be browsed by choosing stations or seasons and sorted by their abundance of total weight. This data set contains 631 species and 3529 records of fishes which should be the most complete demersal fish fauna and their temporal and spatial distributional data on the soft marine habitat in Taiwan Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Bottom trawl,NA, ,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_type_locality_depth_bottomDepth_date
200,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,NEFSC Benthic Database (OBIS-USA),A,N,30,1956,1989,35.691706,-74.090761,2105,2945,2427,102143,various sampling gear including Van Veen grabs scallp dredge 1m sled net and otter trawl,0,1789437,Steven Fromm,,steven.fromm@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1694,OBIS,"A total of 21.000 sample sites are included in this data set with 4.000 meters being the maximum depth sampled.Sampling gear: Smith McIntyre grab. Van Veen grab. Scallop dredge. Ring or Stramin net. Quahog dredge. Otter trawl. Isaac-Kidd Midwater. dip net. digby drag. Campbell grab. Bottom skimmer. 1m sled net. 1m nat. dredge Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA, Years 1902. 1903 and 1906 deleted.,Nov-13,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_size_depth_date
201,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Tropical forest trees,Pasoh Forest Dynamics Plot. Malaysia - Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute,A,S,4,1987,2000,2.982,102.313,840,1,1,3292,50 ha plot,0.5,4.01E-06,Christine Fletcher,Abd Rahman Kassim,cdfletch@frim.gov.my,rahmank@frim.gov.my,CC-by,http://www.ctfs.si.edu/site/Pasoh/,SmithsonianTropical Research Institute,"In 1986. the second Forest Dynamics Plot was initiated in peninsular Malaysia in a collaboration among the Forest Research Institute Malaysia. the CTFS/Harvard University. and STRI. Since the project's initiation. the National Institute of Environmental Studies of Japan has become a project partner. The plot is located in Pasoh Forest Reserve in lowland dipterocarp forest. a type of evergreen tropical moist forest. The area is aseasonal and has a flat terrain. The first census was completed in 1989. and two recencuses have been completed since then. This plot contains more than 800 species and approximately 340.000 trees. Many of the plot's species are commercially important and are the focus of intensive demographic study. Furthermore. analyses of the human uses of the Pasoh forest and economic valuations of forest resources based on Pasoh FDP data have been conducted. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA, ,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_plot_locality_date
202,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Tropical forest trees,Mudumalai Forest Dynamics Plot. India - Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute,A,S,3,1988,2000,11.5989,76.5338,75,1,1,225,50 ha plot,0.5,4.08E-06,R Sukuman,Sandeep Pulla,rsuku@ces.iisc.ernet.in,sandeep@ces.iisc.ernet.in,CC-by,http://www.ctfs.si.edu/site/Mudumalai/,SmithsonianTropical Research Institute,"In 1988. a Forest Dynamics Plot was set up in Mudumalai Game Reserve in the eastern foothills of the Western Ghat Mountains of Southern India by the Indian Institute of Science in Bangalore and STRI. The Mudumalai forest is seasonal semi-evergreen lowland forest. typical of the lowland dry teak forest of the Indian subcontinent. Mudumalai is much less diverse than the other Forest Dynamics Plots surveyed to date. with 76 species and about 26.000 stems. The forest is an open-canopy woodland with grass cover that is subject to nearly annual fires and to browsing by large herds of elephants. A major focus. with significance for forest management practices through much of India. is the impact of fire and elephants on forest regeneration. The plot is recensused every year. although diameter measurements are not taken during every census. Remeasurement censuses have occurred in 1992 and 1997. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,,May-13,Count,NA,lat_long_plot_locality_date
204,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Benthic,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Macrobenthos,MACROBEL Long term trends in the macrobenthos of the Belgian Continental Shelf,A,N,19,1976,2001,51.439215,2.682711,344,1049,768,15901,All samples were taken with a Van Veen Grab (+/- 50 kg) with a sampling surface of 0.1026 m? or in some cases 0.12 m?.,1.03E-07,3600,Tom Moens,,Tom.Moens@ugent.be,,ODbL,http://www.emodnet-biology.eu/data-catalog?module=dataset&dasid=145,OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) - EurOBIS,"All samples were taken with a Van Veen Grab (+/- 50 kg) with a sampling surface of 0.1026 m?. or in some cases 0.12 m?. This grab enables fast sampling. The variability within replicates corresponds to about 13 %. what gives a difference in depth of 0.7 to 1.2 cm (Lie & Pamatmat. 1965). __Processing samples: Every sample (already stained with a Bengal Rose or eosin solution) is decanted (10 times) on a 1000 ?m sieve in order to separate the present fauna from the sediment. With this technique the residue of coarse sediment and fauna is pored into a measuring cup (5 l) and is brought into suspension with a strong jet of water. During this process the smaller and lighter organisms will go into suspension. whereas the heavier sediment and organisms remain on the bottom. The water containing the organisms is there after pored over a 1000 ?m sieve. All retained fauna is stored in a 4-8 % neutral formalin solution and stained with Bengal-Rose of eosin (if not done earlier). Both solutions colour all organic material. This enables easier sorting of the animals. After decantation the residue is checked for bigger and heavier organisms (e.g. Mollusca. Actinaria). Decantation must not be applied to fine sediment samples (< 1000 ?m) as all sediment is directly rinsed through the 1 mm sieve and what remains on the sieve can directly be fixated.     Identification: All organisms are counted and identified. if possible to species level. For some animal groups however this is not the case:Nematoda. Nemertinea. Sipunculida. Turbellaria. Actinaria. Oligochaeta and Copepoda are never identified to a higher level because they are not representative for the macrobenthos community. The sampling technique is not suited to quantify these groups neither.The identification of some taxa is still under discussion. Whether they should be identified up to species level or grouped into complexes is still not clear due to uncertain taxonomy (e.g. Phyllodoce maculata of P. mucosa; Harmotho? spp.; Bathyporeia spp.; Cirratulidae; Capitellidae).    Sediment analysis: Two standard methods were applied: using sieves with different mesh sizesDuring the period 1976-1986 all sediment analyses were done using at least 7 sieves with different mesh size (see table 1). Approximately 25 g of homogenized substrate was used for grain size analysis of the sand fraction according to Buchanan & Kain (1971). The wet-sieved fraction smaller than 63 ?m was used as a measure for mud content.using a Coulter LS 100From 1994 on all sediment samples were analysed using a Coulter counter. Within the measuring range of 2 ?m to 850 ?m the grain sizes are measured. The fraction larger than 850 ?m is separated and expressed as weighed percentage. The subdivision in sediment fractions follows the Wentworth scale (Buchanan. 1984).        Density: All densities are shown as the number of individuals per square meter (ind/m?). Only the anterior parts of the organisms are counted. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Grab,NA,1. Removed species with abundance blank2. Discarded sub-species names ? keep only genus & epithet,Feb-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date_bottomDepth_date
211,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,MARMAP Fly Net 1990-2009,AB,N,8,1980,1987,32.900962,-78.685508,127,140,60,1653,The 40/54 Fly net (12.2-m headrope /16.5-m footrope) has a 3.8-cm stretched mesh cod end 1.3-cm stretched mesh knotless nylon liner 16.5-m sweep with 9-cm rubber rollers (cookies) 45-cm bobbins and Chinese V doors (1.8 x 1.2 m 249.5 kg each,0,23188.31219,Tracy Smart,Marcel Reichert,smartt@dnr.sc.gov,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,CC-by,http://www.usgs.gov/obis-usa/search/?datasetid=MARMAP_FlyNet#,OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) - OBIS USA (MARMAP),"Abundance and biomass of fish species collected during the day from 1980 to 1987 off the coast of the southeastern United States (Cape Fear. NC to Cape Canaveral. FL).The 40/54 Fly net (12.2-m headrope /16.5-m footrope) has a 3.8-cm stretched mesh cod end. 1.3-cm stretched mesh knotless nylon liner. 16.5-m sweep with 9-cm rubber rollers (?cookies?). 45-cm bobbins and Chinese ?V? doors (1.8 x 1.2 m; 249.5 kg each). Plastic or aluminum floats (20.3 cm diameter) are equally spaced every approximately 0.6 m on the headrope.For thirty years. the Marine Resources Research Institute (MRRI) at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources (SCDNR). through the Marine Resources Monitoring. Assessment and Prediction (MARMAP) program. has conducted fisheries-independent research on groundfish. reef fish. ichthyoplankton. and coastal pelagic fishes within the region between Cape Lookout. North Carolina. and Ft Pierce. Florida. The overall mission of the program has been to determine distribution. relative abundance. and critical habitat of economically and ecologically important fishes of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB). and to relate these features to environmental factors and exploitation activities. Research toward fulfilling these goals has included trawl surveys (from 6-350 m depth); ichthyoplankton surveys; location and mapping of reef habitat; sampling of reefs throughout the SAB; life history and population studies of priority species; tagging studies of commercially important species and special studies directed at specific management problems in the region. Survey work has also provided a monitoring program that has allowed the standardized sampling of fish populations over time and development of an historical base for future comparisons of long-term trends.Annual MARMAP cruises to assess relative abundance of reef fishes in the sponge-coral and shelf edge (live bottom) habitats of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB) have been conducted since 1978. MARMAP currently samples natural live bottom habitat from Cape Lookout. NC to the Ft. Pierce area. FL. The current main MARMAP objectives are to:(1) Sample reef fishes in the snapper-grouper complex at using a variety of gears in live bottom. rocky outcrop. high relief. and mud bottom habitats.(2) Collect detailed data for time series description of species for annual composition and relative abundance.(3) Obtain population characteristics on fish species of interest through life history information analysis. including age and growth. sex ratio. size and age of sexual maturation and transition. spawning season. fecundity. and diet. Priorities are dictated by the SEDAR schedule and other management considerations.(4) Collect hydrographic data (e.g. depth. temperature. salinity. etc.) for comparison to fish abundance and composition indices.(5) Collect DNA samples from selected fish species for stock identification.(6) Expand sampling area in North Carolina and south Florida as well as reconnoiter new live bottom areas with underwater video (UWTV) to add to the MARMAP site database Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AggregatedWeight",Trawl,NA,1. Removed records for Loliginidae Loligo pleiand Loligo pealei,Feb-16,Count,Weight,date_lat_long_minDepth_m
212,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,MARMAP Yankee Trawl 1990-2009,AB,N,8,1973,1980,31.940762,-78.825083,522,1170,1051,15532,Yankee trawl is a bottom trawl with #72 flat nylon thread 1.3 cm stretched mesh nylon liner 16.5-m footrope sweep #500 New England otter trawl doors and 11 aluminum floats (20.3 cm diameter) spaced equally along the headrope,0,209879.9994,Tracy Smart,Marcel Reichert,smartt@dnr.sc.gov,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,CC-by,http://www.usgs.gov/obis-usa/search/?datasetid=MARMAP_YankeeTrawl#,OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) - OBIS USA (MARMAP),"Abundance and biomass of fish species collected during the day from 1973 to 1980 off the coast of the southeastern United States (Cape Fear. NC to Cape Canaveral. FL).The Yankee trawl is a bottom trawl with #72 flat nylon thread. 1.3 cm stretched mesh nylon liner. 16.5-m footrope sweep. #500 New England otter trawl doors. and 11 aluminum floats (20.3 cm diameter) spaced equally along the headrope. The footrope is equipped with 9-cm (3.5-inch) rubber rollers (?cookies?). The net has a 16.5-m footrope. 11.9-m headrope and the following stretched mesh dimensions: 11.4 cm in the wings. 10.2 cm then to 8.9 cm in the body. 5.1 cm in the cod end. and 1.3 cm in the cod end liner.For thirty years. the Marine Resources Research Institute (MRRI) at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources (SCDNR). through the Marine Resources Monitoring. Assessment and Prediction (MARMAP) program. has conducted fisheries-independent research on groundfish. reef fish. ichthyoplankton. and coastal pelagic fishes within the region between Cape Lookout. North Carolina. and Ft Pierce. Florida. The overall mission of the program has been to determine distribution. relative abundance. and critical habitat of economically and ecologically important fishes of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB). and to relate these features to environmental factors and exploitation activities. Research toward fulfilling these goals has included trawl surveys (from 6-350 m depth); ichthyoplankton surveys; location and mapping of reef habitat; sampling of reefs throughout the SAB; life history and population studies of priority species; tagging studies of commercially important species and special studies directed at specific management problems in the region. Survey work has also provided a monitoring program that has allowed the standardized sampling of fish populations over time and development of an historical base for future comparisons of long-term trends.Annual MARMAP cruises to assess relative abundance of reef fishes in the sponge-coral and shelf edge (live bottom) habitats of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB) have been conducted since 1978. MARMAP currently samples natural live bottom habitat from Cape Lookout. NC to the Ft. Pierce area. FL. The current main MARMAP objectives are to:(1) Sample reef fishes in the snapper-grouper complex at using a variety of gears in live bottom. rocky outcrop. high relief. and mud bottom habitats.(2) Collect detailed data for time series description of species for annual composition and relative abundance.(3) Obtain population characteristics on fish species of interest through life history information analysis. including age and growth. sex ratio. size and age of sexual maturation and transition. spawning season. fecundity. and diet. Priorities are dictated by the SEDAR schedule and other management considerations.(4) Collect hydrographic data (e.g. depth. temperature. salinity. etc.) for comparison to fish abundance and composition indices.(5) Collect DNA samples from selected fish species for stock identification.(6) Expand sampling area in North Carolina and south Florida as well as reconnoiter new live bottom areas with underwater video (UWTV) to add to the MARMAP site database. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AggregatedWeight",Trawl,NA,1. Removed records for Loliginidae Loligo pleiLoligo pealeiand Loligo sp.; Removed Caretta carettaIllex illecebrosusLolliguncula brevis2. Kept Caelorinchus caelorhinchus caelorhinchusand Caelorinchus caelorhinchus carminatusas Caelorinchus caelorhinchus,Feb-16,Count,Weight,date_lat_long_minDepth_m
213,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Benthic,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,Northeast Fisheries Science Center Bottom Trawl Survey Data (OBIS-USA),AB,N,48,1948,2008,36.625131,-72.635974,1023,35644,30824,439452,bottom trawl to sample randomly selected stations,0,1974891.901,Linda Despres,,linda.despres@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1435,OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) - OBIS USA,"This is the Northeast Fisheries Science Center Bottom Trawl Survey database for Northwest Atlantic marine organisms. Survey cruises use a bottom trawl to sample randomly selected stations in an attempt to delineate the species composition. geographic distribution. and abundance of various resources. Fish and selected invertebrate species are identified. Weight. length. total catch numbers. age structures. maturity stages. sex determinations and food content are recorded or collected during the survey cruises. Associated oceanographic and meteorological data. salinity. conductivity. and temperature data are available for all stations. Ichthyoplankton and zooplankton data is available for a subset of the stations. Geographic coverage is from Cape Hatteras to the Gulf of Maine and from the coast to the slope water. View entire textPurpose: The surveys are designed to provide information on the abundance. biology. and distribution of the living marine resources of the Northwest Atlantic and the environmental conditions affecting them for management purposes and to provide for broadscale ecosystems research. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AggregatedWeight",Bottom trawl,NA,1. Removed species with abundance = 0 and blank2. There isn?t a direct correspondence between abundance individual counts and biomass records (i.e. there are some records where only one of these was recorded). Because the focus was on counts there are some records that will not show biomass values (or zero) AND there were some records that had only biomass values that were not included in the raw data table.3. Replaced Paralepidaewith Paralepididaeand Shrimp unclwith Crustacea4. Kept Doryteuthis (Amerigo) pealeiias Doryteuthis pealeii; Doryteuthis (Doryteuthis) pleias Doryteuthis plei; Portunus (Achelous) spinimanusas Portunus spinimanus; Torpedo (Tetronarce) nobilianaas Torpedo nobiliana5. Removed Illex illecebrosus egg mopsand Loligo pealeii egg mops,Feb-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_date_depth_bottomDepth_time_date
214,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coniferous forest,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Long-term growth mortality and regeneration of trees in permanent vegetation plots in the Pacific Northwest 1910 to present,A,N,88,1910,2010,45.34296,-122.799,39,14565,151,37350,network of more than 130 permanent plots - Rectangular study areas are mostly 1.0 ha or 0.4 ha (1.0 ac) in size (slope-corrected). Circular plots are 0.1 ha (0.247 ac) not corrected for slope.,0.01,195089,Mark E. Harmon,Robert J. Pabst and Suzanne M. Remillard,mark.harmon@oregonstate.edu,rob.pabst@oregonstate.edu or suzanne.remillard@oregonstate.e,ODC-by,http://andrewsforest.oregonstate.edu/data/abstract.cfm?dbcode=TV010,HJ Andrews Experimental Forest LTER. USA,"A network of more than 130 permanent vegetation plots provides long-term information on patterns and rates of forest succession in most of the major forest zones of the Pacific Northwest. The plot network extends from the coast to the Cascades in western Oregon and Washington and east to ponderosa pine forests in the Oregon Cascades. Most of the permanent plots were established during two intervals: from 1910 to 1948. and from 1970 to 1989. The earlier plots were established by U.S. Forest Service researchers to quantify timber growth in young stands of important commercial species and to help answer other applied forestry questions. The more recent period of plot establishment began under the Coniferous Forest Biome program of the International Biological Program during the 1970s. and continued under the Long-term Ecological Research program. A broader set of objectives motivated plot establishment since 1970. especially quantification of composition. structure. and population and ecosystem dynamics of natural forests. Plots have one of three spatial arrangements: (1) contiguous rectangles subjectively placed within an area of homogeneous forest; (2) circular plots subjectively placed within an area of homogeneous forest; and (3) circular plots systematically located on long transects to sample an entire watershed. ridge. or reserve. Rectangular study areas are mostly 1.0 ha or 0.4 ha (1.0 ac) in size (slope-corrected). Circular plots are 0.1 ha (0.247 ac). not corrected for slope. The tree stratum is the focus of work in closed-forest study areas. All trees larger than a minimum diameter (5 cm for most areas) are permanently tagged. Plots are censused every 5 or 6 years. Attributes measured or assessed at each census include tree diameter. tree vigor. and the condition of the crown and stem. The same attributes are recorded for trees (ingrowth) that have exceeded the minimum diameter since the previous census. In many plots tree locations are surveyed to provide a plot-specific x-y location. A mortality assessment is done for trees that have died since the previous census. The assessment characterizes rooting. stem. and crown condition. obvious signs of distress or disturbance. and the apparent predisposing and proximate causes of tree death. ____ Experimental Design - TV010: Description: The sites were selected subjectively to represent modal examples of the major habitat types in the H.J. Andrews area (usually with a mature and old growth example). Some stands (e.g.riparian) were selected for other reasons. The stands are remeasured at 5 to 10 year intervals to provide growth and regeneration information.Field Methods - TV010 : Description: The stands are surveyed into 25 X 25 slope corrected subplots marked with permanent stakes. All trees greater than the minimum size (usually 5 cm dbh) are tagged. diametered. vigor coded. and mapped. The mapping is done using a 5 X 5 m grid formed with string as a guide. See attached sheet for details.GENERAL TAXONOMIC COVERAGE: Tree species of the Western United States. TAXONOMIC SYSTEM: Garrison et al.. 1976 Garrison. G.A.. J.M. Skovlin. C.E. Poulton and A.H.Winward. 1976. Northwest Plant Names and Symbols for Ecosystem Inventory and Analysis (4th ed.). Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-46. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Forest Service. Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station. 267 p.. (http://www.fs.fed.us/pnw/publications/pnw_gtr046/)GEOGRAPHIC EXTENT: Primarily the Pacific Northwest (OR. WA); additional plots in other western states (CA. WY. CO). ELEVATION_MINIMUM (meters): ELEVATION_MAXIMUM (meters): MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY: 1-6 years PROGRESS DESCRIPTION: Study continues and further data collection is planned UPDATE FREQUENCY DESCRIPTION: Data is updated as needed CURRENTNESS REFERENCE: Ground condition is the range of dates during which the site was visited and data collected. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Got species scientific names from http://andrewsforest.oregonstate.edu/data/taxa.cfm?frameURL=http://andlter.forestry.oregonstate.edu/ltermeta/ltersearch/attribute_taxa_list.aspx?dbcode=TV010%26attid=6302. Raw data has coordinates for each individual tree; used the information in Download Study Location Informationcsv file to assign a general lat/long (and elevation when available) to each site (STANDID field) --- however some were clearly wrong (positive longitude? and blanks) ?cleaned this info so there are some records without coordinate information (931 entries)3. Most of the permanent plots were established during two intervals: from 1910 to 1948 and from 1970 to 1989. The earlier plots were established by U.S. Forest Service researchers to quantify timber growth in young stands of important commercial species and to help answer other applied forestry questions. The more recent period of plot establishment began under the Coniferous Forest Biome program of the International Biological Program during the 1970s and continued under the Long-term Ecological Research program. A broader set of objectives motivated plot establishment since 1970 especially quantification of composition structure and population and ecosystem dynamics of natural forests? might be relevant to consider when analysing the dataFM changed the null longitudinal values to -122.006 where latitude = 46.13538 where both null set to central values as datasets,Feb-16,Count,NA,PSPStudyID_standID_plotNo_year_sampleDate
217,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Birds,Land birds,Landbird Monitoring Program (UMT-LBMP),A,N,14,1992,2006,46.828888,-109.981603,268,43839,13800,336516,,0,1057570.23,Richard L. Hutto,,hutto@mso.umt.edu,,CC-by,http://www.treesearch.fs.fed.us/pubs/32091,Avian Knowledge Network,"The Northern Region Landbird Monitoring Program (NRLMP) has been in place for nearly a decade and is designed to allow us to track population trends of numerous landbird species. while at the same time allowing us to investigate the effects of various kinds of land use activity on the occurrence. abundance. or demographics of numerous landbird species. We conduct pointcount bird surveys biennially at about 350 permanently marked 10-point roadside transects that have been positioned in a geographically stratified fashion throughout USFS lands in northern Idaho and Montana. On alternate years we conduct more focused land-use effects studies entailing the use of replicated treatment and control plots. Habitat relationships derived from the combination of bird and vegetation information surrounding the permanently marked points and from the short-term. management-oriented monitoring protocol have generated the most support for the monitoring program within the USFS. Generating financial support from potential partners has been the most difficult obstacle to expansion beyond USFS lands. but many of those who were resistant early on are beginning to realize the power of birds as monitoring tools. and are starting to join forces to develop a more comprehensive statewide monitoring plan. - http://www.treesearch.fs.fed.us/pubs/32091  (http://www.fs.fed.us/psw/publications/documents/psw_gtr191/psw_gtr191_0956-0962_hutti.pdf   --  http://www.montanadiscoveryfoundation.org/ASC_ptct_protocol_2007.pdf) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Point counts,NA,1. There are records that have only common name (Dusky/Hammonds Flycatcher should be Empidonax oberholseri; kept as common name because the sps name is identified in other records could be sue to issues on the identification) or are as unidentified sparrowe.g.FM changed ordering of common names to i.e. Hawk unidentified instead of Unidentified Hawk to fit in with other naming conventions,Feb-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date
221,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Boreal vegetation / Taiga,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Terrestrial plants,Boreal vegetation,Vegetation Plots of the Bonanza Creek LTER Control Plots Species Count (1975 - 2004),A,N,26,1975,2008,64.844229,-148.051765,52,195,32,1157,20 x 4 m2 plots,4.00E-06,1780.416593,Teresa Hollingsworth,,thollingsworth@fs.fed.us,,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-bnz.175.20,Bonanza Creek LTER - University of Alaska Fairbanks,"These data are the vegetation datasets for 27 LTER sites in Bonanza Creek Experimental Forest. The 27 sites are divided into three replicates for six primary successional stages on the floodplains (3 replicates X 6 successional stages = 18 sites) and three replicates for three secondary successional stages in the uplands (3 replicates X 3 successional stages = 9 sites). Data include: 1) Visual estimates of percent cover. 2) Stem counts (the number of individuals/species). and 3) Heights (cm) for tall shrub species in twenty 4 m2 plots. Shrubs are considered Tall shrubs if they are Salix sp.. Alnus sp.. Rosa acicularis. Viburnum edule. Betula nana. Betula glandulosa. or Rubus idaeus. Initial colonziations plots (FP0s. SL1s. HR1A) were remeasured every year. Early successional plots were remeasured every 2-4 years. Later succesional plots were remeasured approximately every five years. For a detail schedule of plot measurements please see the file: Vegetation Monitoring Schedule.xls Although most sites were established in 1988 some sites have vegetation plots that have been sampled periodically since 1965. In 2006 shrub data collection was changed to a transect method of sampling. These data can be found in the file: Shrub. Seedling and Sapling Density at Bonanza Creek LTER Research Sites (2006-Present) .Methods: Frequency of occurence (counts). % cover (visual estimates) and height (cm) data were recorded in 20 4m2 permanent plots. At each plot. tree seedlings and saplings. and tall shrub species were counted. maximum and average height were measured. and percent cover was estimated. Tall shrub species included Salix sp.. Alnus sp.. Rosa acicularis. Viburnum edule. Betula nana. Betula glandulosa. and Rubus idaeus.Experimental Design: We selected points in the succession sequence where. within a relatively short interval. critical changes in ecosystem structure are accompanied by functional changes which have far-reaching effects on ecosystem development. At six turning points in the floodplain succession and three turning points in the upland succession. three replicates of experimental plots were established. These replicates are used for experimental projects and the following of the natural changes occuring in ecosystem structure and function. At each of these 27 sites (9x3). a 50x60 meter control plot was established to monitor vegetation change. See BCEF Experimental Design for additional information. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =02. Species are in code was not able to find the scientific name list3. There are 46 entries without lat/long information (blank) FM changed these to central values,Feb-16,Count,NA,site_date
224,Terrestrial,Temperate,TRUE,prescribed burning,A prescribed burning program was initiated at CCESR in 1964 to restore and maintain oak savanna and woodland vegetation and to test the effectiveness of different prescribed burning treatments. An area of about 210 hectares was divided into 14 manage,NA,Savanna/ Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Shrub,Experiment 133 - Effect of Burning Patterns on Vegetation in the Fish Lake Burn Compartments - Shrub Survey,A,N,3,1995,2005,45.4,-93.2,50,1582,1,5973,circular quadrat with 1-meter radius around each of the 24 sample points on the plot - Each plot consists of four parallel 50-meter transects placed 25 meters apart outlining an area 50m x 75m,3.14E-06,5.70E-06,Peter Reich,,preich@umn.edu,,CC-by,http://www.cedarcreek.umn.edu/research/experiments/e133,Cedar Creek Ecosystem Science Reserve,"A prescribed burning program was initiated at CCESR in 1964 to restore and maintain oak savanna and woodland vegetation and to test the effectiveness of different prescribed burning treatments. An area of about 210 hectares was divided into 14 management units of 2.4 to 30 hectares each. Each unit was assigned to one of seven burn frequency treatments. ranging from annual burns to complete fire exclusion. which are shown in the following table _____ shrube133 - Shrub SurveySampling: Shrubs. seedlings. and saplingsShrub and seedling stem densities were sampled within a circular quadrat with 1-meter radius around each of the 24 sample points on the plot. We counted and recorded all woody stems by species at each point. In some cases. species with large local densities (e.g. Parthenocissus vitacea and Rhus radicans) were subsampled within 1 or 2 of the 4 quarters of the quadrat. On many of the plots. an additional 18 quadrats were sampled along 3 temporary 50-meter transect placed midway between each pair of permanent transects to produce a 6x7 grid of sample points. Note: This sampling method is different from the sampling method used in 1984 (point-quarter method. E015) and 1990 (6-10x10 meter subplots) so the data do not necessarily compare well. Saplings were recorded in a circular quadrat with 2-meter radius around each of the sample points (either 24 or 42) in the plot. We define saplings as individuals at least 1.5 meters tall and belonging to a tree species. Tree species were defined based on their maximum height and diameter growth potential at Cedar Creek. as determined by the tree surveys. Therefore. Amelanchier was considered a tree species. while chokecherry is classified as a shrub. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Quadrats,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =02. There is information about the fire prescribed regime this is the entire dataset with the frequency of fire being incorporated in the sample description3. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,NA,targetBurnFreq(burns/year)_year_plot_point_date
225,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Urban / Desert / Riparian / Agricultural,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Birds,Birds,Point count bird censusing long-term monitoring of bird distrubution and diversity in central Arizona-Phoenix period 2000 to 2011,A,N,12,2000,2011,33.43,-111.93,278,4865,1,48841,4 habitats (51 sites) Urban (18) Desert (15) Riparian (11) and agricultural (7). Point counts four times a year (January April July and October). During each session each point is visited by three birders who count all birds seen or heard for 15 minu,0,4.80E-06,Nancy Grimm,,caplter.data@asu.edu,,ODC-by,https://caplter.asu.edu/data/data-catalog/?id=46,Central Arizona-Phoenix LTER,"The ongoing project (since October 2000) is documenting the abundance and distribution of birds in four habitats (51 sites): Urban (18) Desert (15) Riparian (11) and agricultural (7). The 40 non-riparian sites are a subset of the 200 CAP- LTER points. We are using point counts to survey birds four times a year (January. April. July and October). During each session each point is visited by three birders who count all birds seen or heard for 15 minutes. Our goal is to study how different land-use forms affect bird abundance. distribution and diversity in the greater Phoenix area in order to predict and preserve high bird species diversity as urban development is proceeding. We have now just completed 3 years of monitoring. and are also beginning to see some of the sites changing due to new urban development. The results described below are based on analyses of the first two years? data. _______Bird Point Count Survey - GeneralA point count consists of one person standing in a specific location. for a fixed length of time. at a specific time of day. and counting all birds seen and heard within a specific distance (Fixed Radius.) or as far as the eye can see (Open Radius.)CAP-LTER uses 15-minute observation time spans.Counts are done within 4 hours of local sunrise.Counts are done using the Open Radius method.ADDITIONAL OBSERVERSThe primary observer may be accompanied to the plot area by an additional observer. However. only the primary observer should stand at plot center. and only the observations of the primary observer should be recorded on the data sheet. To avoid any bias that would invalidate the data collected. the secondary observer should not verbalize. point out birds. or give any non-verbal cues to the primary observer.Please note in the Notes column of the data sheet if an additional observer was present during the count.If the secondary observer sees something especially interesting that the primary observer did not see. it may be noted in the Notes column.COUNT CONDITIONSThe first point count should be started no earlier than local sunrise. The final point count should be finished no later than 4 hours past local sunrise.Do not conduct point counts in steady. or heavy rain. (It is okay to conduct counts in light. intermittent drizzle. but be sure to make note of this in the Weather line of the data sheet.)Do not conduct point counts in steady winds above 20 mph.APPROACHING THE PLOTApproach the plot as quietly as possible to minimize disturbance to the birds present.Make note in the Notes column of any birds flushed by the approach in case they do not return during the count.Stand quietly at plot center for 5 minutes before starting the count. This is essential to allow any disturbance caused by the approach to settle down.Use this 5-minute settle-down time to fill out the information at the top of the data sheet.Record in the Notes column any unusual circumstances around the plot. such as construction activity. or if a substantial part of the view is blocked. such as by a wall.CONDUCTING THE COUNTAfter the 5-minute settle-down period. set a watch or timer and conduct the count for 15 minutes. Rotate slowly in place and record all birds seen or heard. For each observation. note the following in the appropriate column of the data sheet.SpeciesUse the AOU code (7th Edition) if known. or write down the complete common name.If the species can not be positively identified. use the closest taxonomic affiliation. (It is better to record something as unknown rather than guessing.)Number of Individuals and DistanceUsually. a single individual bird will be recorded per line.Only record a number greater than one on a single line if birds of the same species are observed very close together. such as a flock or family group.If a mixed flock is observed. put each species on a separate line and note in the Notes column that they were part of a mixed flock.Record estimated flock sizes. only if you cannot count them all. in the following manner: 10-20 or 15+.Write the number of individuals observed in the appropriate distance columns (a meter - 39 inches - is a little bit longer than a yard.)If a bird moves during the count. record only the distance at which it was first observed.Try to be aware of bird movement to minimize counting birds twice.Fly-Throughs (FT)If a bird is seen flying through the count area. below the tallest structure or vegetation. but not observed taking off or landing. record it in the FT column only. not the distance columns. Note also the direction the bird was first observed.Higher flying birds can be noted in the Notes column if it is likely they are aerial screeners using the habitat. such as a hawk circling 100 feet overhead.You may note in the Notes column any unusual fly-overs. such as a flock of Sandhill Cranes.Seen (S) or Heard (H) ColumnsRecord with a check mark whether the bird was identified from sight or sound. or both. Use caution with similar-sounding birds. like Juncos and White-crowned Sparrows. or with mimics and imitators. like Grackles and Starlings.DirectionRecord the direction the bird was first observed. or heard. This may mean recording a bird heard to the south (S) even though you were facing northwest (N/W) at the time.Use the cardinal and midcardinal points of the compass (N. N/E. E. S/E. S. S/W. W. N/W) in this column.ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONSWear drab clothing and avoid bold patterns that might scare away some birds. or attract other ones.Do not pish. squeak. or use any other methods to encourage birds to show themselves. This would artificially inflate the bird densities recorded and invalidate the data collected.If the 15-minute count is interrupted for more than 30 seconds for any reason. such as a homeowner coming up to ask what you are doing. make a note of the interruption in the Notes column. An interruption of 5 minutes or more should also be reflected in the End Time column.Do not start or continue a count if personal safety is threatened in any way. Notify CAP-LTER bird research group managers of any threat to safety encountered at a research plot. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Point counts,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 and =NULL2. Species names in code not all have correspondent scientific name (STILL HAVE TO VERIFY THESE RECORDS)3. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,NA,surveyID_siteID_date
226,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Urban / Desert,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Birds,Birds,Transect bird survey with data synthesis from multiple transects in the central Arizona-Phoenix area period 1998 to 2000,A,N,3,1998,2000,33.43,-111.93,220,3256,1,45361,stratified random sampling strategy 30 x 1-km transects in four key habitat types (Desert transects are divided into five 200 meter segments and the other transects are divided into ten 100 meter segments),0.04,4.80E-06,Nancy Grimm,,caplter.data@asu.edu,,ODC-by,https://caplter.asu.edu/data/data-catalog/?id=43,Central Arizona-Phoenix LTER,"Bird surveys are conducted along transect lines located in various locations within the CAP LTER study area. with particular emphasis on golf courses. new and old residential areas. and desert remnants. Birds are being surveyed by both LTER researchers and by local interest groups and individuals (e.g.. Maricopa Audubon Society). A new interactive bird population web site is now posted. One can obtain results for bird censuses that have been going on since 1 May 1998. Volunteers in combination with LTER birders have been censusing birds in over 70 transects located throughout the Phoenix metropolitan area.The goals of this project are (1) to document the changes in avian richness and abundance over time and space. and (2) to determine the biotic/abiotic factors and socioeconomic/political factors that cause these changes to occur. We have developed a census protocol and have started conducting bird censuses in four key habitats in the CAP LTER study area.   ----   Bird transect samplingUsing a stratified random sampling strategy. we have established thirty 1-km transects in four key habitat types within the Phoenix metro area. These habitats include older residential neighborhoods (8 sites). younger residential neighborhoods (8 sites). remnant desert areas (8 sites). and golf courses (8 sites). These sites are located in southern Phoenix. Tempe. Chandler. and Mesa. Desert transects are divided into five 200 meter segments and the other transects are divided into ten 100 meter segments to evaluate the effects of landscape structure at the patch level. Each transect is sampled by recording all birds that are seen or heard within 20 m and 40 m on both sides of the transect. Each transect is censused 3 - 4 times a year. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =02. Species are in code was able to get common names only3. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,NA,surveyID_siteID_date
227,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Demersal Fish,Coastal ecological data from the Virginian Biogeographic Province 1990 to 1993,A,N,4,1990,1993,39.787579,-74.133736,107,371,371,1868,15-m high-rise otter trawl with a 2.5-cm mesh cod end,0,292294.7307,Stephen S. Hale,,hale.stephen@epa.gov,,PDDL,http://www.esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E083/057/default.htm,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"2. Site description: Random estuarine and coastal stations in the Virginian Biogeographic Province. northeast USA. from Cape Cod. Massachusetts south to Cape Henry. Virginia at the mouth of Chesapeake Bay.a. Site type: Estuarine and coastal waters.b. Geography: The Virginian Biogeographic Province. It is composed of 23.574 km2 of estuaries. including 11.469 km2 in Chesapeake Bay and 3.344 km2 in Long Island Sound. Bounded by latitude 36 degrees. 49 minutes to 42 degrees. 09 minutes; longitude -77 degrees. 24 minutes to -69 degrees. 56 minutes.c. Habitat: Subtidal marine bottom and water column.d. Geology: Not applicable.e. Watersheds. hydrology: Not applicable.f. Site history: Not applicable.g. Climate: Coastal northeastern USA.3. Experimental or sampling designa. Design characteristics: Estuaries were classified into three classes (or strata): large estuarine systems. small estuarine systems. and large tidal rivers (Holland 1990). Large estuarine systems are defined as systems having surface areas greater than 260 km2 and aspect ratios (length/average width) less than 18. Twelve large estuarine systems with a total surface area of 16.097 km2 or 68% of the Province's estuarine area met these criteria. Large tidal rivers. defined as systems having surface areas greater than 260 km2 and aspect ratios greater than 18. included the Hudson. Potomac. James. Delaware. and Rappahannock Rivers. These five tidal rivers have a total surface area of 2.601 km2 or 11% of the total Province area. Small estuarine systems are defined as systems having surface areas less than 260 km2 but greater than or equal to 2.6 km2 . There were 144 small estuarine systems with a total surface area of 4.875 km2 or 21% of the Province.Sampling sites in the large estuarine class were selected using a randomly placed systematic grid (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). The distance between the systematically spaced sampling points on the grid was approximately 18 km. The grid is an extension of the systematic EMAP grid (Overton et al. 1991). The center points of the grids are the sample sites. A linear analog of the systematic grid was used for site selection in the large tidal rivers (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). The grid was used to define the spine of the five large tidal rivers. with a starting point at the river mouth. The first transect was randomly located between river kilometer 0 and 25. Additional transects were then placed every 25 km up the river to the head of tide. The 144 small estuarine systems were randomly selected from the entire list of small systems in the Province (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). They were ordered from north to south by combining adjacent estuaries into groups of four. One estuary was selected randomly from each group without replacement for each of the four years of sampling. The location of the sample within each selected small system was randomly placed. Application of the sampling design to the three estuarine resource classes resulted in 446 potential sampling sites; however. 21 were unsampleable due to inadequate water depth or inaccessibility. so 425 sites were sampled over the four-year period (Fig. D1).b. Permanent plots: Not applicable.c. Data collection frequency: An index period (July?September) was chosen for estuarine sampling to represent that portion of the year when the measured ecological parameters are expected to show the maximum response to pollutant stress (Connell and Miller 1984. Sprague 1985); dissolved oxygen concentrations are lowest (Officer et al. 1984. USEPA 1984); fauna and flora are most abundant; and within-season variability is expected to be minimized. The Virginian Province survey was conducted annually. during the index period from 1990 through 1993. Generally. each station was visited once. Base Sampling Sites (BSS) are the probability-based sites that form the core of the monitoring design and are the basis of this data paper. Crews sampled 425 base stations during the index period over four years.4. Research methods: An important aspect of the EMAP Virginian Province project was that the data were collected and processed with consistent methods. Field methods are documented in the Field Operations and Safety Manual (Reifsteck et al. 1993). Laboratory methods are given in the EMAP-Estuaries Laboratory Methods Manual (USEPA 1995). A performance-based approach was used for chemical analyses. consistent with the approach used by the NOAA National Status & Trends Program (Valette-Silver 1992). All sampling was conducted from small (24-ft) vessels. except for fish sampling at deep-water stations (> 25m). which were collected from larger vessels.a. Field/laboratory: Water column profiles for water quality parameters were collected using a SeaBird SBE-25 Sea Logger CTD. The unit was equipped with probes to measure salinity. temperature. depth. pH. dissolved oxygen (DO). light transmission. fluorescence. and photosynthetically active radiation (PAR). Water quality measurements were collected upon arrival at a sampling station; no effort was made to standardize for the time of day or stage of tide. The CTD was equilibrated at the sea surface. then lowered through the water column until reaching a depth of one meter above the bottom where the CTD was allowed to equilibrate again. The unit was then returned to the surface. where data were downloaded to an on-board computer for review and storage. If the CTD cast appeared unusual or failed quality control criteria. the cast was repeated. Beginning in 1991. a bottom water sample was collected. and the dissolved oxygen concentration determined with a YSI Model 58 DO meter. This measurement served as a check on the CTD probe as well as a back-up in case the CTD failed.Three benthic samples. if possible. were collected using a stainless steel. Young-modified van Veen grab that sampled a surface area of 440 cm2. A small core (2-cm diameter) was collected from each grab for sediment grain size. The remaining sample was sieved through a 0.5-mm screen using a backwash technique that minimized damage to soft-bodied animals. Samples were preserved in 10% formalin-rose bengal solution and stored for at least 30 days prior to processing to assure proper fixation. In the laboratory. macrobenthic community samples were transferred from formalin to an ethanol solution and sorted. Biomass was measured for key taxa and all other taxa were grouped according to taxonomic type.Fish were collected by trawling with a 15-m. high-rise otter trawl with a 2.5-cm mesh cod end. The net was towed for 10 minutes against the tide between 0.5 and 1.5 m/s (1?3 knots). All fish caught in the trawl were identified to species and counted; up to 30 individuals of a species from each collection were measured to the nearest millimeter. Individuals collected in standard trawls were inspected for gross external pathological disorders at all stations where fish were collected. This included checking body surface and fins for lumps. growths. ulcers. and fin erosion. Specimens with observed gross pathologies were preserved in Dietrich's solution for subsequent laboratory verification and histological examination.An additional 6?10 sediment grabs at each station were taken for sediment chemistry and toxicity analyses. The top 2 cm of sediment was removed from each grab using a stainless steel spoon and thoroughly homogenized in a stainless steel pot. Sediment for chemistry analyses was placed in clean glass jars with Teflon liners or polypropylene containers (for organic and metals analyses. respectively). shipped on ice. and stored frozen in the laboratory prior to analysis for contaminants. Sediments were analyzed for 24 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). 18 polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) congeners. DDTs. 11 chlorinated pesticides. butyl tins. and 15 metals. The chemical analyte list is the same as used in the NOAA NS&T Program (NOAA 1992). An additional aliquot was placed in a small polyethylene bag and refrigerated for grain size analysis. The remainder of the composite sample (> 3.000 mL) was placed in a clean plastic jar for sediment toxicity testing.Toxicity tests were performed on the composite sediment samples from each station using the standard 10-day acute test method (USEPA 1994. USEPA 1995) and the tube-dwelling amphipod Ampelisca abdita. Amphipods were exposed to sediment from the site for 10 d under static conditions in 1-L glass test chambers. Five replicates per station were tested with 20 amphipods per replicate. A performance control was run with each test. as was a water-only test using a reference toxicant (Cu or sodium dodecyl sulfate) to evaluate the condition of the test organisms. Eighty-five percent survival in the sediment control was required for a test to be valid. To normalize for test conditions and amphipod health. survival among treatments is expressed as percent of control survival.Further descriptions of the methods used are given in the Near Coastal Program Plan (Holland 1990). the Virginian Province Implementation Plan (Schimmel 1990). the 1993 Virginian Province Field Operations and Safety Manual (Reifsteck et al. 1993). and the EMAP-Estuaries Laboratory Methods Manual (USEPA 1995).b. Instrumentation: (See Reifsteck et al. 1993. USEPA 1995).c. Taxonomy and systematics: Hundreds of species of benthic invertebrates and demersal fishes were captured and identified (see Reifsteck et al. 1993 and USEPA 1995 for taxonomic methods).d. Permit history: (See Reifsteck et al. 1993).e. Legal requirements: Clean Water Act.5. Project personnel: (See Strobel et al. 1995).6. Funding sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Subtidal sampling,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 and blank2. Removed species blank,Feb-16,Count,NA,STA_NAME_date_lat_long_depth
228,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine and coastal waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,Coastal ecological data from the Virginian Biogeographic Province 1990 to 1993,A,N,4,1990,1993,39.787579,-74.133736,762,407,400,13184,3 x Young-modified van Veen grab that sampled a surface area of 440 cm2  - 425 stations,4.40E-08,292294.7307,Stephen S. Hale,,hale.stephen@epa.gov,,PDDL,http://www.esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E083/057/default.htm,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"2. Site description: Random estuarine and coastal stations in the Virginian Biogeographic Province. northeast USA. from Cape Cod. Massachusetts south to Cape Henry. Virginia at the mouth of Chesapeake Bay.a. Site type: Estuarine and coastal waters.b. Geography: The Virginian Biogeographic Province. It is composed of 23.574 km2 of estuaries. including 11.469 km2 in Chesapeake Bay and 3.344 km2 in Long Island Sound. Bounded by latitude 36 degrees. 49 minutes to 42 degrees. 09 minutes; longitude -77 degrees. 24 minutes to -69 degrees. 56 minutes.c. Habitat: Subtidal marine bottom and water column.d. Geology: Not applicable.e. Watersheds. hydrology: Not applicable.f. Site history: Not applicable.g. Climate: Coastal northeastern USA.3. Experimental or sampling designa. Design characteristics: Estuaries were classified into three classes (or strata): large estuarine systems. small estuarine systems. and large tidal rivers (Holland 1990). Large estuarine systems are defined as systems having surface areas greater than 260 km2 and aspect ratios (length/average width) less than 18. Twelve large estuarine systems with a total surface area of 16.097 km2 or 68% of the Province's estuarine area met these criteria. Large tidal rivers. defined as systems having surface areas greater than 260 km2 and aspect ratios greater than 18. included the Hudson. Potomac. James. Delaware. and Rappahannock Rivers. These five tidal rivers have a total surface area of 2.601 km2 or 11% of the total Province area. Small estuarine systems are defined as systems having surface areas less than 260 km2 but greater than or equal to 2.6 km2 . There were 144 small estuarine systems with a total surface area of 4.875 km2 or 21% of the Province.Sampling sites in the large estuarine class were selected using a randomly placed systematic grid (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). The distance between the systematically spaced sampling points on the grid was approximately 18 km. The grid is an extension of the systematic EMAP grid (Overton et al. 1991). The center points of the grids are the sample sites. A linear analog of the systematic grid was used for site selection in the large tidal rivers (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). The grid was used to define the spine of the five large tidal rivers. with a starting point at the river mouth. The first transect was randomly located between river kilometer 0 and 25. Additional transects were then placed every 25 km up the river to the head of tide. The 144 small estuarine systems were randomly selected from the entire list of small systems in the Province (Holland 1990. Paul et al. 1992). They were ordered from north to south by combining adjacent estuaries into groups of four. One estuary was selected randomly from each group without replacement for each of the four years of sampling. The location of the sample within each selected small system was randomly placed. Application of the sampling design to the three estuarine resource classes resulted in 446 potential sampling sites; however. 21 were unsampleable due to inadequate water depth or inaccessibility. so 425 sites were sampled over the four-year period (Fig. D1).b. Permanent plots: Not applicable.c. Data collection frequency: An index period (July?September) was chosen for estuarine sampling to represent that portion of the year when the measured ecological parameters are expected to show the maximum response to pollutant stress (Connell and Miller 1984. Sprague 1985); dissolved oxygen concentrations are lowest (Officer et al. 1984. USEPA 1984); fauna and flora are most abundant; and within-season variability is expected to be minimized. The Virginian Province survey was conducted annually. during the index period from 1990 through 1993. Generally. each station was visited once. Base Sampling Sites (BSS) are the probability-based sites that form the core of the monitoring design and are the basis of this data paper. Crews sampled 425 base stations during the index period over four years.4. Research methods: An important aspect of the EMAP Virginian Province project was that the data were collected and processed with consistent methods. Field methods are documented in the Field Operations and Safety Manual (Reifsteck et al. 1993). Laboratory methods are given in the EMAP-Estuaries Laboratory Methods Manual (USEPA 1995). A performance-based approach was used for chemical analyses. consistent with the approach used by the NOAA National Status & Trends Program (Valette-Silver 1992). All sampling was conducted from small (24-ft) vessels. except for fish sampling at deep-water stations (> 25m). which were collected from larger vessels.a. Field/laboratory: Water column profiles for water quality parameters were collected using a SeaBird SBE-25 Sea Logger CTD. The unit was equipped with probes to measure salinity. temperature. depth. pH. dissolved oxygen (DO). light transmission. fluorescence. and photosynthetically active radiation (PAR). Water quality measurements were collected upon arrival at a sampling station; no effort was made to standardize for the time of day or stage of tide. The CTD was equilibrated at the sea surface. then lowered through the water column until reaching a depth of one meter above the bottom where the CTD was allowed to equilibrate again. The unit was then returned to the surface. where data were downloaded to an on-board computer for review and storage. If the CTD cast appeared unusual or failed quality control criteria. the cast was repeated. Beginning in 1991. a bottom water sample was collected. and the dissolved oxygen concentration determined with a YSI Model 58 DO meter. This measurement served as a check on the CTD probe as well as a back-up in case the CTD failed.Three benthic samples. if possible. were collected using a stainless steel. Young-modified van Veen grab that sampled a surface area of 440 cm2. A small core (2-cm diameter) was collected from each grab for sediment grain size. The remaining sample was sieved through a 0.5-mm screen using a backwash technique that minimized damage to soft-bodied animals. Samples were preserved in 10% formalin-rose bengal solution and stored for at least 30 days prior to processing to assure proper fixation. In the laboratory. macrobenthic community samples were transferred from formalin to an ethanol solution and sorted. Biomass was measured for key taxa and all other taxa were grouped according to taxonomic type.Fish were collected by trawling with a 15-m. high-rise otter trawl with a 2.5-cm mesh cod end. The net was towed for 10 minutes against the tide between 0.5 and 1.5 m/s (1?3 knots). All fish caught in the trawl were identified to species and counted; up to 30 individuals of a species from each collection were measured to the nearest millimeter. Individuals collected in standard trawls were inspected for gross external pathological disorders at all stations where fish were collected. This included checking body surface and fins for lumps. growths. ulcers. and fin erosion. Specimens with observed gross pathologies were preserved in Dietrich's solution for subsequent laboratory verification and histological examination.An additional 6?10 sediment grabs at each station were taken for sediment chemistry and toxicity analyses. The top 2 cm of sediment was removed from each grab using a stainless steel spoon and thoroughly homogenized in a stainless steel pot. Sediment for chemistry analyses was placed in clean glass jars with Teflon liners or polypropylene containers (for organic and metals analyses. respectively). shipped on ice. and stored frozen in the laboratory prior to analysis for contaminants. Sediments were analyzed for 24 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). 18 polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) congeners. DDTs. 11 chlorinated pesticides. butyl tins. and 15 metals. The chemical analyte list is the same as used in the NOAA NS&T Program (NOAA 1992). An additional aliquot was placed in a small polyethylene bag and refrigerated for grain size analysis. The remainder of the composite sample (> 3.000 mL) was placed in a clean plastic jar for sediment toxicity testing.Toxicity tests were performed on the composite sediment samples from each station using the standard 10-day acute test method (USEPA 1994. USEPA 1995) and the tube-dwelling amphipod Ampelisca abdita. Amphipods were exposed to sediment from the site for 10 d under static conditions in 1-L glass test chambers. Five replicates per station were tested with 20 amphipods per replicate. A performance control was run with each test. as was a water-only test using a reference toxicant (Cu or sodium dodecyl sulfate) to evaluate the condition of the test organisms. Eighty-five percent survival in the sediment control was required for a test to be valid. To normalize for test conditions and amphipod health. survival among treatments is expressed as percent of control survival.Further descriptions of the methods used are given in the Near Coastal Program Plan (Holland 1990). the Virginian Province Implementation Plan (Schimmel 1990). the 1993 Virginian Province Field Operations and Safety Manual (Reifsteck et al. 1993). and the EMAP-Estuaries Laboratory Methods Manual (USEPA 1995).b. Instrumentation: (See Reifsteck et al. 1993. USEPA 1995).c. Taxonomy and systematics: Hundreds of species of benthic invertebrates and demersal fishes were captured and identified (see Reifsteck et al. 1993 and USEPA 1995 for taxonomic methods).d. Permit history: (See Reifsteck et al. 1993).e. Legal requirements: Clean Water Act.5. Project personnel: (See Strobel et al. 1995).6. Funding sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Subtidal sampling,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 and blank2. Removed species blank (also NO ORGANISMS PRESENT)3. Kept Ampelisca abdita-vadorum complexas Ampelisca sp.; Arabella iricolor-multidentata compleas  Arabella sp.; BRANIA CLAVATA-SWEDMARKI COMPLEas Brania sp.; Crepidula convexa-fornicata complexas Crepidula sp.; MONTICELLINA BAPTISTEAE-DORSOBRas Monticellina sp.; Procladius (Holotanypus) spp. as Procladius sp.; TUBIFICIDAE WITH CAPILIFORM CHAas TUBIFICIDAE 1; TUBIFICIDAE WITH CAPILIFORM CHAETAEas TUBIFICIDAE 2; TUBIFICIDAE WITHOUT CAPILIFORMas TUBIFICIDAE 3; TUBIFICIDAE WITHOUT CAPILIFORM CHAETAas TUBIFICIDAE 44. Kept APHELOCHAETA SP. A BLAKEas APHELOCHAETA SP.; Automate sp. A Williams; Bodotria sp. A Morris; Caecum sp. A Mountfordetc...5. Kept BIVALVIA: OTHER - UNIDENTIFIEDand BIVALVIA: OTHER - SUSPENSION FEEDERSas Bivalvia; cf. Odostomia sulcosaas Odostomia sulcosa; GASTROPODA: OTHERas Gastropoda; POLYCIRRUS CF. HAEMATODES; Protohaustorius cf. deichmannae; Turbonilla ?aequalis6. Modified ACANTHOHAUSTORIUS SPP.AMPELISCA SPP.etc? to Genus sp.,Feb-16,Count,NA,STA_NAME_date_lat_long_depth
229,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Streams in deciduous forest,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Fish,Upper Little Tennessee River Biomonitoring Program Database - LTWA Biomonitoring Database,A,N,26,1988,2013,35.138164,-83.385518,69,754,228,11184,sampling methods include Dip Netting & Seining Electrofisher & Seining Haul Seining,0,1358.989491,William O. McLarney,,billmclarney@gmail.com,,ODbL, https://coweeta.uga.edu/dbpublic/dataset_details.asp?accession=4045,Coweeta Long Term Ecological Research Program,"For over 25 years citizen scientists and Dr. William O. McLarney working frist with the Little Tennessee Watershed Association and later with the Land Trust for the Little Tennessee have been providing a comprehensive view of the fish species diversity and by extension stream health through their Index of Biotic Integrity Surveys. This dataset provides both tabular data as well as a comprehensive database built in a relational database framework. Data include information on tables provide data on survey sites survey episodes fish species observations and fish species characteristics (sensitivity trophic guilds etc). Freswater fish sampling methods include Dip Netting Dip Netting & Seining Electrofisher & Dip Netting Electrofisher & Seining Electrofisher Dip Netting & Seining Haul Seining Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Various netting. seining methods,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =02. Some records without elevation data3. Kept Etheostoma blennioides gutsellias Etheostoma blennioides4. Methods for different events include Dip Netting Dip Netting & Seining Electrofisher & Dip Netting Electrofisher & Seining Electrofisher Dip Netting & Seining Haul Seining,Feb-16,Count,NA,episode_ID_date
230,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine waters,FALSE,Flooded grasslands and savannas,Marine plants,Macrophytes,Macrophyte count data collected from Northeast Shark Slough Everglades National Park (FCE) from September 2006 to Present,A,N,3,2006,2008,25.671704,-80.593082,59,122,30,1561,3x 1m2 throws are made within a few meters of each site center - 30sites,1.00E-06,366.7682683,Evelyn?Gaiser,Florida Coastal Everglades LTER Program,gaisere@fiu.edu,fcelter@fiu.edu,CC-by,http://fcelter.fiu.edu/data/core/metadata/?datasetid=LT_PP_Gaiser_001,Florida Coastal Everglades LTER Program,"Three 1m2 throws are made within a few meters of each site center. Within each throw all emergent macrophytes are counted (live and dead) and recorded. Submerged periphyton-associated aquatic vegetation are identified and recorded as a percentage of the total periphyton component. Macrophyte cover is recorded in percent cover and average plant height is determined from three representative plants. Water depth is also recorded as an average of three depths.    ____   Sampling Description: Macrophytes were identified within each throw and density and coverage was recorded. Submerged aquatic vegetation were identified and density recorded as a percentage of the total periphyton component. Description: Macrophytes were identified within each throw and density and coverage was recorded. Submerged aquatic vegetation were identified and density recorded as a percentage of the total periphyton component. Instrumentation: Macrophyte heights were determined using a meter sticksubmerged aquatic vegetation composition in periphyton is determined using a graduated cylinder Three 1m2 throws are made within a few meters of each site center. Within each throw all emergent macrophytes are counted (live and dead) and recorded. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Throwtraps,NA,,Feb-16,Count,NA,date_lat_long
231,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine waters,FALSE,Flooded grasslands and savannas,All,Fish Plants or Other,Consumer Stocks Fish Vegetation and other Non-physical Data from Everglades National Park (FCE) South Florida from February 2000 to April 2005,A,N,6,2000,2005,25.483868,-80.717479,138,1806,31,12806,1-m2 throwtraps x 31 sites -The throwtrap used to sample was 85cm (H) x 100cm (W) x 100cm (L) The perimeter of the trap was covered with 3/16 inch mesh,1.00E-06,1035.381224,Joel Trexler,Florida Coastal Everglades LTER Program,trexlerj@fiu.edu,fcelter@fiu.edu,ODC-by,http://fcelter.fiu.edu/data/core/metadata/?datasetid=LT_CD_Trexler_001,Florida Coastal Everglades LTER Program,"Sampling Description: Contents of 1-m2 throwtraps at 6 FCE locations Method Step - Description: At each throwtrap emergent plant stems were counted. Each throwtrap was then bar-seined for fish invertebrates and other organisms all of which were returned to the laboratory for further analysis including total counts of each species. Instrumentation: Standard laboratory balances micrometers graduated cylinders The throwtrap used to sample was 85cm (H) x 100cm (W) x 100cm (L) The perimeter of the trap was covered with 3/16 inch mesh. Throwtrap data for emergent plant stems; each throwtrap was then bar-seined for fish invertebrates and other organisms Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Throwtraps,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 = -9999 and blank2. The dataset contains samples for fish plants and other ? field FPO (Type of Sample Collected (Fish Plants or Other)) was included in the sample definition to be able to distinguish between the different taxa3. Record with species name =1 or 2 have no individual counts4. Kept Acris gryllus tpas Acris gryllus; Hyla cineria tp; kept one record as Green filamentous algae5. Replaced Ameriurus nataliswith Ameiurus natalis6. Corrected all the genus spp. to sp.,Feb-16,Count,NA,sitename_plot_FPO_date
232,Marine,Polar/Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Fish,Fish,Pelagic Fish Observations 1968-1999,AB,N,25,1968,1999,-56.814716,93.88436,185,3143,1168,6446,pelagic fish trawl surveys,0,260933526.4,Dick Williams,,aadcwebqueries@aad.gov.au,,CC-by,http://gcmd.nasa.gov/KeywordSearch/Metadata.do?Portal=GCMD&MetadataView=Full&EntryId=AADC-00038,Australian Antarctic Data Centre,"This dataset contains data from ten voyages (Prydz Bay Heard and Macquarie Islands) and four stations (Mawson Davis Casey and Macqaurie) from 1968 to 1999. Contains depth caught sex lengths weights and gonad stage. changes. This dataset contains data from ten voyages (Prydz Bay Heard and Macquarie Islands) and four stations (Mawson Davis Casey and Macqaurie) from 1968 to 1999. Contains depth caught sex lengths weights and gonad stage. changes. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Voyage data,NA,1. For Biomass info removed weight= -1 and =0 (there are records with individual counts without weight records)2. There are 291 entries without lat/long information (blank) and some records without depth or date info as well3. Kept BATHYRAJA EATONI VAR PALEas BATHYRAJA EATONI; BATHYRAJA MURRAYI VAR FINEas BATHYRAJA MURRAYI; BATHYRAJA SP 2 (LAST)as BATHYRAJA SP2; ETMOPTERUS SP NOVas ETMOPTERUS SP; INDET FISHand INDET LARVAas UNIDENTIFIED; MYCTOPHID LARVAas Myctophidae; Not Recordedas UNIDENTIFIED; PROTOMYCTOPHUM (H) PARALLELUM; PROTOMYCTOPHUM (H) SUBPARALLELUM; there records as RED SPOT; 4. Kept NOTOTHENIA (GOBIONOTOTHEN) ACUTAas NOTOTHENIA ACUTA; NOTOTHENIA (GOBIONOTOTHEN) CYANOBRANCHA; NOTOTHENIA (LEPIDONOTOTHEN) KEMPI; NOTOTHENIA (LEPIDONOTOTHEN) SQUAMIFRONS; NOTOTHENIA (NOTOTHENIA) CORIICEPS CORIICEPS;  NOTOTHENIA (NOTOTHENIA) CORIICEPS NEGLECTA; NOTOTHENIA (NOTOTHENIA) ROSSII ROSSII; STOMIAS BOA BOA; PARALIPARIS COPEI KERGUELENSIS5. Kept CHANNICHTHYIDAE INDETas CHANNICHTHYIDAE; CONGRIDAE INDET; NOTOTHENIIDAE INDET; MYCTOPHIDAE INDET; NOTOSUDIDAE INDET; MELAMPHAIDAE INDET; MACROURIDAE INDETFM - gave null lat/long central values of lat=-66.3864 and long=92.77692 FM changed outlier Latitudes from -88. and -99. to -68. and -69. can see original in sampledesc,Feb-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_date_depth
233,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Deciduous forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,HF044. Land Use on the Southern New England and New York Coasts 1600-2001,A,N,3,1999,2001,42.53,-72.19,47,577,1,1870,776 plots (270 in 1999 389 in 2000 117 in 2001) - 20 x 20 m plot,4.00E-04,5.40E-06,David Foster,,drfoster@fas.harvard.edu,,PDDL,http://harvardforest.fas.harvard.edu:8080/exist/apps/datasets/showData.html?id=hf044,The Harvard Forest Long Term Ecological Research Program,"Abstract: The widespread influence of land use and natural disturbance on population community and landscape dynamics and the long-term legacy of disturbance on modern ecosystems requires that a historical broad-scale perspective become an integral part of modern ecological studies and conservation assessment and planning. In previous studies the Harvard Forest Long Term Ecological Research (LTER) program has developed an integrated approach of paleoecological and historical reconstruction meteorological modeling air photo interpretation GIS analyses and field studies of vegetation and soils to address fundamental ecological questions concerning the rates direction and causes of vegetation change to evaluate controls over modern species and community distributions and landscape patterns and to provide critical background for conservation and restoration planning. In the current study we extend this approach to investigate the link between landscape history and the abundance distribution and dynamics of species communities and landscapes of the Cape Cod to Long Island coastal region including the islands of Martha's Vineyard Nantucket and Block Island. The study region includes many areas of high conservation priority that are linked geographically historically and ecologically. Despite the compelling rationale for examining this coastal region as a whole and for comparing its related though distinctive geographic areas an integrated and comprehensive study of the region has never been undertaken.We are investigating regional controls over landscape patterns and community distribution and will focus in detail on the dynamics of sandplain communities including grasslands heathlands barrens and woodlands which are unique components of this region and high priorities for conservation. In order to determine the historical and modern abundance and distribution of these community types and to relate these to historical patterns of land use fire windstorms and other disturbances we are developing: (1) GIS-based spatially explicit maps of land use land cover environment hurricane characteristics and cultural features across the region for the historical period (17th C to present) (2) pollen and charcoal diagrams for critical areas where data are currently unavailable and an integrated analysis of data from all studies across this region (3) analysis of the relationship between high priority communities (sandplain grasslands heathlands barrens and related communities) rare species and disturbance history (4) revised conceptual ecological models for sandplain communities and recommendations for ecological goals and management approaches.Methods:Species List - The data file lists all taxa recorded in the sample plots. Taxonomy follows Gleason and Cronquist (1991). In general codes are formed by taking the first four letters of the genus name and the first three letters of the species name. Where this causes confusion an eight letter code unique to each taxon is used.Plot Locations  - Plots are identified by a general location code (2-3 letters) and a plot number (1-999). These two identifiers are also combined into a single six-character code. Because the plots were sampled from a larger set of potential plot locations plot numbers are not necessarily sequential. Total number of plots = 776 (270 in 1999 389 in 2000 117 in 2001).Soil Chemistry - For plots sampled in 1999 (CJ series) the two pairs of 0-15 and 15-30 cm samples were subsampled (1/8 cup per sample) and combined to make a single composite sample representing the plot which was then sent to Brookside Labs. For plots sampled in 2000 only one set of 0-15 and 15-30 cm samples was collected and ? cup of each was mixed to produce a composite 0-30 cm sample sent for analysis. In some samples concentrations of certain cations were below the detection limit of the analytical equipment; in these cases concentrations are listed as ?less than x ppm.? Before the soils data can be analyzed quantitatively these entries will need to be replaced by numerical values. There are no lab soils data for two plots sampled in 2000 (MT 50 and PB 14).Plant Cover - Cover of all vascular plant species rooted within the 20 x 20 m plot (also total lichen and bryophyte cover) was estimated on an eight-point scale.Tree Diameters - Diameters of all live trees at least 2.5 cm dbh and all standing dead stems at least 10 cm dbh were measured in all plots. Only truly arboreal species were measured; shrubs such as scrub oak and viburnum were not although individuals of these species routinely exceeded 2.5 cm dbh.Tree Cores - One to three cores of the largest sound trees were sampled in plots with trees greater than 5 cm dbh. Cores were taken at 30 cm above the ground. Most cores were mounted sanded and counted under a hand lens or microscope. Some cores of young trees were counted in the field and not collected Tree plots data in Southern New England Coast New York Coast (1999-2001) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. MAKE SURE THIS DATA ARE OK FOR THE ANALYSIS2. BECAUSE Number of plots per location is variable & also not every plot has been sampled every year (info available on the website file hf044-02-plots)3. Some records are as sps code; corrected all genus spp. to sp.4. Considered AMEL SP.And AMELSPPas Amelanchier sp.; CRATSPPas Crataegus sp.; MALUSas Malus sp.; PRUNAVIas Prunus sp.; QUEERALBas Quercus alba; QUERSPas Quercus sp.5. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,NA,location_plot_year
234,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Deciduous forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Forest Inventory of a Northern Hardwood Forest Watershed 6 ,AB,N,5,1982,2002,43.953465,-71.739556,15,1040,1,4815,208 25 m x 25 m plots,0.000625,5.60E-06,Information Manager at Hubbard Brook LTER,,hbr-im@lternet.edu,,CC-by,http://www.hubbardbrook.org/data/dataset.php?id=35,The Hubbard Brook Ecosystem Study LTER Program,"Forest inventory surveys were initiated in 1965 repeated in 1977 and repeated at 5 year intervals after that; this data set was collected in summer of 2002. The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm diameter-at-breast-height (dbh) on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <=10 cm dbh were subsampled using a 3 meter wide strip along one edge of each 25 m x 25 m plot. With the addition of tree tags in 2002 on all trees >=10 cm dbh tracking of individual trees is now possible. The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh (except for 1965 where it was for > = 1.5 cm dbh) on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Forest surveys,NA,1. Aggregated data from the 7 different files2. Lat/long information are for the watershed only same thing for area and elevation as well ? in the files the information is mean lat/long min elevation and total area for all the records)3. Consider if 1965 data should be included with the rest of the data because this data was for live trees > = 1.5 cm dbh whereas the remaining inventories considered all trees >=10 cm dbh4. The protocol has changed between years and there is indication that For surveys prior to 2002 (when stems where first tagged) it is not possible to compare the data between sampling years on a plot by plot basis since trees were not individually tagged and plot corners have shifted slightly over time. (?) With the addition of tree tags in 2002 tracking of individual trees is now possible. Subsequent surveys of tagged trees allow for corrections to be made.5. For 1965: The inventory consists of a census of live trees > = 1.5 cm dbh on each of 208 10 x 10 m plots nested randomly within each of the 208 25 x 25 m grid units. (see plot layout). Saplings > 50 cm tall and < 1.5 cm dbh were counted on each of four 2.5 x 2.5 m plots located in the corners of each 10 x 10 m tree plot. Seedlings < 50 cm tall were counted on each of four 1 x 1 m plots located in the corners of each 10 x 10 m tree plot. The presence or absence of two shrubs Viburnum alnifolium and Rubus species was noted on each of the 2.5 x 2.5 m sapling plots. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of a subsample of live trees >1.5 cm dbh on the watershed. (3990 individual trees). Sick and dead trees were not recorded in 1965. All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002. Seedlings <50 cm tall and saplings >50 cm tall and <1.5 cm dbh were counted on sampling plots. The presence or absence of shrub species were also noted on these sampling plots.6. For 1977: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees > 10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees in the >=2 to <=10 cm dbh class were not sampled in 1977. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all the trees >10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed. (9048 individual trees). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. The presence and effect of beech bark disease was also noted. Diseased beech showed signs of beech bark disease (cankers) but did not otherwise show evidence of crown decline. Diseased beech with crown in decline had both cankers and were showing signs of physiological stress. All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002.7. For 1982: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <=10 cm dbh were inventoried on 32 of the 25 m x 25 m plots (shown here: http://hubbardbrook.org/watersheds/maps/w6_small_tree_plots.htm). DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all the trees >=10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed. (8742 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. The presence and effect of beech bark disease was also noted. Diseased beech showed signs of beech bark disease (cankers) but did not otherwise show evidence of crown decline. Diseased beech with crown in decline had both cankers and were showing signs of physiological stress. A subsample of trees >=2 cm dbh and <=10cm dbh was measured at the same time (1513 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002.8. For 1987: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <=10 cm dbh were inventoried on 35 of the 25 m x 25 m plots (http://hubbardbrook.org/watersheds/maps/w6_small_tree_plots.htm). DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all the trees >=10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed. (8602 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. The presence and effect of beech bark disease was also noted. Diseased beech showed signs of beech bark disease (cankers) but did not otherwise show evidence of crown decline. Diseased beech with crown in decline had both cankers and were showing signs of physiological stress. A subsample of trees >=2 cm dbh and <=10cm dbh were measured at the same time (2457 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002.9. For 1992: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <10 cm dbh were subsampled using a 3 meter wide strip along one edge of each 25 m x 25 m plot (see plot layout). The lengths of these strips are not always exactly 25 meters due to drift or imprecise replacement of the corner stakes. The actual measured length of the strip is used to calculate the area of the plot (as given in the data) for the smaller trees. For the larger trees plot area was not adjusted for drift and is assumed to be 625 sq. meters. See http://hubbardbrook.org/w6_tour/biomass-stop/sampling.htm for more information on the plot layout and design. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all the trees >=10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed. (8483 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. A subsample of trees >=2 cm dbh and <=10cm dbh were measured at the same time (2842 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002.10. For 1997: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <=10 cm dbh were subsampled using a 3 meter wide strip along one edge of each 25 m x 25 m plot. The lengths of these strips are not always exactly 25 meters due to drift or imprecise replacement of the corner stakes. The actual measured length of the strip is used to calculate the area of the plot (as given in the data) for the smaller trees. For the larger trees plot area was not adjusted for drift and is assumed to be 625 sq. meters. See http://hubbardbrook.org/w6_tour/biomass-stop/sampling.htm for more information on the plot layout and design. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >=10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed (8451 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. A subsample of trees >=2 cm dbh and <=10cm dbh were measured at the same time (2970 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W6 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded until 2002.11. For 2002: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10 cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (13.23 ha) as measured in each of the 208 25 m x 25 m plots. Trees >=2 to <=10 cm dbh were subsampled using a 3 meter wide strip along one edge of each 25 m x 25 m plot (see plot layout). The lengths of these strips are not always exactly 25 meters due to drift or imprecise replacement of the corner stakes. The actual measured length of the strip is used to calculate the area of the plot (as given in the data) for the smaller trees. For the larger trees plot area was not adjusted for drift and is assumed to be 625 sq. meters. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >=10 cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed (8547 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. A subsample of trees >=2 cm dbh and <10cm dbh were measured at the same time (3858 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). In 2002 uniquely numbered aluminum tags were nailed to each stem >10 cm dbh to allow for tracking of individual stems from survey to survey.,Feb-16,Count,Weight,year_plot_zone
235,Terrestrial,Temperate,TRUE,Whole-tree harvest,A whole-tree harvest was conducted during the dormant season of 1983-1984 in order assess ecosystem response to whole-tree logging operations. Pre-harvest forest inventory surveys were conducted in 1982 on the whole of the watershed. Post-harvest sur,1983-1984,Deciduous forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Forest Inventory of a Northern Hardwood Forest Watershed 5?,AB,N,4,1982,1999,43.953055,-71.735314,18,681,1,2823,total inventory of all trees >=10-cm dbh on the whole of the watershed for 1982 AND inventory of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh on variable number of 1 x 25 m plot within each of the 25 x 25 m grid units for the other years,0.000625,5.60E-06,Information Manager at Hubbard Brook LTER,,hbr-im@lternet.edu,,CC-by,http://www.hubbardbrook.org/data/dataset.php?id=36,The Hubbard Brook Ecosystem Study LTER Program,"A whole-tree harvest was conducted during the dormant season of 1983-1984 in order assess ecosystem response to whole-tree logging operations. Pre-harvest forest inventory surveys were conducted in 1982 on the whole of the watershed. Post-harvest surveys were conducted in 1990 1994 and every 5 years thereafter. This dataset was collected in summer of 1999. Survey methods differed between years due to the variability encountered in the aggrading forest. The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10-cm dbh on the whole of the watershed for 1982; AND The inventory consists of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh on a 1 x 25 m plot within each of 101 of the 25 x 25 m grid units for the other years Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Forest surveys,NA,1. Aggregated data from the 4 different files2. Remove species = NONE3. There is info for Above ground biomass only for the first inventory (1982)4. For years other than 1992 there information about the plot area (in square meters) for plot on which trees >=1.5 cm dbh were measured ? is incorporated in the sample type for years 1990-1994-1999)5. Lat/long information are for the watershed only same thing for area and elevation as well ? in the files the information is mean lat/long min elevation and total area for all the records)6. Data for 1982 are pre-harvest protocols are different7. For 1982: The inventory consists of a total inventory of all trees >=10-cm dbh on the whole of the watershed (22.5-ha). Trees >=2 to <=10-cm dbh were sampled in only 42 of the 360 25 x 25-m plots. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >=10cm dbh live and dead in the whole of the watershed. (16286 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. The presence and effect of beech bark disease was also noted. Diseased beech showed signs of beech bark disease (cankers) but did not otherwise show evidence of crown decline. Diseased beech with crown in decline had both cankers and were showing signs of physiological stress. Trees >=2cm dbh and <=10cm dbh were measured at the same time on a subset of the plots (1989 individual stems). All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W5 whether or not a stem was part of a group was not recorded in this pre-cut survey.8. For 1990: The inventory consists of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh within 199 circular plots (1.37-m radius) on the lower two-thirds of the watershed (low and mid elevations). Plots were not located within specific grid units as is generally the case but along temporary transects. There were 17 plots sampled with no trees large enough to meet the survey criteria. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >1.5-cm dbh live and dead in 199 circular plots (1.37-m radius) on the lower two-thirds of the watershed. (1361 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W5 whether or not a stem was part of a group was recorded in all post-harvest survey years.9. For 1994: The inventory consists of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh on a 1 x 25 m plot within each of 38 of the 25 x 25 m grid units. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh live and dead on a 1 x 25 m plot within each of 38 25 x 25 m grid units. (1578 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W5 whether or not a stem was part of a group was recorded in all post-harvest survey years.10. For 1999: The inventory consists of all trees >=1.5-cm dbh on a 1 x 25 m plot within each of 101 of the 25 x 25 m grid units. DATA DESCRIPTION - The data consist of the diameters (dbh) of all trees >=1.5cm dbh live and dead on a 1 x 25 m plot within each of 101 25 x 25 m grid units. (4373 individual stems). Dead trees were recorded as standing dead trees (trees dead but retaining most of their fine branches) and as snags (trees broken off above dbh or with only their major large branches still intact). Live trees were noted sick if they had very sparse foliage or yellowing foliage in the mid summer sampling. All stems that met the size criteria were measured individually and in some years it was noted whether a stem was part of a group of stems from the same tree (i.e. multiple stems that split from a single trunk below breast height). For W5 whether or not a stem was part of a group was recorded in all post-harvest survey years.,Feb-16,Count,Weight,plot_zone_year_area
236,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Pool / riffle in tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Fish,Fish population on selected watersheds at Konza Prairie - CFP012 - Konza fish population,A,N,12,1995,2006,39.0931,-96.5586,19,129,1,1169,6 sites in the Kings Creek watershed with a single-pass electrofishing survey with one person operating the electrofisher and two people dipnetting,0,5.20E-06,Keith B Gido,,kgido@ksu.edu,,PDDL,http://www.konza.ksu.edu/KNZ/pages/data/Knzdsdetail.aspx?datasetCode=CFP01,Konza Prairie LTER Program,"Fishes were collected by habitat (pool or riffle) at 6 sites in the Kings Creek watershed with a single-pass electrofishing survey with one person operating the electrofisher and two people dipnetting. Collections were made seasonally  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Electrofishing,NA,,Feb-16,Count,NA,site_date_lat_long
237,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplanton,Madison Wisconsin Lakes Zooplankton 1976 - 1994 - old net,A,N,19,1976,1994,43.025171,-89.325378,89,811,4,10610,conical zooplankton net had a 15-cm diameter opening (small net) Beginning in 1991 a larger 30-cm diameter (large) net with a 75-80 um mesh size was also used which became the standard sampling net used in 1995,0,27.6324553,Emily Stanley,,ehstanley@wisc.edu,,CC-by,https://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/dataset/madison-wisonsin-lakes-zooplankton-1976-1994,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"In general. zooplankton were sampled at the deepest location of each lake by pulling a conical net vertically through the water column (i.e.. vertical tow sample) during 1976-1994. Sampling was usually done on a biweekly schedule during the open water period and at least once through the ice at the deepest region of each lake. although in some years lakes Waubesa and Kegonsa were only sampled monthly during the open-water period. On a few dates during high winds or during winter. sampling was conducted in slightly shallower water than at the deepest lake location. Tow depths for Mendota and Monona are included in the data set. Tow depths for Waubesa and Kegonsa have not been transcribed yet. but generally ranged between 9.5-10.0 meters and 7.5-8.0 meters. respectively. The conical zooplankton net had a 15-cm diameter opening (small net) and a net filtering area to opening area ratio of about 11. The net was made of Nitex screening with a mesh size of 75-80 um (#20 net) for all years except for 1976 when the mesh size was about 153 um (#10 net). The smaller-meshed net was initially chosen so that rotifers would be quantitatively collected along with crustacean zooplankton. For the small net. a vertical tow sample was taken from approximately 0.5 m off the lake bottom. The net was pulled to the lake surface at approximately 0.3 m per sec. After the net was raised and the sides rinsed. the sample was transferred to a bottle and preserved with formalin in early years. sugared formalin for a few years. and then formalin plus seltzer water was the preservative used after 1986. For each zooplankton sample obtained by the small net. organisms were identified to species and enumerated in three separate 1-mL subsamples obtained by a Hensen-Stemple pipette. Subsamples were taken directly from the sample bottle (sample volume ca. 150-250 mL). transferred to a 1-mL Sedgewick-Rafter cell and counted using a compound microscope. For each subsample. individual body lengths for all Daphnia encountered were recorded using an eyepiece micrometer; 5-10 organisms of other cladocerans and various life stages of copepods (i.e.. nauplii. copepidites. and adults) were also measured. Based on specified size criteria. juvenile and adult Daphnia of each species were recorded separately. These size criteria were given in Luecke et al. (1990) for samples collected in 1976-1989. The criteria varied in subsequent years but were generally 1.3 mm for D. pulicaria. 1.2 mm for D. mendotae. the most common Daphnia species encountered. If smaller Daphnia were encountered with eggs in their brood chamber. then the adult size was adjusted. Thus. the distinction of adult versus juvenile Daphnia densities recorded in each sample must be viewed as only an index of the two age groups. Calanoid and cyclopoid copepodites were counted separately as two distinct groups without regard to species or life stages. All nauplii were counted as a single group with no distinction made between calanoid and cyclopoid species. All densities and length measurements in the three subsamples were then averaged for each species' life stage. Numerical density estimates (N per meter squared) for each species or zooplankton group as reported in the data set were then computed by multiplying the average subsample count by the subsampling dilution factor (i.e.. volume of sample in bottle) and then dividing by the net opening area (0.01767 meter squared). Biomass estimates for each species or zooplankton group (gram per meter squared) can then be computed using the average length (mm) recorded in the data set using length-weight relationships published in the literature. One caveat for interpreting the zooplankton data for 1976-1994 is that the net efficiency of the vertical tow net used is less than 100%. and also variable depending on the amount of algae clogging the net (Lathrop 1998). Under clear water conditions (Secchi disc greater than 8 m). the net efficiency of the small net was determined to be approximately 58%. However. net efficiency was only about 42% during a period with moderate blue-green algal densities (Secchi disc 1.8 m). The relatively small mesh size (75-80 um) of the net was initially chosen in order to capture rotifers. which are recorded in the database. Beginning in 1991 a larger 30-cm diameter (large) net with a 75-80 um mesh size was also used. which became the standard sampling net used in 1995 coincident with the lake sampling program being conducted by the North Temperate Lakes Long-Term Ecological Research (NTL-LTER) Project. After 1994. the small net was no longer used for sampling zooplankton on the Yahara lakes. This data set also contains large net data for years 1991 through 1994 for Mendota and for 1994 for Monona. Leptodora counts from the small net are available for Mendota (1976-1989). Monona (1976-1987). Kegonsa and Waubesa (1976-1985). Leptodora counts from the large net are available for Mendota (1991-1993). All Leptodora counts were performed on the entire sample by dumping the sample bottle into a container. Individual length measurements for some zooplankton sampled with the small net are available for Mendota (1988-1989. 1992-1994) and Monona (1994). Individual length measurements for zooplankton sampled with the large net are available for Mendota (1991-1993). Daphnia eggs counts (number of eggs per adult daphnia in the sample) from samples taken with the small net are included for Mendota (1976-1991). Monona (1976-1993 except 1989). and Kegonsa and Waubesa (1976-1985). Egg counts represent the combined number of free eggs found in each subsample plus eggs still remaining in adult Daphnia as many times adult Daphnia had eggs expelled from their brood chambers once the preservative was added (especially in years when the preservative was just formalin). Once the total number of eggs for either D. pulicaria or D. mendotae was counted. then the estimate of the number of eggs per adult Daphnia was calculated while recognizing that the criteria for separating adult versus juvenile Daphnia is not without error. Thus. the number of eggs per adult number is best used as an index to determine if the Daphnia population was increasing or not growing due to food limitation. Number of sites: 4 Sampling Frequency: varies Zooplankton data from 4 lakes in North Temperate Lakes (old net) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Nets,257,1. Select data from old_net (there are two files);2. Data is density (number individuals per meter squared)3. Removed species with abundance blank4. Modified all the records as sps JUVENILE to be the sps name5. Kept TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS MEXICANUS as TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS6. Many records without depth info7. Lat/long is the info for each lake,May-16,Count,NA,lakeID_year4_sampleDate
238,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplanton,North Temperate Lakes LTER Zooplankton - Madison Lakes Area 1997 - current,A,N,20,1995,2014,43.0716,-89.3971,32,731,3,7331,vertical tow using an 80-micron mesh conical net with a 30-cm diameter opening (net mouth net length ratio = 13),0,23.3820162,Emily Stanley,,ehstanley@wisc.edu,,CC-by,https://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/dataset/north-temperate-lakes-lter-zooplankton-madison-lakes-area-1997-current,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"We collect zooplankton samples at the deepest part of the lake using two different gear types. We take one vertical tow with a Wisconsin Net (80um mesh) and a series of Schindler Patalas (53um mesh) samples spanning the water column. All samples are preserved in cold 95percent EtOH.After collection we combine subsamples of the individual Schindler Patalas trap samples to create one hypsometrically pooled sample for each lakeordate. The individual depth samples are discarded after pooling except from one August sampling date per year. The Hypsometrically Pooled sample and the Wisconsin Net sample are archived in the UW Zoology museum.We count zooplankton in one or two subsamples each representing 1.8L of lake water of the hypsometrically pooled samples to calculate zooplankton abundance. We count one sample date per month from the open water season and the February ice cover sample.  We identify individuals to genus or species take length measurements and count eggs and embryos.Protocol log:  1981-May1984 -- a 0.5m high 31L Schindler Patalas trap with 80um mesh net was used. Two Wisconsin Net tows were collected. Preservative was 12percent buffered formalin.June1984 -- changed to 53um mesh net on Schindler trap.July1986 -- began using the 2m high 45L Schindler Patalas trap. Changed WI Net collection to take only one tow.2001 -- changed zooplankton preservative from 12percent buffered formalin to 95percent EtOH.The number of sample dates per year counted varies with lake and year from 5 datesoryear to 17 datesoryear.1981-1983 -- pooled samples are of several types: Total Pooled (TP) were created using equal volume subsamples of the Schindler samples. Epi Meta Hypo pooled used equal volume subsamples from the Schindler samples collected from each of the thermal strata. Strata Pooled used equal volume subsamples from the Epi Meta Hypo pooled samples to create an entire lake sample. Hypsometrically Pooled (HP) is our standard which uses subsample volumes weighted to represent the hypsometry of the lake. Zooplankton samples for the 4 southern Wisconsin lakes in North Temperate Lakes (1997-2010) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Conical net,NA,1. Data is density (number individuals per meter squared)2. Removed species with abundance =0 and blank3. Replaced BYTHOTREPHES LONGIMANUS? with BYTHOTREPHES LONGIMANUSA4. Kept TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS MEXICANUSas TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS5. Records without species name but with counts ? kept as Unidentified,Feb-16,Count,NA,lakeID_sampleDate_station_towDepth
239,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Desert/ Grassland,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,Woodland vegetation,Pinon Juniper Net Primary Production Quadrat Data from the Sevilleta National Wildlife Refuge New Mexico 1999-2001,AB,N,3,1999,2001,34.35,-106.88,123,1377,1,5288,1m x 1m plots,1.00E-06,4.80E-06,Douglas I. Moore,,dmoore@sevilleta.unm.edu,,CC-by,http://sev.lternet.edu/data/sev-187,Sevilleta Long Term Ecological Research Program,"Collecting the Data:Vegetation data is collected on a palm top computer. Excel spreadsheets are used for data entry and file names should begin with the overall study (npp) followed by the date (mm.dd.yy) and the initials of the recorder (.abc). Finally the site abbreviation should be added (i.e. c g b p). The final format should be as follows: npp.mm.dd.yy.abcg.xls. File names should be in lowercase.A 1-m2 PVC-frame is placed over the fiberglass stakes that mark the diagonal corners of each quadrat. When measuring cover it is important to stay centered over the vegetation in the quadrat to prevent errors caused by angle of view (parallax). Each PVC-frame is divided into 100 squares with nylon string. The dimensions of each square are 10cm x 10cm and represent 1 percent of the total area.The cover (area) and height of each individual live (green) vegetative unit that falls within the one square meter quadrat is measured. A vegetative unit consists of an individual size class (as defined by a unique cover and height) of a particular species within a quadrat. Cover is quantified by counting the number of 10cm x 10cm squares filled by each vegetative unit.Niners and plexidecs are additional tools that help accurately determine the cover a vegetative unit. A niner is a small hand-held PVC frame that can be used to measure canopies. Like the larger PVC frame it is divided into 10cm x 10cm squares each square representing 1% of the total cover. However there are only nine squares within the frame hence the name ?niner.? A plexidec can help determine the cover of vegetative units with covers less than 1%. Plexidecs are clear plastic squares that are held above vegetation. Each plexidec represents a cover of 0.5% and has smaller dimensions etched onto the surface that correspond to 0.01% 0.05% 0.1% and 0.25% cover.It is extremely important that cover and height measurements remain consistent over time to ensure that regressions based on this data remain valid. Field crew members should calibrate with each other to ensure that observer bias does not influence data collection.Cover Measurements:Grasses-To determine the cover of a grass clump envision a perimeter around the central mass or densest portion of the plant excluding individual long leaves wispy ends or more open upper regions of the plant. Live foliage is frequently mixed with dead foliage in grass clumps and this must be kept in mind during measurement as our goal is to measure only plant biomass for the current season. In general recently dead foliage is yellow and dead foliage is gray. Within reason try to include only yellow or green portions of the plant in cover measurement while excluding portions of the plant that are gray. This is particularly important for measurements made in the winter when there is little or no green foliage present. In winter sometimes measurements will be based mainly on yellow foliage. Stoloniferous stems of grasses that are not rooted should be ignored. If a stem is rooted it should be recorded as a separate observation from the parent plant.Forbs-The cover of forbs is measured as the perimeter of the densest portion of the plant. If the forb is an annual it is acceptable to include the inflorescence in this measurement. If the forb is a perennial do not include the inflorescence as part of the cover measurement. Measure all foliage that was produced during the current season including any recently dead (yellow) foliage. Avoid measuring gray foliage that died in a previous season.Cacti-For cacti that consist of a series of pads or jointed stems (Opuntia phaecantha Opuntia imbricata) measure the length and width of each pad to the nearest cm instead of cover and height. Cacti that occur as a dense ball/clump of stems (Opuntia leptocaulis) are measured using the same protocol as shrubs. Pincushion or hedgehog cacti (Escobaria vivipara Schlerocactus intertextus Echinocereus fendleri) that occur as single (or clustered) cylindrical stems are measured as a single cover.Yuccas-Make separate observations for the leaves and caudex (thick basal stem). Break the observations into sections of leaves that are approximately the same height and record the cover as the perimeter around this group of leaf blades. The caudex is measured as a single cover. The thick leaves of yuccas make it difficult to make a cover measurement by centering yourself over the caudex of the plant. The cover of the caudex may be estimated by holding a niner next to it or using a tape measure to measure to approximate the area.Height Measurements:Height is recorded as a whole number in centimeters. All heights are vertical heights but they are not necessarily perpendicular to the ground if the ground is sloping.Annual grasses and all forbs-Measure the height from the base of the plant to the top of the inflorescence (if present). Otherwise measure to the top of the green foliage.Perennial grasses-Measure the height from the base of the plant to the top of the live green foliage. Do not include the inflorescence in the height measurement. The presence of live green foliage may be difficult to see in the winter. Check carefully at the base of the plant for the presence of green foliage. If none is found it may be necessary to pull the leaf sheaths off of several plants outside the quadrat. From this you may be able to make some observations about where green foliage is likely to occur.Perennial shrub and sub-shrubs-Measure the height from the base of the green foliage to the top of the green foliage ignoring all bare stems. Do not measure to the ground unless the foliage reaches the ground.Plants rooted outside but hanging into a quadrat-Do not measure the height from the ground. Measure only the height of the portion of the plant that is within the quadrat.Foliage canopy cover:Cover and height are recorded for all separate vegetative units that fall within an infinite vertical column that is defined by the inside edge of the PVC-frame. A vegetative unit consists of an individual species with a unique cover and height. This includes vegetation that is rooted outside of the frame but has foliage that extends into the vertical column defined by the PVC-frame.As mentioned above cover is quantified by counting the number or fraction of 10 cm x 10 cm squares intercepted by each vegetative unit. It is possible to obtain a total percent cover greater than 100 for a quadrat because vegetative units often overlap (especially in shrubs and succulents). For perennial plants cover is based only on the vegetative portion of the plant (stem and leaf). For annual plants cover is based on both vegetative and reproductive (inflorescence) portions of the plant.If the cover of a vegetative unit is less than 1 the increments used are as follows: 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 and 0.75. If cover is between 1 and 5 increments of 0.5 are used and if greater than 5 increments of 1 are used.  Finally if the cover is greater than 15 the total canopy cover is divided into smaller units and the cover and heights of each observation measured separately. This reduces the size of harvest samples. Vegetation data collected in two distinct ecosystems: pinon/juniper woodland (P) and juniper savannah woodland (J) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Cover",Plots,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 and = -9992. Removed cover = -9993. Species were in code; got species name from USDA Plants Database_sps checklistbut not all are present4. Biomass data is cover; some records had sps count=0 but cover info these were not included5. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,Cover,year_season_site_web_ploy_quad
240,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Desert/ Grassland,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,Woodland vegetation,Pinon-Juniper (Core Site) Quadrat Data for the Net Primary Production Study at the Sevilleta National Wildlife Refuge New Mexico (2003-present ),AB,N,13,2003,2015,34.35,-106.88,167,2882,1,15561,1m x 1m plots within each site - along transects in 3 plots,1.00E-06,4.80E-06,Sevilleta LTER Information Manager,,data-use@sevilleta.unm.edu,,CC-by,http://sev.lternet.edu/node/1718,Sevilleta LTER,"Abstract: This dataset contains pinon-juniper woodland quadrat data and is part of a long-term study at the Sevilleta LTER measuring net primary production (NPP) across four distinct ecosystems: creosote-dominant shrubland (Site C est. winter 1999) black grama-dominant grassland (Site G est. winter 1999) blue grama-dominant grassland (Site B est. winter 2002) and pinon-juniper woodland (Site P est. winter 2003). Net primary production is a fundamental ecological variable that quantifies rates of carbon consumption and fixation. Estimates of NPP are important in understanding energy flow at a community level as well as spatial and temporal responses to a range of ecological processes.Above-ground net primary production is the change in plant biomass represented by stems flowers fruit and and foliage over time and incoporates growth as well as loss to death and decomposition. To measure this change the vegetation variables in this dataset including species composition and the cover and height of individuals are sampled twice yearly (spring and fall) at permanent 1m x 1m plots within each site. A third sampling at Site C is performed in the winter. The data from these plots is used to build regressions correlating biomass and volume via weights of select harvested species obtained in SEV157 Net Primary Productivity (NPP) Weight Data. This biomass data is included in SEV182 Seasonal Biomass and Seasonal and Annual NPP for Core Research Sites.Methods: Locating the Sampling Quadrats: Site P the pinon-juniper woodland site (Cerro Montosa) is set-up differently than the other core sites. In order to accommodate the different habitat types groups of transects (i.e. plots) were set up along north (N) and south (S) facing slopes as well as along vegas (V) and ridges (R). Transects on the first two plots consist of 40 quads each (10 quadrants for each of four habitat types). Plot one is slightly west of plot three and plot two is slightly west of the weather station. Plot three is located on a wide piedmont which consists of four transects with five quadrats on each.Collecting the Data: Net primary production data is collected twice each year spring and fall for all sites. The Five Points Creosote Core Site is also sampled in winter. Spring measurements are taken in April or May when shrubs and spring annuals have reached peak biomass. Fall measurements are taken in either September or October when summer annuals have reached peak biomass but prior to killing frosts. Winter measurements are taken in February before the onset of spring growth.Vegetation data is collected on a palm top computer. A 1-m2 PVC-frame is placed over the fiberglass stakes that mark the diagonal corners of each quadrat. When measuring cover it is important to stay centered over the vegetation in the quadrat to prevent errors caused by angle of view (parallax). Each PVC-frame is divided into 100 squares with nylon string. The dimensions of each square are 10cm x 10cm and represent 1 percent of the total area.The cover (area) and height of each individual live (green) vegetative unit that falls within the one square meter quadrat is measured. A vegetative unit consists of an individual size class (as defined by a unique cover and height) of a particular species within a quadrat. Cover is quantified by counting the number of 10cm x 10cm squares filled by each vegetative unit.Niners and plexidecs are additional tools that help accurately determine the cover a vegetative unit. A niner is a small hand-held PVC frame that can be used to measure canopies. Like the larger PVC frame it is divided into 10cm x 10cm squares each square representing 1% of the total cover. However there are only nine squares within the frame hence the name ?niner.? A plexidec can help determine the cover of vegetative units with covers less than 1%. Plexidecs are clear plastic squares that are held above vegetation. Each plexidec represents a cover of 0.5% and has smaller dimensions etched onto the surface that correspond to 0.01% 0.05% 0.1% and 0.25% cover.It is extremely important that cover and height measurements remain consistent over time to ensure that regressions based on this data remain valid. Field crew members should calibrate with each other to ensure that observer bias does not influence data collection.Cover Measurements: Grasses-To determine the cover of a grass clump envision a perimeter around the central mass or densest portion of the plant excluding individual long leaves wispy ends or more open upper regions of the plant. Live foliage is frequently mixed with dead foliage in grass clumps and this must be kept in mind during measurement as our goal is to measure only plant biomass for the current season. In general recently dead foliage is yellow and dead foliage is gray. Within reason try to include only yellow or green portions of the plant in cover measurement while excluding portions of the plant that are gray. This is particularly important for measurements made in the winter when there is little or no green foliage present. In winter sometimes measurements will be based mainly on yellow foliage. Stoloniferous stems of grasses that are not rooted should be ignored. If a stem is rooted it should be recorded as a separate observation from the parent plant.Forbs shrubs and sub-shrubs (non-creosote)-The cover of forbs shrubs and sub-shrubs is measured as the horizontal area of the plant. If the species is an annual it is acceptable to include the inflorescence in this measurement if it increases cover. If the species is a perennial do not include the inflorescence as part of the cover measurement. Measure all foliage that was produced during the current season including any recently dead (yellow) foliage. Avoid measuring gray foliage that died in a previous season.Cacti-For cacti that consist of a series of pads or jointed stems (Opuntia phaecantha Opuntia imbricata) measure the length and width of each pad to the nearest cm instead of cover and height. Cacti that occur as a dense ball/clump of stems (Opuntia leptocaulis) are measured using the same protocol as shrubs. Pincushion or hedgehog cacti (Escobaria vivipara Schlerocactus intertextus Echinocereus fendleri) that occur as single (or clustered) cylindrical stems are measured as a single cover.Yuccas-Make separate observations for the leaves and caudex (thick basal stem). Break the observations into sections of leaves that are approximately the same height and record the cover as the perimeter around this group of leaf blades. The caudex is measured as a single cover. The thick leaves of yuccas make it difficult to make a cover measurement by centering yourself over the caudex of the plant. The cover of the caudex may be estimated by holding a niner next to it or using a tape measure to measure to approximate the area.Height Measurements: Height is recorded as a whole number in centimeters. All heights are vertical heights but they are not necessarily perpendicular to the ground if the ground is sloping.Annual grasses and all forbs-Measure the height from the base of the plant to the top of the inflorescence (if present). Otherwise measure to the top of the green foliage.Perennial grasses-Measure the height from the base of the plant to the top of the live green foliage. Do not include the inflorescence in the height measurement. The presence of live green foliage may be difficult to see in the winter. Check carefully at the base of the plant for the presence of green foliage. If none is found it may be necessary to pull the leaf sheaths off of several plants outside the quadrat. From this you may be able to make some observations about where green foliage is likely to occur.Perennial shrubs and sub-shrubs (non-creosote)-Measure the height from the base of the green foliage to the top of the green foliage ignoring all bare stems. Do not measure to the ground unless the foliage reaches the ground.Plants rooted outside but hanging into a quadrat-Do not measure the height from the ground. Measure only the height of the portion of the plant that is within the quadrat. Creosote Measurements: To measure creosote (i.e. Larrea tridenta) break the observations into two categories:1.) Small individual clusters of foliage on a branch (i.e. branch systems): Measure the horizontal cover of each live (i.e. green) foliage cluster ignoring small open spaces (keeping in mind the 15% guideline stated above). Then measure the vertical height of each cluster from the top of the foliage to a plane created by extending a line horizontally from the bottom of the foliage. Each individual foliage cluster within a bush is considered a separate observation.2.) Stems: Measure the length of each stem from the base to the beginning of live (i.e. green) foliage. Calculate the cumulative total of all stem measurements. This value is entered under height with the species as stem for each quadrat containing creosote. All other variable receive a default entry of 1 for creosote stem measurements.Do not measure dead stems or areas of dead foliage. If in doubt about whether a stem is alive scrape the stem with your fingernail and check for the presence of green cambium.Recording the Data: Excel spreadsheets are used for data entry and file names should begin with the overall study (npp) followed by the date (mm.dd.yy) and the initials of the recorder (.abc). Finally the site abbreviation should be added (i.e. c g b p). The final format for sites B G and C should be as follows: npp_core.mm.dd.yy.abc.xls. For site P the file format should be npp_pinj.mm.dd.yy.abc.xls. File names should be in lowercase. Vegetation data collected in plots in pinon-juniper woodland quadrats at the Sevilleta LTER Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Cover",Habitats,NA,1. Removed species with abundance =0 and = -9992. Removed cover = -9993. Biomass data is cover; some records had sps count=0 but cover info these were not included4. Species name from USDA Plants Database_sps checklist; one species with code POACE5. There is a field for Treatment but all the data is coded as C=control6. There is no lat/long info ? don?t have information for area and centroid,Feb-16,Count,Cover,site_plot_transect_quad_date
241,Terrestrial,Tropical,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Tropical forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Woody plants,Sherman Forest Dynamics Plot Panama,A,N,4,1996,2009,9.3636,-79.9547,272,4,1,947,6 ha plot,0.06,4.10E-06,Richard Condit,,conditr@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.ctfs.si.edu/site/Sherman/,The Center for Tropical Forest Science. Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute,"The Sherman plot is located in the San Lorenzo National Park in tropical moist forest on the Caribbean side of the Panama Canal. It sits on a hilltop south of the Chagres River and receives approximately 2700-3000 mm of annual rainfall. The plot is 5.96 ha. It is a 400 m x 100 m rectangle with a 140 m x 140 m square contiguous to the left side of the southernmost hectare. A canopy research crane belonging to the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute is situated in the center of this 140 m x 140 m square. The northernmost hectare of this plot is in young forest approximately 30 years old. The Sherman plot has been censused 4 times: 1996 late 1997 to early 1998 1999 and 2009. All free-standing woody plants with stem diameter 1 cm or above at breast height were tagged measured mapped and identified to species. Forest census data from a 5.96-hectare permanent tree plot in San Lorenzo National Park in tropical moist forest on the Caribbean side of the Panama Canal (1996-1999) Forest census data from a 5.96-hectare permanent tree plot in San Lorenzo National Park in tropical moist forest on the Caribbean side of the Panama Canal (1996-1999) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Using the file Abundance of all tree species in the entire plot 1996-1998 (saplings and trees)2. Removed species with abundance =0 for each yearFM - changed sampleDesc from Year to Year value - Year<-1996 etc. FM 27.03.2018 - updated several species names as per author (R. Condit) instructions and added further data for 2009 (previously not available),Feb-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year
242,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Northern temperate forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Understory vascular plants (tree seedlings herbs and shrubs),Lac Croche understory vegetation data set (1998 to 2006),A,N,7,1998,2006,45.993278,-74.001571,12,298,43,1030,43 permanent 400-m2?plots,4.00E-04,0.1758648,Alain Paquette,,alain.paquette@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E088/197/default.htm#data,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"Abstract: The Lac Croche data set covers a nine-year period (1998?2006) of detailed understory vegetation sampling of a temperate North American forest located in the Station de Biologie des Laurentides (SBL) Qu?bec Canada. After having been submitted to logging in the late 19th and early 20th centuries followed by a major fire in 1923 the forest is currently in a transition state dominated by pioneer canopy tree species. The sampling design is based on the annual re-sampling of 43 permanent 400-m2 plots along five transects running parallel to an elevation gradient from a lake (Lac Croche) to the top of a hill. Abundances of all understory vascular plants (tree seedlings herbs and shrubs) are included in the data set and are expressed either as absolute densities or cover classes depending on life form. The location and elevation of each plot as well as some key environmenatl descriptors such as slope rockiness canopy openness age of the largest tree basal area of mature trees and a number of soil variables are also available. The Lac Croche data set should prove useful for testing hypotheses about forest vegetation dynamics at different sacles as well as to test new statistical tools developed for the analysis of the spatio-temporal variation of plant distributions. Sampling is ongoing and new data will be added every year   ________    Site description: The study site is located within the SBL (Fig. 1) which is located north of Montr?al in St-Hippolyte Qu?bec Canada. The SBL was acquired in 1963 by the D?partement des Sciences biologiques (Universit? de Montr?al) as a long-term research facility. Located at the foot of the Laurentides geological formation (part of the Canadian Shield) it is part of the sugar maple - yellow birch ecological region. The territory is mostly forested with several lakes and bogs typical of the region. The SBL (46?58? ? 46?01?N 73?57? - 74?01?W) covers 16.5 km2 of mountainous irregular ground with much evidence of the Wisconsinian glaciation (e.g. erratic boulders). Bedrock is primarily composed of anorthosite. Altitude varies from 270m to 450m. Mean annual temperature is 3.9?C and annual precipitations average 1153 mm of which 26% falls as snow (1970-2000 averages; SIMAT 2000). While the climax forest type on mesic sites in the region is typically Acer saccharum - Betula alleghaniensis forest a large number of mesic sites are currently in transition states that are dominated by A. rubrum and pioneer tree species such as B. papyrifera and Populus grandidentata (Savage 2001). This is likely due to perturbations such as logging episodes early in the 19th and 20th century as well as a fire which occurred in 1923 (Lortie 1979). Conifers are dominant on hydric and xeric sites. On August 1st 2006 a windstorm with 100 km/h winds created gaps in the canopy where patches of large pioneer species were still present.Sampling design: The data were collected during a plant ecology field course (BIO3753) given each summer in mid-August by the D?partement de sciences biologiques Universit? de Montr?al. Five permanent transects were established in 1998 at the north-eastern tip of Lac Croche (Fig. 1). Transects are separated by about 50 m. The transects which run more or less parallel to each other at an azimuth of 074? start at the edge of the lake and follow an elevation gradient uphill. Along the transects 43 permanent plots were established (1998) approximately every 50 m. Their location is marked by permanent steel rods in their center. Plots are 20 ? 20 m (400 m2). Sampling of the Lac Croche transects takes approximately three days to complete; the dates given in the data set is that of the first sampling day each year.Within each plot the cover of herbaceous and shrub species was assessed every year usinga modified Braun-Blanquet (1932)semi-quantitative cover scale (Table 1) (Barbour et al. 1999). Tree seedlings (DBH < 1 cm) were also inventoried within two classes according to height (smaller or taller than 30 cm) (Table 2) using ten 1 m x 1 m sub-plots that were established every 2 m along the center of each plot following the transect axis. Within each sub-plot all tree seedlings were counted and identified to species. Data from those ten sub-plots were then pooled and multiplied by 40 to give an estimate of tree seedling abundance over the whole 400 m2 plot. In 1998 2000 and 2001 the two classes of seedlings were joined. Tree seedlings were not inventoried in 1999.A number of abiotic and biotic environmental variables were also evaluated. In 2005 all mature trees (DBH > 10 cm) were identified to species and their diameter at breast height (DBH) measured. The total basal area (BA) per species was then calculated for each plot. A pedon was dug just outside each plot (in order not to disturb the area for subsequent years). From this pedon the following edaphic variables were evaluated: thickness of the organic (O) horizon thickness of horizon A presence of eluviation (E horizon) (Soil Survey Division Staff 1993) and maximum root depth. Pedons were as deep as necessary to collect all variables. Slope was measured using a clinometer (PM-5 model Suunto Vantaa Finland) and slope orientation was measured using a compass. Slope shape was judged on a qualitative scale (concave convex or regular). Surface rockiness (including exposed bedrock) was evaluated on the modified Braun-Blanquet cover scale (Table 1). Canopy openness was measured with Gap Light Analyzer (Frazer et al. 2000) from hemispherical photographs of the canopy taken in the middle of each plot at one meter above ground. Geographic coordinates as well as elevation were measured with a differential GPS receiver (Trimble Navigation Ltd. Sunnyvale CA USA) with estimated 2-m accuracy. Abundances of all understory vascular plants (tree seedlings herbs and shrubs) annual re-sampling of 43 permanent 400-m2 plots Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Removed species with abundance = -9992. Kept Picea mariana / P. rubensas Picea sp.,Feb-16,Count,NA,transect_plot_date
243,Terrestrial,Temperate,TRUE,C-Control F-Fertilized,N-fertilized vegetation plots,NA,Barrier Island,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Dune vegetation,Long-term N-fertilized vegetation plots on Hog Island Virginia Coastal Barrier Islands 1992 to 2014,AB,N,22,1992,2014,37.446634,-75.667464,51,2640,4,8508,4 sites 5 x 5m 28 plots,2.50E-05,0.017999,Frank Day,,fday@odu.edu,,ODbL,http://www.vcrlter.virginia.edu/cgi-bin/showDataset.cgi?docid=knb-lter-vcr.106,Virginia Coast Reserve Long-Term Ecological Research,"This dataset contains results from a long-term fertilization study on the dunes of Hog Island Virginia.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Cover",Dunes,NA,1. Removed species with abundance blank2. There some records with species code (JUVIand TORA)3. Biomass data is cover; some records had sps count=0 but cover info these were not included4. 264 entries without lat/long information (blank)5. There is a treatment of N-fertilized plots ? this is denoted as Cand Fin the samplesFM - gave the null lat/longs central coords of lat = 37.44663 and long = -75.6675 and deleted 19 zero biomass records,Feb-16,Count,Cover,year_site_treat_plot_subplot
245,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Estuarine,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Diadromous fishes,Migratory Fishes in the river Scheldt Trekvis,A,N,4,2007,2010,51.058813,4.265099,49,415,42,2253,intertidal fyke nets traps placed 24 hours,0,7696.373026,Maarten Stevens,,maarten.stevens@inbo.be,,CC0,https://www.inbo.be/en,Research Institute for Nature and Forest (INBO),"In the context of the Trekvis migratory fish project fykes are placed at a few locations in the river Scheldt and among the most important fish migration bottlenecks in the basin of the Scheldt. Every month traps placed 24 hours later retrieved. All fish are determinatie measured and weighed. Geographic Coverage: The Scheldt (Dutch Schelde French Escaut) is a 350 km long river in northern France western Belgium and the southwestern part of the Netherlands. Its name is derived from an adjective corresponding to Old English sceald shallow Modern English shoal Low German schol Frisian skol and Swedish sk?ll thin. Bounding Coordinates:  50.58 51.51 / 2.81 4.58 (min max Latitude / min max Longitude)   Taxonomic Coverage: All species in this dataset are fishes (Actinopterygii Cephalaspidomorphi) except for the Chinese mitten crab (Eriocheir sinensis) which is an invasive arthropod and the common littoral crab (Carcinus maenas). The top 3 recorded species are Rutilus rutilus (27%) Gobio gobio (10%) and Anguilla anguilla (7%).         Sampling Methods: The three sampling methods that were applied in this project (cooling water intertidal and subtidal fykes) proved to be complementary and each are useful to describe a different aspect of the migration of diadromous fishes. The volunteer network (intertidal fykes) has a high temporal and spatial resolution. Especially the catadromous species that use the estuary as a foraging and nursery area were caught in the intertidal fyke nets. Subadult shads and downstream migrating juvenile lampreys were only caught in the cooling water of the powerplant of Doel. In addition the fish monitoring of the cooling water in Doel started in 1991 which allows us to investigate long-term trends. The subtidal fyke nets that were deployed underneath the migration barriers proved to be efficient in catching the fishes during their spawning run. During their upstream migration anadromous fishes accumulate underneath the barriers where they can be caught in large numbers. migration of diadromous fishes data from the river Scheldt Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Sites,NA,1. Removed records for Arthropoda2. Kept Gasterosteus aculeatus f. leiurusGasterosteus aculeatus f. semiarmatusand Gasterosteus aculeatus f. trachurusas Gasterosteus aculeatus; Salmo trutta farioas Salmo trutta,Feb-16,Count,NA,lat_long_eventDate
246,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Marine fish,Long-term monitoring dataset of fish assemblages impinged at nuclear power plants in northern Taiwan,A,N,15,2000,2014,25.244306,121.624306,335,339,2,3722,NA,0,0.0277758,Kwang-Tsao Shao,,zoskt@gate.sinica.edu.tw,,CC-by,http://datadryad.org/resource/doi:10.5061/dryad.m777t,Dryad,"The impinged fish community data were collected from the 1st Nuclear Power Plant at Shihmen (25? 17_9_ N. 121? 35_ 10_ E) and the 2nd Nuclear Power Plant at Yehliu (25? 12_ 10_ N. 121? 39_ 45_ E) which isabout 17 km apart eastward from the 1st. Both plants are situated on the northern coast of Taiwan(Fig. 1). The average generating capacity and the combined water flow velocity of the first plant is4.680 J and 69 m3 s _ 1. and those of the second plant is 7.056 J and 80 m3 s _ 1. There was no change inoperation that can result in significant changes in the pumped volume. so the combined water flow wasconstant over years. However. each generator was shut down for maintenance in turn for about onemonth during winter to spring seasons. which causes the combined water flow velocity to decrease 50%.The sample was collected in opportune days in order to avoid sampling during the maintenance period.Over 6.000.000 m3 of water. taken from the near-shore waters off northeastern Taiwan. was used monthlyby these two nuclear power plants.The intake of the first plant was built on a straighter shoreline than that of the second plant. which islocated in an open bay along the Yehliu Cape. The sea floors around both intakes are a mixture of coral reefs. gravel. large boulders and sandy patches. From July 1987 to April 1990 and from September 2000 toDecember 2014 (except for December in 2006 and 2007 at both plants. and January 2007 at the 1st plant).fish samples were collected monthly from the intake screens at both plants for 24 h (from 9 AM to 9 AM)on the date chosen by a systematic sampling method14. The mesh size of the intake screen is20.32 cm _ 10.16 cm. An oblique bar screen in front of the spur rack was used to prevent heavy debrissuch as logs. Debris and fishes that were washed off the traveling screens by operating the rotatorymachine only when the transported material had accumulated to a certain amount. The impingedmaterial and fish on the 1 cm_ 1 cm mesh (fish smaller than this size. i.e.. fish eggs and larval fishes. maypass through and become entrained) were flushed into a sluice-way and collected in a trash basketsuspended outside the pumping house. The waters was returned to the intake bay through the dischargesluice-way. All the fish collected were brought back to the laboratory for sorting. identification andcounting. The fish were identified by Doctor Kwang-Tsao Shao and the senior laboratory members usingplenty of handbooks of field guide and identification keys. Sampling method and species identificationprocess was constant over years.The samples collected up to April 1990 were recorded as presence-absence data only. From September2000 on. the samples were recorded quantitatively. i.e.. the number of fish of each species was recorded.As the geographical features of the two intakes are similar to each other. we may treat the monthlysamples from both intakes as two replicates. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Waterflow sampling,NA,Data were obtained as Species by Time matrix and converted into biotime format in R,Feb-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year
247,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton survey of Oneida Lake New York 1964 to present,AB,N,32,1975,2006,43.196619,-75.919813,31,4047,6,30307,0.2m2 x 0.2m2,4.00E-07,207,Lars Rudstam,Kristen Holeck,lgr1@cornell.edu,kth1@cornell.edu,ODbL,https://ecommons.cornell.edu/handle/1813/11213,eCommons at Cornell University,"Zooplankton samples were collected at variable intervals throughout the year from 1964 to 1974 at the Shackelton Point site and atweekly intervals from 1975 to the end of the data series during May - October. and from November - April as weather permitted. at 1to 6 sites. The main site used was Shackelton Point. Because one site (Billington Bay) was only sampled some years. it is notincluded in the weekly average table. This table averages data taken from five sites (Shackelton Point. Buoy 109. 117 and 125. andThree Mile Bay) collected during the same sampling week. Sampling week is identified with a number that in most cases is the sameas the week number of the year. On a small number of occasions. a sampling was conducted on a Friday to Sunday for the followingweek. The net used was a 153-um mesh nylon net (0.5 m diameter) towed vertically from 0.5 m off the sediment surface to the watersurface. The efficiency of the net was measured with flow meters from 1999 to present. If flow meter readings indicate a malfunctionor human error (efficiencies below 50% and above 125%) and when no flow meter was used. we assumed an efficiency of 87.4%(average of the 1999 to 2010 sampling period 87.4% SD 9.5%. N=1655). Flow meters were calibrated each year. When flow meterswere not available. volume strained was calculated as[Vol Strained] = [Tow Depth] * pi()*0.25^2*0.874Samples were preserved in 8 % sugar-formalin solution (1964-1996) or 70 % ethyl alcohol (1997-present). Samples are stored at theCornell Biological Field Station.Crustacean zooplankton were counted (1964-1974) and counted and measured (1975-end of data series) using a dissectingmicroscope (1964-1982). a touch screen-caliper setup with computer-assisted plankton analysis system (1983-1997) (WSAM.Hambright and Fridman 1994) or a digitizing tablet and microscope (1998-end of the data series). For each sample. a 1-mLsub-sample was drawn with a calibrated Hensen-Stempel pipette or large-bore calibrated automatic pipette and all crustaceanscounted and measured (since 1975). Additional sub-samples were drawn until a minimum of 100 animals were counted andmeasured from each sample. From 1964 to 1979. three such subsamples were counted and averaged. Gamble et al. (2006)compiled the data from 1975 to 1997 for a study on biomass size spectrum and re-measured historic samples from 1975 when onlyDaphnia were measured. Unrealistic length measurements sometimes substantially (for small cladocerans) outside acceptedmaximum lengths occurred on a small number of occasions and were assumed to be in error. They were replaced by the modallength for small cladocerans and the maximum accepted length for other species [25 of 39398 Bosmina. 146 of 28882 Chydorus. 16of 7035 Diaphanosoma. 8 of 22767 Eubosmina. 4 of 77932 Diacyclops and 82 of 61208 nauplii] Biomass for individual species wascalculated using length-weight regressions based mainly on Bottrell et al. (1976) and summarized in Watkins et al. (2011).Length-weight parameters are included in the taxa table. For years without length measurements (1964 to 1974 and 1978). thebiomass is estimated from the average weight of the species or species group calculated for the time period 1975 to 1981 and givenin the taxa table. Taxonomic detail varies over time. For the period 1964 to 1974 all crustacean were categorized in 10 speciesgroups: Bosmina. Ceriodaphnia. Chydorus. Daphnia pulicaria. D. mendotae. D. retrocurva. Leptodora. Diaphanosoma. calanoidcopepods and cyclopoid copepods. Nauplii were excluded in 1964-74. Information on the taxonomic details is in the taxa table.Copepod nauplii were counted since 1975 but not identified to group. Nauplii are underestimated due to the large mesh size (153_m).Rotifers and zebra mussel veligers are not included in this data set. More information regarding specifics of data collection isavailable from the data package contact. Individual length data can be requested from the data package contact for the post 1998time period. Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = DryBiomass",Sites,NA,FM - deleted zero abundances,Feb-16,Density,Weight,date_lat_long
248,Terrestrial,Temperate,TRUE,Unclipped_Control,Data are from warming experiment control are non-warmed and unclipped are unmanipulated plots. ,,Grassland,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Grassland plants,Evidence for long-term shift in plant community composition under decadal experimental warming,A,N,13,2000,2012,43.833333,-102.166667,95,78,1,1032,NA,4.00E-06,5.50E-06,Zheng Shi,,zheng.shi@ou.edu,,CC0,http://datadryad.org/resource/doi:10.5061/dryad.1v339?show=full,Dryad,"The experiment was conducted in a tallgrass prairie on the KesslerFarm Field Laboratory in Oklahoma. USA (34?590N. 97?310W). Thestudy site was neither cultivated nor grazed by large herbivores forthe past 40 years prior to the start of the experiment. Species abundance was estimated at peak biomass in August from2000 to 2013. We measured species abundance using the point-quadratmethod. From 2000 to 2004. a grid frame (1 m 9 0.5 m) with 36points was placed once in the centre of each subplot. The plant speciestouched by a pin placed at each point on the grid was recordedas one hit. Beginning in 2005. community assessment was combinedwith the pin-contact method. Ten pins. 5 cm apart between any adjacenttwo pins. were held at a 60? angle in a frame placed in each subplotfour times (once in each of the four cardinal directions). and pinscould be raised within the frame to count hits up to 1 m high. Onehit was recorded for each species if they touched any part of the pins.and species having no contact with any of the pins was recorded asone hit. Yearly estimation of abundance at peak biomass in august.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Point quadrats,NA,Abundance type is RelativeAbundance ,Feb-16,Count,NA,plot_lat_long_year
249,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Insects specifically Coleoptera and Lepidoptera,Resource specialists lead local insect community turnover associated with temperature - analysis of an 18-year full-seasonal record of moths and beetles,A,N,24,1992,2009,55.702512,12.558956,1534,577,1,44069,NA,0,7.10E-06,Peter Jorgensen,Philip Thomsen,PSJorgensen@bio.ke.dk,,CC0,http://datadryad.org/resource/doi:10.5061/dryad.s4945?show=full,Dryad,"A modified Robinson light trap was installed 17 5 m aboveground at the roof of the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen.Denmark (N 55 702512?. E 12  558956?). A 250 W mercuryvapour bulb was used as light source. In the trap. 1.1.2.2-tetrachlorethanewas used as killing agent. The trap was emptied onan approximately weekly basis and was active from April?November 1992?2009. All individual records of Lepidopteraand Coleoptera were collected. identified to species level andcounted yielding qualitative (species) and quantitative (numberof individuals within each species) data for the entire study period.All handling and identification of material was carried outconsistently throughout the entire period by the same three persons:for Lepidoptera (OK) and Coleoptera (initiated by thelate Dr. Michael Hansen and completed by JP). The final dataset was subjected to a thorough quality check. and the fewrecords (<20 individual records) that could not be accountedfor by comparison of collection periods were discarded. Weexcluded the first (1992) and the last year (2009) of the dataset to minimize start-up effects (operating the trap in a standardizedmanner comparable to the remainder of the study period)and influence from alteration of the local habitat in 2009.Furthermore. in 1992 and 2009 the trap was not active in theentire season. To account for variation in sampling intervals.we grouped the data set into standardized 10-day periods thefirst starting on 1st of January (Julian Day 1) and the last periodending on December 26 (Julian Day 360). The 10-day intervalis slightly longer than the mean sampling interval of7 days Quantitative light trapping of 1543 moth and beetle species from 1992 - 2009 Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Light traps,NA,Counts are aggregated over a 10 day period throughout the year. Dates in dataframe are median date  between when light trap is set up and light trap is examined. FM - deleted zero abundances,Feb-16,Count,NA,date_lat_long
252,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,MARMAP Blackfish Trap Survey 1990-2009,AB,N,13,1977,1989,32.453878,-78.968171,48,1422,218,4692,,0,45701.35866,Marcel Reichert,,reichertm@dnr.sc.gov,,CC-by,http://www2.usgs.gov/obis-usa/search/?datasetid=MARMAP_BlackfishSurvey,OBIS (Ocean Biogeographic Information System) - OBIS USA (MARMAP),"Abundance and biomass of fish species collected during the day from 1977 to 1989 off the coast of the southeastern United States (Cape Fear. NC to Cape Canaveral. FL).Blackfish traps were set on live-bottom reef areas at depths < 50 m. Blackfish trap were nearly cubic (0.6 m x 0.6 m x 0.5 m; 0.16 m3 volume) and constructed of 38-mm (1.5-inch) octagonal mesh (chicken wire). Each trap consisted of two entrances (0.13 m diameter. 0.09 m length) and one bait well (0.10 m diameter. 0.25 m length). Each trap was soaked between 90 and 120 minutes. Purpose A summary of why the data was collected.For thirty years. the Marine Resources Research Institute (MRRI) at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources (SCDNR). through the Marine Resources Monitoring. Assessment and Prediction (MARMAP) program. has conducted fisheries-independent research on groundfish. reef fish. ichthyoplankton. and coastal pelagic fishes within the region between Cape Lookout. North Carolina. and Ft Pierce. Florida. The overall mission of the program has been to determine distribution. relative abundance. and critical habitat of economically and ecologically important fishes of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB). and to relate these features to environmental factors and exploitation activities. Research toward fulfilling these goals has included trawl surveys (from 6-350 m depth); ichthyoplankton surveys; location and mapping of reef habitat; sampling of reefs throughout the SAB; life history and population studies of priority species; tagging studies of commercially important species and special studies directed at specific management problems in the region. Survey work has also provided a monitoring program that has allowed the standardized sampling of fish populations over time and development of an historical base for future comparisons of long-term trends.Annual MARMAP cruises to assess relative abundance of reef fishes in the sponge-coral and shelf edge (live bottom) habitats of the South Atlantic Bight (SAB) have been conducted since 1978. MARMAP currently samples natural live bottom habitat from Cape Lookout. NC to the Ft. Pierce area. FL. The current main MARMAP objectives are to:(1) Sample reef fishes in the snapper-grouper complex at using a variety of gears in live bottom. rocky outcrop. high relief. and mud bottom habitats.(2) Collect detailed data for time series description of species for annual composition and relative abundance.(3) Obtain population characteristics on fish species of interest through life history information analysis. including age and growth. sex ratio. size and age of sexual maturation and transition. spawning season. fecundity. and diet. Priorities are dictated by the SEDAR schedule and other management considerations.(4) Collect hydrographic data (e.g. depth. temperature. salinity. etc.) for comparison to fish abundance and composition indices.(5) Collect DNA samples from selected fish species for stock identification.(6) Expand sampling area in North Carolina and south Florida as well as reconnoiter new live bottom areas with underwater video (UWTV) to add to the MARMAP site database. Abundance and biomass of fish species collected from 1977 to 1989 off the coast of the southeastern United States (Cape Fear. NC to Cape Canaveral. FL). Blackfish traps were set on live-bottom reef areas at depths < 50 m. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AggregatedWeight",Traps,NA,1.?Checked family list in taxsize: getclasstax<- tax_name(spslist. get=class.db=itis),May-16,Count,Weight,date_lat_long_minDepth_m
253,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplankton,North Temperate Lakes LTER Zooplankton - Trout Lake Area 1982 - current,A,N,29,1986,2014,46.021392,-89.652932,133,1748,7,30750,,0,50.3684383,NTL LTER Information Manager,NTL LTER Lead PI,infomgr@lter.limnology.wisc.edu,leadpi@lter.limnology.wisc.edu,CC-by,https://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/dataset/north-temperate-lakes-lter-zooplankton-trout-lake-area-1982-current,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"Zooplankton samples are collected from the seven primary northern lakes (Allequash. Big Muskellunge. Crystal. Sparkling. and Trout lakes and bog lakes 27-02 [Crystal Bog]. and 12-15 [Trout Bog]) at two to nine depths using a 2 m long Schindler Patalas trap (53um mesh) and with vertical tows (1 m above the bottom of the lake to the surface) using a Wisconsin net (80um mesh). Zooplankton samples are preserved in buffered formalin (up until the year 2000) or 80% ethanol (2001 onwards) and archived. Data are summed over sex and stage and integrated volumetrically over the water column to provide a lake-wide estimate of organisms per liter for each species. A minimum of 5 samples per lake-year are identified and counted. Sampling Frequency: fortnightly during ice-free season - every 6 weeks during ice-covered season Number of sites: 7   -------- Methods: Sample Collection: Schindler-Patalas TrapFor LTER lakes use the 2-meter high. 45L Schindler-Patalas trap with 53um mesh net and cup. The volume of the trap used should be indicated on the Volume by Weight form.Collect samples from the target depths at the deep sampling station in each lake. Sample depths are measured from the middle of the trap.Target Depths:TR: 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 15. 20. 27. 31 metersCRorBM: 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 11. 13. 15. 18 metersSP: 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 11. 13. 15. 17 metersALorTB: 1. 3. 6 metersCB: 1 meterTake samples starting at the surface and working down. Lower the trap slowly so that it remains vertical in the water. Pause at the target depth long enough to allow both trap doors to close completely. and check when it reaches the surface that both did close. Drain the trap through the net and cup. swirling the cup until the liquid level is below the mesh windows. Remove the cup from the net and pull out the center pin to drain the sample into jar. then rinse cup and pin several times with 95percent EtOH into the sample jar.Sample Collection: Wisconsin NetLower the net to the bottom sample depth. Pull it up slowly. at a rate of about 3 seconds per meter. A slow haul prevents the net from pushing water and plankton away from the mouth of the net. Drain the cup until the water level is below the lower window. then pour contents into the sample jar. Rinse the cup with 95percent EtOH several times. adding the rinse to the sample jar.Hypsometric PoolingRationale and DefinitionIn March 1986 the LTER Zooplankton Group decided to pool the discrete depth Schindler Patalas trap samples into one pooled sample per lake-date for counting. Counting pooled samples rather than all of the depth samples reduces the time to produce zooplankton count data. The group hoped to count pooled samples from the entire backlog of uncounted samples and eventually to count samples shortly after collection.Samples are pooled considering lake hypsometry and. therefore. represent the entire lake. Previously. unpooled samples (2-9 samples per lake-date) or samples pooled considering only a water column were counted. Hypsometric pooling allows us to consider the zooplankton community as representing the entire lake. as our other limnological methods do. instead of just a column of water.Lake hypsometry is a three dimensional image of a lake or basin. In a simplified example of hypsometry. a lake is similar to a cone filled with water. If the cone were divided into three layers by two equidistant horizontal planes. the volumes in those layers would be very different from each other. The uppermost layer would contain the most water. Similarly. the upper depths typically contain most of the volume of a lake.Pooling is the creation of a new sample from subsamples of the Schindler trap samples collected from one lake-date. The volume of each subsample used to make the pooled sample reflects the depth range the sample represents and the volume of water that range represents relative to the entire lake volume. Samples pooled in this manner are called HP samples. for hypsometrically pooled. and are referred to as volume weighted because the volume of lake water each depth sample represents determines the subsample size.In sum. the advantages to this method of pooling are quicker turnover time and representation of the entire lake in a volume weighted fashion. Disadvantages of this method include the time required to pool subsamples. errors introduced during pooling. and the loss of more specific depth information.Pooling ProcedureAllow the sample jars to air dry for a day or two. Weigh the Wisconsin Net sample and record the weight on the Volume by Weight form. Mark the liquid level on the jar with a Sharpee brand permanent marker.Add 95percent EtOH to each Schindler trap sample to bring liquid volume up to a weight of 105g. measured by weighing the sample jar with lid on the balance. If sample jars already contain more than 105g of liquid. allow some of the volume to evaporate in the hood. and then bring up to 105g. Record the final weight of jar plus sample plus EtOH on the Volume by Weight form.Calculate the subsample volumes. called target volumes. using the hypsometric table for each lake. Record these volumes on the Volume by Weight form.Mix the first sample gently and thoroughly by tilting the jar from side to side. Measure the target volume into a plastic graduated cylinder. Pour the subsample quickly and smoothly because the plankton settle out quite rapidly. Choose the smallest size graduated cylinder that can measure the target volume in one aliquot. Add the subsample to the labeled HP jar. Repeat with all other depth samples. When all of the subsamples have been added to the HP sample. rinse each graduated cylinder into the HP jar with several small volumes of EtOH.Place the HP sample in the hood to evaporate the excess volume of EtOH. The final weight of the HP sample should be 105g. Mark the liquid level on the jar with a Sharpee brand permanent marker. If the samples are from the August quarterly. pour the remainder of each Schindler sample into a labeled jar for archival. For all other sample dates. discard what is left of the Schindler samples. Rinse and air dry the field sample jars.Sample Storage and Record KeepingStore samples in cardboard records boxes obtained from UW Stores. storing samples from each lake in a separate box. Approximately one year of samples will fit in one box. Fill out the forms for each sample and sample box. as noted below.Box Inventory Form: A record of box contents. It remains in the sample storage box.Volume by Weight Form: A record of samples collected for any one lake-date and their volumes. storage box number. and history of sample usage. Filed in 3-ring binders. one copy at the Zoology Museum and one copy with Corinna Gries.Samples Stored Form: A record of all samples collected and storage box number for each. Current forms are kept in a binder at Trout Lake; archived forms are kept in the UW Zoology Museum. The data are eventually entered into the electronic LTER Museum Catalog.When boxes become full. check the contents against the Inventory Form and Samples Stored Form. and transfer them to the sample storage room in the garage. LTER samples and related paperwork are eventually transferred to the Zoology Museum at UW-Madison.Zooplankton CountingBefore removing a subsample from any zooplankton sample jar. weigh the sample to check for evaporation. If the weight is within 0.1 gram of the last weight recorded on the Volume by Weight sheet. no fluid replacement is necessary. If the weight is more than 0.1 gram low. add 95percent EtOH to the sample to bring it up to the correct volume.Mix the sample well by turning the jar on its side and tipping back and forth gently. We use a Hensen-Stempel pipet with a 5-ml plunger for subsampling zooplankton samples. After mixing the sample. take the subsample as quickly as possible to avoid biasing the subsample as organisms begin to sink. There should be no air bubbles inside the Hensen-Stempel pipet. If there are. replace the subsample into the jar. completely dry the pipet. and begin again with the mixing. When you have a bubble-free subsample. dry the outside of the pipet and dispense the subsample into a cup with 53µ mesh bottom. Rinse the pipet into the cup with RO water. and continue rinsing the sample in the cup. washing the ethanol out of the sample through the mesh. Rinse the subsample into the counting tray with RO water. washing the mesh thoroughly to transfer all organisms into the tray.After removing subsample(s) from the jar. weigh the sample jar. and record this weight in a new column of the Volume by Weight form. Record the balance used. your initials. and the date at the top of the column. and add a column header such as Column C minus subsamples removed for counting . Do not put the subsample back into the sample jar after counting. Mark the new liquid level on the jar with a permanent marker. Replace the sample jar into the proper storage box.Count copepods and cladocerans first. identifying individuals to species wherever possible. and staging all copepodids. Measure a subset of each species. Then add a few drops of Lugol s solution to the subsample to stain it. and count the rotifers and nauplii. Count two subsamples for copepods and cladocerans. Count one subsample for rotifers and nauplii. If there are less than 100 of the dominant rotifer in one subsample. count a second subsample for rotifers and nauplii. Add milli-RO water to the tray as necessary to keep the surface of the subsample level. If the surface becomes concave as the subsample evaporates. it is difficult to focus clearly. and measurements may become distorted.Count all eggs attached to any species. For copepods and cladocerans. keep track of the number of individuals with eggs as well as the total number of eggs. Total number of eggs is sufficient for rotifers.Measurements are done as follows: Measure copepods from the tip of the head to the end of the urosome. excluding the caudal rami. Measure cladocerans from the tip of the head to the posterior of the carapace. excluding tailspine. However. measure helmeted Daphnia species from the anterior edge of the eye to the posterior of the carapace.Rotifers are not routinely measured. but where they have been. the total body length excluding spines is measured. Body width rather than length is measured for Conochilus. Conochiloides. and Collotheca.Describe. measure. and draw any unknown species on a separate sheet of paper. If possible. take a photograph of the unknown.All records from 1981-1989 were modified in March 2015 to correct an error in how density had been calculated. Density values in many cases are significantly reduced. Densities are contained in three database tables. The original data is in dbmaker.zoop_raw; an intermediate table is dbmaker.zoop_all_density; and the final table (the one this website extracts density from) is dbmaker.zoop_allnl_summary_snap. Density values are modified from the original to final tables as they are summed or averaged over other variables (sample depth. replicate. and sex stage). The table that was corrected in this case is dbmaker.zoop_all_density. The correction algorithm is as follows: Records from dbmaker.zoop_raw are first grouped to isolate each unique 3-tuple of lake. sample date. and species. Each group is subsequently treated independently. Multiplying the fields 'hp_factor' and 'no_per_l' results in a density value for that record. Density values are then summed within each unique replicate (sex stage is what varies within a replicate). These resultant sums are then averaged over all replicates. giving a density value for each lake. sample date. species. and depth combination. The result is written into field 'number_per_liter' in table dbmaker.zoop_all_density. Densities are subsequently summed over depth before being provided via the website. Records after 1989 were already valid and did not require any modification. Zooplankton density (pooled samples per lake) collected in 4 North Temperate Lakes. USA Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA,1. Using only records from 1986 onwards ? authors decided to pool samples collected at different depths2. Data is density = number per litre summed over sex and stage and volumetrically integrated over the water column3. Removed records with density=04. Removed 103 records with density blank5. There are 218 records with species blank but with density measurements ? different sps code (and different than UNIDENTIFIED) ? considered as UNKNOWN6.  KERATELLA COCHLEARIS F. TECTA. PARACYCLOPS FIMBRIATUS POPPEI. TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS MEXICANUS ? kept as KERATELLA COCHLEARIS. PARACYCLOPS FIMBRIATUS and TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS7. UNKNOWN EGG-SHAPED ROTIFER kept as UNKNOWN ROTIFER28. Lat/Long information are for the lakes ? not each sample9. Considering station as plot,May-16,Count,NA,lakeid_sampleDate_station
254,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater plants,Phytoplankton,North Temperate Lakes LTER Phytoplankton - Madison Lakes Area 1995 - current,AB,N,20,1995,2014,43.08111,-89.383155,374,585,2,12652,,0,0.0173698,NTL LTER Information Manager,NTL LTER Lead PI,infomgr@lter.limnology.wisc.edu,leadpi@lter.limnology.wisc.edu,CC-by,https://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/dataset/north-temperate-lakes-lter-phytoplankton-madison-lakes-area-1995-current,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"Phytoplankton samples for the 4 southern Wisconsin LTER lakes (Mendota. Monona. Wingra. Fish) have been collected for analysis by LTER since 1995 (1996 Wingra. Fish) when the southern Wisconsin lakes were added to the North Temperate Lakes LTER project. Samples are collected as a composite whole-water sample and are preserved in gluteraldehyde. Composite sample depths are 0-8 meters for Lake Mendota (to conform to samples collected and analyzed since 1990 for a UW/DNR food web research study). and 0-2 meters for the other three lakes. A tube sampler is used for the 0-8 m Lake Mendota samples; samples for the other lakes are obtained by collecting water at 1-meter intervals using a Kemmerer water sampler and compositing the samples in a bucket. Samples are taken in the deep hole region of each lake at the same time and location as other limnological sampling. Phytoplankton samples are analyzed by PhycoTech. Inc.. a private lab specializing in phytoplankton analyses (see data protocol for procedures). Samples for Wingra and Fish lakes are archived but not routinely counted. Permanent slide mounts (3 per sample) are prepared for all analyzed Mendota and Monona samples as well as 6 samples per year for Wingra and Fish; the slide mounts are archived at the University of Wisconsin - Madison Zoology Museum. Phytoplankton are identified to species using an inverted microscope (Utermohl technique) and are reported as natural unit (i.e.. colonies. filaments. or single cells) densities per mL. cell densities per mL. and algal biovolume densities per mL. Multiple entries for the same species on the same date may be due to different variants or vegetative states - (e.g.. colonial or attached vs. free cell.) Biovolumes for individual cells of each species are determined during the counting procedure by obtaining cell measurements needed to calculate volumes for geometric solids (e.g.. cylinders. spheres. truncated cones) corresponding to actual cell shapes. Biovolume concentrations are then computed by mulitplying the average cell biovolume by the cell densities in the water sample. Note that one million cubicMicrometers of biovolume PerMilliliter of water are equal to a biovolume concentration of one cubicMillimeterPerMilliliter. Assuming a cell density equal to water. a cubicMillimeterPerMilliliter of biovolume converts to a biomass concentration of one milligramPerLiter. Sampling Frequency: bi-weekly during ice-free season from late March or early April through early September. then every 4 weeks through late November; sampling is conducted usually once during the winter (depending on ice conditions). Number of sites: 4Several taxonomic updates have been made to this dataset February 2013. see methods for details. Phytoplankton samples for the 4 southern Wisconsin LTER lakes - Samples are collected as a composite whole-water sample and are preserved in gluteraldehyde Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = AggregatedWeight",Phytoplankton samples,NA,1. Using data for two lakes only (Mendota & Monona) because the sampling for the other two only occurred in one year/or some years2. Lat/Long information are for the lakes ? not each sample3. Correct the depth values (2= 0-2m; 8 = 0-8m = 0-8m. underp)4. Abundance used is cells per millilitre; Biomass used is biomass concentration = milligramPerLiter5. Corrected Botryococcus braunii (single). Chlamydomonas (palmeloid stage). Cyclotella cf ocellata; Entomoneis cf ornata; Lobomonas cf verrucosa; Navicula cf lacunolaciniata; Raphidiopsis cf mediterranea6. Kept Cocconeis placentula var. lineata as Cocconeis placentula; same for Coelastrum reticulatum var. duplex. Closterium gracile tenue; Cyclotella sp1 == Cyclotella sp. 1; Fragilaria capucina capicina. Fragilaria capucina subsp. rumpens. Fragilaria capucina var. vaucheriae; Gymnodinium sp1 == Gymnodinium sp. 1 AND Gymnodinium sp2 AND Gymnodinium sp3; Lyngbya lagerheimia var. minor; Pediastrum boryanum var. longicorne; Rhodomonas minuta var. nannoplanctica; Scenedesmus opoliensis var. carinatus; Scenedesmus quadricauda var. longispina; Scenedesmus quadricauda var. quadrispina. Synechococcus sp1 == Synechococcus sp. 1; Synedra cyclopum var. incisa7. There are 12 records without sps name and many records with sps = Miscellaneous? considered UNIDENTIFIED,May-16,Count,Weight,lakeID_sampleDate_station_towDepth
255,Terrestrial,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Hemlock?northern hardwood forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Multi-decade. spatially explicit population studies of canopy dynamics in Michigan old-growth forests,A,N,10,1989,2007,46.3667,-87.1333,22,508,1,2915,,0,5.80E-06,Kerry D. Woods,,kwoods@bennington.edu,,ODbL,http://www.esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E090/251/default.htm,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"In 1935. U.S. Forest Service personnel established 246 0.2-acre (809 m2) continuous forest inventory (CFI) plots on a 2 × 5 chain (40.2 × 100.6 m) grid (2 chain spacing on north-south lines) over the entire RNA (Fig. 2). Plot centers were marked with steel pipes. Stems >5 in (12.7 cm) diameter at 1.4 m height (diameter at breast height. DBH) were tallied by species in 1-inch (2.54 cm) diameter classes for most plots (n = 236). In 1948. alternate plots along N-S lines were censused in the same manner (n = 123).In 1974–1980. under the direction of Dr. Frederick Metzger of the U.S. Forest Service. all CFI plots were recensused. with all woody stems >0.5 in (1.27 cm) DBH recorded by species and DBH to nearest 0.1 inch using Biltmore 'cruising sticks' (Frederick Metzger. personal communication). Standing dead stems > 10 in (25.4 cm) DBH and with bark intact were also recorded. but probably not consistently (see below). Data for three plots have not been relocated (n = 243). Active Forest Service research at the RNA was suspended following closure of the Forest Service Northern Hardwoods Laboratory in Marquette. MI in the early 1980s. Some species. occurring primarily as large shrubs. may not have been consistently recorded (Acer spicatum. Alnus sp. Amelanchier sp. Cornus sp. Corylus cornuta).Beginning in 1989 and continuing over the next several years. I initiated remeasurements. initially for upland plots only. For upland plots (n = 134). all woody stems > 5 cm DBH were measured to nearest 0.1 cm and mapped in polar coordinates from the plot center. Smaller stems were similarly mapped and measured in a central sub-plot 8 m in radius: in 1989 the minimum size for recording stems in the sub-plot was 3 cm; in 1992. minimum size was 2.5 cm; for all subsequent years all stems > 1 cm DBH were included. In 1989–1992. distances were measured using tapes and azimuth using Suunto site-through compasses; from 1993 onward. distances were measured using Sonin ultrasonic rangers. Subsequently. woody stems in upland plots have been remeasured and newly established stems mapped and measured at. generally. five-year intervals (three or four measurements for most); since 1999. these plots have been consolidated into two groups sampled at staggered intervals such that the most recent measurements are for 2004 and 2007. For some species of large shrubs (Acer spicatum. Corylus cornuta. Cornus rugosa) stems were tallied without mapping. All dead stems > ca. 20 cm (including down stems and stumps) were included in initial samples of upland plots. Dead stems were identified to species where possible. and rated on an 8-point decay scale (Table 1). and classed as standing. tipped up. or broken (with height of break recorded); DBH was measured or estimated for dead stems where possible (for decay codes of 7–9. diameter measurements were typically impossible). In subsequent remeasurements of upland plots. stems dying since previous measurements were similarly coded (generally using only the first two grades of the decay scale) where possible (dead smaller stems could not always be relocated); after initial plot measurements. DBH was not recorded for dead stems.Since 1994. with major efforts beginning in 2001. I have remeasured a total of 65 additional plots in wetlands on peat and muck soils. As for upland plots. all stems > 5 cm DBH were measured for the entire plot and stems from 1–5 cm for an 8-m radius sub-plot. but stems were not mapped in these stands. Dead stems were not consistently recorded. and are not included here. Remeasurements of tree stand in permanent plots Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Using only file upland_plots_89-07.txt -- data for upland plots mapped and measured two or more times. 1989 through 2007.2. Each individual stem was remeasured ? remove dead so it won?t be counted in the last year3. Lat/long info for general site only4. Area approx. 20ha,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
257,Freshwater,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Temperate lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplanton,Madison Wisconsin Lakes Zooplankton 1976 - 1994 - new net,A,N,4,1991,1994,43.08111,-89.383155,19,122,2,1373,,0,0.0173698,Emily Stanley,,ehstanley@wisc.edu,,CC-by,https://lter.limnology.wisc.edu/dataset/madison-wisonsin-lakes-zooplankton-1976-1994,North Temperate Lakes Long Term Ecological Research,"In general. zooplankton were sampled at the deepest location of each lake by pulling a conical net vertically through the water column (i.e.. vertical tow sample) during 1976-1994. Sampling was usually done on a biweekly schedule during the open water period and at least once through the ice at the deepest region of each lake. although in some years lakes Waubesa and Kegonsa were only sampled monthly during the open-water period. On a few dates during high winds or during winter. sampling was conducted in slightly shallower water than at the deepest lake location. Tow depths for Mendota and Monona are included in the data set. Tow depths for Waubesa and Kegonsa have not been transcribed yet. but generally ranged between 9.5-10.0 meters and 7.5-8.0 meters. respectively. The conical zooplankton net had a 15-cm diameter opening (small net) and a net filtering area to opening area ratio of about 11. The net was made of Nitex screening with a mesh size of 75-80 um (#20 net) for all years except for 1976 when the mesh size was about 153 um (#10 net). The smaller-meshed net was initially chosen so that rotifers would be quantitatively collected along with crustacean zooplankton. For the small net. a vertical tow sample was taken from approximately 0.5 m off the lake bottom. The net was pulled to the lake surface at approximately 0.3 m per sec. After the net was raised and the sides rinsed. the sample was transferred to a bottle and preserved with formalin in early years. sugared formalin for a few years. and then formalin plus seltzer water was the preservative used after 1986. For each zooplankton sample obtained by the small net. organisms were identified to species and enumerated in three separate 1-mL subsamples obtained by a Hensen-Stemple pipette. Subsamples were taken directly from the sample bottle (sample volume ca. 150-250 mL). transferred to a 1-mL Sedgewick-Rafter cell and counted using a compound microscope. For each subsample. individual body lengths for all Daphnia encountered were recorded using an eyepiece micrometer; 5-10 organisms of other cladocerans and various life stages of copepods (i.e.. nauplii. copepidites. and adults) were also measured. Based on specified size criteria. juvenile and adult Daphnia of each species were recorded separately. These size criteria were given in Luecke et al. (1990) for samples collected in 1976-1989. The criteria varied in subsequent years but were generally 1.3 mm for D. pulicaria. 1.2 mm for D. mendotae. the most common Daphnia species encountered. If smaller Daphnia were encountered with eggs in their brood chamber. then the adult size was adjusted. Thus. the distinction of adult versus juvenile Daphnia densities recorded in each sample must be viewed as only an index of the two age groups. Calanoid and cyclopoid copepodites were counted separately as two distinct groups without regard to species or life stages. All nauplii were counted as a single group with no distinction made between calanoid and cyclopoid species. All densities and length measurements in the three subsamples were then averaged for each species' life stage. Numerical density estimates (N per meter squared) for each species or zooplankton group as reported in the data set were then computed by multiplying the average subsample count by the subsampling dilution factor (i.e.. volume of sample in bottle) and then dividing by the net opening area (0.01767 meter squared). Biomass estimates for each species or zooplankton group (gram per meter squared) can then be computed using the average length (mm) recorded in the data set using length-weight relationships published in the literature. One caveat for interpreting the zooplankton data for 1976-1994 is that the net efficiency of the vertical tow net used is less than 100%. and also variable depending on the amount of algae clogging the net (Lathrop 1998). Under clear water conditions (Secchi disc greater than 8 m). the net efficiency of the small net was determined to be approximately 58%. However. net efficiency was only about 42% during a period with moderate blue-green algal densities (Secchi disc 1.8 m). The relatively small mesh size (75-80 um) of the net was initially chosen in order to capture rotifers. which are recorded in the database. Beginning in 1991 a larger 30-cm diameter (large) net with a 75-80 um mesh size was also used. which became the standard sampling net used in 1995 coincident with the lake sampling program being conducted by the North Temperate Lakes Long-Term Ecological Research (NTL-LTER) Project. After 1994. the small net was no longer used for sampling zooplankton on the Yahara lakes. This data set also contains large net data for years 1991 through 1994 for Mendota and for 1994 for Monona. Leptodora counts from the small net are available for Mendota (1976-1989). Monona (1976-1987). Kegonsa and Waubesa (1976-1985). Leptodora counts from the large net are available for Mendota (1991-1993). All Leptodora counts were performed on the entire sample by dumping the sample bottle into a container. Individual length measurements for some zooplankton sampled with the small net are available for Mendota (1988-1989. 1992-1994) and Monona (1994). Individual length measurements for zooplankton sampled with the large net are available for Mendota (1991-1993). Daphnia eggs counts (number of eggs per adult daphnia in the sample) from samples taken with the small net are included for Mendota (1976-1991). Monona (1976-1993 except 1989). and Kegonsa and Waubesa (1976-1985). Egg counts represent the combined number of free eggs found in each subsample plus eggs still remaining in adult Daphnia as many times adult Daphnia had eggs expelled from their brood chambers once the preservative was added (especially in years when the preservative was just formalin). Once the total number of eggs for either D. pulicaria or D. mendotae was counted. then the estimate of the number of eggs per adult Daphnia was calculated while recognizing that the criteria for separating adult versus juvenile Daphnia is not without error. Thus. the number of eggs per adult number is best used as an index to determine if the Daphnia population was increasing or not growing due to food limitation. Number of sites: 4 Sampling Frequency: varies Zooplankton data from 4 lakes in North Temperate Lakes (new net) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Nets,237,1. Select data from new_net (there are two files);2. Data is density (number individuals per meter squared)3. Removed species with abundance blank4. Modified all the records as sps JUVENILE to be the sps name5. Kept TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS MEXICANUS as TROPOCYCLOPS PRASINUS6. Many records without depth info7. Lat/long is the info for each lake,May-16,Count,NA,lakeID_year4_sampleDate
270,Terrestrial,Temperate,Warming drought and control,,Only include control treatment,Apr-99,Mediterranean shrubland ,TRUE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",Terrestrial plants,Vascular plants - Tracheophyta,Experimental evidence of reduced diversity of seedlings due to climate modification in a Mediterranean-type community.,A,N,4,1999,2002,41.3,1.9,19,1,1,76,quadrats 400 cm sq (20 x 20 cm),0.01,0.01,Francisco Lloret,,Francisco.Lloret@uab.cat,,ODbL,None,Contributed by Grace Murphy,"Field study that meaured community change over 4 years in control along with temperature and drought treatments (only included control site measurements). Recorded. from emergence to death. all emerging seedlings belonging to woody. perennial species in eight randomly selected quadrats (400cm2: 20 X 20 cm2) permanently sited in the same place in each stand.  Recorded. from emergence to death. all emerging seedlings belonging to woody. perennial species in eight randomly selected quadrats (400cm2: 20 X 20 cm2) permanently sited in the same place in each stand. Unit of abundance = DensitySqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Sites,NA,Added by G. Murphy 05-19-2015,Jan-16,Density,NA,total_sample_date
271,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rocky subtidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,A,Y,15,2000,2014,34.305653,-119.874919,62,42,42,6287,2 m wide swath centred in a 40 m transect,8.00E-05,2406.908358,Dan Reed,,dan.reed@lifesci.ucsb.edu,,CC-by,http://sbc.lternet.edu//index.html,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,"The number. size and species identity of reef fish are recorded within a 2 m wide swath centered along each transect extending 2 m off the bottom. A diver swims the length of the 40 m transect approximately 1m above the bottom at a constant deliberate speed and records all fish passing through the sampling area. Fish size is measured as total length (TL) estimated to the nearest cm. Care is taken by the diver to not count the same individual more than once if it leaves and re-enters the sampling area. Surveys are carried out by only a select number of highly trained divers whose sampling techniques have been standardized in order to minimize observer bias. The horizontal visibility along the transect is measured and recorded for each sampling event. The number of fish taxa sampled is not fixed as all species of reef fish encountered in the sampling area are recorded. Species that are difficult to identify underwater are lumped into broader taxonomic categories (e.g.. flatfish in the family Bothidae) to facilitate sampling.  Several species of small bottom-dwelling fish are difficult to accurately count and size during the reef fish survey due to their cryptic appearance and behavior. Individuals in a select group of these species are counted and sized in a separate survey done in the four contiguous 20 m x 1 m swaths that centered on the 40 m transect (Figure 1). A diver carefully searches the area within each swath taking time to look on the undersides of ledges and in crevices. and within understory vegetation for select species of small cryptic fish which are purposely not counted in the reef fish survey. Understory algae are brushed aside during the search. but no organisms or boulders are physically moved. Size is recorded as total length (TL) to the nearest cm. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Added by Robin Elahi - 6 June 2015 FM - deleted zero abundances,Jan-16,Count,NA,site_transect_lat_long_date
272,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rocky subtidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Echinodermata Cnidaria Mollusca Annelida Chordata Porifera,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,A,Y,15,2000,2014,34.305542,-119.87585,36,50,11,5363,1 m sq quadrats,1.00E-06,2388.30704,Dan Reed,,dan.reed@lifesci.ucsb.edu,,CC-by,http://sbc.lternet.edu//index.html,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,"The abundance and size of a specified number of common species of invertebrates are sampled by divers in 1 m2 quadrats positioned at each of the six permanent bolts along each transect (Figure 1). The list of species and size categorizes sampled in the quadrats is shown in Table 1. Sampling entails thoroughly searching the area within each quadrat for the targeted species without disrupting the bottom substrate or displacing organisms. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Quadrats,NA,Added by Robin Elahi - 27 May 2015 FM - deleted zero abundances,Jan-16,Count,NA,site_transect_date
273,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rocky subtidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Echinodermata Mollusca Arthropoda Cnidaria,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,A,Y,15,2000,2014,34.305542,-119.87585,27,51,11,15498,1 m sq quadrats and 20 m x 1 m swaths,1.00E-06,2388.30704,Dan Reed,,dan.reed@lifesci.ucsb.edu,,CC-by,http://sbc.lternet.edu//index.html,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,"The abundance and average size of a select group of invertebrates that are not easily counted in a 1 m2 quadrats are counted in four contiguous 20 m x 1m swaths that run parallel and adjacent to the 40 m transect (Figure 2). The average size of each targeted species encountered is estimated for each 20 m x 1 m swath. The list of species and size categorizes sampled in the swaths is shown in Table 2. Sampling entails thoroughly searching the area within each swath for the targeted species without disrupting the bottom substrate or displacing organisms. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Added by Robin Elahi - 27 May 2015,Jan-16,Count,NA,site_transect_date
274,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rocky subtidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,Cnidaria Chordata Arthropoda Rhodophyta Ectoprocta Phaeophyta Entoprocta Chlorophyta Mollusc,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,B,Y,15,2000,2014,34.305653,-119.874919,132,553,41,8769,1 m wide area centred in a 40 m transect,4.00E-05,2406.908358,Dan Reed,,dan.reed@lifesci.ucsb.edu,,CC-by,http://sbc.lternet.edu//index.html,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,"Uniform Point Contact (UPC) sampling is done to determine the percentage cover of algae and sessile invertebrates and different types of bottom substrate. UPC data are collected at 80 points uniformly positioned within a 1 m wide area centered along each 40 m transect (Figure 1). A diver records all organisms intersecting an imaginary vertical line passing through each point and species percent cover is determined as the fraction of points a species intercepts x 100. A species is only recorded once at a given point even if it intersects the imaginary line multiple times. Using this technique the percent cover of all species combined on a transect can exceed 100%. but the percent cover of any individual species cannot. Species are recorded from top- down as they are encountered and are entered from left to right on the datasheet in such a way that primary space holders occupy the left side of the “SP_CODE” column. Species growing attached to other organisms are not counted. except those species growing on the ornate tube worm (Diopatra ornata). Additionally. the substrate type under each point is recorded and if the substrate is sand. then the depth of the sand is measured to the nearest cm. Mobile organisms occurring at a sampling point are not counted and are moved so that the species and substrate beneath them can be recorded. Only the holdfast is recorded to estimate the percent cover of the kelps Macrocystis pyrifera. Pterygophora californica. Eisenia arborea and Laminaria farlowii; the blades and stipes of these species. which extend into the water column. are ignored if they intersected a sampling point. Unlike the sampling of algal and invertebrate density done in fixed quadrats and swaths. the number of taxa sampled by UPC is not fixed; instead all sessile species encountered are recorded. Species that are difficult to identify underwater are lumped into broader taxonomic categories (e.g.. crustose coralline algae) to facilitate sampling. Unit of abundance = PercentCover, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Added by Robin Elahi - 3 June 2015 FM - deleted zero percent cover abundances,Jan-16,NA,Cover,site_transect_date
275,Terrestrial,Temperate,Burnt vs unburnt sites,Half of the sites (BCEFJ) were burnt in a wildfire in January 2009 (prior to study beginning). The remaining sites (ADGHI) were unburnt reference sites.,,Jan-09,Sub tropical urban remnant,TRUE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",Reptiles,Terrestrial reptiles,Response of an urban remnant reptile community to summer wildfire,AB,Y,6,2009,2014,-31.967534,115.83329,19,10,10,1549,3m x 3m grids,0.000729,0.185,Dr Rob A. Davis,Dr Tim S. Doherty,robert.davis@ecu.edu.au,tim.doherty.0@gmail.com,ODbL,http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0127925,Authors contacted BioTIME,"Reptiles were trapped every spring and autumn for five years on five burnt and five unburnt grids. Grids consisted of nine pitfall traps in a 3x3 grid and five funnel traps. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = SnoutVentLength",Pitfall and funnel trapping,NA,The associated paper published in PLOS ONE (weblink) analysed only half of the data presented here (spring data only autumn was excluded from that paper).,Jan-16,Count,Size,pitfall_trap_grid_date
276,Freshwater,Temperate,Eutrophication occurred between 1917 and 1967 and Dreissena invasion occurred between 1967 and 2012,,NA,NA,Littoral and profundal zones of lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Gastropods,Eutrophication and Dreissena Invasion as Drivers of Biodiversity A Century of Change in the Mollusc Community of Oneida Lake,A,N,3,1917,2012,43.2,-76.0667,32,1,1,96,sampling surface area 0.01-0.12 m sq and Ekman grabs (0.023 m sq),0,5.50E-06,Vadim Karatayev,,vak32@cornell.edu,,PDDL,None,Contributed by Grace Murphy,"Sites were located at random intervals along the shoreline (20 sites). and along 4 north-south transects in the profundal (>7 m) zone. At all sites near the shoreline. we collected samples at the water boundary (0.1?0.3 m). 0.5 m. and 1 m depths. Samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Quantitative samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Quantitative samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Samples were collected by scraping mollsucs from rocks (surface area 0.01-0.12 m2) while Ekman grabs (0.023m2) were used to sample softer sediments.   Samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Quantitative samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Quantitative samples were collected by scraping molluscs from rocks (surface area 0.01?0.12 m2). while Ekman grabs (0.023 m2) were used to sample softer sediments. Samples were collected by scraping mollsucs from rocks (surface area 0.01-0.12 m2) while Ekman grabs (0.023m2) were used to sample softer sediments.   Unit of abundance = DensitySqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Added by G. Murphy 05-23-2015,Jan-16,Density,NA,total_sample_date
278,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,South Western Pacific Regional OBIS Data provider for the NIWA Marine Biodata Information System (South Western Pacific OBIS),A,N,40,1961,2005,-42.407,172.26,278,5177,4894,25534,NA,0,100536001.9,Steve Massey,,s.massey@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,http://www.gbif.org/dataset/83b58bb2-f762-11e1-a439-00145eb45e9a,GBIF,"The data covers an area from Antarctica to Fiji. Data so far available are primarily the results of a series of research trawl surveys carried out as part of New Zealand's Ministry of Fisheries data collection to support fisheries management within the NZ Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). plus data from several decades of marine invertebrate research sampling in the NZ Exclusive Economic Zone. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,148, Years (1999. 2003) deleted due to uneven sampling effort. 29.3.16 FM - split into 2 studies based on abundance and biomass types - previously part of 148,Mar-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_ocean_locality_depth_date
280,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Benthos,zoobenthos,Zoobenthos data from the Southern Beaufort Sea. 1971-1975 (ArcOD/AOOS),A,N,4,1971,1975,70.224113,-134.367174,9,47,44,60,NA,3.10E-07,523892.4149,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4461,OBIS,"STATIONS SAMPLED AND COLLECTING GEAR USEDA Petterson grab ( Foerst . Chicago) was used to sample stations71-501 to 71-506 in 1971 from M.V. Salvelinus.In 1973 a Wildco Ponar grab was used to sample stations 73-526to 73-542 from the vessel North Star of Herschel Island.In 1974 a Petterson grab and a Wildco Petersen grab wereused to sample stations 74-544 to 74-559 from M.V. Theta.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-565to 75-568 from the surface of the ice using a helicopter fortransportation.In 1975 a Wildco Petersen grab was used to sample stations75-569 to 75-575 from Pandom II.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-604t o 75-613 from M.V. Salvelinus.In 1975 an Ekman grab was used to sample stations A to G and 1 to200 from a small boat. These samples were taken by a party fromNorthern Operations . Department of Fisheries and Environment atWhitehorse. Yukon Territory.In 1975 a Petterson grab was used to sample stations 75-005 to75-034 from a small boat. These stations were sampled by a fisheriesgroup from the Arctic Biological Station .In 1975 a dredge of Our design was used t o sample stations 75-570.75-572. and 75-574 from Pandora II.Four stations were occupied by Pisces IV: 74-243 in 1974. and75-337. 75-339. and 75-341 in 1975. These stations were in thevicinity of Herschel Island.Kinds of grabs usedFour kinds of grabs were used in sampling the 102 stations:The Petterson grab (Foerst. Chicago) samples an area of 6.065 m2and has a volume of about 5 liters.The Wildco Ponar grab samples an area of 0.05 m2 and has a volumeof about 7.1 liters.The Wildco Petersen grab samples an area of 0.09 m2 and has a volumeof about 9.7 liters.The Ekman grab samples an area of 0.023 m2 and has a volume of about3.6 liters.Collecting and processing grab samplesThe area sampled by grab at each station varied from 0.23 to0.39 m2. with the exception of stations A to G. which were 0+07 m2.and station 200 which was 0.12 m2. The number of grabs taken ateach station varied with type of grab used. This data can be foundin Table 2. In some instances a substrate sample was taken from onehalf of one grab sample and the remaining portion was discarded.leaving only one half of the grab t o be combined with the other grabsamples from the station.Only adequate grab samples were retained. An adequate sampleis one in which the grab samples the bottom evenly. samples atleast 2 liters of substrate. and is closed when brought to the surface.Depth of penetratlon into the substrate may vary with type of substrate.but at most stations depth of penetration was from 6 to 10 cm.After the collection of a set of grabs from a station. substrateand organisms were washed on a stainless steel screen with a mesh sizeof 0.5 mm. Retained invertebrates and debris were preserved in formalin(1 part formaldehyde with 9 parts water) for transporting to the ArcticBiological Station where they were processed.Processing consists of sorting. identifying. counting and weighingspecimens in each sample.Each sample was sorted by hand using a Wild M5 dissectingmicroscope. Specimens were identified to species in most cases andcounts of specimens for each species were recorded. Speciesidentification was not attempted for a few taxa. such as nematodes.nemerteans. hydroids . and bryozoans. and although several species maybe involved. they were listed by taxon on a collective basis. In asimilar manner sponges. bryozoans. hydroids. and other colonial formswere regarded as one individual . Protozoans were arbitrarily excludedfrom the study. Stations 75-012 to 75-015 (Tables 90 to 93) includefreshwater species which were separated but not identified. Thesespecies were not included in the Beaufort Sea species list (Table 4).After sorting and identification. specimens were dried (dryingoven at 100?C overnight) and weighed on a Sartorius gravimetric balanceto four decimal places. The dry weight excludes tubes and shells. butno effort was made to eliminate gut contents. The calcareous partsof echinoderms and the skeletal parts of sponges are included in thedry weight because of difficulty in separating organic and inorganicparts.Data are presented on a m2 basis (Tables 8-108). For each samplenumber and weight of individuals of each species were multiplied by afactor t o convert sample values to m2 values. As an example. valuesderived from a sample area of 0.25 m2 were multiplied by 4 to obtain them2 values. The factor was rounded off t o the nearest 0.5; thus. afactor of 2.5 (instead of 2.6) was used to multiply values from a samplewith an area of 0-39 m2 in converting t o m2 values. Most species collectedby grab were considered to be representative. and their sample values wereconverted to m2 equivalents in a consistent manner. In a few cases. asindicated. the sample values were used without converting. becauserepresentation of occasionally collected. usually large. epifaunal speciescould not be assessed.Collecting and processing dredgesIn 1975 a dredge of our own design was used to sample the epifaunaat stations 75-570. 75-572. and 75-574. The dredge consisted of ametal frame with a net attached. The net was 1 m wide. 2 m long.and had a mesh size of 5 mm. Too few dredges were taken for thedata to be of general application. Estimates of biomass for theepifaunal component were obtained for only two of the three stations.The dredge haul at station 75-574 was aborted. Collected species fromal 1 three hauls were included in the Beaufort Sea species list (Table 4).Dredge data are presented in Tables 109-111. The estimates includethe weight contribution of some infaunal elements that were collectedby dredge. No attempt was made to determine total biomass of astation . by combining epifaunal and infaunal values. Associated datarelating to the dredge hauls are presented in Table 3. Total valuesare presented in Table 6.Observations from Pisces IVThese comments are related by the senior author.A familiarization dive was made in Pisces IV at station 74-243.located 12 miles northeast of Herschel Island. in 135 m of water on5 Sep 1974. Incident light became extinguished at a depth of 35 m.During the descent a variety of objects were visible in the murkywater; amphipods. copepods. mysids. medusae. ctenophores. and stringsof organic matter. The bottom was level. undisturbed by ice keels.and the sediment was fine without rocks. Visibility was 3-4 m.Small mounds and depressions were evident. but epifauna was sparseand patchy. with concentrations no less than 10 or 15 m apart.. Speciesseen during the dive were: burrowing anemones (Cemanthus ?) . i sopods(Mesidotea) pycnogonids (Nymphon). brittle stars ( Ophiocten aericeumand Gorgonocephalus ) . asteroids (Urasterias lincki. Icasterias panopla.Ctenodiscus crispatus. Solaster papposus) . and a fish (sculpin ?). Nobenthic algae were seen. In one area of about 12 m2 there were oneUraeteriae lincki. one Icasterias panopla. two burrowing anemones . oneSolaster papposus. several pycnogonids. and some scattered Ophioctensericeum. Based on dried specimens at the Arctic Biological Station.the estimated biomass of epifauna within the 12 m2 was about 70 gwhich averages out to 5.7 g m-2.In 1975 three dives were made in Thetis Bay. immediately southof Herschel Island on the 2nd. 3rd. and 4th of September. Originally.it was planned to sample several areas across the shelf of the southernBeaufort Sea in order to determine the contribution of epifauna tototal biomass ; however. ice conditions restricted diving to thethree sitess in Thetis Bay.A metal frame. which was one square meter in size. was held bythe arm of the submersible in front of the viewing port and countsof epifauna. large animals that were seen with the unaided eye. weremade at intermittant stops of the submersible. The metal frame hada diagonal brace. so counts could be made in the whole square or inhalf of the square.The dive at station 75-337 was made in depths of water of 45 t o56 m. Counts of the most abundant species. Ophiocten sericeum. weremade within the whole frame of 1 m . The range of counts was 7-19as observed within 16 frame counts averaging 14.5 Ophioctensericeum m-2. The calculated biomass (dry weight) was 1.64 m-2. OneMesidotea and one Ophiopleura borealis were observed within one of the16 frame counts. The dry weight of each of these was about 1 g. whichaverages about 0.13 g m-2. thus bringing the epifaunal biomass to1.77 g m-2 at this station.The dive at station 75-339 occurred in 20 t o 30 m depth of water.Counts of Mesidotea sp.. the only genus observed within the 34 one-halfm2 frames. were 0-3 m translating into 28 individuals in 17 m2.resulting in an average of 9.65 individuals m-2. Biomass was estimatedt o be 1.86 g m-2. Other species observed. b u t not within the frame.were Urasieriae lincki . Ctenodiscus crispatus. and either Buccinun orNeptunea with its egg mass.The dive at station 75-341 was made in 18 to 22 m of water alongthe ridge separating the basin of Thetis Bay from Herschel Trench.Some incident light reaches the bottom at these depths. Scouring wassevere giving rise to a mosaic of scoured trenches and undisturbed areas.Random frame counts were not attempted at this station. but the distributionof epifauna appeared to be patchy in the undisturbed areas. OneUrasteriae lincki and one Mesidotea sp. were observed in the scours. Inthe undisturbed areas the above species.along with Cerianthus sp..Gersemia rubifomis. Pecten sp. . a sponge. and some hydroids were seen. Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,98,Split into two due to different abundance types FM 29.3.16 previously part of 98,Mar-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_waterbody_collMethod_maxDepth_date
281,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Marine invertebrates,South TX Outer Continental Shelf and MI. AL. and FL Outer Continental Shelf benthic organism sampling 1974-1978 (OBIS-USA),A,N,5,1974,1978,27.903221,-87.939137,6,335,335,1267,NA,0,548360.331,NODC Contact (NOAA),,NODC.Services@noaa.gov,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2343,OBIS,"Benthic organisms data were collected using sediment sampler and net casts BELLOWS and other platforms in the Gulf of Mexico from 16 May 1974 to 20 February 1978. The data provide information on species counts and species wet weight from samples collected by point sampling (grab or core) or by tow (dredge or trawl). Three operational kinds of data include: Epifauna. Infauna. and Meiofauna benthic organisms data that roughly correspond to the different sampling methods and collecting institutions that were part of this study. EquipmentAgassiz trawl. airlift system to 1mm mesh bag. Burrell epi-benthic sled (947 micron mesh net). beam trawl. clam dredge. Cerame-Vivas benthic dredge (90x37 cm mouth with maximum mesh opening of 40x30 mm). Clutter net. Drift net. Drop net. Faber net. Fly-bottom trawl. 40/54 Fly net. 1/10 m sq. box core. Otter trawl. pipe dredge. 1/4 m sq. box core. Rock dredge 36x16 inches. Smith-Macintryre grab. Scrape sample. try net. Van Veen grab Unit of abundance = AggregatedPresence, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,129,Split into two due to different abundance types previously part of 129 - FM 29.3.16,Mar-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_bottomDepth_date
282,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1984 and 1985 NOGAP B2. Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1986. Central and Arctic Region,A,N,4,1984,1987,70.023511,-132.809137,211,183,103,8661,NA,1.00E-07,683187.0633,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4428,OBIS,"Zooplankton was collected from the Canadian Beaufort Sea shelf in July and September 1984. and July to September 1985. In the year 1984. 18 and 16 net samples were collected with a 763 ?m Wisconsin and 500 ?m neuston gear. respectively. from 18 stations. In the year 1985. 123. 54 and 229 net samples were collected with a 500 ?m neuston. 85 ?m bongo and 500 ?m bongo gear. respectively. from 60 stations. Neuston gear sampled at the water surface while other gear sampled the water column. In the year 1984. 309068 plankton specimens were caught. with 64 taxonomic identifications from 15 taxonomic groups (phyla. classes. orders or suborders). In the year 1985 there were 210 taxonomic identifications. representative of 32 taxonomic groups. and a total catch of 22.38 million specimens. Copepods were predominant in all catches. Wet and dry biomass data of individual specimens for most plankton species are given for the samples of the year 1985. The maximum sample dry biomass for the 985 neuston and 500 ?m bongo samples was 10.89 and 69.31 g/100 m3 of water filtered. respectively. Length-frequency data are given for 20 species. mostly copepods. captured in 23 (year 1985) 500 ?m bongo net samples. Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,75,Previously part of 75 - split according to abundance and biomass types - also associated with 283 FM 29.3.16,Mar-16,Density,NA,lat_long_locality_depth_date
283,Marine,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1984 and 1985 NOGAP B2. Zooplankton Data from the Canadian Beaufort Sea Shelf. 1986. Central and Arctic Region,B,N,2,1985,1986,70.187963,-133.93737,177,164,61,1720,NA,1.00E-07,399738.7877,C Hopcroft,Cheryl Clarke-Hopcroft,chopcroft@ims.uaf.edu,cclarkehopcroft@alaska.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=4428,OBIS,"Zooplankton was collected from the Canadian Beaufort Sea shelf in July and September 1984. and July to September 1985. In the year 1984. 18 and 16 net samples were collected with a 763 ?m Wisconsin and 500 ?m neuston gear. respectively. from 18 stations. In the year 1985. 123. 54 and 229 net samples were collected with a 500 ?m neuston. 85 ?m bongo and 500 ?m bongo gear. respectively. from 60 stations. Neuston gear sampled at the water surface while other gear sampled the water column. In the year 1984. 309068 plankton specimens were caught. with 64 taxonomic identifications from 15 taxonomic groups (phyla. classes. orders or suborders). In the year 1985 there were 210 taxonomic identifications. representative of 32 taxonomic groups. and a total catch of 22.38 million specimens. Copepods were predominant in all catches. Wet and dry biomass data of individual specimens for most plankton species are given for the samples of the year 1985. The maximum sample dry biomass for the 985 neuston and 500 ?m bongo samples was 10.89 and 69.31 g/100 m3 of water filtered. respectively. Length-frequency data are given for 20 species. mostly copepods. captured in 23 (year 1985) 500 ?m bongo net samples. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = DryBiomass",Stations,282,Previously part of 75 - split according to abundance and biomass types - also associated with 282 FM 29.3.16,Mar-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_locality_depth_date
284,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,mostly fish + a few invertebrates,Previous_fisheries_REVIZEE_Program (Tropical and Subtropical Western South Atlantic OBIS),AB,N,10,1972,1986,-11.20568,-43.616987,136,1282,1174,5906,NA,0,6686819.311,Alexandre Marino,,marino@cria.org.br,evberghe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2411,OBIS,"Added from OBIS (FM).  Brazil. Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (1) 1977 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (2). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (3). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (4). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (5). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (6). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (7). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (8). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (9). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (10). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (11). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (12). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (13). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Cruise reports,135,Years (1983. 1984. 1987) deleted due to uneven sampling effort 30.3.16 FM split into 3 studies due to different types of biomass and abundance - previously part of 135 also associated with 285,Mar-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_ocean_country_state_locality_depth_date
285,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,mostly fish + a few invertebrates,Previous_fisheries_REVIZEE_Program (Tropical and Subtropical Western South Atlantic OBIS),A,N,13,1972,1989,-15.244259,-46.667196,206,506,490,1693,NA,0,5434012.444,Alexandre Marino,,marino@cria.org.br,evberghe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=2411,OBIS,"Added from OBIS (FM).  Brazil. Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (1) 1977 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (2). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (3). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (4). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (5). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (6). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (7). Brazil in 1978. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (8). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (9). 1978 Brazil. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (10). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (11). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (12). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. REVIZEE. Review / Refinement of data about past tenses prospecting fishing. Prospecting of demersal fishery resources of the northern region with bottom trawls. (FAO / UNDP-SUDEPE). Cruise reports (1977-1979. 1980) - N / PQ Riobaldo. Annex 1. 15 (13). Brazil in 1979. the Ministry of Environment. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Cruise reports,284,Years (1983. 1984. 1987) deleted due to uneven sampling effort 30.3.16 FM split into 3 studies due to different types of biomass and abundance - previously part of 135 also associated with 284,Mar-16,Count,NA,lat_long_ocean_country_state_locality_depth_date
286,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish & marine invertebrates,Maine Department of Marine Resources Inshore Trawl Survey 2000?2009 (OBIS-USA),B,N,10,2000,2009,43.897252,-68.922052,29,678,678,883,NA,0,41435.2352,Sally Sherman,David Libby,Sally.Sherman@maine.gov,david.a.libby@maine.gov,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1693,OBIS,"DESIGNThe Maine-New Hampshire Inshore Trawl Survey is a stratified random survey with afixed component. The inshore area sampled includes four1 depth strata: 5-20 fathoms.21-35 fathoms. 36-55 fathoms. and >56 fathoms out to approximately the 12-mile limit.and five longitudinal regions based on oceanographic. geologic. and biological features(Figure 1). Together. 20 separate strata exist.With the addition of the fourth strata. the total survey area increased from ~3.626 nauticalmiles (NM2) to ~4.665 NM2. To keep sampling density of the original strata roughlyequivalent with previous surveys. an additional 15 stations were added to the originalgoal of 100 stations per survey. A target of 115 stations is selected for sampling in eachsurvey resulting in a sampling density of 1 station for every 40 NM2. Number of towsper stratum is apportioned according to its total area (Tables 1 and 2).SELECTION OF RANDOM STATIONSRandom stations are selected from a NOAA nautical chart in Arc ViewTM GIS overlainwith 1-NM2 grids. Each grid within each region is assigned a unique identificationnumber that serves as a call number. Grids are selected using an ExcelTM random numbergenerator. Tows approximately 1 NM long are proposed in each grid and plotted in PSeaWindplotTM (using charts of the NAD 1983 datum). From prior experience and localknowledge. some grids are classified as untowable during the plotting process. Due tothe large amount of fixed gear and the appeal to fishermen to cooperate with the surveyby clearing the tows. identifying good tow locations is a priority. If no towable bottomcan be found within a 2-mile radius. a new random number is chosen within the samestratum. Beginning and end points of each tow are identified in P-Sea Windplot. To theextent possible. for ease of identification by lobster industry members. tows follow loranlines. Loran C coordinates are converted to latitude/longitude degrees to the nearest0.001 decimal minutes.2SELECTION OF FIXED STATIONSAfter the initial survey in the fall of 2000. two stations per stratum were designated asfixed stations to be sampled on each subsequent survey. In areas where previous workhad been done. the stations were selected due to their historical importance3. In areas withno history. one station was selected as being roughly representative of the average catchfor its respective stratum and the other was randomly selected. After the addition of thefourth stratum in the spring of 2003. fixed stations were designated for that stratum usingthe same criteria.FISHING GEARTrawl design considerations for the survey include effectiveness of the gear forsampling the complex bottom in the nearshore areas of the Gulf of Maine andcomparability with previous and ongoing surveys by NMFS and MassachusettsDivision of Marine Fisheries. The net is a modified version of the shrimp netdesign used in Maine waters (Appendix A). designed to fish for a variety of nearbottomdwelling species without targeting any specific component. RobertTetrault. the vessels? owner. and net designer Jeff Flagg designed the net to fishfeet in length with nominal horsepower. Three identical nets were constructed forthis survey in the event of tearing or loss. Net tapers were cut to permit the shapeof the net to get maximum height while allowing the net to remain tight on thebottom. The net is shackled from the footrope to the frame with two 3/8th inchshackles to a banded wire that runs parallel with the footrope. Heavy rubber wingbobbins retard bottom wing lift at the net end of the bottom leg. Top legs are7/16th wire. 60 feet in length with soft eyes at each end. and bottom legs are 5/8thinch wire. 58 feet in length with two feet of 5/8th inch chain at the end where theleg attaches to the bottom wing for a total of 60 feet. Bottom legs are coveredwith 2 -3/8? cookies to prevent them from digging into the mud. The net isconstructed of 2-inch #24 polyethylene mesh. with a 1-inch (stretched measure)mesh liner in the cod end. Otter boards are #7.5 Bisons. Attached to the 70-foot.5/8th inch Rander?s Combination Wire Rope footrope is a roller frame strung onto?? IPS of 6x19 construction with a fiber core. The ten-foot wide bosom section ismade up of eight-inch rubber discs on six-inch centers along with eight evenlyspaced toggles. Spacing is maintained by smaller four-inch cookies strungbetween the discs. The two 29-foot wing sections are made up of six-inch rubberdiscs spaced 4 ? inches apart. with the same four inch cookies used to maintainspacing. Each wing section contains twelve toggles spaced evenly to facilitatefootrope attachment. The 5/8? Rander?s combination rope headrope has twentyeight8? center-hole. deep-sea net floats strung with 5/8? yellow polyethylenefloat line. Between surveys. the net is sent back to the manufacturer where it isreturned to specification (Appendix B). Nets will be replaced as they age to keepthe gear in good working condition and insure consistency. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,123,Split original dataset due to differences in biomass and abundance types - previously part of 123 and also associated with 287 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_sampleSize_depth_date
287,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish & marine invertebrates,Maine Department of Marine Resources Inshore Trawl Survey 2000?2009 (OBIS-USA),A,N,9,2001,2009,43.856176,-68.983682,82,493,493,828,NA,0,38348.01526,Sally Sherman,David Libby,Sally.Sherman@maine.gov,david.a.libby@maine.gov,ODC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=1693,OBIS,"DESIGNThe Maine-New Hampshire Inshore Trawl Survey is a stratified random survey with afixed component. The inshore area sampled includes four1 depth strata: 5-20 fathoms.21-35 fathoms. 36-55 fathoms. and >56 fathoms out to approximately the 12-mile limit.and five longitudinal regions based on oceanographic. geologic. and biological features(Figure 1). Together. 20 separate strata exist.With the addition of the fourth strata. the total survey area increased from ~3.626 nauticalmiles (NM2) to ~4.665 NM2. To keep sampling density of the original strata roughlyequivalent with previous surveys. an additional 15 stations were added to the originalgoal of 100 stations per survey. A target of 115 stations is selected for sampling in eachsurvey resulting in a sampling density of 1 station for every 40 NM2. Number of towsper stratum is apportioned according to its total area (Tables 1 and 2).SELECTION OF RANDOM STATIONSRandom stations are selected from a NOAA nautical chart in Arc ViewTM GIS overlainwith 1-NM2 grids. Each grid within each region is assigned a unique identificationnumber that serves as a call number. Grids are selected using an ExcelTM random numbergenerator. Tows approximately 1 NM long are proposed in each grid and plotted in PSeaWindplotTM (using charts of the NAD 1983 datum). From prior experience and localknowledge. some grids are classified as untowable during the plotting process. Due tothe large amount of fixed gear and the appeal to fishermen to cooperate with the surveyby clearing the tows. identifying good tow locations is a priority. If no towable bottomcan be found within a 2-mile radius. a new random number is chosen within the samestratum. Beginning and end points of each tow are identified in P-Sea Windplot. To theextent possible. for ease of identification by lobster industry members. tows follow loranlines. Loran C coordinates are converted to latitude/longitude degrees to the nearest0.001 decimal minutes.2SELECTION OF FIXED STATIONSAfter the initial survey in the fall of 2000. two stations per stratum were designated asfixed stations to be sampled on each subsequent survey. In areas where previous workhad been done. the stations were selected due to their historical importance3. In areas withno history. one station was selected as being roughly representative of the average catchfor its respective stratum and the other was randomly selected. After the addition of thefourth stratum in the spring of 2003. fixed stations were designated for that stratum usingthe same criteria.FISHING GEARTrawl design considerations for the survey include effectiveness of the gear forsampling the complex bottom in the nearshore areas of the Gulf of Maine andcomparability with previous and ongoing surveys by NMFS and MassachusettsDivision of Marine Fisheries. The net is a modified version of the shrimp netdesign used in Maine waters (Appendix A). designed to fish for a variety of nearbottomdwelling species without targeting any specific component. RobertTetrault. the vessels? owner. and net designer Jeff Flagg designed the net to fishfeet in length with nominal horsepower. Three identical nets were constructed forthis survey in the event of tearing or loss. Net tapers were cut to permit the shapeof the net to get maximum height while allowing the net to remain tight on thebottom. The net is shackled from the footrope to the frame with two 3/8th inchshackles to a banded wire that runs parallel with the footrope. Heavy rubber wingbobbins retard bottom wing lift at the net end of the bottom leg. Top legs are7/16th wire. 60 feet in length with soft eyes at each end. and bottom legs are 5/8thinch wire. 58 feet in length with two feet of 5/8th inch chain at the end where theleg attaches to the bottom wing for a total of 60 feet. Bottom legs are coveredwith 2 -3/8? cookies to prevent them from digging into the mud. The net isconstructed of 2-inch #24 polyethylene mesh. with a 1-inch (stretched measure)mesh liner in the cod end. Otter boards are #7.5 Bisons. Attached to the 70-foot.5/8th inch Rander?s Combination Wire Rope footrope is a roller frame strung onto?? IPS of 6x19 construction with a fiber core. The ten-foot wide bosom section ismade up of eight-inch rubber discs on six-inch centers along with eight evenlyspaced toggles. Spacing is maintained by smaller four-inch cookies strungbetween the discs. The two 29-foot wing sections are made up of six-inch rubberdiscs spaced 4 ? inches apart. with the same four inch cookies used to maintainspacing. Each wing section contains twelve toggles spaced evenly to facilitatefootrope attachment. The 5/8? Rander?s combination rope headrope has twentyeight8? center-hole. deep-sea net floats strung with 5/8? yellow polyethylenefloat line. Between surveys. the net is sent back to the manufacturer where it isreturned to specification (Appendix B). Nets will be replaced as they age to keepthe gear in good working condition and insure consistency. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,286,Split original dataset due to differences in biomass and abundance types - previously part of 123 and also associated with 286 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_sampleSize_depth_date
288,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,DFO Maritimes Research Vessel Trawl Surveys Fish Observations (OBIS Canada),A,N,34,1970,2006,43.977389,-63.682015,195,6774,6474,19074,NA,0,850424.1638,Don Clark,,ClarkD@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,phoebe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=237,OBIS,"The DFO summer Scotian Shelf and Bay of Fundy research vessel (RV) survey. hereafter referred to as the summer RV survey. has been conducted annually in Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization (NAFO) Divisions 4VWX5Y since 1970. The summer RV survey follows a stratified random sampling design (Halliday and Kohler 1971). and includes both hydrographic sampling and sampling of fish and invertebrates using a bottom otter trawl.The bottom trawl survey was originally planned to provide biomass and abundance trends for groundfish residing at depths from about 50 m to 400 m. and was extended to cover depths down to 750 m in 1999.There were changes to the net used and the vessel conducting the survey in 1982 and 1983. From 1970 ? 1981 the RV A.T. Cameron. a side-trawler using the Yankee 36 trawl. was used for the survey. In 1982. the RV Lady Hammond was used. towing a Western IIA trawl. Since 1983. the Alfred Needler has been the primary survey vessel. and the Western IIA trawl has been used in all years. Conversion factors were calculated for net and vessel changes (Fanning 1985).For long-term averages. the most appropriate starting point has been selected for each species. In the case of white hake. biomass plots start in 1970 but the abundance index data only go back to 1982. For silver hake. biomass plots and abundance index data are used starting in 1982. This is in conjunction with the change in the type of trawl. from a Yankee 36 to a Western IIA. as well as more consistent identification of white hake and red hake.In 2010. additional survey tows were completed in deeper water off the shelf edge (750 ? 1.800 m) to investigate species composition and biomass in deeper waters. Catches from these stations are not included in the biomass index estimates. to ensure that comparability with other years is maintained. Distribution plots are included here only for the most abundant species noted at these depths. Tables of the entire catches at these depths are also presented.The survey area has been divided into three zones. based on oceanography and biogeography. Trends are shown for the entire shelf survey area. and also for three separate regions: eastern Scotian Shelf (4VW; strata 440 - 466). western Scotian Shelf (4X East; strata 470 - 481). and Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy (4X West; strata 482 - 495). Differences in patterns of fish abundance and species composition are apparent for these regions during the survey. Strata 496 - 498 (the shelf edge; 350 m ? 750 m) have been sampled in most years since 1996. while strata 501 - 505 (750 m ? 1.800 m) have not previously been sampled as part of the stratified random survey series. These depths are considered separate biogeographic zones and since they have not been sampled in all years. are not included in the long-term biomass index estimates.Plots of the size and distribution of catches are provided for selected species and stratified average catches are compared with past results to provide a general overview of trends in abundance and biomass. For select commercial species where individual fish weights have been collected throughout most of the time series. trends in condition (Fulton?s K: weight/length3) are also included (Ricker 1975).Data are presented for the major commercial species. for species that comprise a large part of the survey catch. and for species where the 2010 catch was either unusually high or low (see also DFO 2011a). The set of species examined to determine if catches in 2010 were unusual was restricted to those where the area occupied exceeded 7.000 square nautical miles (approximately 1/7th of the surveyed area) in 2010. or averaged greater 2 than this in the 1970s. the 1980s or the 1990s. The species examined were restricted in this manner to avoid rare species for which catches display high inter-annual variability.Comparisons of stratified length frequencies for 2009 and 2010 to the long-term mean are also included for major commercial fish species. These data were summarized to assist in reviewing trends in abundance that are directly relevant to fisheries management when they are developing advice on allowable catch; hence. these data are grouped by the applicable stock management areas for each species. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,119,Split due to differences in biomass and abundance types - previously part of 119 also associated with 289 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,Count,NA,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_depth_date
289,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pelagic / Bottom waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,DFO Maritimes Research Vessel Trawl Surveys Fish Observations (OBIS Canada),B,N,14,1995,2010,43.984379,-63.348474,68,189,189,452,NA,0,655686.4158,Don Clark,,ClarkD@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca,phoebe@marine.rutgers.edu,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=237,OBIS,"The DFO summer Scotian Shelf and Bay of Fundy research vessel (RV) survey. hereafter referred to as the summer RV survey. has been conducted annually in Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization (NAFO) Divisions 4VWX5Y since 1970. The summer RV survey follows a stratified random sampling design (Halliday and Kohler 1971). and includes both hydrographic sampling and sampling of fish and invertebrates using a bottom otter trawl.The bottom trawl survey was originally planned to provide biomass and abundance trends for groundfish residing at depths from about 50 m to 400 m. and was extended to cover depths down to 750 m in 1999.There were changes to the net used and the vessel conducting the survey in 1982 and 1983. From 1970 ? 1981 the RV A.T. Cameron. a side-trawler using the Yankee 36 trawl. was used for the survey. In 1982. the RV Lady Hammond was used. towing a Western IIA trawl. Since 1983. the Alfred Needler has been the primary survey vessel. and the Western IIA trawl has been used in all years. Conversion factors were calculated for net and vessel changes (Fanning 1985).For long-term averages. the most appropriate starting point has been selected for each species. In the case of white hake. biomass plots start in 1970 but the abundance index data only go back to 1982. For silver hake. biomass plots and abundance index data are used starting in 1982. This is in conjunction with the change in the type of trawl. from a Yankee 36 to a Western IIA. as well as more consistent identification of white hake and red hake.In 2010. additional survey tows were completed in deeper water off the shelf edge (750 ? 1.800 m) to investigate species composition and biomass in deeper waters. Catches from these stations are not included in the biomass index estimates. to ensure that comparability with other years is maintained. Distribution plots are included here only for the most abundant species noted at these depths. Tables of the entire catches at these depths are also presented.The survey area has been divided into three zones. based on oceanography and biogeography. Trends are shown for the entire shelf survey area. and also for three separate regions: eastern Scotian Shelf (4VW; strata 440 - 466). western Scotian Shelf (4X East; strata 470 - 481). and Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy (4X West; strata 482 - 495). Differences in patterns of fish abundance and species composition are apparent for these regions during the survey. Strata 496 - 498 (the shelf edge; 350 m ? 750 m) have been sampled in most years since 1996. while strata 501 - 505 (750 m ? 1.800 m) have not previously been sampled as part of the stratified random survey series. These depths are considered separate biogeographic zones and since they have not been sampled in all years. are not included in the long-term biomass index estimates.Plots of the size and distribution of catches are provided for selected species and stratified average catches are compared with past results to provide a general overview of trends in abundance and biomass. For select commercial species where individual fish weights have been collected throughout most of the time series. trends in condition (Fulton?s K: weight/length3) are also included (Ricker 1975).Data are presented for the major commercial species. for species that comprise a large part of the survey catch. and for species where the 2010 catch was either unusually high or low (see also DFO 2011a). The set of species examined to determine if catches in 2010 were unusual was restricted to those where the area occupied exceeded 7.000 square nautical miles (approximately 1/7th of the surveyed area) in 2010. or averaged greater 2 than this in the 1970s. the 1980s or the 1990s. The species examined were restricted in this manner to avoid rare species for which catches display high inter-annual variability.Comparisons of stratified length frequencies for 2009 and 2010 to the long-term mean are also included for major commercial fish species. These data were summarized to assist in reviewing trends in abundance that are directly relevant to fisheries management when they are developing advice on allowable catch; hence. these data are grouped by the applicable stock management areas for each species. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,288,Split due to differences in biomass and abundance types - previously part of 119 also associated with 288 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_country_ocean_locality_depth_date
290,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,fish,CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia),AB,N,12,1978,1995,-25.812976,135.277583,915,2109,1728,25494,NA,0,12097636.68,Tony Rees,,Tony.Rees@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=57,OBIS,"CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia) - no methods found as yet Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Transects,99,Split into 4 datasets due to differences in biomass and abundance types previously part of 99 - also associated with 291 and 292 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_survey_depth_bottomDepth_minDepth_maxDepth_date
291,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,fish,CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia),A,N,12,1978,1990,-25.525502,134.797825,734,1497,1427,22998,NA,0,11314675.01,Tony Rees,,Tony.Rees@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=57,OBIS,"CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia) - no methods found as yet Unit of abundance = Presence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,290,Split into 4 datasets due to differences in biomass and abundance types previously part of 99 - also associated with 290 and 292 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_survey_depth_bottomDepth_minDepth_maxDepth_date
292,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Fish,fish,CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia),A,N,11,1978,1995,-25.212197,135.825419,837,2118,1728,16966,NA,0,12648600.07,Tony Rees,,Tony.Rees@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=57,OBIS,"CSIRO Marine Data Warehouse (OBIS Australia) - no methods found as yet Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,291,Split into 4 datasets due to differences in biomass and abundance types previously part of 99 - also associated with 290 and 291 FM 31.3.16,Mar-16,Count,NA,lat_long_survey_depth_bottomDepth_minDepth_maxDepth_date
294,Terrestrial,Tropical,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,National park,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,butterflies,Tam Dao Butterfly communities,A,Y,8,2003,2013,21.0833,105.1,277,45,1,8356,,0.7,0.7,Timothy C Bonebrake,Lie Van Vu,tbone@hku.hk,vulien@gmail.com,CC-by,None,None,"Tam Dao Butterflies Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA,Removed duplicates (combined abundance values for these) FM,May-16,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
295,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,reef fish,Systematic global assessment of reef fish communities by the Reef Life Survey program,AB,Y,9,2008,2016,-33.051303,139.183766,450,1078,127,25469,,5.00E-04,572747.0391,Graham Edgar,Rick Stuart-Smith,gedgar@utas.edu.au,rstuarts@utas.edu.au,CC-by,http://reeflifesurvey.imas.utas.edu.au/portal/home,Contacted authors directly,"Reef life survey done on fish at survey id 500m2 Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Nets?,NA,Zeros in biomass are NULL values FM,May-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_date_site_plot
296,Marine,Temperate,FALSE,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,invertebrates and some cryptic fish,Systematic global assessment of reef fish communities by the Reef Life Survey program,A,Y,9,2008,2016,-33.051303,139.183766,412,1077,127,10092,,1.00E-04,572747.0391,Graham Edgar,Rick Stuart-Smith,gedgar@utas.edu.au,rstuarts@utas.edu.au,CC-by,http://reeflifesurvey.imas.utas.edu.au/portal/home,Contacted authors directly,"Reef life survey done on invertebrates and some cryptic fish at survey id 100m2 Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Nets?,NA,Deleted 3 records with blank genus and species fields FM,May-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date_site_plot
297,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coral reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Marine invertebrates,invertebrate herbivores and corallivores on Moorea coral reefs,MCR LTERCoral Reef Long-term Population and Community Dynamics Other Benthic Invertebrates. ongoing since 2005,A,Y,11,2005,2015,-17.524634,-149.837295,13,1825,6,2734,,0,134.1094637,Information Manager,Robert Carpenter (owner),mcrlter@msi.ucsb.edu,robert.carpenter@csun.edu,PDDL,http://mcr.lternet.edu/cgi-bin/showDataset.cgi?docid=knb-lter-mcr.7,Moorea Coral Reef LTER,"Sampling occurs yearly at each of 6 sites around the island of Moorea. At each site. 4 habitats are sampled (fringing reef. backreef. forereef 10 m depth. forereef 17 m depth). Within each habitat there are five 10 m permanent transects along which benthic taxa are estimated at four fixed locations (initially located randomly but fixed in time). The abundance of taxa are estimated to species level and include Echinoids. Gastropods. Asteroids (Acanthaster. Culcita only). Begining in 2009. Acanthaster are noted when one meter away. by including the note '(1m away)' in the species field. Begining in 2013. Culcita are similarly noted when one meter away. In 2005-2006. where none of this set of invertebrates were observed within a quadrat. the words 'No invertebrate observed' appear in the taxonomy field with a count of zero. In 2007 and later. where none of this set of invertebrates were observed within a quadrat. all species observed elsewhere on the transect are listed with a count of zero. In 2005-2006. where none of this set of invertebrates were observed within a quadrat. the words No invertebrate observed'appear in the taxonomy field with a count of zero. In 2007 and later. where none of this set of invertebrates were observed within a quadrat. all species observed elsewhere on the transect are listed with a count of zero. the year one survey spread between 2005-2006 to cover all locations. Each subsequent year contains a complete survey. http://mcr.lternet.edu/external/protocol/invertebrates/MCR_LTER_Invertebrate_Herbivore_Timeseries_protocol.pdf Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Quadrats,NA,calculated centroids for each LETR polygon (r code available). Rows with no invertebrate observed in the Taxonomy column were removed. Rows with o counts of in the Counts column were removed.  ,May-16,Count,NA,site_date_transect_quadrat
298,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,mixed grass praire,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,herbaceous plants,Long-term mapped quadrats from Kansas prairie demographic information for herbaceaous plants,B,Y,56,1903,1972,38.8,-99.3,146,147201,1,147201,1 m2,1.00E-06,5.10E-06,Peter B Adler,,peter.adler@usu.edu,,PDDL,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E088/161/#abstract,Ecological Archives,"Every year from 1932 to 1972. researchers in Hays. Kansas (USA). mapped all individual plants in a series of 1-m2 quadrats in a mixed grass prairie. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover",Quadrats,NA,Removed rows relating toShort grass. Bare ground. Fragment. Mixed grass. Unknown from the data. ,May-16,NA,Cover,x_y_year_plot
299,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Island,FALSE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",Terrestrial invertebrates,butterflies,Elba Island Butterflies,A,N,6,1898,1998,42.77,10.3,54,6,1,224,100 km2,0,224,Leonardo Dapporto,,leondap@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10841-008-9189-7/fulltext.html,Journal of Insect Conservation,"I divided faunistic data according to the year of collection into six twenty year periods (1889–1908 1909–1928 1929–1948 1949–1968 1969–1988 1989–2008). I obtained bibliographic information from the recent database of Italian Lepidoptera (Parenzan and Porcelli 2006). When possible I used the year of collection as reported in literature instead of publication date. I also included collection data from hand netting between 1999 and 2008 and by Malaise trapping between 1999 and 2004 in several different localities of Elba (Dapporto and Cini 2007 Dapporto and Strumia 2008a b). I also revised the Verity collection in the Museo di Storia Naturale La specola in Firenze in order to search for unpublished data and to confirm the presence of specimens from published data. This collection mainly comprises specimens collected in the first 50 years of the 20th century.The relative abundance of species occurrence in source areas for Italian offshore islands (SSF) (here called source frequency) is calculated as the number of 10 × 10 km squares occupied by each species within 50 km from the Italian Peninsula Sicilian. and Sardinian-Corsican coastlines (from Balletto et al. 2005 and Dapporto and Dennis 2008b). For the Elba endemic Lycaeides villai I used as SSF the proportion of 10 × 10 km squares of the whole Lycaeides genera (L. argus L. idas L. bellieri L. corsicus) indeed the relationships between these species are still unclear (compare Jutzeler et al. 2003 Parenzan and Porcelli 2006). The relative abundance of species on islands (SIF) (called island frequency) is the proportion of offshore west Italian islands occupied by each species. These data are those used by Dapporto and Dennis (2008b). Unit of abundance = Presence, Unit of biomass = NA",10 x 10 m squares,NA,FM Biomass and depth are null but seen as zeros.  Day and month null but given 1 values.  Each year represents the first year in a twenty year period.  counts are presence only - given as 1 or 0 but 0 values disregarded,May-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_location_year
300,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Biological Station,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,insects,Insect Populations via Sticky Traps at KBS-LTER (Kellogg Biological Station. MI),A,Y,25,1989,2013,42.408852,-85.383181,21,5888,255,47798,NA,0,5.5399885,Doug Landis,Stuart Gage,landisd@msu.edu,gages@mus.edu,CC-by,http://lter.kbs.msu.edu/datatables/67,Kellogg Biological Station LTER,"Insects collected on sticky-trap are classified by species family and order. The insects are counted for each treatment replicate and station combination. The actual sticky trap location coordinates are given in UTM 16N.This datatable is part of the Insect Population Dynamics on the Main Cropping System Experiment dataset. Plant dwelling insect occurrence in the LTER main site (all treatments) of the KBS-LTER has been recorded since 1989 and in the successional and forest sites since 1993. The effort has focused on characterizing the temporal and spatial abundance and diversity of a set of insects representative of a higher order insect trophic level the herbivore predators. The insect database contains more than 400000 records and consists of counts of adult insects of fourteen species of Coccinellidae one species of Chrysopidae and one species of Lampyridae from 30 sample sites in each of the seven treatments in the LTER Main Site. The standard method used to measure these organisms is a yellow sticky trap. Sampling is conducted weekly during the growing season as described in the sampling protocol. Unit of abundance = Count, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,Deleted the species entries with something else as names and all zero abundances.  Converted the UTM 16N locations to decimal latitude and longitudes.  Depth is not available and biomass is NULL represented by 0 entries.,May-16,Count,NA,lat_long_treat_replicate_station_year
301,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,31,1984,2018,39.0786,-96.557,33,128,1,903,38cm2,0.4841,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (002d) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 002d was ungrazed and burned every 2 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
302,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Semi deciduous forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Patterns and processes affecting the dynamics and structure of seasonally semideciduous forests in SE Brazil(Padroes e processos que influenciam a dinamica e a estrutura das Florestas Estacionais Semideciduais SE Brasil),A,Y,3,2002,2011,-22.379,-49.6803,151,768,1,12412,0.0004,0.1024,0.32,Tiago Egydio Barreto,Ricardo Rodrigues,tiagoebarreto@yahoo.com.br,rrresalq@usp.br,ODbL,None,Contacted authors directly,"In 2002. one permanent plot of 10.24 ha (320 x 320 m) was divided in 256 sub-plots of 20x20 m were installed on Ecological Station of Caetetus. Brazil256 plots sampled in 3 years Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Individuals with basal area equals to zero removed.2. Roupala montana var. brasiliensis kept as Roupala montanaFM biomass and depth zeroes represent NULL values,May-16,Count,NA,year_parkNumber
303,Terrestrial,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Montane Araucaria Forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,The influence of environmental variables on tree species component dynamics in a montane forest fragment in Lages SC Brazil Influencia de variaveis ambientais na dinamica do componente arboreo em um fragmento de Floresta Ombrofila Mista em Lages SC,A,Y,3,2008,2016,-27.859716,-50.194287,92,150,50,2529,2,2.00E-04,0.01,Pedro Higuchi,Ana Carolina da Silva,phiguchi@cav.udesc.br,carol_sil4@yahoo.com.br,ODbL,None,Contacted authors directly,"50 plots of 10x20m were sampled in 2008 2012 and 2016. All tree individuals with circumference at the breast height greater than or equal to 15.7 cm were sampled within each plot. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Individuals with circumference at breast height equal to zero removed.FM biomass and depth zeroes represent NULL values,May-16,Count,NA,year_parkNumber
304,Terrestrial,Temperate,None. but site was subject to woody alien species invasion (Acacia spp. Eucalyptus spp. etc).,NA,NA,NA,Fynbos vegetation and wetland dune thicket,TRUE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",Terrestrial plants,Seasonally apparent vascular plants (i.e. annuals and seasonally apparent geophytes have been exclud,Cape of Good Hope Permanent Plots,A,Y,2,1966,1996,-34.27063,18.423828,418,126,63,4834,5 by 10m = 50m^2 (Braun-Blanquet Plot),5.00E-05,93.4581361,Jasper Slingsby,,jasper@saeon.ac.za,jslingsby@gmail.com,ODbL,None,Contacted authors directly,"63 five by ten metre permanently marked rectangular sample plots with the long side oriented to true North (Taylor 1984) were systematically placed at intersections of the grids of the ~1960 1:18 000 topographical map of the Cape Peninsula at 1 000 yd (914 m) intervals. Each survey generated lists of species for each plot with each species scored into one of five abundance classes (1 = 1–4 individuals. 2 = 5–10. 3 = 11–50. 4 = 51– 100. 5 = >100; Privett et al. 2001). Plants were positively identified to species wherever possible and the species lists and synonyms updated to the taxonomy of Manning and Goldblatt (2012). Following Taylor (1984) and Privett et al. (2001). species without permanently recognizable aerial parts were excluded from the dataset (i.e. seasonally active geophytes and annuals). since species appearing temporarily at different seasons would obscure differences between plots surveyed at different times of year. Some species or species-complexes were amalgamated. either because they could not be specifically identified in the field. because their taxonomy had been inadequately worked out. or taxonomic revisions had split or lumped species in the period between surveys.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,aggregated totals biomass set to zero from NULL,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
305,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Appalachian mountains,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Amphibians,salamanders,Population estimates of Appalachian salamanders. Coweeta LTER,A,N,15,1976,1990,35,-83.5,4,15,1,60,,0,4.90E-06,R Haven Wiley,,haven_wiley@unc.edu,,CC-by,http://datadryad.org/handle/10255/dryad.25564,Dryad,"Identical observations conducted 1-4 times per year for 15-20 years at two locations in the southern Appalachians have yielded quantitative data on populations of six species of salamanders. Although the numbers have fluctuated for various reasons there has been no trend in the numbers of any of the species. The world-wide decline of amphibian populations has not occurred in the two localities studied.Please refer to the methodological summary near each graph on the following web page http://www.unc.edu/~rhwiley/salamandertrends/ The number of salamanders observed in a 1.5 hour search from the creek southward up the slopes 150 m (average of two trips in September each year). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",locations,NA,aggregated totals biomass and depth NULL to zero,May-16,Count,NA,lat_long_location_year
306,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Ponds,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Reptiles,turtles,Edwin S. George Reserve Turtles. The Global Population Dynamics Database Version 2,A,N,16,1975,1992,42.457,-83.946,3,16,1,46,,0,5.40E-06,Barry Brook,,barry.brook@cdu.edu.au,,CC-by,http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1461-0248.2006.00883.x/abstract,Ecology Letters,"Turtles Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Reserve,NA,aggregated totals biomass and depth NULL to zero,May-16,Count,NA,lat_long_location_year
307,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seed bank,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,seeds,Kellogg LTER seed bank,A,Y,3,1993,2002,42.40885,-85.38318,83,405,1,2084,,0,5.40E-06,Sven Bohm,Kay Gross,bohms@msu.edu,kgross@kbs.msu.edu,ODbL,http://lter.kbs.msu.edu/datatables/23,Kellogg Biological Station LTER,"Seed bank data estimated by direct germination. Seeds are allowed to germinate and the number of plants are counted and identified.This datatable is part of the Distribution and Composition of the Seed Bank dataset. The distribution and composition of the weed seed bank in treatments 1-7 of the LTER main site is periodically (every 3-6 years) evaluated using elutriation and seed counting methods. The goal is to determine:how well the seed bank predicts weed abundances and composition in subsequent years andhow changes in disturbance (tillage) and plant species (cropping systems) affect the bank. Composite soil samples to two depths are periodically elutriated to determine seed densities species composition and viabilities of seven target species which are dominant on the site. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,aggregated totals biomass set to zero from NULL,May-16,Count,NA,station_treat_replicate_depth_cores_sampDiv_surfaceArea_RF_date
308,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,small mammals,Powdermill Nature Reserve monitored small mammal populations from 1979-1999.,AB,Y,21,1979,1999,40.170741,-79.260178,14,30243,1,35398,0.001,0.001,5.20E-06,Joseph Merritt,Information Manager LTER Network Office,jmerritt@illinois.edu,tech-support@lternet.edu,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/metadataviewer?packageid=knb-lter-vcr.67.17,LTER,"Density of small mammals (numbers/ha) were estimated by direct enumeration methods on a 1 ha live trapping grid consisting of a 10 X 10 quadrat of trap stations at 10-m intervals. Trapping was conducted bimonthly from September 1979 to October 1999. Two large Sherman live-traps (7.6 X 8.9 X 30.5 cm) containing synthetic fiber nesting material and sunflower seeds as bait were located at each station. Trapping shelters were used at each station to monitor subnivean activity of mammals during winter months. Upon capture. small mammals were ear tagged or toe clipped for identification; at first capture. number. location on grid. mass. sex and reproductive status were recorded. Animals were weighed to the nearest 0.5 g using a Pesola scale and classified as adult. subadult or juvenile according to body mass and sexual maturity. Position of the testes (either abdominal or scrotal) was used to describe reproductive condition of males. Reproductive status of females was assessed by noting condition of the vulva (whether perforate or not perforate) and nipples (whether small. medium or lactating). Upon recapture during the same period. the number. location and mass was recorded and the animal released.  quadrat Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",quadrat,NA,data from plots identified as ? or - or quotation marks were removed from the dataset. Biomass was summed per species per sample despite many records containing values of 0 for weight. Numbers of individuals per sample per species was calculated. ,May-16,Count,Weight,site_date
310,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Microplankton,Marine microplankton diversity database,A,Y,11,1992,2002,12.696601,-29.903677,576,1038,293,37524,CTD Niskin bottles,0,208608451.6,Sofia Sal,Sofia Sal Brequa,sofia.sal@ gi.ieo.es,s.sal-brequa@imperial.ac.uk,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E094/149/,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"1. Sampling methods:Microplankton abundanceData analysed were collected from 1992 to 2002 at 788 sites. See Fig. 1 and Table 1 for a detailed site description. Seawater samples were collected from different depths (most of them in surface waters) from CTD Niskin bottles. For later microplankton cell counts. it is very important to handle seawater with care. as some organisms are very sensitive to turbulence (Gifford and Caron 2000). Water samples were taken from the Niskin bottle and immediately preserved with 1–5 % acid-Lugol's iodine solution (Throndsen 1978). Samples were labelled and stored in cold. dark conditions during transportation to the laboratory.NutrientsWe only have in situ nutrients data for AMT cruises. Samples were taken from the underway pumping system between stations. from vertical profiles at each station. or both. However. we only included samples obtained during the daily CTD casts coincident with the microplankton sampling. Water samples from the CTD/Rosette system (SeaBird) were sub-sampled into clean Nalgene bottles. Sample analysis was completed within 3 h of sampling. so no samples were stored.Other variablesFor Chlorophyll. between 200 and 300 mL of sea water from each depth in the water column were sequentially filtered through 0.2 µm. 2 µm and 20 µm polycarbonate filters. Chl a was extracted from filters in 90% acetone at 20°C for 12 to 24 hours. Samples were measured on a Turner 10-AU fluorometer calibrated with pure Chl a.Temperature and PAR were obtained either from CTD data or underway records from the ship. For those stations where it was impossible to obtain data. these were retrieved from satellite data.2. AnalysisMicroplankton abundanceMicroplankton identification and cell counts was carried out by Derek S. Harbour at the Plymouth Marine Laboratory using inverted microscopy following the Utermöhl technique (Utermöhl 1958). The ''Water quality - Guidance standard for routine microscopic surveys of phytoplankton using Utermöhl technique'' (BS EN 15204:2006) was followed:Microplankton samples. preserved in Lugol's iodine and formalin. were settled in sedimentation chambers while acclimatized to room temperature. to ensure a random distribution of cells. After this. sample bottles were rotated to help re-suspension and separation. Sub-samples with volumes between 10 and 256 mL were later transferred to plankton settling chambers. A variable area of the chamber bottom was counted under the microscope. The size of that area varies with species and abundance and under some circunstances different species were counted in different settled volumes to obtain consistency and reproducibility in the counts. At least 100 cells of each of the more abundant species were counted. Settlement duration varied between 4h cm-1 for Lugol's iodine and 16 h cm-1 for formaldehyde samples.Once the settling process finished. cells were identified. where possible. to species/genus level and assigned to different functional groups: Flagellates. Heterotrophic flagellates. Diatoms. Coccolithophores. Dinoflagellates. Heterotrophic dinoflagellates. and Ciliates. It should be noted that heterotrophic refers to organisms that do not contain pigments.Abundance data for each species at each station was calculated in cells per mL. Dimensions of individual species were measured in µm units using digital measurements and calibrated against an ocular micrometer. Using the corresponding geometric shapes. these measurements were converted to volume using the (Kovala and Larrance 1966) methodology. Once this was done. cell volumes were converted to carbon (pg cell-1) using the formulae of Menden-Deuer and Lessard (2000).Since all the plankton counts were obtained by light inverted microscopy they do not include pico-cyanobacteria. like Prochlorococcus and Synechococcus. The database adequately samples the microplankton size range and part of the nanoplankton abundance. small eukaryotes are also too small to be identified to the species level by light-microscopy. The Utermöhl technique is restricted to cells larger than 10 µm (within the nanoplankton size range). Smaller cells do not settle quantitatively even after Lugol's iodine addition and cells are too small to classify to the species level.NutrientsTo analyse nutrients. a Technicon AAII (four-five channel depending on the cruise) segmented-flow auto-analyser was used. Protocols used were different for each nutrient: phosphate and silicate were analysed as described by Kirkwood (1989). Nitrate and nitrite was analysed using a modified version of Grasshoff's method (Grasshoff 1976). as described by Brewer and Riley (1965). These were measured as nirate plus nitrite. since the nitrate was determined as nitrite using a copper-cadmium reduction column to reduce it to nitrite. We later calculated nitrate as the difference between the nitrite measure and the nitrite plus nitrate measure. Ammonium was measured only in cruise AMT6. The chemical methodology used was the described by (Mantoura and Woodward 1983). All results are presented as µmol L-1 of the elements nitrogen. phosphorus and silica. Data set of marine microplankton species abundances at 788 stations. collected on different oceanographic cruises between 1992 and 2002. This database consists of abundances (cells/mL) for each species at each station and depth Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",Stations,NA,FM NA lat/long set to central points FM changed sampleID to plot field and added year to build new sampleDescription  FM NULL biomass set to zero  1. Removed species name = NA.  2. There are some Samples that don�t have lat/long information3. Cleaned the species names according to information in the original metadata Table 1: Stations and cast description including date location and data for oceanographic variables such as nutrients or temperature. Table 2: Species identification for the whole data set including phylogenetic classification author comments and carbon and biovolume for each species. Each row corresponds to each column in Table 3. Table 3: Abundance for each species (by columns) at each station (by rows). Species carbon content can vary from one station to another for those cases the species is repeated each column representing a different carbon content as specified in Table 2. For this reason we have more columns than species total number.4. Acanthoica.quattrospina.1 Actinocyclus.1 Actinocyclus.sp.50μm as Actinocyclus.sp1 ?? has a different SpeciesID code (original metadata) Actinoptychus.senarius.1 �. Asteromphalus.60μm as Asteromphalus.sp1 �. Bacterosira.bathyomphala.10μm as Bacterosira.bathyomphala (�) Chaetoceros.1 Chaetoceros.1-19  as Chaetoceros Ciliates.1-9 as Ciliates Coccolithophorid.10μm.Holococcolithophorid-1- 2 as Coccolithophorid.sp1 Coccolithophorid.14μm.Holococcolithophorid as Coccolithophorid.sp2 and Coccolithophorid.15μm.Holococcolithophorid as sp3 Coccolithophorid.5μm.Holococcolithophorid as sp4 and Coccolithophorid.8μm.Holococcolithophorid as sp5; Corethron.criophilum.10μm.1 Corethron.criophilum.10μm and Corethron.criophilum.15μm etc as Corethron.criophilum; Coscinodiscus.sp..90μm as Coscinodiscus.sp1; Cyclidium.oligotrichum..20μm Cyclidium.oligotrichum.20.30μm; Diatom 1-7 as Diatom; Diatom.10μm.Centric as Diatom.sp1 Diatom.15μm.Centric as sp2 Diatom.20μm.Centric as sp3 Diatom.2μm.Centric as sp4 Diatom.30μm.Centric.1 as sp5 Diatom.40μm.Centric.1 as sp6 Diatom.45μm.Centric as sp7 Diatom.4μm.Centric as sp8 Diatom.50μm. as sp9 Diatom.5μm.Centric.1 as sp10 Diatom.60μm.Centric as sp11 Diatom.70μm.Centric as sp12;  Dinoflagellate.20μm.Undeterminated.1-3 as Dinoflagellate.sp1; Flagellate.2-9 as Flagellate Flagellate..5μm..1 as Flagellate.dp1 etc; Gymnodinium.B10μm as Gymnodinium.sp1 Gymnodinium.sp.10μm as sp2 etc; Gyrodinium.25μm as Gyrodinium; Heterotrophic.Dinoflagellate.1-14 and Heterotrophic.Dinoflagellate.30μm. as Heterotrophic.Dinoflagellate Mesodinium..20μm as Mesodinium.sp1 Mesodinium..30μm.1-3 as sp2; Nitzschia.25μm as Nitzschia.sp1 Nitzschia.40μm as sp2 Nitzschia.sp.70μm as sp3 Proboscia.alata.10μm.2 etc as Proboscia.alata Prorocentrum.sp.15μm as sp1 ans Prorocentrum.sp.20μm as sp2 Rhizosolenia.hebetata.10μm.1 etc as Rhizosolenia.hebetata Rhizosolenia.imbricata.2μm etc as Rhizosolenia.imbricata Rhizosolenia.pungens.25μm etc as Rhizosolenia.pungens Rhizosolenia.setigera.5μm etc as Rhizosolenia.setigera Strombidium..20μm as sp1 Strombidium..30μm as sp2 Strombidium.20.30μm as sp3 Syracosphaera.sp.10μm as sp1 Syracosphaera.sp.15μm as sp2 Syracosphaera.sp.20μm as sp3; Thalassiosira.10μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.10μm as sp1 Thalassiosira.20μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.20μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.20μm.1 as sp2 Thalassiosira.2μm as sp3 Thalassiosira.30μm.1 AND Thalassiosira.sp.30μm.1 etc as sp4 Thalassiosira.40μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.40μm as sp5 Thalassiosira.4μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.4μm as sp6 Thalassiosira.5μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.5μm as sp7 Thalassiosira.60μm AND Thalassiosira.sp.60μm as sp8; Thalassiosira.anguste.lineata.40μm as Thalassiosira angustelineata; Thalassiosira.gravida.15μm.1 etc as Thalassiosira.gravida Thalassiosira.resting.spore10μm as sp9 Thalassiosira.resting.spore5μm as sp10 Thalassiosira.sp.15μm as sp11 Thalassiosira.sp.25μm as sp12 Thalassiosira.sp.50μm as sp13 Thalassiosira.sp.70μm as sp14 Thalassiosira.sp.8μm as sp155. Corrected Genus Emiliana to Emiliania and Pseudo-nitzschia as PseudonitzschiaFM Heterotrophic-Dinoflagellate represented by Dinoflagellate,May-16,Density,NA,year_plot
311,Terrestrial,Temperate,14 permanent traplines established on seven fire-grazing treatments (two traplines per treatment),NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Mammals,Small mammals,Seasonal summary of numbers of small mammals on 14 LTER traplines in prairie habitats at Konza Prairie,A,N,33,1981,2013,39.083333,-96.583333,15,847,1,2458,0.06,0.06,5.20E-06,Donald W. Kaufman,,dwkaufma@ksu.edu,,CC-by,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/csm01-seasonal-summary-numbers-small-mammals-14-lter-traplines-prairie-habitats-konza,Konza Prairie Long-Term Ecological Research,"Data set contains seasonal summaries (spring and autumn) of the number of individuals of each species of small mammal captured (relative abundance) on each grassland trapline. Each record contains year. season. trapline and number of individuals captured of each species. These live trap records are based on daily captures during two 4-day trapping periods in spring (late February to early April) and autumn (early October to mid-November) for each of 14 permanent traplines established on seven fire-grazing treatments (two traplines per treatment). Small mammal captured (relative abundance) on each grassland trapline Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA,1. Removed records with abundance=0  FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,year_season_watershed_line
312,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,African savanna,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Mammals,Large herbivores,Stability in a Multi-Species Assemblage of Large Herbivores in East Africa,A,N,9,1959,1984,3.5,35.75,13,9,1,117,100,100,100,Herbert Henri Theodore Prins,,Herbert.Prins@wur.nl,,PDDL,http://www.jstor.org/stable/4219351?seq=1#page_scan_tab_contents,JSTOR Oecologia,"The study was carried out on data collected in Lake Manyara National Park (lat. 3º30' S. long. 35º45' E) in northern Tanzania (Fig. 1). Until substantial poaching began in 1986. Manyara had the highest mammalian biomass density in any natural ecosystem (Delany and Happold 1979; Drent and Prins 1987). comparable to the system of Queen Elizabeth National Park. Uganda (again dominated by elephant and buffalo) before severe poaching reduced mammal numbers drastically there in the 1970s. Manyara is situated mainly in the Eastern Rift Valley (960 m above sea level) but partly on the Mbulu Plateau (1600 m a.s.l.) and receives an average of 650 mm of rain annually. Most game in the Park is sedentary but wildebeest and Burchell's zebra show extensive migratory movements into the rest of the Masai Ecosystem (Prins 1987). Estimates were obtained from a variety of sources (see Legend of Table 1) of the total number of large herbivores (heavier than 20 kg) within the present Park boundaries during the last 25 years. The species and nomenclature are present in Table 2. Where data were lacking for a particular species for a given year of census. estimates were made on the basis of figures from the previous and subsequent censuses. The obtained estimates were discussed with park rangers who had been working in the Park at the time of the missing value. Published figures (Table 1) were also discussed with these rangers. and on the basis of these and on the warden's reports (1959 through 1973). the published figures for the hippopotamus population in 1961. 1965. 1967. and 1970 were disregarded and a new estimate was used instead. It should be noted that estimates of bush species (viz. black rhinoceros. bushbuck. and to a lesser extent impala. waterbuck. and olive baboon) because of the limited visibility in their habitat. are undoubtedly less reliable than estimates for plains species (viz. Burchell's zebra. wildebeest. and to a lesser degree warthog) or for other large herbivores (African elephant. Cape buffalo. and giraffe; cf. Prins and Weyer-haeuser 1987). The estimates for reedbuck are quite reliable as the wardens paid special attention to their numbers. Consumption was calculated according to the assumption that the herbivores' daily food intake (dry matter) equals 2.5% of their live body weight (Crampton and Harris 1969; Van Soest 1982. Van Wijngaarden 1985). which compares reasonably well with the published data for food intake of East African herbivores (Delany and Happold 1979). For the calculations the average live weights used for the different species are presented in Table 2. Some of the species in Manyara are considered real grazers. others real browsers but many species are mixed feeders (Hofmann 1973). As we are interested in quantifying the consumption of grass and browse in Manyara. the consumption by species falling in the category mixed feeder had to be divided into grass consumption and browse consumption. For this division we used the data from Table 2. The data we present are gross indices of consumption per unit land in the Park. The acreage of the dry land area of the park has varied over time because of changes in the level of Lake Manyara. After periods of heavy rainfall the lake submerged parts of the grasslands and woodlands but during extended droughts the lake receded after which the surfacing shore was again colonized by grasses (Loth and Prins 1986. Prins and Loth 1988). The real land area of the Park in the different census years as calculated from aerial photographs (Loth and Prins 1986) is presented in Table 1. The pressure exerted on the vegetation by the herbivores is assumed to be equal to their consumption. although this ignores the effects of trampling. which can be quite important (cf. Sinclair and Norton-Griffiths 1979). Five groups of herbivores are distinguished in the analyses. viz. buffalo elephant-as-grazer. elephant-as-browser'. other grazers (i.e. hippopotamus. Burchell's zebra. wildebeest. impala. reedbuck. waterbuck. warthog. baboon. and bushbuck) and other browsers (i.e. giraffe. black rhinoceros. baboon. impala. bush- buck. waterbuck. reedbuck. and warthog); the categories are weighted according to body weight and the proportions grass or browse in the diet (Table 2). Mean-square successive difference testing was used to detect whether a time series was randomly distributed around the mean. or not (Wonnacott and Wonnacott 1977). The constancy parameter s. defined as the standard deviation of the base-10 logarithm of population estimates. was used to assess the stability of the population; when s is smaller than approximately 0.3 the population is considered stable (Ostfeld 1988). It is. however. better to speak of constancy (i.e.. lack of change in a numerical parameter) than of stability. as the latter implies that the population returns to a certain state after disturbance (Orians 1975). For the species assemblage we calculated a stability index. following McNaughton (1978). Thus. we defined n as the number of herbivore species (n = 13). i as the interaction term equalling the mean value of significant Spearman rank correlation coefficients (rj) between population numbers (for P<0.05 and for P< 0.01). and c the proportion of all r. values that were significant. The stability index is calculated as i/(nc) 1/2; when the stability index is < 1.0. the system is stable and when the index is > 1.0. the system is not stable. We did not calculate guild size (nc) (McNaughton 1978). as this does not appear to be a valid calculation (Harris 1979; Lawton and Ralliston 1979).” Large mammals census in Park in Tanzania Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Census,NA,1. Assuming area of the park =100km2 2. Removed abundance=0  FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,year
313,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Savanna/ Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Grasshoppers,Successional Dynamics on a Resampled Chronosequence Core Old Field Grasshopper Sampling,A,Y,18,1989,2006,45.4,-93.2,61,1409,1,7958,2m-long horizontal swing of the net -  total number of sweeps for each field in each sample period was 200 with an annual total of 800 sweeps/field,2.00E-06,5.70E-06,Knops Johannes,Tilman David,jknops2@unl.edu,tilman@umn.edu,CC-by,http://www.cedarcreek.umn.edu/research/data/dataset?ghe014,Cedar Creek Ecosystem Science Reserve,"Approximately 20 old agricultural fields which were abandoned at various times make up the core of e014. In these core fields four permanent sampling transects were laid out in each field. Fields 22 and 29 have 6 transects but these fields are not generally considered part of the core group. In addition to these core old fields. many other similar abandoned fields exist at Cedar Creek and a subset was also sampled for grasshoppers. For the purpose of the grasshopper sampling these fields have been labeled as “supplemental” old fields. The supplemental fields did not have permanent transects in them and grasshopper sampling methods were adjusted accordingly. Grasshoppers in 19 core E014 old fields were sampled by sweepnet mid-month from June through September from 1989-2006.  Field 28 was added in 1997 and field 11 was added in 2002. bringing the total core field count to 21. Sampling dates are summarized in Table: Core Old Fields Grasshopper Sampling. fields and dates. In each sampling period. 50 sweeps were taken with a 15-inch muslin sweep net along four 40m transects (labeled G. R. W. Y) near the center of each plot. The total number of sweeps for each field in each sample period was 200. with an annual total of 800 sweeps/field. A sweep consisted of a rapid approximately 2m-long horizontal swing of the net through the vegetation. Sweeps were generally collected between 10am-4pm during a two day period when it had not rained and weather was fair with sunny skies. modest breezes. and temperatures above 70°F. The contents for each transect were bagged separately in 1-gallon plastic bag. but counts in this data set are pooled by sampling period. Samples where frozen until Orthoptera could be counted and identified to genus and species (where possible). All identifications were done by John Haarstad. *Note about comparing experiments: morphological notes may not indicate the same species/group in different experiments.    -------------- Core Old Field Grasshopper Sampling: Irregularities to Note 1) Only the family Acrididae was recorded throughout the entire survey period (1989-2006). Other families were sorted and identified in all years except 1992 and 1993. 2) Two newly abandoned fields were added to the core old field survey after it began in 1989. Field 28 was added in 1997 and field 11 was added in 2002. 3) In 2003. samples were lost from 7 fields in June (21. 24. 26. 27. 32. 39. 40) and 4 fields in August (47. 45. 53. 76). The total counts for these fields were augmented by proportional additions from remaining samples by John Haarstad and crew.  4) During the first three years of this study (1989-1991) John Haarstad was unable to distinguish several species of Melanoplus nymphs and they were lumped under the identification: “Melanoplus undet nymphs”. No other serious difficulties in identification were encountered. Sweepnet Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Sweepnet,NA,1. Lat/long info is from LTER site FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,field_year_month
314,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Savanna/ Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,Small mammals,Successional Dynamics on a Resampled Chronosequence Small mammal abundance,A,Y,3,1983,1985,45.4,-93.2,6,110,1,118,,0,5.70E-06,Knops Johannes,Tilman David,jknops2@unl.edu,tilman@umn.edu,CC-by,http://www.cedarcreek.umn.edu/research/data/dataset?ghe014,Cedar Creek Ecosystem Science Reserve,"In 1984 small mammals were trapped. Snap traps were baited with oatmeal/peanut butter and a trap placed at each stake (0. 10. 20. 30. 40. 50m). All transects in 1 field were trapped on the same night. One trapping session for 1 field consisted of 3 consecutive nights of trapping. Fields were trapped twice (2 sessions) in August and once in September.  Small mammal traps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Small mammal traps,NA,1. Lat/long info is from LTER site 2. There are some records without biomass FM have set these (34) to zeros,May-16,Count,NA,field_transect_date
315,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Desert/ Grassland,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial invertebrates,Grasshoppers,Jornada Grasshopper Data,A,Y,3,1983,1985,32.62,-106.74,40,1395,1,3027,5 m2 quadrats,9.00E-04,10,John Anderson,David Lightfoor,janderso@jornada.nmsu.edu,dlightfo@unm.edu,CC-by,http://jornada.nmsu.edu/lter/dataset/49712/view,Jornada Basin LTER,"This is grasshopper data sampled from 9 plots on the east bajada of the Dona Ana Mts. Three plots were situated on the bajada parallel to and 200 m south of the LTER transect. Two additional sets of three plots were located 5 km and 10 km south of the LTER transect. Each plot is composed of two 50 m belt transects. each divided into ten 5 m2 quadrats. Grasshoppers were visually sampled in each quadrat/plot. once in May. July and September. in 1983. 1984 and 1985. Each individual grasshopper. its age. sex and substrate it was observed on. are recorded. Visual counts in quadrats Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Visual counts in quadrats,NA,1. Removed species=0 2. Lat/long info is from LTER site  FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,date_plot_transect_quadrat
316,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Desert/ Grassland,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Reptiles,Lizards,Lizard pitfall trap data (LTER-II LTER-III),AB,Y,18,1989,2006,32.62,-106.74,21,2620,1,2650,The LTER pitfall traps are walled by two large vegetable cans 6inch diameter. size 10 tomato cans (6 lbs 3 oz ca. 6 l/2inch high) are most common,9.00E-04,190,John Anderson,David Lightfoot,janderso@jornada.nmsu.edu,dlightfo@unm.edu,CC-by,http://jornada.nmsu.edu/lter/dataset/49821/view,Jornada Basin LTER,"Methods and locations. Pitfall trap grids have been installed at three creosotebush sites. three grassland sites. and three mesquite sites. and two tarbush sites. Each grid consists of 4 x 4 rows of traps at 15 meter intervals. Each pitfall trap is 40 cm deep. and lined with tin can cylinders. A polyethylene funnel is set on a container in each trap. Each trap has a ceramic tile cover which is used to close the trap during non-sampling periods. Traps were opened for two consecutive weeks every month for the period 16 June 1989 to 23 August 1991. For the period post-August 1991. traps were opened for two consecutive weeks quarterly (Feb. May. Aug. Oct). During the summer traps are checked every three days. during the winter they are checked once each week. Lizards are removed from the containers and information is recorded on data sheets. Objectives. Desertification is hypothesized to have altered the spatial and temporal availability of resources required by the biota. Results of desertification on the Jornada include changes to shrub dominated communities and major soil changes. We hypothesize that these shifts in vegetation have changed resources temporally for many of the consumers. If grassland systems respond to rainfall without significant lags. but shrub systems do not. then consumer species should reflect these differences. In addition. shifts from grassland to shrubland results in greater structural heterogeneity of the habitats. We have hypothesized that consumer populations. diversity. and densities of some consumers will be higher in grasslands than in shrublands. Diversity and/or densities are hypothesized to be related to the NPP of the sites. Data will be collected for the duration of the LTER program in order to provide data to test these hypotheses.Protocol for Lizard Pitfalls - OVERVIEW.A grid of 16 pitfall traps is located at each consumer plot. Each trap is 40 cm deep and contains an inner plastic container and funnel. A ceramic tile is placed over each trap. For a 2-week period each sample period. the tiles are raised on one side. and the traps are checked every 3 days in summer and once a week in winter. Individual lizards are taken from the traps. identified. sexed. measured. and weighed. Each lizard was clipped with a unique number using the codes on the diagram on the field data sheets. Toe clipping was done from 1989 to 1995. Starting in March 1995 toe clipping was terminated and lizards were instead marked with a black sharpie marking pen to provide a temporary mark to determine recapture status over a particular 2-week trapping period. A black mark is made posterior to the cloaca on the ventral base of the tail. Trapping grid is a 4x4 with 15 meter interval between traps.I. INTRODUCTION. In conjunction with net primary production studies. consumer and faunal studies are conducted at or near NPP sites using pitfall traps. We use live traps. not employing ethylene glycol or other killing/preservative agents. with traps checked once a week at the minimum. Sampling-with-replacement is used with the lizards but without replacement for the arthropods; thus any released arthropods. when possible. should not be let go in the immediate vicinity of the pitfall grids (Note: separate pitfall traps for arthropods were established in 1995 for LTER-III).Lizard pitfall studies are conducted quarterly over a period of two weeks: in February-March (following winter NPP). in May-June (following spring NPP). in August. and in October-November (following fall NPP). A. LOCATION: Pitfall grids consist of sixteen stations (four rows of four traps) located at the following ll sites (the old code. no longer used. is given in parentheses following each site*): T-WEST (TBA). T-EAST (TBB). M-RABB-A (MDA). M-NORT (formerly M-RABB-C (MDC). moved to M-NORT in 1995). M-WELL (MDB). G-IBPE-C (GLC). G-SUMM (formerly G-IBPE-A (GLA). moved to G-SUMM in 1995) G-BASN (GLB). C-SAND-B (CBB). C-CALI (CBA). and C-GRAV (CBD). Pitfalls formerly located at MB (mixed basin slope NE of weather trailer) and C-SAND-C (CBC) have been closed. No pitfalls are directly associated with the following NPP sites: P-COLL. P-SMAL. P-TOBO (because of flooding potential). T-TAYL. or G-SUMM. The pitfall for C-SAND is located NW of the NPP site (see site map). The location of each trap is marked by a rebar bearing a numbered aluminum tag. * (old codes may still be found in data books and vial labels)B. CONSTRUCTION: The LTER pitfall traps are walled by two large vegetable cans. 6 diameter; size 10 tomato cans (6 lbs. 3 oz. ca. 6 l/2 high) are most common. The ends of the cans are cut out and the cans stacked so that the top of the upper can is nearly flush with the ground. Similar-sized coffee cans may be used; the funnel (see below) should fit the can with little excess space. The collection container is a slightly tapered plastic beverage cup 5 l/2 deep with top diameter of 4 l/2; several small (ca. l/16) holes are drilled in the bottom of each cup to facilitate drainage. A polypropylene funnel with top diameter of 5 l/2 is placed in the cup to seal the trap and prevent escapes; the stem and lower funnel are cut off about 4 below the top. making a lower hole of ca. l l/2- 1 3/4 diameter. The cups are supported on small stones or wooden blocks to raise the top of the funnel nearer the top of the can (it should not be flush); elevation of cups is especially important in poorly drained sites. When not in use. the traps are sealed by a ceramic tile with dirt packed along sides (see procedure below). Trap numbers (l-16) originally were stamped on a small aluminum block fastened to a rebar next to each pit. Many of these blocks are now missing. More recently. sites have been numbered with aluminum tags attached to the rebar. If both the block and tag are missing. the number can be determined by counting from the northeast corner of the grid (l-4 north-south. 5-8 next line south-north. etc.). However. some sites. notably BASN. have a different numbering scheme so always check adjacent trap numbers if unsure.A SITE MAP IS INCLUDED WITH THIS PROTOCOLII. PROCEDURE: Traps are usually opened on a Friday; the tiles are excavated and propped open l to 2 at one end using wooden blocks or stones. Be sure the tile covers the trap as completely as possible. During spring and summer. collections are made the Tuesday and Friday the week after opening and again Tuesday and Friday (close) of the next week. In fall and winter. collections on Fridays are sufficient. Take care to look under the cup; both lizards and arthropods (especially scorpions and crickets) will readily hide there. Any lizards found are carefully grasped (don't grab tail!) and subjected to the measurements detailed in section A below. Be sure to use forceps on venemous arthropods. Note special procedures for juvenile lizards. Before leaving for the field. make certain that you have the bag with measuring equipment (below) and a box with labelled cups (w/lids) for the eleven pitfall sites plus an additional unlabelled cup for each participant. The data book should be on a clipboard which has a list of lizard species codes and identification information affixed. IMPORTANT: the clipboard should also had an updated list of the identification numbers previously used in toe marking for the period prior to 1995. Equipment for processing lizards includes a metric ruler. scales. forceps. plastic bags. black sharpie markers. pencils. and a reptile field guide. The scale is a PESOLA (l00 gram) spring-type; it is expensive so should be kept out of the dirt. Equipment kept in a zippered bag either in FH 117 or 236. The following information is recorded in the Jornada LTER II Lizard Pitfall data book for each lizard:l. Pit number (see above).2. Species code: Lizard species are recorded using a four letter code (first two letters of generic and species names). Cnemidiphorus tigris is thus CNTI. etc.3. Sex: record an M. F. or J (juvenile) for each lizard. The field guide and clipboard information may assist in sexing. which differs in different families.4. Rec.: If individuals have been previously marked with a black.5. sharpie marker. record an R (recapture). Record an N for unmarked adults.6. Markings. Prior to 1995: Toe mark: For newly captured adults. toes are clipped according to the numbering system shown on each page of the data book. Note that the ventral side of the lizard is shown in the diagram. With scissors. clip the first 2 mm or so of the required toes. As lizards have only five toes. numbers 6-9 are not used in the codes. Upon reaching number 6 one should skip to the next availble combination (e.g. HOMA 2046 would skip to 2050; UTST 56 would skip to 100. Close attention should be given to avoid toe clipping errors. It is also imperative that accurate and updated records be kept (on provided clipboard sheet) of numbers used; be sure this sheet is brought to the field each time. Severe problems have occurred in the past with skipped and duplicated numbers. In general. JUVENILES. especially small ones. should not be toe clipped as the required handling may injure them. Put a dash across the toe mark space for small juveniles. After 1995: Each new lizard is marked with a back sharpie marker at the ventral base of the tail posterior to the cloaeca.7. S-V: record length (in mm) from snout apex to vent for each lizard. Exercise great care in handling juveniles for any measurements. Estimates might be better for very small juveniles; the handling needed to position the lizard for measurement may be injurious. If the juvenile is not too active it can be measured in the cup.8. Total length: record total length in mm from snout to tail tip for each lizard.9. Weight: place lizard in plastic bag and clip bag to the scale. Keeping bag out of wind if possible. note weight in grams (subtract bag weight) and record in data book. Very small to small juveniles can be estimated at l gram.10. Tail: record as whole (W) or broken (B). If tail is broken and regrown. record as broken and make a note at the bottom of the page. A SAMPLE LIZARD DATA BOOK PAGE IS INCLUDED WITH THIS PROTOCOL III. CLOSING PITFALLS: on the last day of collections. close the pitfalls by lowering the tiles to the ground surface and covering the pitfall as well as possible. and then packing soil or sand tightly around the edges and top of the tile. Soil on top may discourage coyotes and help assure tight closure. A shovel or trowel is useful in closing the traps. Be sure to place a stone atop the tile or it may be difficult to find the trap again. Sloppily closed pitfalls will be deathtraps for any organisms getting in. so take time to seal them.IV. GENERAL PROBLEMSl. Poor drainage (or flooding) is a problem in several areas. especially tarbush and BASN. If traps and cups are flooded. pour the cup onto a flat surface and try to recover as many organisms as possible (note in book any not kept). Using the cup. bail as much water out of the trap as possible.2. Broken tiles: this has been a problem at the RABB sites which are open to grazing. Tiles from the LTER I transect have been used as replacements. An extra tile is usually kept with the pitfall box and a box of tiles has been kept in the annex.3. Broken funnels: plastic funnels eventually begin to crack and must be replaced. If broken funnels are noticed make a note for immediate replacement. Some funnels are available in the FH236 lab.4. Natural toe loss in lizards may have affected the toe marking system. If new captures had lost toes (usually only one foot will be affected). attempts were made to incorporate the digit into the marking scheme. Toe losses in marked recaptures may be told by reference to the marking lists and should be noted in the data book. 5. Escapees: large. active lizards are easily capable of escaping from one's grip and occasionally from untended traps with the tile off. Beware of lizards running up your arm as you attempt to pull them from traps- a quick grab is safer than slow fishing. If a lizard escapes. note as much information as you can about it and then write escaped across the rest of the row. Pitfall traps for lizards Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Pitfall traps for lizards,NA,1. Removed species=NONE 2. Considered code CNUK as Cnemidophorus sp. CNTE assumed as Cnemidophorus grahmii formerly C. tesselatus UKCN as Unknown sp1 UKLI as Unknown sp2 3. Lat/long info is from LTER site 4. Used date as indicated MM/DD/YY 5. Considered plot concatenation of zone_site_plot,May-16,Count,Weight,date_zone_site_plot_pit
317,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mangrove,FALSE,Flooded grasslands and savannas,Terrestrial plants,Mangrove trees,Mangrove Forest Growth from the Shark River Slough Everglades National Park (FCE) South Florida from January 1995 to Present,A,Y,9,1995,2005,25.336,-80.855667,4,33,4,93,20 x 20 m plot,4.00E-04,1444.47,Robert ATwilley,Victor Rivera-Monroy,rtwilley@lsu.edu,vhrivera@lsu.edu,CC-by,http://fcelter.fiu.edu/data/core/metadata/?datasetid=LT_PP_Rivera_002,Florida Coastal Everglades LTER,"All mangrove trees having a diameter at breast high (DBH) greater than 2.5 cm were tagged in two 20 x 20 m plot in stations SRS4-6 and TS/Ph-8. Measurements in PLot Num1 began in 1995; measurements in Plot Num 2 began in 2001. Plot Num1 in TS/Ph-8 was established in 2001. DBH has been measured in the period 1995-2004. Mangrove species include Rhizophora mangle. Laguncularia racemosa. Avicennia germinans. Conacarpus erectus.                        Sampling Description: The annual net increase in biomass will be estimated at different time intervals for each individual tree/species. The sum of these differences will represent the wood production for each site. The general objectives of this study are to evaluate differences in above ground productivity along soil P concentrations. soil salinity gradients. and hydroperiod. Information will be analyzed using a repeated-measures ANOVA. Two plots of 20 x 20m in each sampling station (only one in TS/Ph-8)Method Step - Description: An aluminum nail was placed at breast height (1.5 m) along with an numbered aluminum tag in each tree. DBH is measured above and below the nail at each sampling time; the mean value from these measurements is used for growth calculations. Tree height is measured using a calibrated range finder. accuracy of height measurements is plus or minus 3.5 m due to canopy density)Instrumentation: Standard DBH taperange finder Tree measurements in permanent plots Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Tree measurements in permanent plots,NA,1. Lat/Long for each site 2. Assumed plot as SITENAME_PlotNumber  FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,date_site_plot
319,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",All,Herpetofauna,Effects of rangeland management on community dynamics of herpetofauna to the tallgrass prairie,A,N,14,1989,2003,37.25,-96.71666,35,14,1,232,4-km walk transect,0.008,6.5,Dustin J. Wilgers,,wilgers.herp@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.bioone.org/doi/pdf/10.1655/0018-0831%282006%2962%5B378%3AEORMOC%5D2.0.CO%3B2,Herpetologica,"Herpetofaunal surveys were conducted on one day between 19–30 April each year. The survey route consisted of the same 4-km walk which took approximately four hours (1000–1400 h). Walking surveys is an  effective and widespread practice for monitoring amphibian and reptile communities (Doan. 2003; Woodford and Meyer. 2003). The route included normal tallgrass prairie habitats. the shorelines of a pond. and intermittent streams. Amphibians and reptiles were detected by turning over rocks and other debris. and by sighting animals in the open. Each year. we recorded the number of individuals of each species encountered. and environmental conditions including: midday air temperature (C). water temperature (C). cloud cover. burn conditions (burned versus unburned). and the presence of flowing water in the intermittent streams (Table 1).  ---- Fourteen herpetofaunal surveys were conducted during a 15-year period (1989–1990 and 1992–2003) at Bud Jan Nitschke (BJN) cattle ranch in Cowley County. Kansas (37u159 N. 96u439 W). The 650 ha ranch is located in the southern portion of the Flint Hills. and the vegetation is dominated by a matrix of perennial warm-season C4 grasses. such as big bluestem (A. gerardii). little bluestem (A. scoparius). indiangrass (S. nutans). and switchgrass (Panicum virgatum). A diverse mixture of other less abundant species includes warm-season and cool-season grasses. composites. legumes. and other forbs. Woody species such as leadplant (Amorpha canescens).  buckbrush (Symphoricarpos orbiculatus). New Jersey tea (Caenothus herbaceous). and smooth sumac (Rhus glabra) are locally common (Freeman and Hulbert. 1985). Average monthly temperature ranges from a low in January (22.7 C) to a high in July (26.6 C). Average annual total precipitation ranges from .750 to 850 mm with 75% falling during a summer growing season (March–July; Bark. 1987). One common characteristic of the region is protruding limestone outcrops on hilltops. which provide suitable habitat for several species of amphibians and reptiles. During the 15-year study. two management practices were implemented at the BJN ranch. Traditional season-long stocking (200 hundred cows with their calves. .0.6 animals/ha) was implemented the first 10 years (1989–1998) and pastures were burned in alternate years. Starting in 1999. the land management practice switched to intensive-early cattle stocking (approximately 650 yearlings. .1.0 animals/ha. maintained for 3 months starting in late spring) combined with annual burning. Herpetofaunal surveys 4-km walk which took approximately four hours Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Herpetofaunal surveys 4-km walk which took approximately four hours,NA,1. Removed abundance=0  FM NULL biomass set to zero,May-16,Count,NA,year
321,Terrestrial,Temperate,vegetation responses to the exclusion of small mammals,one unfenced control plot. one fenced plot to exclude rodents and rabbits. and one fenced plot to exclude rabbits only,Each of the three or four plots in a replicate block are separated by 20 meters,,Shrubland,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Mammals,small mammals,Small Mammal Exclosure Study. Jornada LTER.  SMES rodent trapping data,AB,Y,13,1995,2007,32.550335,-106.811564,19,11757,766,12787,0.5,0.5,9.9991855,Robert Schooley,,schooley@illinois.edu,,CC-by,http://jornada.nmsu.edu/lter/dataset/49798/view,Jornada LTER,"Each rodent trapping web consists of a series of 12 equally spaced lines radiating from a central point. Each line consists of 12 trap stations. The first trap station is located 5 meters from the center. the next three at 5 meter intervals. and the remaining 8 at ten meter intervals. Each trap line is 100 meters long. and each web is 200 meters in diameter. The above rodent trapping web design has been used for six years at the Sevilleta LTER. and has recently been adopted by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. as a standard technique for monitoring rodent populations. Small Mammals ------------- Rodent populations will be sampled from each of the three webs at each of the study sites twice each year. in the early (April-May) and late (September-October) summer. Sherman (H. B. Sherman Traps. Inc.. Tallahassee. FL) live-traps are left open for three consecutive nights. and captured animals are recorded for three consecutive mornings. Each animal caught is identified. measured. and released at the same location where it was captured. Each animal is temporarily marked with a marking pen to determine recapture status for a given three-night sampling period. No permanent marking techniques are used. Rodent trapping is conducted at all 6 webs at a given research site over the same 3 night period. Rodent trapping at the Sevilleta. Jornada. and Mapimi will be conducted at the same time of year. Persons working with rodents in the field will follow safety guidelines developed by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (Mills. et al. in press). to reduce exposure to hantavirus. plague. and other rodent-vectored diseases. traps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",traps,NA,full species names were incuded from a tabel in the metadata. The weight of each species per sample was calculated. The sum total species abundance per species per sample was calculated. Data with no spatial information (i.e 0 0 coordinates) were removed FM depth set to zero from NULL,May-16,Count,Weight,web_trap_date
322,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Semi deciduous forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Forest destructuring as revealed by the temporal dynamics of fundamental species - Case study of Santa Genebra Forest in Brazil,A,Y,4,1983,2004,-22.825,-47.1058,132,400,1,789,1,1.00E-04,0.01,Fabiano Turini Farah,Ricardo Rodrigues,fbnfrh@gmail.com ,rrresalq@usp.br,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"The area of 1 ha was divided in 100 10x10m plots. All the trees and shrubs in each plot with a girth at breast height (GBH; 1.3 m from the ground) greater than 15 cm were registered 100 10x10m plots sampled in 4 years. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",100 10x10m plots sampled in 4 years.,NA,1. Individuals with circumference at breast hight equals to zero removed 2. Variety considered at the species level: Qualea multiflora var. pubescens considered as Qualea multiflora 3. Viva n�o identificada considered as Unknown FM depth and biomass set to zeros from NULL,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
323,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Subtropical wet forest,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Reptiles,Lizards,The Response of Anolis Lizards to Hurricane-Induced Habitat Changes in a Puerto Rican Rain Forest.,A,Y,4,1989,1992,18.3176,-65.7824,4,18,1,54,,0,4.20E-06,Douglas Reagan,,douglas_reagan@urscorp.com,,CC-by,http://luq.lternet.edu/data/luqmetadata4,Luquillo LTER,"Transects are conducted by slowly walking up each tower and recording the following information fore each lizard observed: species. sex/age. perch height. perch substrate. perch diameter. and distance from centerline. Three replicate transects are conducted during each season; one survey at each of three times of day (morning. midday. and late afternoon). Three replicate transects are conducted during each season. three times a day Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Three replicate transects are conducted during each season. three times a day,NA,FM depth and biomass set to zero from NULL,May-16,Count,NA,date_transect
324,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Semi deciduous forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Saplings,Temporal evaluation of natural regeneration in a semi-deciduous forest in Pirenopolis. Goias. Brazil,A,Y,5,2003,2007,-15.822694,-48.994368,60,65,1,237,0.000016,1.60E-05,4.20E-06,Fabio Venturoli,,fabioventuroli@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Sapling individuals with height <1m were sampled in 16 2x2m plots once a year from 2003-2007  16 2x2m plots sampled in 5 years Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",16 2x2m plots sampled in 5 years,NA,1. Researcher has double checked species names as requested.  FM Biomass and depth set to zero for NULLS,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
325,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Semi deciduous forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Small trees,Temporal evaluation of natural regeneration in a semi-deciduous forest in Pirenopolis. Goias. Brazil,A,Y,5,2003,2007,-15.822694,-48.994368,91,79,1,727,0.0004,4.00E-04,4.20E-06,Fabio Venturoli,,fabioventuroli@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Small tree individuals with height >1m and circumference at the breast height (CBH) <3cm were sampled in 16 5x5m plots once a year from 2003-2007 . 16 5x5m plots sampled in 5 years Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",16 5x5m plots sampled in 5 years,NA,1. Researcher has double checked species names as requested.  FM Biomass and depth set to zero for NULLS,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
326,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Semi deciduous forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees,Temporal evaluation of natural regeneration in a semi-deciduous forest in Pirenopolis. Goias. Brazil,A,Y,2,2003,2007,-15.822694,-48.994368,140,32,1,1591,0.0004,4.00E-04,4.20E-06,Fabio Venturoli,,fabioventuroli@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Tree individuals with CBH >3cm were sampled in 16 5x5m plots once a year in 2003 and 2007 . 16 5x5m plots sampled in 2 years Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",16 5x5m plots sampled in 2 years,NA,1. Individuals designed as morta (dead) were removed. 2. Researcher has double checked species names as requested.  FM Biomass and depth set to zero for NULLS,May-16,Count,NA,year_plot
327,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,semiarid thorn scrub,TRUE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",Mammals,Small mammals,Fray Jorge Small Mammals 1989-2005,AB,Y,17,1989,2005,-30.6,-71.7,12,171843,1,256469,15m,0.000225,2,Douglas A. Kelt,,dakelt@ucdavis.edu,,ODbL,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E094/084/,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"Field: We have a small house on site and our field crew lives there for nine days every month (second–tenth day of the month). They trap eight grids for four nights followed by the other eight grids for four nights (from 1997–2002 the crew added two +F grids to each 4-d cycle). Two Sherman-type live traps (9 × 11 × 30 cm) are placed at each station (hence 50 traps per grid) and checked 2–3 times daily (morning late afternoon midday under hot conditions). All individual small mammals are uniquely marked with numbered ear tags or leg bands (National Band and Tag Co. Newport Kentucky USA) and standard data are recorded (see Table 1). Because our site experiences fog or high clouds frequently we do not target sampling to a particular lunar phase. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",traps,NA,I converted julian dates to calender dates. I replaced . values in the weight column for NA and summed weight per species per sample. I also calculated how many pf each species was recorded per sample. FM biomass NA to zero and depth zero to NULL.  Some days months zero and changed day=43 to 0 and month = 34 to zero,Jun-16,Count,Weight,gridRow_col_date
328,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,mixed hardwood-pine wetland,TRUE,Small river ecosystems,Amphibians,Amphibians,The Rainbow Bay Long-term Study,A,N,30,1979,2008,32.26,-81.63,10,30,1,301,0.01,0.01,4.70E-06,David Scott ,,dsopacum@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://srelherp.uga.edu/projects/rbay.htm,The Rainbow Bay Long Term Study,"Amphibians migrating to and from rainbow Bay were sampled using a terrestrial drif fence with pitfall traps. The pond was encircled by a drift fence of aluminium flashing. Pitfall traps *40-liter buckets) were buried inside and outside the fence flush to the ground and next to the fence at 10m intervals. These traps were checked daily from September 1978. All amphibians were identified toe clipped for future identification and immediately released Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",pitfall traps,NA,I removed rows containing NA values these were blank cells seperating species data in the original file. FM depth and biomass set to 0 where NULL changed Anaxyrus (Bufo) to Anaxyrus sp  (30) and Lithobates  (Rana) to Lithobates sp (30) and Thylamys [Marmosa] to Thylamys sp(7592),Jun-16,Count,NA,year
329,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Old-growth wet evergreen Dipterocarp forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Twenty years tree demography in an undisturbed Dipterocarp permanent sample plot at Uppangala Western Ghats of India,A,Y,6,1990,2010,12.5375,75.662778,102,48,1,2397,,0,0.0507,N. Ayyappan,,ayyappan.n@ifpindia.org,,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E092/115/metadata.htm,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"We report a data set on demography of trees monitored over 20 years in Uppangala permanent sample plot (UPSP) in undisturbed old-growth wet evergreen Dipterocarp forest located within the Pushpagiri Wildlife Sanctuary in Indias Western Ghats biodiversity hotspot. During 1989–1990 all trees ? 30 cm girth at breast height (gbh) were sampled in five north–south transects 20 m wide and 180 to 370 m long covering a total area of 3.12 ha. In 1992–1993 additional rectangular plots were established bringing the area sampled to 5.07 ha in total. In all 3870 trees were identified tagged mapped and provided with permanent dendrometer bands. Since then the sampled area has been regularly censused at 3–5 year intervals recording tree recruitment mortality and growth. We present data from censuses conducted in 1990–1993 1994 1997–1998 2001–2002 2007 and 2010. These data have been used to study the natural forest dynamics and to calibrate spatially explicit simulation models. ____ Sampling design consists of five north–south oriented transects viz. A B C D and E each 20 m wide 180 to 370 m long and 100 m apart center to center. The 5 transects were installed in 1989–1990 and collectively represent a 3.12-ha systematic sample of the forest compartment whose main dendrometric and floristic characteristics are given in Pascal and Pélissier (1996). Subsequently additional rectangular sampling plots viz. H R and S which overlap the transects and represent an additional area of 1.95 ha were established in 1990–1993 to study the dynamics of the forest in particular topographic situations (Pélissier 1997 1998). A piece of R source code is given in section III-V-D below to extract data according to various sampling configurations. Table 1 gives a summary of plot size and location. Because of the uneven site topography (see B.1.Watersheds and hydrology) each plot was designed as a grid of 10 × 10 m contiguous elementary quadrats adjusted to account for local slope angle. The purpose of the correction was to ensure that each side of a quadrat was approximately 10 m flat so that it contains in total a 100 m2 area in planar projection. The slope angle (alpha) was measured along each quadrat sides which length parallel to the ground was adjusted to l = 10/cos(alpha). In order to accurately locate the trees in (xy) co-ordinates within each quadrat they were temporarily delineated with a plastic rope. All trees from 30 cm girth at breast height (gbh) were inventoried measured tagged mapped and identified to species. The point of girth measurement of each tree (pom) was marked with paint in the initial inventory and then fitted with a permanent dendrometer band. For mapping the trees within each quadrat the flat distance from the centre of the trunk base to the nearest quadrat boundary was measured in two perpendicular directions parallel to the rope. Each quadrat was mapped in the field at a scale of 1:100 with indication of tree locations main rocks fallen trees stream courses trails etc. These maps are stored at IFP Botany Lab. Instrumentation: Slope angles were measured with a 1-degree precision using a Suunto hand-held clinometer. Distance measurements were taken with a 1-cm precision thanks to a 20 m fiberglass tape. Initial tree girths were measured at 1.30 m from the ground or above the buttresses with a precision of 0.1 cm using a 3 or 5 m flexible steel tape. A calibrated 1.30 m stick was used to determine pom height. The dendrometer bands were prepared by technical IFP staff using stainless steel bands adjusted to tree girth and equipped with a 1:50 vernier (Hall 1944; Fig. 5) that allows girth to be measured with a theoretical precision of 0.02 cm. The dendrometers were then fitted at pom on the trees and vernier readings taken as initial gbh measurement. Recensuses. Recensuses have been conducted every 3–5 years in all plots since May 1990 (census 0) in May 1994 (census 1) November 1997–April 1998 (census 2) December 2001–May 2002 (census 3) April 2007 (census 4) and April 2010 (census 5). Time intervals between censuses are given in Julian day calendar since day 0 on 1st March 1990. However some plots (H extension R and S) installed in March 1992 and November 1993 are included with a census 0 date on day 762 and 1341 respectively. Similarly censuses 2 and 3 which were completed over several field trips refer to more than one Julian date (see Table 1). At each recensus all plots were screened for tree mortality tree growth by girth increments of alive trees reading from dendrometer bands and tree recruitment i.e. those trees attained the girth threshold of 30 cm gbh since the previous census. The recruited trees were tagged mapped identified and installed with a dendrometer band following the initial census protocol (see II.B.3. Research methods). Summary data of plots demography are given in Tables 3 (all plots pooled together) and 4 (tansects A to E pooled together). These summaries have been computed from the raw data file using a piece of R code provided in section III-V-D below. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plot,NA,1. Removed trees coded as D=dead and P=not yet large enough for measurement-future recruit 2. Two records without corresponding species name ?? kept the code information 3. Lat/long for the site ?? cannot use the lat/long for each individual tree FM null values for depth also for biomass,Jun-16,Count,NA,year
330,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,ZooplanKton,Over 75 years of zooplankton data from Australia,A,N,49,1938,2014,-23.830553,136.449216,639,4179,2277,80764,,0,22004244.77,Claire Davies,,claire.davies@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E095/278/,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"Here we have compiled all available data on the abundance of marine zooplankton species in Australia from multiple sources including IMOS research publications unpublished reports private databases and student theses. The compiled data set has 98676 records from 38 projects and includes more than1000 taxa. It covers the entire coastal and shelf region of Australia and dates back to 1938. To facilitate analysis across the multiple data sets species names have been standardized according to the World Register of Marine Species (WoRMS; http://www.marinespecies.org/about.php) and all abundances converted to abundance per m3. Anomalous or unsubstantiated data have been removed. Most of the records are for copepods (70395) but there are also data for other zooplankton groups including adult and larval decapods (4649) chaetognaths (2999) appendicularians (2713) thaliaceans (1752) and cladocerans (1695) amongst others. Wherever possible metadata are provided for each record including dates locations and information on sampling methods such as mesh size. Some of these data have previously been used to generate species distribution maps for the Australian Taxonomic Guide and Atlas (Richardson et al. 2013; Swadling et al. 2013).  _____ Experimental or sampling design: Data have been collected using different equipment and sampling designs. Zooplankton have been generally collected by net although Project 597 has used a Continuous Plankton Recorder. Nets used have varying mesh sizes and we have included these where available. Data have been sourced from research cruises student projects published literature and time series surveys. Details of each project are described in the file zooplankton_metadata.csv. These metadata should allow users to understand how the data compare with those from other projects when analyzing across data sets. Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Nets,NA,1. Abundance is density/m3 dataset represents data from different sources - Data have been collected using different equipment and sampling designs. BUT All data have been standardised to abundance (number per m3 of water filtered) and are therefore comparable across data sets (within the constraints of mesh size and sampling procedures).2. Central Lat/Long is in central Australia _ this is because the data cover most of the Australian coast 3. Information for month/day and depth is not available for all the records 4. Removed egg and egg mass (562 records) removed Fish egg and fish scales (412 records) removed Gastropod operculum (29 records) removed Insect terrestrial (8 records) 5. Kept Abylidae spp. as Abylidae kept Actinotroch of phoronid worm as Phoronid Asteroidea larvae as Asteroidea Barnacle cyprid and Barnacle nauplii as Cirripedia Bivalve as Bivalvia Brachiolaria larvae as Brachiolaria Brachiopoda larvae as Brachiopoda Bryozoan (Cyphonaute larvae) as Bryozoan Calanid CIC II CIV CV as Calanidae Caridea larvae as Caridea Cnidarian larvae as Cnidarian Coelenterata larvae as Coelenterata Colonial ascidian larvae as Ascidian Corycaeus sewelli (invalid) as Corycaeus sewelli Crustracean nauplii as Crustracea Cubozoan larvae as Cubozoan Decapod larvae as Decapod Echinoderm larvae as Echinoderm Euphausiid nauplii as Euphausiidae Facetotecta cyprid and Facetotecta nauplii as Hansenocarididae Fish larvae and Fish juvenile as Actinopterygii Gammarid amphipod as Gammaridea Gastropod veliger as Gastropod Hyperiid amphipod as Hyperiidea Large copepodite CI-CIII as Calanoida Lucicutia tranteri (invalid) as Lucicutia tranteri Medusa as Cnidarian Mollusc veliger as Mollusc Nauplii calanoid and Nauplii calanoid (Rhincalanus?) as Calanoida Nauplii copepod as Copepod Nauplii harpacticoid as Harpacticoida Nauplii poecilostomatoida / cyclopoid as Poecilostomatoida Nauplii zooplankton as Unidentified Ostracod gravid as Ostracod Pentacrinoid larvae as Pentacrinoid Phyllosoma larvae as Porcellanidae Pilidium larvae as Nemertea Poecilostomatoida / Cyclopoid as Poecilostomatoida Polychaete larvae as Polychaete Porcelain crab zoea as Porcellanidae Pterotracheoidea - atlantid as Pterotracheoidea Sipunculid worm larvae as Sipuncula Squid as Cephlapoda Stephos durio (invalid) Thalia democratica solitary form and Thalia democratica aggregate form as Thalia democratica Trochophore larvae as Trochophore Unid invert larvae as Unidentified 6. Corrected Acartia (Acanthacartia) fossae Acartia (Acanthacartia) sinjiensis and Acartia (Acanthacartia) tonsa Acartia (Acartiura) tranteri etc Acartia (Arcartia) danae etc Acartia (Odontacartia) amboinensis etc Oikopleura (Coecaria) fusiformis etc Oikopleura (Vexillaira) albicans Oithona attenuata typical and Oithona attenuata stocky as Oithona attenuata Oithona spp. <0.85mm and Oithona spp. >0.85mm as Oithona sp Oncaea venusta medium Oncaea venusta typica and Oncaea venusta venella as Oncaea venusta Paracalanus aculeatus minor as Paracalanus aculeatus Pontellina cf morii Spinoncaea tenuis cf.  7. Kept Acartia pacifica mertoni as Acartia pacifica Clausocalanus farrani/jobei as Clausocalanus sp Labidocera kroyeri stylifera as Labidocera kroyeri Oikopleura (Coecaria) fusiformis cornutogastra as Oikopleura fusiformis Oithona decipiens/similis as Oithona sp Oithona grp 1-6 as sp2-sp7 etc Oncaea atlantica complex as Oncaea atlantica Oncaea clevei complex as Oncaea clevei Oncaea media complex as Oncaea media Oncaea mediterranea complex as Oncaea mediterranea Oncaea notopus complex as Oncaea notopus Oncaea ornata complex and Oncaea ovalis complex and Oncaea prendeli complex and Oncaea tregoubovi complex and Oncaea venusta complex and Oncaea vodjanitskii complex and Oncaea zernovi complex Scolecithricella/Scolecithrix spp. as Scolecitrichidae Siphonophore / nectophore as Siphonophore Triconia conifera complex as Triconia conifera and Triconia dentipes complex and Triconia minuta complex and Triconia similis complex and Triconia umerus comples  FM biomass and depth set to zero where null ,Jun-16,Density,NA,PID_lat_long_year_month_day_waterDepthM
332,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mountain stream,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Stream fish,Stream Fish Assemblage stability in a southern Appalachian stream (Coweeta Hydro Lab 1984 - 1995),A,N,12,1984,1995,35.0589,-83.4319,14,112,1,590,30 x 20 x 3 x 20 cm quadrats (in 30m sections of stream),3.00E-06,4.90E-06,Gary D Grossman,,grossman@warnell.uga.edu,,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-cwt.3047.13,LTER,"Stream fish abundance data was collected seasonally in three 30m sections of stream from 1984 to 1995. Population estimates were obtained using electrofishing (3 pass removal). Habitat availability measurements were recorded biannually along with the electrofishing data starting in fall 1988. Data was collected each fall and spring from 1988-1995. in order to examine changes in fish assemblage structure along the habitat gradient. We used strong inference with Akaike’s Information Criterion (AIC) to assess the processes capable of explaining long-term (1984–1995) variation in the per capita rate of change of mottled sculpin (Cottus bairdi) populations in the Coweeta Creek drainage (USA). We sampled two fourth- and one fifth-order sites (BCA [uppermost]. BCB. and CC [lowermost]) along a downstream gradient. and the study encompassed extensive flow variation. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",quadrats,NA,No specific Latitude and Longitude for each site could be found on the webpage so general ones used for the Hurlbert Lab Data sheet  FM biomass and depth nulls replaced by zeros,Jun-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date
333,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie gallery forest and riparian edge,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,birds,Weekly record of bird species observed on Konza Prairie,A,N,29,1981,2009,39.083333,-96.58333,132,903,1,9261,NA,0,5.20E-06,JMB,J Briggs,jmb@andro.konza.ksu.edu ,jbriggs1@ksu.edu,CC-by,http://www.konza.ksu.edu/knz/pages/data/Knzdsdetail.aspx?datasetCode=CBP01,Konza LTER,"Records of bird species giving perpendicular distance of sighting from transect line for January April June and October censuses on 16 separate transects. In addition to the watershed representing the LTER grassland treatments transects are also run in the gallery forest and an upper watershed forest edge habitat.Transect-based estimates of bird populations in tallgrass prairie gallery forest and riparian edge habitats Unit of abundance = Presence, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,Delete/ Exclude any data in which there was no corresponding species name (e.g. none. spsp) Use Watershed and Transum for sample description as no plot or elevation were given use central lats and longs for sample description as none were provided FM zeros added for NULL depth and biomass,Jun-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_date_plot
334,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,moist acidic tussock tundra,TRUE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,Above ground plant biomass in a mesic acidic tussock tundra experimental site from 1982 to 20000 Toolik lake Alaska,B,Y,6,1982,2000,68.629636,-149.575656,40,608,1,14003,0.2m x 0.2m,4.00E-07,1.10E-05,Gaius Shaver,,gshaver@mbl.edu,,CC-by,http://arc-lter.ecosystems.mbl.edu/19822000gs81tusbm,Arctic LTER,"Plots were setup in June 1981 with annual fertilization treatments of 10 g/m2 Nitrogen (as NH4NO3) and 5 g/m2 Phosphorous (as triple superphosphate) were applied. Greenhouses and shade houses were annually set up in late May or early June and removed in the end of August or early September. Greenhouses and shade houses were discontinued in 1989. There are 4 replicate blocks each containing 1 replicate of each of the following treatments. Control (CT)Fertilized (NP)Greenhouse (GH)SAMPLING TECHNIQUES: Biomass quadrats size 20x20 cm were taken from Toolik tussock site. Five quadrats were taken from each of four blocks.  All aboveground biomass plus belowground stems and rhizomes were clipped in 20x20 cm quadrats. Normally 4 or 5 quadrats were randomly located along line transects in each of four replicate blocks for each treatment. Aboveground biomass is considered within the quadrat if it is associated with a meristem that is within the quadrat. Quadrats were sorted within 24 hours into species and then into tissue type. Depending on the harvest tissue types can be broad categories i.e. above and below or more detailed i.e. inflorescences new growth old growth etc. They were then dried at 50-70 degrees Celsius in a drying oven. After several days in the oven samples were weighed to nearest milligram. Finally the samples from all quadrats from a transect were combined according to tissue type. For some harvest samples were returned to Marine Biological Lab Woods Hole MA for nutrient analysis. Details are given in Shaver and Chapin (Ecological Monographs 61(1) 1991 pg. 1.) Leaf area was measured in 1995 and 2000 harvest with a LiCor LI-3000A area meter.  Leaf areas for graminoids deciduous and forbs were measured immediately after plucking and before drying. Leaf areas for Evergreen species (except Ledum) were measured after drying for 2-4 days.  Leaf areas for Ledum were measured after final dry weights were done.  Cassiope leaf areas were measured on the unseparated leaves and stems. Greenhouse fertilized (GHNP)Shade (SH) Normally 4 or 5 quadrats were randomly located along line transects in each of four replicate blocks for each treatment Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",Quadrats,NA,alter any unknown species names to sp. To keep consistancy use central lat and long found from dataset metadata as lat and long for whole dataset use treatment for sample descriptor due to control treatment and varying other treatments Change any data points which are described as other to include sp. for species but keep other in genus name since these samples may include more than one species FM created Unidentified forb1 and forb2 for the Forb lichen mosses and changed all these generics to Unidentified instead of sp also added zero for null abundance,Jun-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_date_treat_depth_sample
335,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,pool riffle upland-lowland,TRUE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,fish,Stochasticity in structural and functional characteristics of an Indiana stream fish assemblage  a test of community theory,A,N,12,1962,1974,39.5622,-87.40389,62,27,1,588,120m x 23m,0,5.20E-06,Gary D Grossman,,grossman@warnell.uga.edu,,CC-by,http://www.jstor.org/stable/2461070?seq=1#page_scan_tab_contents,JSTOR,"120mx23m study site seined from lower to upper end and all fish collected identified to species and counted. In instances where a taxon was extremely abundant a numerical estimate was derived through extrapolation from subsamples some speciments were retained for purposes of identification. Most fish were returned to the stream alive. There is little reason to suspect collecting affected assemblage structure except for a few species of darters early in the study. The subsequent recovery of these species indicated that this had minimal effect on our results. site seined from lower to upper end and all fish collected identified to species and counted Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Seine nets,NA,Copy species name and numerical abundance from paper into excel Remove any species with 0 numerical abundance from dataset Use Central Lat and Long for all Lats and Long for sample description FM added zeros for depth and biomass Nulls,Jun-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date
336,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,upper elevation desert,TRUE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,plants,Long term monitoring and experimental manipulation of a Chihuahuan Desert ecosystem near Portal Arizona,A,Y,14,1989,2002,31.938889,-109.0797,100,611,1,35978,50m x 50m,5.00E-04,4.70E-06,Morgan Ernest,Tom Valone,skmorgane@ufl.edu,valone@slu.edu,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E090/118/metadata.htm,Ecology,"Plants rooted within 16 fixed quadrats in each plot are counted each spring (winter annual survey) and fall (summer annual survey). Quadrat dimensions: 0.25 × 0.25 m. Quadrats are placed at locations permanently marked by a rebar stake. Individual count of plant stems in each plot using quadrats  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Quadrats,NA,Use central lats and longs for sample description Change code species names to full genus and species names from reference table found on website Delete any unknown species from data change grass to Poaceae in genus column to keep with protocol change Chem_frem to Chen_Frem due to assumed typing error change Cryp_sp3 to Cryp_sp.3 due to assumed typing error Change Astr_spp to Astr_spp. due to assumed typing error change Lupi_sp to Lupi_sp. due to assumed typing error change Lupi_sp.2 to Lupi_sp2 due to assumed typing error alter some of the species name to make data more consistant. all unknown species numbered as sp.1. sp.2 etc. in case of unknown genus use sp for genus FM combined original 2 summer and winter with added season in sample description added zero for null biomass and deleted all zero abundances from both,Jun-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year_elev_plot_season
337,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,upper montane forests above 2700 feet in the North,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Mountain Birdwatch ,A,N,11,2000,2010,44.25,-72.1875,87,45,1,763,100m radius from bird count points area of Catskill mountains,0,15259,John D. Lloyd,Kent P. McFarland,jlloyd@vtecostudies.org,kmcfarland@vtecostudies.org,CC-by,http://vtecostudies.org/projects/mountains/mountain-birdwatch/,Vermont Centre for Ecostudies,"Surveys were conducted under acceptable weather conditions (no precipitation temperature >2 ?C wind speed <32 km/h) from 1 to 28 June. Surveys were conducted between 04:30 and 08:00 EDT and most were completed by 06:30 EDT. Observers listened quietly for ten minutes at each of five stations. [In 2003 we increased the 5-species point count length from five to ten minutes in order to gather more information and to achieve methodological consistency with the all-species protocols and with Canada?s High-Elevation Landbird Program.]They recorded the number of each focal species seen or heard during three time periods: 0-3 minutes 3-5 minutes and 5-10 minutes. If Bicknell?s Thrush was not detected during or between point counts surveyors returned to each point immediately after the full route survey and broadcast a one-minute recording of the bird?s vocalizations in order to elicit a response from present but silent birds. A two-minute listening period followed each broadcast. [Prior to 2003 the broadcast duration was three minutes.]Audio playbacks were discontinued upon detection of one or more individuals. If no Bicknell?s Thrush responded to the broadcasts the status of the species at that location was classified as unknown. Monitors who completed their surveys without encountering Bicknell?sThrush were asked to conduct follow-up audio playback surveys at dusk or dawn before 15 July (after Atwood et al. 1996). If no observations of Bicknell?s Thrush were made during the second visit the species was presumed to be absent from that site. Site selection was based on a GIS model of potential Bicknell?s Thrush habitat that incorporates elevation. latitude. and forest type (see Lambert et al. 2005). The model depicts conifer-dominated forests above an elevation threshold that drops 81.63 m for every one-degree increase in latitude (-81.63 m/1? latitude). The threshold?s slope corresponds closely with the latitude-elevation relationship for treeline in the Appalachian Mountain chain. which is -83 m/1? latitude (Cogbill and White 1991). Four routes have been established on peaks lying below the elevation threshold. while forty routes cross the threshold due to the limited availability of trails or land area above the threshold. We made an attempt to randomize site selection by randomly assigning priority ranks to discrete units of high-elevation habitat. However. the choice of sites was constrained by the availability of volunteers and the location of existing trails. When placing routes. we favored discrete starting points (e.g. trail junction). extensive conifer stands. and upper elevations. Volunteers establishing a route for the first time placed five points at 200- to 250-m intervals along a mapped course. Monitors submitted a detailed description of each station in order to facilitate its location in future years. 10% quinaldine solution spread throughout the study site to anesthertize fish. Samples were then collected by hand or using dip nets. Rocks and boulders overturned and replaced with minimal disturbance. observation surveys conducted under acceptable weather conditions Unit of abundance = Presence, Unit of biomass = NA",surveys,NA,remove any samples containing unidentified bird species gray or red squirrels and NONE use bounding coordinates to calculate central lat and long and use those for entire sample as no lats and long provided in raw data  change code species names to latin names obtained from coding sheet provided on website FM depth changed from >27000feet to just 27000 NA species changed to Unknown sp1 changed NA dates to 1 1 and 1 day month and year added zeroes for null biomass deleted  33 where no year,Aug-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_date_depth
338,Marine,Temperate,Sampling consisted of spreading a 10% solution of quinaldine (an anesthetic) throughout the study site until fully anesthetized fishes were observed. Specimens were then collected by hand or with dip ,,,,rocky intertidal tidepools ,TRUE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,Dynamics and Organization of a Rocky Intertidal Fish Assemblage,A,N,3,1979,1981,38,-123,29,13,1,203,0.51km^2,0.51,5.10E-06,Gary D Grossman,,grossman@warnell.uga.edu,,CC-by,http://www.jstor.org/stable/2461182.,JSTOR - The American Naturalist,"A total of 15 collections were made from January 1979 to May 1981. Two of these collections (March and October 1979) were excluded from analyses because a combination of storms and insufficient low tides (-0.15 m) prevented adequate sampling. The remaining 13 collections were made during low tides ranging from -0.24 to -0.46 m. Sampling consisted of spreading a 10% solution of quinaldine (an anesthetic) throughout the study site until fully anesthetized fishes were observed. Specimens were then collected by hand or with dip nets and sampling was terminated after a complete search of the study site failed to yield additional specimens. This included overturning rocks and boulders by hand which were then replaced with minimal disruption. Three investigators have shown that quinaldine collections yield relatively unbiased estimates of the relative abun- dances of fishes in intertidal areas (Gibson 1967b; Grossman 1979; Yoshiyama 1981). Excluding the May 1981 sample where all specimens were identified and returned to the site alive specimens after collection were placed in 10% formalin and identified. They were later transferred to 45% isopropanol measured (standard length) and weighed on an analytic balance to the nearest 0.1 g. All lengths reported refer to standard length (Hubbs and Lagler 1958) Spot mapping was used to create species maps these were then used to esstemate the number of teratories for each species. Ten surveys were made each year and the total number of aparent teratories were counted. New teratories were accepted if they were sufficient distance away from existing ones. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",spot mapping,NA,Use central lats and longs obtained from google map search of Dillon Beach California where sampling took place Remove any species from sample with no recorded abundance in that sample use tidal level for sample description as no elevation or plot was provided FM changed Ar. notospilotrus to Artedius notospilotus changed nulls for biomass and depth to zeroes,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_tidaLevel
339,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,birds,Species trends turnover and composition of a woodland bird community in southern Sweden during a period of 57 years.,A,N,57,1953,2009,55.71667,13.33333,39,57,1,1210,,0,7.10E-06,Soren Svensson,,soren.svensson@biol.lu.se,,CC-by,http://springer,Ornis Svecica,"The same territory mapping method as used by Enemar et al. (1994) was applied also during the additional seventeen years. For a recent general description and discussion of the method we refer to Bibby et al. (2000). The method is also called spot mapping? after William (1936) and it is similar to the method used in the Common Bird Census in the UK (Marchant et al. 1990) and the Breeding Bird Census in North America (Robbins 1970). The observer walks slowly through the plot putting down all bird observations in their proper positions on a map paying particular attention to recording simultaneous presence of males in adjacent territories. Species maps are then constructed from the visit map records. The species maps are used to evaluate the number of distinct clusters of records which are believed to represent territories. The method is of course prone to errors both when recording the birds in the field and when evaluating the number of territories from the species maps. Furthermore the number of territories is never stable throughout the breeding season: some birds die some fail to breed successfully and leave their territories and some arrive late and establish new territories. However for our analysis it is not essential to know the exact number of territories in every particular part of every breeding season. Instead standardization (recording birds and evaluating the species maps in the same way every year) is the key to reliable comparisons and we did our best to achieve this. We made ten visits per year in all but two years (nine visits in 2007 and 2009). They were distributed from April through June (always after 9 April and before 18 June) but with variation according to the arrival of spring. All surveys were made by the same person one of the authors (Ann Mari Thorner). Since AMT also carried out all surveys in 1987?1992 there is now a series of no less than twenty-one years with the same observer. This ensures that the new results are comparable with the data from before 1993. Each visit took between two and three hours so the minimum annual survey effort was twenty hours. A cluster of records was accepted as a territory if it contained at least three records (for a few very late arriving species two records was considered sufficient; cf. Svensson 1978). Adjacent clusters were accepted as different territories either if they were distant enough from each other (in relation to typical territory size) to make it likely that they belonged to different males or if they contained simultaneous records (a male recorded in both at the same time). A special study on inter-specific competition with a large number of nest-boxes was conducted in the valley in 1963?1966 (Enemar et al. 1972). The populations of Great Tit Blue Tit and Pied Flycatcher were artificially enhanced these years. We removed the effect of the experiment by reducing the numbers to a proportion equal to the mean proportion in the four years before and the four years after the experiment. The number of Great Tits was reduced from 9 10 19 16 pairs to 6 6 12 10 respectively. The number of Blue Tits was reduced from 6 4 7 5 pairs to 3 2 4 3 pairs. The number of Pied Flycatchers was reduced from 15 18 18 13 pairs to 4 5 5 4 pairs. These modified values are used in all calculations in this paper. Species turnover rate between two different years was calculated by dividing the total of new and lost species with the number of species in year one plus the number of species in year two. This gives the value one hundred percent (that is complete) turnover when no species are common between the two compared years. This is different from the turnover calculation by Enemar et al. (1994) where the sum of new and lost species was divided by the mean number of species in the two years. The latter method gives one hundred percent turnover when half of the species have been lost and replaced with new ones (the methods are identical in principle but give results that differ by a factor of two). In the same way we calculated turnover between two years different number of years apart (from adjacent years to a maximum of fifty-six years apart that is 1953 and 2009). Altogether forty-one small passerine species were recorded as territorial in at least one of the fifty-seven years. Eighteen of these species were keeping territories in all or almost all years (the first eighteen species in Appendix 1 also listed in 33Table 1). These eighteen species are called regular? in this paper. The final twenty-three species of Appendix 1 that is those with zero values in many or almost all years are called non-regular species. Eight of these latter species were recorded in less than four of the fifty-seven years and these species are not at all tested for population change. For the remaining fifteen non-regular and the eighteen regular species we calculated and compared the average number of territories during the first forty and the last seventeen years respectively. The difference between the two periods for the regular species was tested using a two-tailed t-test (Microsoft Excel) and the logarithms of the original values (with a small number of zeros replaced with the value 0.1 to permit calculation of logarithms). The differences for the non-regular species were tested using frequencies namely the number of years with different number of territories (i.e. with 0 1 2 3 and so forth territories). When the number of frequency classes was larger than four frequencies were pooled to form exactly four classes the same ones for both periods giving a 2?4 cell matrix. The Fisher exact test was then applied using the Vassar Stats package (home page of Vassar College Poughkeepsee NY). For the regular species we also calculated the trends across all fifty-seven years using the logarithm of abundance and standard linear regression (Microsoft Excel) also here with zeros replaced with the value 0.1. The same method was used when we calculated trends for parts of the full time series in these species. When calculating correlations between species we used the Spearman rank correlation module of STATISTICA (version 6.1; StatSoft?). All cover values are measured from the vegetation measurement frame which is 1 meter by 1 meter and partitioned into a grid of 100 10 cm by 10 cm squares. Cover is measured by counting the number of 10cm squares that are occupied by the foliage canopy of a particular plant species or by the soil disturbance leaf litter etc. Portions down to the 0.1 of a 10cm square are also measured.? Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",grids,NA,FM set day to 1 and month to May for all (period 19th April to 18th June each year) also did zeroes for depth and biomass instead of NULL,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year
340,Terrestrial,Temperate,See methods for full description,Treatments within each block include one unfenced control plot (Treatment C). one plot fenced with hardware cloth and poultry wire to exclude rodents and rabbits (Treatment R). and one plot fenced o,Treatments within each block include one unfenced control plot (Treatment C). one plot fenced with hardware cloth and poultry wire to exclude rodents and rabbits (Treatment R). and one plot fenced only with poultry wire to exclude rabbits (Treatmen,,creosotebush site and grassland site,TRUE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,Plants,Small Mammal Exclosure Study (SMES) Vegetation Data from the Chihuahuan Desert,A,Y,15,1995,2009,34.296,-106.9267,93,128,1,1608,1mx1m,1.00E-07,4.80E-06,David Lightfoot,,dlightfo@unm.edu,,ODbL,http://sev.lternet.edu/content/small-mammal-exclosure-study-smes-0,Sevilleta LTER,"Each of the three plots in a replicate block are separated by 20 meters. Each experimental measurement plot measures 36 meters by 36 meters. A grid of 36 sampling points are positioned at 5.8-meter intervals on a systematically located 6 by 6 point grid within each plot. A permanent one-meter by one-meter vegetation measurement quadrat is located at each of the 36 points. A 3-meter wide buffer area is situated between the grid of 36 points and the perimeter of each plot. Vegetation Quadrat Measurements The foliage canopy area and maximum height of each plant species is measured from each quadrat. All cover values are measured from the vegetation measurement frame which is 1 meter by 1 meter and partitioned into a grid of 100 10 cm by 10 cm squares. Cover is measured by counting the number of 10cm squares that are occupied by the foliage canopy of a particular plant species or by the soil disturbance leaf litter etc. Portions down to the 0.1 of a 10cm square are also measured. NOTE: AS OF 2006 ALL PLANT CODES WERE UPDATED TO REFLECT THE USDA PLANTS DATABASE prior to this plant taxonomic classification followed that of Allred (1996). For dead plant foliage (plant is deadbut still attached to the soil) just cover and not height was recorded. Experimental Design There are 2 study sites the Five Points grassland site and the Rio Salado creosotebush site. Each study site is 1 km by 0.5 km in area. Three rodent trapping webs and four replicate experimental blocks of plots are randomly located at each study site to measure vegetation responses to the exclusion of small mammals. Each block of plots is 96 meters on each side. Each block of plots consists of 4 experimental study plots each occupying 1/4 of each block. The blocks of study plots are all oriented on a site in a X/Y coordinate system with the top to the north. Treatments within each block include one unfenced control plot (Treatment: C) one plot fenced with hardware cloth and poultry wire to exclude rodents and rabbits (Treatment: R) and one plot fenced only with poultry wire to exclude rabbits (Treatment: L). The three treatments were randomly assigned to each of the four possible plots in each block independently and their arrangements differ from block to block. Each of the three plots in a replicate block are separated by 20 meters. Each experimental measurement plot measures 36 meters by 36 meters. A grid of 36 sampling points are positioned at 5.8-meter intervals on a systematically located 6 by 6 point grid within each plot. A permanent one-meter by one-meter vegetation measurement quadrat is located at each of the 36 points. A 3-meter wide buffer area is situated between the grid of 36 points and the perimeter of each plot. Vegetation Quadrat Measurements The foliage canopy area and maximum height of each plant species is measured from each quadrat. All cover values are measured from the vegetation measurement frame which is 1 meter by 1 meter and partitioned into a grid of 100 10 cm by 10 cm squares. Cover is measured by counting the number of 10cm squares that are occupied by the foliage canopy of a particular plant species or by the soil disturbance leaf litter etc. Portions down to the 0.1 of a 10cm square are also measured. NOTE: AS OF 2006 ALL PLANT CODES WERE UPDATED TO REFLECT THE USDA PLANTS DATABASE prior to this plant taxonomic classification followed that of Allred (1996). For dead plant foliage (plant is deadbut still attached to the soil) just cover and not height was recorded. Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",transect_plots,NA,Add latLong and elevation to the different sites information from metadata on website  remove any data in which none species were recorded remove any data in which -999 species were recorded as they imply human error in collection  remove any data with height -888 as there are either dead plants or only unidentifiable seedlings in the sample remove any data in which species is seed seed1 or seed2 as these are unidentifiable seedlings remove any other data identifying seeds eg FSEED GSEED remove data coding for leaf or unknown species  remove data in which species code does not match any species name  use species name provided by code search even though the code name after the search was changed due to assumed reboot of programme use block number for plot ID since they provide more description as to location (there were 4 plots in each block) FM deleted records with no day month or year entries and added zero for NULL in biomass,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_elevation_site_block
341,Terrestrial,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Amphibians,Anura,Brazil Dataset 1,A,Y,3,2014,2016,-24.034938,-47.02509,73,111,41,2009,,0,16464.50995,Fernando Rodrigues da Silva,,fernando.ecologia@gmail.com ,,PDDL,None,Contacted author directly,"Anura was sampled following the same protocol in 7 Protected Areas (A-G) located in S?o Paulo state Brazil in a total of 42 plots (A_1-G_42) in 2 years (2014/2015 and 2015/2016). Anura individuals were sampled in 7 protected areas in two ponds two streams and two tracks in December January and February of 2014-2015 and 2015-2016. Surveys at breeding sites and visual encounter were used to determine the species abundance.The official name of each protected area is given (in Portuguese) and its type of habitat: A: Parque Estadual Carlos Botelho: Dense Ombrophilous Forest; B: Esta??o Ecol?gica Jur?ia Itatins: Semideciduous Seasonal Forest; C: Parque Estadual Jurupar?: Dense Ombrophilous Forest; D: Parque Estadual Tur?stico do Alto do Ribeira ? PETAR : Dense Ombrophilous Forest; E: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo Curucutu: Mixed Ombrophilous Forest; F: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo Santa Virg?nia : Dense Ombrophilous Forest; G: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo S?o Sebasti?o: Dense Ombrophilous Forest. Anura was sampled using surveys at breeding sites and visual encounter to determine the species abundance. Sampling was conducted in 7 Protected Areas (A-G) located in S?o Paulo state Brazil in a total of 42 plots (A_1-G_42) in 2 years (2014/2015 and 2015/2016).  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",surveys,NA,1. Name of plots and its habitats: A: Parque Estadual Carlos Botelho: Dense Ombrophilous Forest B: Estacao Ecologica Jur?ia Itatins: Semideciduous Seasonal Forest C: Parque Estadual Jurupar?: Dense Ombrophilous Forest D: Parque Estadual Tur?stico do Alto do Ribeira ? PETAR : Dense Ombrophilous Forest E: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo Curucutu: Mixed Ombrophilous Forest F: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo Santa Virg?nia : Dense Ombrophilous Forest G: Parque Estadual da Serra do Mar ? Nucleo Sao Sebastiao: Dense Ombrophilous Forest.,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
342,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seasonal semideciduous forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees,Brazil Dataset 2,A,Y,3,1992,2010,-22.7011,-50.5172,69,3,1,184,0.003,0.003,4.30E-06,Giselda Durigan,,giselda.durigan@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Trees were sampled in a 30x100m plot in 3 years at Fazenda Berrante Assis municipality S?o Paulo Brazil. All trees with diameter at the breast height ? 5cm were sampled within a plot. Vegetation type: Atlantic Forest seasonal semideciduous forest from 0-30 m distant from the  margins of a small stream. Landscape conditions: a small fragment of 03 ha surrounded by pasture eucalypt and sugar cane isolated for about a century the closest fragment (also very small) at a distance of 1300m.  Trees were sampled in a continuum 30x100m plot in 3 years.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,FM- deleted all zero abundance and biomass,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
343,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seasonal semideciduous forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Brazil Dataset 3,A,Y,2,1992,2009,-22.02335,-49.9178,84,4,2,180,0.0015,0.0015,0.0013706,Giselda Durigan,,giselda.durigan@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Trees were sampled in 2 30x50m plots in 2 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Mar?lia Mar?lia muncipality SP Brazil. All trees with diameter at the breast height ? 5cm were sampled within a plot. Vegetation type: Atlantic Forest seasonal semideciduous forest from 0-30 m distant from the  margins of a small stream. Landscape conditions: a small reserve with 154.8 ha surrounded by pastures and citrus orchards. There was a fire in 2006 in plot 1 only. Trees were sampled in 2 30x50m plots in 2 years in Esta??o Ecol?gica de Mar?lia Mar?lia muncipality SP Brazil. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Plot 1 = there was a fire in 2006 (refer to methods).,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
344,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Cerrado biome. riparian forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees,Brazil Dataset 4,A,Y,2,1992,2004,-22.5972,-50.3689,65,2,1,118,0.003,0.003,4.30E-06,Giselda Durigan,,giselda.durigan@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Trees were sampled in a continuum 30x50m plot in 2 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil. All trees with diameter at the breast height ? 5cm were sampled within a plot.  Vegetation type: Cerrado biome riparian forest from 0-30 m distant from the  margins of a small stream. Landscape conditions: a fragment of 1760 ha of Cerrado vegetation protected from fire in the last 56 years surrounded by pasture pine plantations and sugar cane. Woody encroachment has been observed in the whole area. A severe frost occurred in the year 2000. Trees were sampled in a continuum 30x50m plot in 2 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,FM- deleted all zero abundance and biomass,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
345,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Cerrado biome. riparian forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees,Brazil Dataset 5,A,Y,2,1993,2005,-22.6089,-50.3953,48,2,1,84,0.002,0.002,4.30E-06,Giselda Durigan,,giselda.durigan@gmail.com,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Trees were sampled in a continuum 20 x 100 m plot in 2 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil. All trees with diameter at the breast height ? 5cm were sampled within a plot. Vegetation type: Cerrado biome physiognomy cerrad?o (woodland savanna) close to the riparian zone. Landscape conditions: a fragment of 1760 ha of Cerrado vegetation protected from fire in the last 56 years surrounded by pasture pine plantations and sugar cane. Woody encroachment has been observed in the whole area. A severe frost occurred in the year 2000. Trees were sampled in a continuum 20 x 100 m plot in 2 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Anadenanthera peregrina var. Falcata considered as Anadenanthera peregrina,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
346,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Cerrado biome. riparian forest,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees,Monitoring experiences at the Atlantic rainforest biome using permanent plots.,A,Y,3,2002,2011,-22.593,-50.3786,131,768,1,16900,0.0004,0.1,0.1,Carolina Mathias Moreira,Ana Paula Savassi-Coutinho Giselda Durigan Vin?cius Castro Souza Nat?lia Macedo Ivanauskas and Ricardo Ribeiro Rodrigues.,nivanaus@yahoo.com.br,rrresalq@usp.br,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Trees were sampled in 256 20x20m plots in 3 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil. The total plot 320x320m (10.24 ha) was divided in 256 20x20m smaller plots.  All trees with circumference at the breast height ? 15cm were sampled within a plot. Vegetation type: Cerrado biome.  Trees were sampled in 256 20x20m plots in 3 years at Esta??o Ecol?gica de Assis Assis municipality SP Brazil.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Individuals not identified to genus referred to unknown,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
347,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuary,TRUE,Tropical seas,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton community of the Vitoria Bay estuarine system (southeastern Brazil). Characterization during a three-year study,A,Y,3,1998,2000,-20.288802,-40.323011,64,30,10,2074,,0,47.5533191,Jose Mauro Sterza,Luiz Loureiro Fernandes,jmsterza@yahoo.com.br,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Single zooplankton hauls were taken using aconical-cylindrical plankton net with a 30-cm mouthopening and a 200?m mesh size fitted with amechanical flow meter to estimate the amount of waterfiltered. Sub-surface towswere obtained with the boat at approximately 1 knotduring a five-minute period. Samples were preservedin aqueous solution of formaldehyde 5% bufferedwith sodium tetra-borate. Single zooplankton hauls were taken using aconical-cylindrical plankton net with a 30-cm mouthopening and a 200?m mesh size. Sub-surface towswere obtained with the boat at approximately 1 knotduring a five-minute period. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",nets,NA,1.Abundance given by individuals per m? 2. Genus and species revised by author as requested 3. Coordinates converted to decimal 4. Points P4 P5 P6 P7 and P8 are located within Protected area - Ecological Station Reserva do Lameirao. ,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
348,Terrestrial,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Restinga,FALSE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Mammals,Bat,Bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in restinga in the municipality of Jaguaruna south of Santa Catarina Brazil. ,AB,Y,10,2006,2016,-28.6089,-48.98125,13,16,2,177,,0,0.0126637,Fernando Carvalho,Fernando Carvalho,fernando_bats@yahoo.com.br,f.carvalho@unesc.net,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Bat individuals were collected from 2006 to 2016. In each night?s collection five mist nets were installed at ground level open for six hours after sunset. Sampling was conducted from 2006 to 2016 using in each night?s collection five mist nets installed at ground level open for six hours after sunset. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",nets,NA,1. Name of plots: 1: Jabuticabeira 2: Morro Bonito 3: Unimin.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,year_plot
349,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Abyssal plain,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Polychaeta,St. M polychaete species time-series,AB,Y,10,1991,2011,34.91799,-123.025626,141,89,21,1730,0.041209 m2,8.26E-08,1250,Claire Laguionie-Marchais,Henry Ruhl,claire.laguionie.professional@gmail.com,h.ruhl@noc.ac.uk,CC-by,None,MBARI/NOC/NHM project,"2.1. Study area macrofauna sampling and species identification - We used data from twenty-two research cruises (Table 1) from 1991 to 2011 conducted at Sta. M in the North East Pacific (Smith and Druffel 1998). To accommodate the water depth limitations of the remotely operated vehicles Tiburon and Doc Ricketts used during later collections the sampling area was relocated some 40 km between the 1991 and 2005 period (34?50?N 123?00?W c. 4100 m water depth) and the present (35?10?N 122?59?W c. 4000 m water depth; Fig. 1). Macrofauna were sampled with a free-vehicle grab respirometer (FVGR; Smith et al. 2001) a system comprised of four 413-cm2 grabs that collected the top 15 cm of the sediment column (Table 1). After recovery sediment from each grab was sieved through a 300 ?m mesh and preserved in 10% borax-buffered formalin solution. All polychaete specimens recovered from the grab samples were identified to species level using high-power microscopes (Zeiss Discovery v20 Stereo and high power Leica DM 5000 B) published identification keys and original taxonomic descriptions (e.g. Fauchald 1972 Fauchald 1977 and Fauchald and Hancock 1981). Only individuals with a head were considered in the subsequent analyses to give an objective assessment of density and diversity with respect to individual counts (Paterson et al. 2009). Of the 3800 headed-individuals 3646 could be classified to family level and 3077 to species level. Many species appeared to be undescribed and were designated as sp. A sp. B and so forth. Each family was assigned to a single functional group among those defined by Fauchald and Jumars (1979) as detailed in Laguionie-Marchais et al. (2013) and in Table 2. 2.2. Proxies of polychaete biomass and energy use rate. Of the 3077 identified specimens only 100 were complete individuals consequently a proxy of polychaete body volume was employed. The width of the first chaetiger (W1) was measured for all specimens (see Paterson et al. 2006) and cubed as a proxy for individual body mass (=W13). Proxy rates of energy use (respiration R) were then estimated for each specimen using standard mass scaling (e.g. mass3/4 Brown et al. 2004) such that proxy energy use rate R = (W13)3/4 = W12.25. Neither a proportionality coefficient nor a temperature coefficient was applied as in situ temperature was near-constant at Sta. M ( Ruhl et al. 2014). Hereafter the terms proxy biomass and proxy energy use rate are simply referred to as biomass and energy use rate. Grabs Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Grabs,NA,1. Used Deployment_Chamber as sample ID ? Deployment has unique lat/long depth and date2. Removed abundance=03. Biomass is a proxy of the biomass (see the paper for explanations)4. Kept Macellicephalinae genus A sp. A as Macellicephalinae Paraonides abranchiata monilaris sp. A AND abranchiata sp. B as Paraonides abranchiata Ceratocephale cf. abyssorum as Ceratocephale abyssorum etc,Aug-16,Count,Weight,deployment_chamber_date
350,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Abyssal plain,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Epibenthic megafauna,Megafauna PAP time series,AB,Y,12,1989,2011,49,-16.5,50,15,1,563,,0.01,500,Claire Laguionie-Marchais,Henry Ruhl,claire.laguionie.professional@gmail.com,h.ruhl@noc.ac.uk,CC-by,None,NOCS,"2.1. Study area - The Porcupine Abyssal Plain is situated off the southwest coast of Ireland in the Northeast Atlantic. All the samples were collected between 1989 and 2005. Most samples were taken within a 20 nautical mile (37 km) radius of a central position for time series studies (48?50?N and 16?30?W) (Fig. 1 and Table 1). This site became known as the ?BENGAL Station? following a major European project on seabed biology and geochemistry that focussed its work there (Billett and Rice 2001). The site is now known as the Porcupine Abyssal Plain Sustained Observatory (PAP-SO). The site was chosen to be as far as possible from the influence of the continental slope to the east and the foothills of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge to the west. The aim was to reduce perturbations caused by slope-related process on the continental margin and the ocean ridge to a minimum. This allowed processes linking the sea surface to the abyssal seabed through the transfer of organic matter to be studied. The seabed depth at the sampling site ranges between 4800 and 4850 m. The site was a level area of seabed with little topographic and environmental heterogeneity. It had a strong seasonal signal in the flux of organic material (phytodetritus) (Billett et al. 1983).  2.2. Sampling - Sampling for megafauna was undertaken using a semi-balloon otter trawl (OTSB14). The wing-end spread was 8.6 m and the net height was approximately 1.5 m from the footrope to the headline. Towing speed was a nominal 0.75 ms?1. The net was constructed of a 44 mm stretch mesh in the main part a 37 mm stretch mesh in the central part and a 13 mm stretch mesh liner in the cod-end. Contact of the net with the seafloor and hence an estimate of the area fished was assessed by changes in wire tension during trawling operations. The acoustic beacon used with trawls between 1989 and 1999 to monitor performance was unavailable from 2000 onwards. We are nevertheless confident that our estimates of seafloor area fished remain consistent throughout the time series. On completion of a trawl samples were sorted into major taxonomic groups on board the ship before being fixed in 5% borax-buffered formaldehyde in seawater. The samples were transferred into 80% methylated spirit once the samples were returned to the laboratory. The samples were then sorted into finer taxonomic groups and wet weight and length was measured for each individual. Apart from sampling at the time series station in the middle of the Porcupine Abyssal Plain a number of other stations were sampled over the years to give spatial relevance (ca. 40?100 nm from PAP-SO). Specific sampling was undertaken deeper than 4800 m to the southeast east and north of the time series station (Fig. 1 Table 1). In addition advantage was taken of other trawling at abyssal depths closer to the base of the continental slope as part of science programmes conducted by the Oceanlab University of Aberdeen and the National Oceanography Centre Southampton. The samples came mainly from close to the mouth of the Porcupine Seabight (Fig. 1). This area had been sampled many times during the IOS Deep-Sea Biology Programme from 1976 to 1989 (Rice et al. 1991). Some of the larger abundant holothurians collected in the trawls namely Psychropotes longicauda O. mutabilis Pseudostichopus villosus and Paroriza prouhoi were enumerated and weighed at sea (fresh wet weight biomass) before the samples were used for other analyses in the years 1998 and 1999. Where this occurred the fresh wet weights were converted to preserved wet weight by applying a factor of 0.6 to the fresh wet weight in order to allow a comparison of wet weight biomass over the whole time series. Conand (1989) has shown that holothurians lose about 40% of their wet weight on preservation. Trawl sampling OTSB14 Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = Weight",Trawl sampling OTSB14,NA,1. Abundance is individuals per m2 and biomass is g per m22. Abundance is aggregated by month of sampling3. Removed abundance =0 (three records with biomass but abundance = 0 were not included)4. Kept Dytaster grandis grandis as Dytaster grandis and Species spp. as sp,Aug-16,Density,Weight,year_month
351,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Abyssal plain,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Echinodermata,Megafauna Sta M time series,AB,Y,13,1989,2004,34.833333,-123,10,37,1,350,,0,4.90E-06,Claire Laguionie-Marchais,Henry Ruhl,claire.laguionie.professional@gmail.com,h.ruhl@noc.ac.uk,CC-by,None,MBARI,"Forty-eight photographic line transects typically 1.5 km in length were conducted between October 1989 and September 2002. These transects were typically conducted seasonally but this frequency was variable due to logistical constraints. Linetransect photography was conducted using a Benthos 372 35mm film camera and Benthos 382 strobe mounted on a towed benthic camera sled at a height of 82 cm and 22.5? below horizontal (S1). The camera took photographs approximately every five s as the sled moved along the bottom at roughly 2.8 km h-1 creating a continuous image mosaic of the seafloor with overlapping frames. A semi-balloon otter trawl was towed behind the camera sled to non-quantitatively collect specimens from the line transect area. Collected specimens were then identified and used in part as a voucher collection to identify species in the line-transect photographs. The semi-balloon trawl had a 6.1 m opening and 3.8 cm stretch mesh net with a 1.3 cm mesh cod-end liner (S1). The photographs were evaluated using a Canadian grid system (S2) and the computer program DISTANCE (S3) which was based on line-transect theory (S4). The relative location of each individual along each transect was digitized. DISTANCE estimated the visibility of an object at a distance perpendicular to the centerline of the transect and provided a probability density function and effective strip width (ESW) for each species. The sum of non-overlapping distances between frames along the transect axis provided the transect length. Overlap was estimated by measuring the relative positions of a distinct object in sequential frames. The ESW was multiplied by the transect length to provide an estimation of abundance. When the abundance of any given group was below 15 individuals transect-1 an ESW from a species of similar visibility was used to estimate abundance. Detailed descriptions of the line-transect methodsapplied to the analysis of deep-sea camera sled photographs can be found in the supplemental reference materials (S5 S6). The Bray-Curtis dendrogram was created using log transformed (log(x+1)) monthly  abundance estimates for each of the ten most dominant taxa with group average clustering. Photographic line transect Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = Weight",Photographic line transect,NA,1. Abundance is individuals per m2 and biomass is estimated from length-weight relationships2. Removed abundance =03. NB: the species names were standardised according to Kuhnz et al. 20144. Kept Synallactes genus indet sp. Indet as Synallactes sp Oneirophanta mutabilis complex as Oneirophanta mutabilis Elpidia sp. A as Elpidia sp,Aug-16,Density,Weight,year_month
352,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical flooded forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Flooded forest plot sampling in Peru,A,Y,4,1999,2002,-2,-75,98,120,1,906, 5m x 5m (25 m 2) plots,2.50E-05,4.00E-06,Randall W. Myster,,myster@okstate.edu,,CC-by,http://luq.lternet.edu/data/luqmetadata169,Luquillo LTER,"In order to better understand how flooding and gap formation affect Amazonian rainforests I set up plots both in three major forest types that differed by flooding duration (referred to here as dry wet very wet) and in their respective gaps. Plots Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Removed Contacts=dead,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
353,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Pluvial premontane forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,La Planada Forest Dynamics Plots,A,Y,2,1997,2003,1.1558,-77.9935,180,2,1,345,0.25,0.25,4.00E-06,Natalia Norden Medina,,nnorden@humboldt.org.co,,CC-by-NC,http://www.ctfs.si.edu/site/La+Planada,The Center for Tropical Forest Science. Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute,"High in Andean cloud forest lies the 25-ha La Planada Forest Dynamics Plot in the La Planada Nature Reserve. The La Planada plot was established in 1996 by the Instituto de Investigacion de Recursos Biologicos Alexander von Humboldt and CTFS/STRI. The plots site represents a gradient from the plateau of La Planada (1718 m) to the slopes leading to the surrounding ridges (1844 m) and researchers are interested in how the forest changes over this gradient. The La Planada site provides interesting parrallels to the Asian montane site Doi Inthanon Forest Dynamics Plot. Plots Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Removed abundance=0,Aug-16,Count,NA,year
354,Marine,Temperate/Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Multiple marine habitats - coastal Australia,FALSE,Multiple ecoregions,Marine plants,Phytoplankton,A database of marine phytoplankton abundance biomass and species composition in Australian waters,AB,Y,24,1928,2015,-39.978763,129.903106,734,5536,2258,75604,,0,55061562.15,Claire Davies,Anthony J Richardson,claire.davies@csiro.au,Anthony.Richardson@csiro.au,CC-by,http://www.nature.com/articles/sdata201643,Nature,"Samples were mainly collected from Niskin bottles net drops or tows and the Continuous Plankton Recorder (CPR). These are all standard methods of collecting phytoplankton samples 1314 and many are still largely reliant on a phytoplankton manual written in 1978 15. A few samples were collected using automated samplers on moorings 16. The sampling was done via research vessels container ships and small boats by experienced researchers students and volunteers. The majority of the samples were preserved using Lugol?s solution although formalin paraformaldehyde and glutaraldehyde have also been used. Different methods of preservation can affect the condition of the sample and which taxa are well preserved 417. Samples were analysed with standard methods including light microscopy transmission or scanning electron microscopy which are described in Hallegraeff et al. 4. All methodological variations within our phytoplankton database are detailed in the metadata where available and recorded for each data entry. Where available a citation is referenced for each project which gives details on methodologies and limitations from that project (Table 1). There were three stages in data gathering. The first stage was to conduct a literature review of Australian phytoplankton data. Any literature that contained abundance or presence data was digitised and uploaded into the CSIRO maintained Oracle database. The second stage was to scan already existing databases such as the CSIRO data trawler the Ocean Biogeographic Ocean System (OBIS) and the Atlas of Living Australia (AOLA). These repositories only store presence records. Relevant data were selected and uploaded into the database. The third stage was to ask researchers to contribute any other data sets that they had. All data were organised into a standard format and uploaded into the database. Data were then served to and hosted by the AODN. All taxa have been verified as accepted species and given the currently accepted name as defined by the World Register of Marine Species database (WoRMS -http://www.marinespecies.org/aphia.php?p=webservice). If any taxa could not be verified then a second check was done through AlgaeBase (http://www.algaebase.org/). If this did not verify that taxa as a valid name then the taxonomic level of identification was decreased to a satisfactory level or the entry removed. All abundance values were standardised to cells.L-1 or are given as presence only. Records of the original identifications and units were archived so any records can be checked. Identification of the smaller phytoplankton is often to a coarser taxonomic level as many cannot be distinguished to species using light microscopy. In some studies electron microscopy has been used to determine species but in other studies functional groups have been identified. This data set does not include accessory pigment data which can help resolve these smaller taxa 18 although it can be thought of as a complementary dataset. Over 20 years of pigment data are available in Australia via the AEsOP database (http://aesop.csiro.au/). Cell biovolume is calculated as per Hillebrand et al. 19 following the suggested shape factors for each genera. Size parameters were estimated from measurements taken from Australian samples or Australian references where available420 and other sources where not21-23. In some data sets direct measurements of size classes (e.g. P599 the Australian Continuous Plankton Recorder Survey and P597 the IMOS National Reference Stations) were used in preference to literature values. For some taxa there was insufficient information available to estimate a biovolume these were generally the rare taxa. Rather than estimate a size class without any information available these have been left blank. _____ Data Records: Each data record represents the abundance or presence of a phytoplankton taxa at a certain point in space and time and has been given a unique record identification number P(project_id)_(sample_id)_(record_id). Each data record belongs to a project with each project having a unique identification number Pxxx. A project is defined as a set of data records which have been collected together usually as a cruise or study with the same sampling method and having the same person counting the samples. Metadata ascribed to a project relates to all the data records within that project. Details to identify each separate project are given in Table 1. Each sample within that project has a unique sample_id. The sample_id has not been changed from the original data set to maintain traceability. So these may be duplicated between projects but P(project_id)_(sample_id) will be a unique entity in space and time. Species abundance records within the sample are given a unique record_id. The majority of these projects have been uploaded as part of the collation of data for this database. The IMOS National Reference Stations P599 and Continuous Plankton Recorder Survey P597 data which together constitute half the data in this database are available through the AODN (Data citation 12). Table 1 gives summary information on the project data sets their space time and taxonomic resolutions numbers of samples and records available. Users can select data sets from this information and download as desired through the AODN. _____ Technical Validation: The Phytoplankton Database will provide an extensive resource for phytoplankton researchers although there are some caveats due to the variety of the sampling and analysis protocols. The various sample collection methods infer that abundances might not always be directlycomparable across projects. For example quantitative methods such as bottle sampling (e.g. Project 599) will collect all but the rarest phytoplankton and will include the whole size spectrum whereas semi-quantitative methods such as net sampling are selective and dependent on tow method mesh size and the mix of species present in the water as some species may clog the net and trap smaller species that would otherwise go through the mesh (e.g. Project 509)21. By including all data collected using different methods and including this information as meta-data researchers are able to analyse the relative abundance of each taxa within a project and compare across compatible projects. Metadata includes as much detail as is available about sampling methods and limitations and provides guidance to the users about the potential of each data set. Users should consider collection methods preservation techniques and microscopic limitations when comparing datasets. All datasets have been standardised to taxa/m3 of water except P1070 where the units are taxa per gram of substrate measured. This project collected the phytoplankton by collecting substrates and analysing parts of the substrate. It is included here as the only data set on Gambierdiscus and associated benthic dinoflagellates from Australia which are important to the studies of the ciguatera. All datasets submitted can be interpreted as confirming the presence of those species recorded. In some datasets e.g. time series it is possible also to infer absences assuming that all species are looked for on each sampling occasion. Absences have been included in the data sets where the project information available allowed us the confidence to interpret such absences correctly. The interpretation of absences from other projects is at the discretion of the user. We suggest that a project-by-project approach should be taken. If a taxa is notobserved at all in a project then the absence could be due to the taxa not being present that taxa not being of interest to the analyst or the inability to identify that taxa. Thus a real absence should not be inferred. If a taxa is observed in some samples of a project it can most likely be assumed that the microscopist could identify the taxa and that a real absence may be inferred in samples within that project where the taxa was not marked as present. Some data records were removed when there was ambiguity as to the identification of the taxa i.e. when the taxonomic traceability usually from older sources was confused or whenspelling mistakes make it unclear which one of two species was meant. Species known as freshwater species were removed as the methods used to collect data were not aimed at freshwater environments and the inclusion of the odd records of these species would not be comprehensive or meaningful. Estuarine species were captured and the records kept. Data records with positions on land with an unreal number for abundance or with impossible dates were also removed or converted to presence records. ________ Usage Notes: The database contains information on the functional group of the species which can aid analysis. Functional groups include diatoms dinoflagellates flagellates ciliates (including tintinnids) silicoflagellates and cyanobacteria. Once downloaded and binned as required data are suitable for use in the creation of ecological indicators. For example: ? Total diatoms dinoflagellates ? Diatom:Dinoflagellate ratio ? Total phytoplankton abundance or biomass per degree square. Abundance (cells.L-1) for the phytoplankton counts is given where it is available providing  more information about the productivity of an area than presence data alone. A low cell abundance may indicate a low level or production but this may not be the case if these are large cells. The biomass data helps to show productivity of an area. The biovolume has been calculated for each cell count and when converted to biomass is available for use by modellers and to assist in interpretation of an area?s productivity. An accepted method of converting biovolume to biomass is to assume that the cell has the density of water (1 mm3 .L-1 = 1 mg.L- 1 ) 13. Another useful conversion is to carbon biomass; full methods are readily found in the literature24-26. Table 2 gives details conversions of phytoplankton size data to carbon biomass. Some of the data records are missing dates or coordinates. It was considered useful to keep these records as the presence of a taxa in a location may still be of value. The user may estimate coordinates from the location given and would then also be aware that these wouldnot be the exact coordinates of the sample. Data can be analysed in many different ways and in many software applications (e.g. R Matlab). We include here some figures created in The R Project for Statistical Computing (https://www.r-ptoject.org) to demonstrate some potential uses of the data (Fig 3). In some cases notably project 599 the IMOS National Reference Stations the phytoplankton component of the survey is only a part of the data available. Additional biogeochemical data are available for this data set via the AODN. Some of the projects viz. P479 P599 P597 have corresponding zooplankton data freely available in The Australian Zooplankton Database 27 . These data sets can be matched by the project_id and the sample_id which are consistent across databases. The list of citations referenced in Table 1 will also give users information as to how this data has been previously used from the discrete projects.  Niskin bottles net drops or tows and the Continuous Plankton Recorder (CPR) Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = Weight",nets etc,NA,FM changed Chaetoceros (..) to Genus - Chaetoceros and (..) in species column1. All abundance values were standardised to cells.L-1 or are given as presence only ? removed all the blank abundances2. Did not include studies where RESOLUTION == Selected genera only Species of interest only Selected species only HAB species only (project IDs 1070 547 557 561 529 543 537 531 519 525 521 523 545 527 589 587 585 794) excluded project P1070 (All datasets have been standardised to taxa/m3 of water except P1070 where the units are taxa per gram of substrate measured)3. Project 479 did not have lat/long and date information ? attributed year 2011 as in table 1 of the paper4. Used records with abundance values and excluded the ones that only had presence data5. Removed species blank Egg Fish scales Fungal hyphae Fungal spores Plastic Pollen6. For Biovolume some records are blank ? For some taxa there was insufficient information available to estimate a biovolume these were generally the rare taxa. Rather than estimate a size class without any information available these have been left blank.7. Kept Actinocyclus octonarius var. tenella as Actinocyclus octonarius kept Alexandrium cf. spp. and Alexandrium cf. cyst as Alexandrium sp Amphidinium cf. spp. as Amphidinium sp Amphidinium spp. <30 a?�m cell height as Amphidinium sp Anabaena cf. spp. as Anabaena sp Asterionellopsis spp. ~50 a?�m length as Asterionellopsis sp Attheya cf. septentrionalis as Attheya septentrionalis Bacteriastrum cf. spp. as Bacteriastrum sp Centric diatom 10-20 a?�m and Centric diatom 40-50 a?�m as Centric diatom Chaetoceros atlanticus f. audax as Chaetoceros atlanticus Chaetoceros brevis/laciniosus as Chaetoceros sp Chaetoceros cf. affinis as Chaetoceros affinis Chaetoceros cf. coronatus as Chaetoceros coronatus etc Chaetoceros decipiens < 15 a?�m cell width as Chaetoceros decipiens Chaetoceros peruvianus < 40 a?�m cell width and >40 as Chaetoceros peruvianus Chaetoceros resting cyst Chaetoceros spp. < 10 a?�m cell width Chaetoceros spp. 10-20 a?�m and Chaetoceros spp. 20-30 a?�m as Chaetoceros sp Chlamydomonas/Dunaliella spp. as Chlamydomonadales Ciliate (Inc. tintinnid) and Ciliate (naked < 25um) as Ciliate Coccolithophore cf. as Coccolithophore Coccolithus pelagicus braarudii as Coccolithus pelagicus Corethron criophilum - INVALID use C. pennatum as Corethron pennatum Coscinodiscus spp. 100-150 a?�m etc as Coscinodiscus sp Cryptophyta < 10 a?�m length as Cryptophyta Cyanobacteral filament as Cyanobacteria Dactyliosolen fragillissimus <150 a?�m length Dictyocha fibula f. rhombica as Dictyocha fibula Dinoflagellate cyst as Dinoflagellate Diplopsalis lenticula f. minor as Diplopsalis lenticular Diplopsalis spp. cyst as Diplopsalis sp Ditylum brightwellii < 40 a?�m width as Ditylum brightwellii Emiliana/Gephyrocapsa as Gephyrocapsaceae Entomoneis kjellmanii var. striolata Eucampia spp. <100 a?�m cell length as Eucampia sp Filamentous algae (branching) and Filamentous algae (non branching) as Cyanophyceae Flagellate <10 a?�m fusiform as Flagellate sp1 and Flagellate <10 a?�m round as Flagellate sp2 Fragilaria / Fragilariopsis as Fragilariaceae Fragilariopsis separanda/rhombica as Fragilariopsis sp Gold balls as Unidentified sp2 Gonyaulax spinifera cyst as Gonyaulax spinifera Gonyaulax spp. cyst as Gonyaulax sp Guinardia delicatula/Dactyliosolen fragillissimus as Rhizosoleniaceae Guinardia flaccida <150 a?�m length as Guinardia flaccida Gymnodinioid dinoflagellate etc as Gymnodiniaceae Gymnodinium spp. cyst as Gymnodinium sp Gyrodinium spp. 20-40 a?�m etc as Gyrodinium sp Licmophora spp. < 150 a?�m as Licmophora sp Lyrella lyra var. subcarinata Navicula ? shaped as Naviculaceae Navicula cf. 20-40 a?�m length etc as Naviculaceae Nitzschia closterium - INVALID use Ceratoneis closterium as Ceratoneis closterium Nitzschia sicula var. bicuneata Odontella aurita var. obtuse Pennate diatom > 100 a?�m etc as Pennate diatom Phaeocystis spp. (colony) as Phaeocystis sp Pleurosigma / Gyrosigma spp. as Pleurosigmataceae Pleurosigma spp. < 150 a?�m as Pleurosigma sp Podolampas bipes var. reticulata  Prorocentrum minimum/cordatum as Prorocentrum sp Protoceratium reticulatum cyst as Protoceratium reticulatum Protoperidinium cyst as Protoperidinium sp Protoperidinium pallidum/pellucidum as Protoperidinium sp Pseudo-nitzschia delicatisima complex <=3 a?�m as Pseudo-nitzschia delicatisima Pseudo-nitzschia fraudulenta/australis Pseudo-nitzschia pungens/multiseries and Pseudo-nitzschia subpacifica/heimii as Pseudo-nitzschia sp Pseudo-nitzschia seriata type >3 a?�m as Pseudo-nitzschia seriata Pyrophacus vancampoae cyst as Pyrophacus vancampoae Rhizosolenia fallax group as Rhizosolenia fallax Rhizosolenia hebetata f. semispina as Rhizosolenia hebetata Rhizosolenia imbricata (no Richelia) and Rhizosolenia imbricata (with Richelia) and Rhizosolenia imbricata group as Rhizosolenia imbricata Rhizosolenia setigera f. pungens and Rhizosolenia setigera group as Rhizosolenia setigera Rhizosolenia spp.with symbiont as Rhizosolenia sp Rhopalodia gibba var. ventricosa as Rhopalodia gibba Scrippsiella spp. cyst as Scrippsiella sp Silicoflagellate Silicoflagellate 4 points and Silicoflagellate 6 points as Dictyocha sp Skeletonema japonica/pseudocostatum as Skeletonema sp Spikey balls as Unidentified sp3  Thalassionema spp. < 100 a?�m length and >100 as Thalassionema sp Thalassiosira spp. 40-60 a?�m etc as Thalassiosira sp Thalassiothrix longissima var. gibberula as Thalassiothrix longissimi Tripos arietinum and Tripos arietinus var. gracilentus as Tripos arietinus Tripos buceros f. tenue as Tripos buceros Tripos candelabrus f. depressus as Tripos candelabrus Tripos carriensis var. volans Tripos carriensis Tripos furca var. Eugrammus and Tripos furca type as Tripos furca Tripos fusus var. Seta and Tripos fusus type as Tripos fusus Tripos fusus/extensus as Tripos sp Tripos lineatum/pentagonum complex as Tripos sp Tripos macroceros var. gallicus Tripos massiliensis var. protuberans Tripos massiliensis var. armatus Tripos muelleri var. atlanticus Tripos muelleri balticus and Tripos muelleri type as Tripos muelleri Tripos pentagonus var. tenerum Tripos pulchellus f. semipulchellus Tripos vultur var. sumatranus Ulnaria ulna var. splendens as Ulnaria ulna Unid diatom as Bacillariophyceae Unid dinoflagellate < 10 a?�m etc as Dinoflagellata Unidentified cyst and Unidentified diatom cyst as Unidentified 8. Corrected Coscinodiscus cf radiatus Coscinodiscus cf. asteromphalus Dactyliosolen cf. spp. Fragilariopsis cf. doliolus Guinardia cf. striata Guinardia cf. tubiformis Gymnodinium cf. Aureolum Karenia cf. papilionacea Kryptoperidinium cf. spp. Licmophora cf. gracilis Mesodinium cf. spp. Microcystis cf. spp. Micromonas cf. spp. Nitzschia cf. longissima Ochromonas cf. spp. Oxytoxum cf. variabile Peridinium cf. spp. Polykrikos cf. spp. Pronoctiluca cf. spp. Prorocentrum cf. clipeus Protoperidinium cf. defectum Psammodictyon cf. spp. Pseudo-nitzschia cf. heimii Pseudo-nitzschia cf. subcurvata Pseudosphaerocystis cf. spp. Pyramimonas cf. spp. Pyrocystis cf. spp. Skeletonema cf menzelii Steenstrupiella cf. steenstrupii Strombidium cf. spp. Tabularia cf. fasciculata Tetraselmis cf. spp. Thalassiosira cf. mala Thalassiosira cf. partheneia Torodinium cf. robustum Trigonium cf. spp. Tripos cf. pentagonus,Aug-16,Density,Weight,projID_sampleID_lat_long_year_month_day_depth
355,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,plants,Plant Species Composition on Selected Watersheds at Konza Prairie,B,Y,33,1983,2015,39.083333,-96.58333,324,44696,1,580983,0.00001,1.00E-05,5.20E-06,David C. Hartnett,Scott L. Collins,dchart@ksu.edu,,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-knz.69.9,Konza LTER,"The transects were permanently layed out in the current format of 4 transects (A-D) each with 5 plots for each watershed. Transect E only occurred on watershed N20B florence in 1986 and 1987. This transect is the same as the current transect D for this watershed and soil type. The old transect D was abandoned in 1987 prior to bison reintroduction. Seven cover classes were used to estimate species canopy coverage. 1 - 0-1% cover; 2 - 2-5% cover; 3 - 5-25% cover; 4 - 25-50% cover; 5 - 50-75%; 6 - 75-95% cover; 7 - 95-100% cover. (Note: for the watershed r20b no data were collected in the transect A & B in the fall of 2011 due to wildfire occurred.) Plot size is 10m2 Quadrats Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover",Quadrats,NA,I took median values of each cover class and used that in stead of each cover class. I also renames d transect in watershed n20b after 1987 as e so it matched up with the e data collected previously FM null values for depth and abundance replaced with zeroes,Aug-16,NA,Cover,year_month_day_watershed_transect_plot
356,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tropical rainforest,FALSE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Trees ,Long-term stem inventory data from tropical rain forest plots in Australia,A,Y,34,1971,2013,-17.03808,145.561207,478,258,20,14938,0.5,0.005,76285.3041,Matt Bradford,Dan Metcalfe,matt.bradford@csiro.au,,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E095/209/metadata.php,Ecology,"At each census the diameter of all stems ?10 cm DBH were measured with a diameter tape (Richter 2 m Yamayo Million 10 m) to the nearest millimetre. Measurements made by the Commonwealth Forest and Timber Bureau at plot establishment followed protocols of Queensland Department of Forestry which are similar to Condit (1988) with two major exceptions (1) for species known to exhibit buttressing on larger specimens the point of measurement (POM) was pre-emptively elevated above the predicted buttressing influence. Prior to 1992 this was not always done as the buttressing nature of all species was not known. Subsequently some point of measurement marks have been raised as buttresses moved their way up stems. In addition some POM marks were lowered or raised due to deformations on the stem. In these cases only the newly raised or lowered DBH measurement was measured and DBH changed was recorded. (2) point of measurement lines approximately 25 mm wide and perpendicular to the trunk and an alphanumeric stem code were painted on the stem. live-traps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",live-traps,NA,FM null day month to 1s and null biomass to zerosI replaced the following description with species names suitable for the database: Planchonella sp. Mt. Lewis (B.Hyland 14048) <- Planchonella sp.. Diospyros sp. Mt Lewis (L.S.Smith 10107) <- Diospyros sp.. Garcinia sp. Davies Creek (J.G.Tracey 14745)  <- Garcinia sp.. Dryadodaphne sp. Mt Lewis (B.P.Hyland+ RFK1496)  <- Dryadodaphne sp.. Argyrodendron sp. Mt Haig ( L.S.Smith+ 14307)  <- Argyrodendron sp.. Elaeocarpus largiflorens subsp. retinervis <- Elaeocarpus largiflorens. Sloanea australis subsp. parviflora  <- Sloanea australis. Atractocarpus fitzalanii subsp. tenuipes  <- Atractocarpus fitzalanii. Synoum glandulosum subsp. paniculosum <- Synoum glandulosum. Elaeocarpus largiflorens subsp. largiflorens <- Elaeocarpus largiflorens. Streblus glaber var. australianus  <- Streblus glaber. Niemeyera sp. Mt Lewis (A.K.Irvine 1402)  <- Niemeyera sp.. Synima sp. Mt Carbine (L.W.Jessup+ GJM995) <- Synima sp.. Carnarvonia araliifolia var. montana <- Carnarvonia araliifolia. Antirhea sp. Mt Misery (L.W.Jessup+ GJD3136)] <- Antirhea sp.. Carnarvonia araliifolia var. araliifolia <- Carnarvonia araliifolia. Symplocos cochinchinensis var. pilosiuscula<- Symplocos cochinchinensis. Glochidion sessiliflorum var. pedicellatum <- Glochidion sessiliflorum. Elaeocarpus sp. Mt Bellenden Ker (L.J.Brass 18336) <- Elaeocarpus sp.. Psydrax lamprophylla f. latissima<- Psydrax lamprophylla. Mischocarpus pyriformis subsp. pyriformis <- Mischocarpus pyriformis. Euroschinus falcatus var. falcatus<- Euroschinus falcatus. Sarcomelicope simplicifolia subsp. simplicifolia <- Sarcomelicope simplicifolia. Atractocarpus fitzalanii subsp. fitzalanii <- Atractocarpus fitzalanii. Haplostichanthus sp. Topaz (L.W.Jessup 520) <- Haplostichanthus sp.. Austrosteenisia blackii var. blackii] <- Austrosteenisia blackii. Clausena brevistyla var. brevistyla <- Clausena brevistyla. Elaeocarpus sp. Windsor Tableland (L.W.Jessup & GJM 1378) <- Elaeocarpus sp.. Myristica globosa subsp. muelleri <- Myristica globosa. Pouteria sp. Barong (M.Tucker 22) <- Pouteria sp.. Erythroxylum sp. Brewer LA (B.Hyland 13373) <- Erythroxylum sp.. Ficus variegata var. variegata <- Ficus variegata. Licuala ramsayi var. ramsayi <- Licuala ramsayi. Tapeinosperma sp. Cedar Bay (J.G.Tracey 14780) <- Tapeinosperma sp.. Acmena hemilampra subsp. hemilampra <- Acmena hemilampra. Argyrodendron sp. Boonjie (B.P.Hyland RFK 2139) <- Argyrodendron sp.. Endiandra monothyra subsp. monothyra <- Endiandra monothyra. Haplostichanthus sp. Johnstone River (L.W.Jessup+ 471) <- Haplostichanthus sp.. Alangium villosum subsp. polyosmoides<- Alangium villosum. Connarus conchocarpus subsp. conchocarpus <- Connarus conchocarpus. Argyrodendron sp. Whyanbeel (B.P.Hyland RFK 1106) <- Argyrodendron sp.. Argyrodendron actinophyllum subsp. diversifolium <- Argyrodendron actinophyllum. Endiandra muelleri subsp. bracteata <- Endiandra muelleri. Jagera pseudorhus var. integerrima <- Jagera pseudorhus. Cryptocarya triplinervis var. riparia <- Cryptocarya triplinervis. Pararchidendron pruinosum var. pruinosum <- Pararchidendron pruinosum. Cupaniopsis flagelliformis var. flagelliformis <- Cupaniopsis flagelliformis. Polyalthia sp. Wyvuri (B.P.Hyland RFK2632) <- Polyalthia sp.. Ilex arnhemensis subsp. ferdinandi] <- Ilex arnhemensis. Elaeodendron australe var. Windsor Tableland (B.P.Hyland 5574)] <- Elaeodendron australe. Linociera sp. (Little Pine Ck. BH2520RFK) <- Linociera sp.. Sterculia shillinglawii subsp. shillinglawii <- Sterculia shillinglawii. Maniltoa lenticellata var. lenticellata <- Maniltoa lenticellata. Alangium sp. Claudie River (B.P.Hyland 2682RFK) <- Alangium sp.. Garuga floribunda var. floribunda <- Garuga floribunda. Antiaris toxicaria var. macrophylla <- Antiaris toxicaria. Ailanthus integrifolia subsp. integrifolia <- Ailanthus integrifolia. Casearia grewiifolia var. gelonioides <- Casearia grewiifolia . Ficus virens var. virens <- Ficus virens. Dysoxylum acutangulum subsp. foveolatum <- Dysoxylum acutangulum. Rinorea bengalensis f. bengalensis <- Rinorea bengalensis. Albizia sp. Windsor Tableland (B.Gray 2181) <- Albizia sp.. Symplocos cochinchinensis var. glaberrima <- Symplocos cochinchinensis. I removed values blank species names. I removed values with species name of Gen.(Aq520454) sp. (Shute Harbour D.A.Halford Q811),Aug-16,Count,NA,EPnumber_year_lat_long_altitude
357,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Praire,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Mammals,Small mammal,Small Mammal Trapping Webs on the Central Plains Experimental Range,A,Y,13,1994,2006,40.82889,-104.7582,10,506,1,1104,100m,0.001,5.30E-06,Paul Stapp,,pstapp@fullerton.edu,,ODbL,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-sgs.137.17,Shortgrass Steppe LTER,"In 1994 we implemented a sampling scheme to monitor long-term changes in relative abundance of small mammals in representative habitats of shortgrass steppe. We live-trapped nocturnal rodents twice each year (spring late summer) on trapping webs in upland prairie (GRASS) and saltbush-dominated (SHRUB) habitats. Three 3.14-ha webs were established in each habitat. Each web had 124 Sherman traps which were spaced 10-m apart on 12 100-m spokes with 30 degrees between spokes. Four traps were set in the center of the web. Traps were set for four consecutive nights in each trapping session. Traps are baited with a mix of peanut butter and oats set in the evening and checked (and closed) at dawn. We recorded sex age and weight upon first capture of all individuals. In the early years of the study individuals were batch-marked (Sharpie colored felt markers) to distinguish recaptures from new individuals providing the minimum information necessary to use distance-sampling methods to estimate density. Most nocturnal species are now usually marked with aluminum ear tags although we continue to mark very small (pocket mice) or small-eared (voles) species only with felt pens. For ear-tagged animals we distinguish new captures (N) from individuals marked during previous sessions (old O) versus those that are recaptured (R) on 2nd 3rd or 4th nights of a trapping session. The location of one trapping web was changed from 13NE (1994-1997) to 13SW (1998- present) because of concerns about intensive cattle use in the pasture as well as activity of CPER Site Manager?s cats. bird abundance calculated from annual censuses on 4 similar transects and bird abundance per km^2 exprapolated from these counts  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",censuses,NA,rows with spp names of . or  were removed. A row with NA for year was removed. FM  8 no species records removed (also no day month years) null for biomass and depth changed to zeroes,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_month_day_night_veg_web
358,Terrestrial,Temperate,Pine and hardwood trees on the area had been harvested and the remaining vegetation cleared and burned in 1975. The site was planted in the winter of 1975-76 with loblolly pine (Pinus taeda) seedlings,,, 1975-76 ,large pine plantatino in Nacogdeoches County. Texa,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Birds,Birds,Neotropical Migratory Bird Communities in a Developing Pine Plantation,A,N,16,1977,1992,31.58333,-94.81666,14,16,1,140,80mx250m,0.02,4.70E-06,H Williamson,,hwilliamson@fs.fed.us,,CC-by,http://www.srs.fs.fed.us/pubs/520,US Forest Service Southern Research Station,"In 1977 4 80- by 250-m transects (2 ha each) were established in the pine plantation with a 100-m buffer zone with adjoining woods or other transects. Transects were similar in topography and representative of the total plantation. Birds on each transect were censused 9 times an equal number of times by each of 3 census takers. Total number of birds detected on the 8 ha of transects were extrapolated to number per km2 to facilitate comparison with other studies. Annual censuses by the same people were conducted during May each year from plantation age 2 (1977) through plantation age 17 (1992). All birds within a 40-m lateral distance from the transect mid-line detected by sight or sound were plotted on each transect map while each census taker slowly traversed the midline of each transect (Conner and Dickson 1980). Censusing of each transect took from 12 to 20 minutes; the extra time on some plots was used for identifying and recording birds. All censusing was completed within 3 hours after sunrise. Censusing was avoided during high winds (>19 kph) or substantial rain. Neotropical migratory bird abundance and bird species diversity were calculated for all transects each year. Bird species diversity was calculated from the information theory formula (MacArthur and MacArthur 1961). The number size and species identity of reef fish are recorded within a 2 m wide swath centered along each transect extending 2 m off the bottom. Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = NA",transect,NA,Change age of plantation to year in dates column of data  Remove data in which adundance is 0 or not recorded Did not use data of uncommon birds as those did not specify species  Use Central Lats and Longs as no other information given FM day set to 1 as all NULL biomass and depth also set to zero from NULL,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_month_year
359,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,TRUE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,Fish,SBC LTER Reef Kelp Forest Community Dynamics Fish abundance,A,N,13,2000,2012,34.308906,-119.874156,61,487,9,3285,20m^2,2.00E-06,2322.130273,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,Daniel C Reed,sbclter@msi.ucsb.edu,dan.reed@lifesci.ucsb.edu,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-sbc.17.27,Santa Barbara Coastal LTER,"The number size and species identity of reef fish are recorded within a 2 m wide swath centered along each transect extending 2 m off the bottom. A diver swims the length of the 40 m transect approximately 1m above the bottom at a constant deliberate speed and records all fish passing through the sampling area. Fish size is measured as total length (TL) estimated to the nearest cm. Care is taken by the diver to not count the same individual more than once if it leaves and re-enters the sampling area. Surveys are carried out by only a select number of highly trained divers whose sampling techniques have been standardized in order to minimize observer bias. The horizontal visibility along the transect is measured and recorded for each sampling event. The number of fish taxa sampled is not fixed as all species of reef fish encountered in the sampling area are recorded. Species that are difficult to identify underwater are lumped into broader taxonomic categories (e.g. flatfish in the family Bothidae) to facilitate sampling. Several species of small bottom-dwelling fish are difficult to accurately count and size during the reef fish survey due to their cryptic appearance and behavior. Individuals in a select group of these species are counted and sized in a separate survey done in the four contiguous 20 m x 1 m swaths that centered on the 40 m transect (Figure 1). A diver carefully searches the area within each swath taking time to look on the undersides of ledges and in crevices and within understory vegetation for select species of small cryptic fish which are purposely not counted in the reef fish survey. Understory algae are brushed aside during the search but no organisms or boulders are physically moved. Size is recorded as total length (TL) to the nearest cm. The species of small cryptic fish counted in this survey are listed in Table 1. Measuring abundance of bird species by counting breeding pairs Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",counts,NA,Deleted 78 rows that had species and genus as -99.999 Deleted 4622 rows that had genus as No fish and species as -99.999) Changed all spp. To sp FM set NULL values for biomass and depth to zero,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year
360,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Bird,Bialowieza National Park bird assemblage,B,Y,40,1975,2014,52.716667,24.26666,86,277,1,10061,50x50 m (25-30 ha),0.25,30,Tomasz Wesolowski,,tomwes@biol.uni.wroc.pl,,CC0,http://www.bioone.org/doi/abs/10.3161/000164510X551354,Acta Ornithologica,"Census method An improved version of the mapping technique (a combined mapping method) for censusing all breeding birds was applied (Tomia?oj? 1980). This method helped to detect density values close to the absolute (Tomia?oj? 1980, Verner 1985) and yield comparable results for different bird species. The accuracy of the method was checked by comparing the results of the census work with the data on bird numbers of intensively observed species (from studies involving individual marking of birds; Weso?owski 1983, 1985, Weso?owski 1987, Piotrowska & Weso?owski 1989, own unpublished data). Most species were registered with a less than 10% field error, but in the case of some other, e.g. Turdus philomelos, Coccothraustes coccothraustes, Ficedula albicollis and probably Regulus regulus, the breeding numbers could be underestimated by 20-33%, particularly, when densities are high (Tomia?oj? 1980, 2004, Tomia?oj? & Lontkowski 1989, Walankiewicz et al. 1997). Hence, some arithmetical corrections would be necessary for careful calculations of the community parameters. Yet, in order to avoid confusion, the data in the tables contain no such corrections.Every year, at least ten visits (sometimes 11-12 to compensate for adverse weather conditions or early onset of spring) were made between (5) 10 April and 25 June to each plot. The observations began before sunrise and proceeded along marked transects 100 m apart on the plots, leaving the transect for minor detours when necessary. Each time a different route across the plot was chosen. Only plot K, the richest in bird species, was subdivided into two parts of c.16 ha each and censused simultaneously by two observers, or by one observer on two consecutive mornings. In order to achieve a high inter-plot comparability, all plots were visited on a rotational basis by all 6-7 observers. Usually, one of the ten visits was performed in the evening for mapping bird species active at dusk. In order to record all singing individuals during the short-lasting activity period of birds in the evening, each (24-30 ha) plot was censused simultaneously by two to four observers. All fieldwork was conducted by experienced fieldworkers and new participants were admitted only after a period of apprenticeship (i.e. after making sure that they were able to gather field data of adequate quality).Data processing All records from field maps were assembled on individual species maps (scale 1:1000) for further evaluation. To assure maximum consistency of the evaluation rules, all estimates of cluster/territory numbers on species maps were checked by at least three experienced people. The final estimate was arrived at after negotiating the (usually minor) differences. When processing the data, it was taken into account that a higher number of double-registrations of the same individuals resulted from our relatively slow progress through the plot. While drawing the ""paper territories"" around the clusters of records, we relied mainly on the presence/absence of contemporary records which helped to avoid an apparent tendency in mobile individuals/species to form double clusters in the place of a single large territory. As a rule, three records were required as a minimum to draw a cluster, with a few exceptions in the case of late arriving, inconspicuous species (e.g. Muscicapa striata, Locustella fluviatilis), and unsuitable weather conditions during valid visits; in such cases only two records of high territorial significance were assumed to indicate the territory. Numerous located nests (especially for Sturnus vulgaris), and behavioural cues demonstrating presence of active nests (carrying nest material or food, alarm calls), were also helpful in deciding on the number of recognised clusters/territories. The territories of polygynous or bachelor males were treated as equivalent to those of monogamous pairs. Compared with the other papers, our species richness estimates may be somewhat higher, because they also included territories of large/rare bird species which were found to occur only partly within the plot boundaries (marked with “0.1” signs in the tables). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",censuses,NA,There was no day or month only year was present Central Lattitudes and Longitudes were used as no others were given Plot was used in Sample ID 6287 rows were delted as the count was 0 172 rows were deleted as the count was NA Added sp to all Latin names with only Genus  x F. hypoleuca was removed from Ficedula albicollis  FM zeroes added to abundance and depth for NULLs and 1s added for day month,Aug-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_year_plotID
361,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,A long-term bird population study in an Appalachian spruce forest,A,N,22,1962,1983,38.61,-79.83472,20,22,1,213,100.6 m x 803.6 m,0.083,5.10E-06,JSTOR,,support@jstor.org,,CC0,http://www.jstor.org/stable/4161914.,The Wilson Bulletin ,"The census area is a 6.08-ha rectangular plot (100.6 m x 803.6 m) centered on the road and one of the narrow trails. This area was censused by the spot map method (Hall 1964) in 1947 (Stewart and Aldrich 1949). In 1948 the members of the Brooks Bird Club began a series of censuses by the spot-mapping method made in early June which have continued to the present at 5-year intervals (DeGarmo 1948 1953; Hall 1958; Hurley 1964; Koch 1968; DeGarmo and Koch 1974; Phillips 1979 1984). In 1959 a program of annual censuses by a rather different index method was begun. The method adopted has the merit of giving a satisfactory index of the number of territorial males in a minimum amount of time-one overnight trip to the area. The index method consists of traversing the length of the study area in a fairly rapid fashion tallying all the birds seen and heard during the traverse. This traverse requires about 12 min to complete. After a wait of about 3 min the area is traversed in the reverse direction. This down-and-back procedure is then repeated giving four traverses of the same route. One set of four is made during the last hour before dark (approximately 19:45-20: 45 EDT) and another set of four is made in the first hour of daylight the next morning (05: 30-06:30). After the evening counts a tentative judgment is made as to the probable number of singing males of each species on the area and at the end of the morning counts final judgment of the population is made. Counts of this nature have been made in the last 2 days of May or the first 2 days of June from 1959 through 1983. All counts through the years were made by the same observer. In the early years the index method counts were not too reliable while the method was being worked out but with added experience the later counts have been good measures of the population. In 1973 1978 and 1983 an additional index method count was made later in June to give some idea of the variation expected by this method. This comparison is given in Table 1. It is noted that most of the rarer species agree exactly but that some of the more numerous species differ by ? I male and the total population varies by ?2 males. In 1983 this variation in the Yellow-rumped Warbler and the Swainsons Thrush may have been due to the arrival of late migrants. In 1964 1968 1973 1978 and 1983 it was possible to compare the index method results with those of the more conventional spot-mapping method (see Tables 2 3 4). For species with small populations the two methods agree quite well but for the abundant species the index method appears to overestimate the population. This happens because this method makes no al- lowances for the fractions of certain territories being outside the boundaries of the study area. The difference is slight for individual species but the accumulated error in the total population is sometimes large. In 1983 when allowances were made for this effect the population estimates agreed almost exactly. The accuracy of the index method is highly sensitive to the weather. Inclement weather on the one day selected for the count can cause large errors. This is the apparent cause of the low count for 1967 made in a cold drizzle on the only 2-day period available that season. mark_recapture Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",mark_recapture,NA,The species were only given in common name so I changed them to the scientfic name There was no day or month provided  FM biomass and depth given zeroes for NULL values,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year
362,Terrestrial,Tropical,grazer exclusion,Open (control) and Total(grazers excluded),All grazers over 5kg were excluded from savanna sites along a rainfall gradient. Control plots had no exclusion treatment ,2008,savanna,FALSE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Mammals,small mammals,Plant and small-mammal responses to large-herbivore exclusion in an African savanna,A,Y,4,2009,2012,0.389236,36.891566,18,11052,81,30969,1ha,0.01,52.3438824,Tyler R. Kartzinel,,tylerk@princeton.edu,,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E095/064/metadata.php,Ecology,"Beginning in 2008 a series of three herbivory treatments and a control were randomly assigned to contiguous 1-ha plots replicated three times at each of three sites along a rainfall gradient (36 total plots). Any field experiment entails a trade-off between plot size and replication. Plot sizes of 1 ha are larger than those in many prior large-herbivore-exclusion studies and enabled us to include nine replicates of each plot type which was necessary both to sample multiple sites along the rainfall gradient and to achieve adequate statistical power. And although 1 ha is not large enough to detect all ecological effects of LMH (e.g. seed dispersal numerical responses of smaller LMH to the exclusion of larger LMH) it is adequate to document strong and consistent effects in many individual- population- and community-level responses of plants and small mammals (Goheen et al. 2013) as well as behavioral (as opposed to numerical) responses of smaller LMH to the exclusion of larger LMH (e.g. Young et al. 2005). Total exclosures exclude all large mammalian herbivores (LMH) larger than ~5 kg and ~50-cm tall but are accessible to hares and other small mammals; these exclosures use 2.4-m high fences consisting of 14 strands of wire electrically charged by solar powered batteries with a 1-m tall barrier consisting of 10-cm chain link. Mesoherbivore exclosures consist of 11 wires beginning 30-cm above the ground allowing access to only the smallest LMH (dik-dik Madoqua cavendishi and warthog Phacochoerus africanus) and excluding larger species. Megaherbivore exclosures consist of two wires 2-m above ground level and exclude only megaherbivores (elephants Loxodonta africana and giraffes Giraffa camelopardalis). Open? plots are unfenced and demarcated by a series of 1-m tall wooden posts at 10-m intervals; these plots allow access to all LMH species. On all fences a series of 1-m long wires at 2-m height extend horizontally outward from plots to deter animals that approach the barriers. In January 2009 vertical connecting wires were added to total- and mesoherbivore exclusion fences to increase security and stability. Exclosure plots are regularly inspected and maintained by project personnel. Rapid repairs are made whenever damage to the fencing is discovered. For the eight most common LMH species exclosure effectiveness ranged from 92% (for elephants) to 99% (for warthog and dik-dik; mean effectiveness for all LMH = 96%) during the first 3 years of the experiment (Goheen et al. 2013). Herdsmen for Mpala?s cattle-ranching operation are asked to keep cattle out of the plots. Within each plot a 0.36-ha grid (60 ? 60 m) marked by 49 rebar stakes at 10 m intervals provides a spatial template for much of the experimental monitoring. Small mammals were live trapped at two-month intervals in total-exclusion and open plots using Sherman live-traps (Goheen et al. 2013). In each trapping session and for four consecutive days a single trap was set at each of the 49 grid stakes in the center of each plot opened in the late afternoon and checked and closed in the early morning. All species of small mammals were fit with two fingerling ear tags with the exceptions of individuals in the genera Acomys Crocidura and Mus. These genera are too small or too fragile (Seifert et al. 2012) for ear tags; we instead marked individuals in these genera with black marker for subsequent identification within trapping sessions. Abundance data was obtained for bird species within a specific region through mapping line transects and occasionally nest counting. This data was then converted to a density index and displayed.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",transects,NA,Rows with species codes ? X nothing and R were removed. A table from the metadata of the data was used to substitute species codes with scientific names and to get xy locations. FM zeroes for NULLS on biomass and depth,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_site_block_treat_year_month_day_experiment
363,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Tundra,Birds,birds,The 37-year dynamics of a subalpine bird community with special emphasis on the influence of environmental temperature and Epirrita autumnata cycles. ,A,Y,37,1963,1999,65.968055,16.31666,35,37,1,636,NA,0,9.80E-06,Anders Enemar,,anders.enemar@gmail.com,,ODbL,http://www.luvre.org/data_o_pdf/Luvre-130%202004%20Enemar%20mfl%2037%20ar%20skogen.pdf,Ornis Svecica,"Appendix 2.Densities of the passerine species (excl. Corvidae) (territories/km2) as obtained by mapping ornest search in the study plots in the rich subalpine birch forests on the south-facing slopes of the mountainsGaisatj and Valle near Ammarn?s Swedish Lapland Two methods have been applied: 1) territorial mapping in restricted study plots of known size and 2) linetransects traversing the whole study area. The Turdus speciesespecially the colonial ones are more difficult to map and have therefore been censused by nest counts. Abundance values  have been combinedwith the density of the bird community as obtainedfrom the study plots resulting in a so-called deriveddensity index for each species.  Ground data Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Ground data,NA,FM set biomass and depth to zeroes for NULLS,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year
364,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal river,FALSE,Large river ecosystems,Freshwater plants,submersed aquatic plants,Long-term reductions in anthropogenic nutrients link to improvements in Chesapeake Bay habitat,B,N,14,1990,2007,38.901,-77.069,14,14,1,196,1sqkm,0,115,Nancy Rybicki,Henry Ruhl,nrybicki@usgs.gov,h.ruhl@noc.soton.ac.uk,ODC-by,http://www.pnas.org/content/107/38/16566.full.pdf,Contacted author directly,"Units are in square kilometers denoting area of submersed aquatic vegetation (SAV)  Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover.  See also http://www.pnas.org/content/107/38/16566.full.pdf.   Note- no SAV species data for 1991, 1992, 2002, 2006. Areal coverage of SAV is based on aerial photography and species coverage is based on ground data acquired by US Geological Survey personel. Black and white aerial photographs (1:24,000 scale) of the Chesapeake Bay have been acquired annually by the Virginia Institute of Marine Sciences (VIMS). Additionally, methods are detailed in N. B. Rybicki, J. M. Landwehr, Limnol. Oceanog. 52, 1195 (2007). Scientists annually monitored the shoreline by boat and mapped the submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) in the shallow water (less than 2 m deep; 115 square km), see Campbell, S.H., Rybicki, N.B., and Schenk, E.R., 2015, The distribution of submersed aquatic vegetation and water lettuce in the fresh and oligohaline tidal Potomac River, 2007: U.S. Geological Survey Open-FileReport 2014–1259, 33 p.  http://dx.doi.org/10.3133/ofr20141259. ",aerial photography,NA,FM set biomass and depth to zeroes for NULLS,Aug-16,NA,Cover,lat_long_year
365,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,Hahei marine dataset (1997-2002),A,Y,6,1997,2002,-37.256487,176.325134,44,1477,120,6409,,0.025,431.5010592,Trevor Willis,,trevor.willis@port.ac.uk,,ODC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"Regularly sampled fish transects Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",transects,NA,aggregated totals added zeroes for biomass Nulls and converted lat long data from decimal degrees,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_date_site_plot
366,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Mammals,rodents,Small Mammal Exclosure Study (SMES),A,Y,25,1989,2013,34.35,-106.88,24,342,1,3389,,0,4.80E-06,David Lightfoot,,dlightfo@unm.edu,,ODbL,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-sev.8.297976,Sevilleta LTER - http://sev.lternet.edu/content/small-mammal-exclosure-study-smes-0,"Pitfall traps - for full details see SMES at LTER site Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Pitfall traps,NA,Considered plot as plot and web aggregated totals and substituted code species for scientific names from LTER species list and central site lats/longs for Sevilleta LTER site,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
367,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Benthos,Monitoring site 1000 Coastal zone research - Tidal flat survey,A,Y,6,2008,2013,34.058009,134.978473,412,2059,444,7599,0.25 m2,2.50E-07,945361.4689,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Centre for Biodiversity,NPO Japan Wetlands International,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"II. Data set Overview: We conduct annual surveys from 2008. And research time has been set to June from April as a general rule. ? In fiscal 2008 Akkeshi Matsukawaura Banshu tidal flats Tanabe Nanki Nakatsu flats Nagaura flats Ishigaki Kabira Bay Sa In the site trial investigation has been carried out. - Shiokawa is tidal flats began an investigation from the 2009 fiscal year. Site number of flats survey in fiscal 2013 time is 8 sites. - Quantitative research and qualitative research we conduct. Each site is one to three areas (A B C) has two to the three keys in each area ?point (intertidal zone top: U intertidal zone Central: M intertidal zone bottom: L) has been set. ? In each site and quantification study aimed at observing changes in the biomass in the site we conduct qualitative research in order to understand the species diversity.Data associated benthos number of individuals and in it that appeared in the square frame (biological quantitative survey (2mm Sieve)). - At each survey point to place five at random a square frame of 50 cm square was recorded superficial animal. Later collected the subsoil each organism using a core sampler of 15 cm diameter (depth 20 cm) 2 mm the Furutte obtained infauna eyes fit sieve has been recorded. - Superficial animal is the number of individuals who appeared in the 0.25 m2 infauna is the number of individuals that have emerged in the 0.177 m2 de over is data.? LA:cannot translate from the pdf manual to have more detailed methods Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transect,NA,1. The dataset has abundance data for 50x50 cm quadrats and additional infauna data taken with core sampler of 15 cm diameter within each quadrat (0.177 m2) ? this is noted in the sample description ? this way it is possible to separate both components if necessary2. Removed abundances =nd and na and species=nd3. Used Site_area_point as plot4. 234 records don?t have specific lat/long5. Kept ??? as Unknown Macrura fam. gen. sp. As Decapoda Actiniaria fam. gen. sp. as Actiniaria Alpheidae gen. sp. as Alpheidae Alpheus euphrosyne richardsoni as Alpheus euphrosyne Amphinomidae gen. sp. as Amphinomidae Amphipoda fam. gen. sp. A etc as Amphipoda Amphiuridae gen. sp. as Amphiuridae Ampithoidae gen. sp. Anomura fam. gen. sp. Anopla ord. fam. gen. sp. Anthuridea fam. gen. sp. Apodida fam. gen. sp. Balanomorpha fam. gen. sp. Batillaria sp. or spp. as Batillaria sp Batillariidae gen. sp. Bivalvia ord. fam. gen. sp. Boonea aff. umboniocola as Boonea umboniocola Brachyura fam. gen. sp. Callianassidae gen. sp. Capitellidae gen. sp. Cbloeia flava pulchell as Cbloeia flava Ceratonereis (Simplisetia) erythraeensis as Simplisetia erythraeensis Cerebratulidae gen. sp. Cerithidea (Cerithidea) largillierti as Cerithideopsis largillierti Cerithidea (Cerithidea) ornata as Cerithidea balteata Cerithidea (Cerithidea) rhizophorarum as Cerithidea rhizophorarum Cerithidea (Cerithideopsilla) cingulata as Cerithideopsilla cingulata Cerithidea (Cerithideopsilla) djadjariensis as Cerithidea djadjariensis Chaetopteridae gen. sp. Chirona (Striatobalanus) tenuis as Chirona tenuis Chironomidae gen. sp. Cingulina cf. cingulata as Cingulina cingulata Cirratulidae gen. sp. Cirriformia cf. comosa as Cirriformia comosa Clithon (Clithon) faba as Clithon faba Clithon (Clithon) retropictus as Clithon retropictus Clithon (Pictoneritina) aff. oualaniensis as Clithon oualaniensis Columbellidae gen. sp. Corophiidae gen. sp. Cumacea fam. gen. sp. Decapoda fam. gen. sp. Diogenidae gen. sp. and Diogenidae gen. sp. or spp. as Diogenidae Dosinia (Phacosoma) japonicum as Dosinia japonicum Echiura cla. ord. fam. gen. sp. Ectoprocta cla. ord. fam. gen. sp. Edwardsiidae gen. sp. Eteone cf. longa as Eteone longa Eunicidae gen. sp. Filifera fam. gen. sp. Flabelligeridae gen. sp. Gammaridea fam. gen. sp. and Gammaridea fam. gen. spp. etc() Gari (Psammotaea) virescens Gari (Psammotaena) minor Gari (Psammotaena) virescens Hediste atoka or H. diadroma and Hediste atoka and H. diadroma as Hediste sp Holothuria (Holodeima) atra as Holothuria atra Iravadia (Fluviocingula) elegantula as Iravadia elegantula Lacuna (Lacuna) smithi Laternula (Exolaternula) marilina Laternula (Exolaternula) truncata Laternula (Laternula) boschasina Littorina (Littorina) brevicula Littorina (Neritrema) sitkana Macoma (Macoma) contabulata Macoma (Macoma) incongrua Macrophthalmus (Mopsocarcinus) serenei Metapenaeus cf./aff. moyebi as Metapenaeus moyebi Mitrella (Indomitrella) martensi Mya (Arenomya) arenaria oonogai as Mya arenaria Nassarius (Hima) festivus Nassarius (Niotha) livescens Nassarius (Plicarcularia) bellulus Perinereis nuntia brevicirris and Perinereis nuntia vallata as Perinereis nuntia Pinnixa aff. penultipedalis as Pinnixa penultipedalis Prionospio (Minuspio) japonica as Prionospio japonica Pseudopolydora cf. kempi Retusa (Decorifer) insignis and Retusa (Decolifer) insignis as Retusa insignis Rhinoclavis (Proclava) kochi Rhinoclavis (Rhinoclavis) vertagus Soletellina (Soletellina) petalina Stenothyra aff. edogawensis as Stenothyra edogawensis Strombus (Canarium) urceus Strombus (Laevistrombus) turturella Tellina (Serratina) capsoides Thais (Reishia) bronni Turbo (Lunella) coronatus coreensis as Turbo coronatus Umbonium (Suchium) costatum Umbonium (Suchium) moniliferum Vexillum (Vexillum) rugosum corrected Xenophthalmus pinnotherides null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,site_year_month_day_area_quadrat_lat_long_fauna
368,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Benthos,Monitoring site 1000 Land waters research- Lakes benthic animal research,A,Y,2,2010,2011,35.3789,136.0966,12,2,1,20,0.0225 m2,2.25E-05,4.90E-06,Ecosystem monitoring department and maintenance department. Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,NPO Japan Wetlands International,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"II. Data set Overview. - It is the data of benthic animal study of monitoring site 1000 land waters Survey (lakes). And research has been conducted every year 1 site from the 2009 fiscal year. And research is basically once a year having been carried out in the summer (early September from August). However 2009 surveys in Lake Biwa site of the fiscal year and fiscal 2010 the real in the winter of February 2010 January and 2011 it has undergone. And research site is a 5- site at the time fiscal 2014. Of Ekman Barge bottom sampler of sediment per sample obtained in (15cm ? 15cm) benthic animal pieces We have to record the number of somatic.?  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",sites,NA,1. Using data from file LKBWK_benthos_2009-2010 only ? same lake sampled in two different years the other files have data for different lakes but only one year of sampling in each one2. Data is a single sample in each year3. Considered abundance >100 = 1004. Corrected taxonomic names: Tubificinae gen. sp. or spp. Ostracoda ord. fam. gen. sp. or spp. Cyclopoida fam. gen. sp. or spp. Harpacticoida fam. gen. sp. or spp. Cladocera fam. gen. sp. or spp. Daphniidae gen. sp. or spp. Nematoda cla. ord. fam. gen. sp. or spp. Chironominae gen. sp. or spp. (cocoon) Chironomidae gen. sp. or spp. depth null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_month_day_sampleNo_lat_long_depth
369,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Beetles,Monitoring site 1000 Alpine research - Surface wandering beetles,A,Y,6,2009,2014,36.1471,136.768267,29,29,3,158,70mm,0,0.367776,General Foundation Natural Environment Research Center monitoring site 1000 alpine zone personnel,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center Contact: ecosystem monitoring Department,mot@biodic.go.jp,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"II. Data set Overview: In Hakusan site is the type and number of individuals data of the surface of the earth wandering beetles obtained by the pit fall trap survey. And research time is approximately July in late we conduct every year. ? For details of survey methods alpine Survey Manual ground wandering beetles. Please refer to the (http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/manual/index.html).Data files research plot divided into each survey year.III. The contents of the data and description: Of the file name example Monitoring site 1000 alpine investigation of code (mot-az) _ site ID (4) + survey plot ID + survey items (beetle) _ survey year.xls ? Each of the Excel file you enter the survey date and survey sites such as summary sheet  it has become the questionnaire you enter the survey results. ? For the data that there is a risk of overfishing etc. by public it has become a private. In addition until the announcement of the data acquisitions research paper about the data you wish to use preferentially has set a private period.From the manual ? http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/manual/Alpine-region_ver2.pdf??????? = Ground wandering beetles (page 36)Research objectives: As an indicator of the impact of environmental changes on the soil ecosystem understand the changes in the species composition of the surface of the earth wandering beetles.[Setting of the study area]: - In the vicinity of the vegetation survey point to set up the survey sites. Further considering the characteristics of the site past the site of the study has been carried out to set the point in consideration of its location.[Survey timing and frequency] ? 1 to conduct a survey in the 3 -year intervals. At least once / year of alpine plants flowering High (Hakusan site: roughly 7 carried out in the month late). It is desirable to set a preliminary date.[Survey methods]: - A diameter of about 60 ~ 70mm embedded in the plastic cup of a height of about 90mm in plots sushi powder support Nagi powder: the (each 10ml teaspoon about 2 cups) as bait set up a whole day and night. ? 1 the trap number of plots and 20. Defined arrangement such as the forest site in Takayama frame 20 arrangement for a flame does not matter at random. 10 basically sushi powder the pupa powder 10 is installed. - To collect the beetles that are falling into the trap overnight after a lapse. ? For the night of the rainfall of the trap during the installation range can be seen is the investigator for the presence and intensity time of the rain record in range. Other to fill in the remarks column points if it is noticed in the weather and the trap and the like. ? After the recovery is to count the number of individuals were identified. However identification difficult species is to ask the experts.[Systems and the amount of work study]: And research at a time both the installation and recovery for 1 to 2 people possible in one day (two days in the Installation and recovery). And identified in the analysis takes a long time. Sampling of implementation is also possible for beginners but ensure sample of identification is possible experts is necessary.[Data obtained]: - Carabidae number of individuals that have been identified as the type of beetle such as [Necessary equipment etc.] Plastic cup sushi powder pupa powder Teguwa gloves Ethyl acetate (sample fixed for chemicals) insecticides tube tweezers.?  Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Quadrats / Cores,NA,1. Using aggregated abundance per site per year ? the files give different sheet according to number of traps and baits but there is only aggregated data for 20142. Kept ?????? as Staphylinidae Leptocarabus arboreus hakusanus as Leptocarabus arboreus Nippononebria pusilla pusilla as Nippononebria pusilla corrected Oiceptoma thoracium depth null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,plotID_year_month_day
370,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,Macroalgae,Monitoring site 1000 coastal zone research - Algae survey permanent quadrats,B,Y,7,2008,2014,36.700797,137.260754,159,300,6,2917,4 m2,4.00E-07,588256.6134,Ecosystem monitoring department and maintenance department. Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,NPO Japan Wetlands International,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"II. Data set Overview: Overview of the survey - We conduct the annual survey from fiscal 2009. And research time has been set to September from May as a general rule. ? In fiscal 2008 Shizugawa Awaji Yura at Satsuma Nagashima site experimental investigation has been carried out. For this reason and since fiscal 2009 data we might study when and how is different. Italy Beans Shimoda Takeno site is from 2009 Muroran site has launched an investigation from the 2011 fiscal year. Site number of algae field survey in 2014 time is 6 site. ? In each site the permanent rectangular frame survey aimed at observing the fate of seaweed annually in the same place once we conduct a line survey to understand the zonation of seaweed in the waters. ? Square- frame is used in permanent square frame survey as permanent square frame of 2 m ? 2 m used in the line survey. There are two types of 50 cm ? 50 cm square frame of the to be. ? For emerging seaweed species and the cover degree it has been recorded separately in the canopy and undergrowth.1 - Permanent square seaweed species that appeared in the frame with the data associated with that to the degree and it (permanent square frame survey). - A permanent square frame three to six installed at each site the main plant species names and the degree of growth in the square frame within were recording.2 - The seaweed species that appeared in the square frame in the data associated with that to the degree and it (line survey). - From a defined starting point toward the offing to set the research lateral line it was generally placed at regular intervals of 10 to have to record the main plant species names and their severity which appeared in the 20 or so square frame.Coverage: appearance species of the degree (%) ? Emergence species of the degree of 2 m ? per 2 m value - 5% in units ? In the case of less than 5% represented by +?  Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover",Quadrats along transects,NA,1. Data is percentage coverage in classes 5-100% considered 1% when represented as + for less than 5% - (can be >100 ? there is information for canopy and undergrowth)2. Using the corrected CDL depth3. Kept ??? = Other as Unidentified ????= Shell-like red algae as Unidentified sp1 ????= Shell-like brown algae as Unidentified sp2 ???= Yukari as Plocamium telfairiae4. Kept articulated corallines as Corallinales Ceramiaceae gen. sp as Ceramiaceae Delesseriaceae gen. sp. Gigartinaceae gen. sp non-articulated corallines as Corallinales Peyssonneliaceae gen. spp. and Peyssonneliaceae gen. sp RALFSIALES fam. gen. sp Ralfsia spp. as Ralfsia sp Rhodophyceae ord. fam. gen. sp Sargassaceae gen. sp Sargassaceae sp. as Sargassaceae  Sargassum ringgoldianum ssp coreanum as Sargassum ringgoldianum Sargassum spp. as Sargassum sp5. Using Site_quadrat.number as plot null to zeros,Aug-16,NA,Cover,site_quadrat_year_month_day_lat_long_depth
371,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seaweed beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine plants,Macroalgae,Monitoring site 1000 coastal zone research - Algae survey transects,B,Y,7,2008,2014,36.7054,137.264584,168,431,6,2887,0.25 m2,2.50E-05,587891.4115,Ecosystem monitoring department and maintenance department. Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,NPO Japan Wetlands International,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"II. Data set Overview: Overview of the survey - We conduct the annual survey from fiscal 2009. And research time has been set to September from May as a general rule. ? In fiscal 2008 Shizugawa Awaji Yura at Satsuma Nagashima site experimental investigation has been carried out. For this reason and since fiscal 2009 data we might study when and how is different. Italy Beans Shimoda Takeno site is from 2009 Muroran site has launched an investigation from the 2011 fiscal year. Site number of algae field survey in 2014 time is 6 site. ? In each site the permanent rectangular frame survey aimed at observing the fate of seaweed annually in the same place once we conduct a line survey to understand the zonation of seaweed in the waters. ? Square- frame is used in permanent square frame survey as permanent square frame of 2 m ? 2 m used in the line survey. There are two types of 50 cm ? 50 cm square frame of the to be. ? For emerging seaweed species and the cover degree it has been recorded separately in the canopy and undergrowth.1 - Permanent square seaweed species that appeared in the frame with the data associated with that to the degree and it (permanent square frame survey). - A permanent square frame three to six installed at each site the main plant species names and the degree of growth in the square frame within were recording.2 - The seaweed species that appeared in the square frame in the data associated with that to the degree and it (line survey). - From a defined starting point toward the offing to set the research lateral line it was generally placed at regular intervals of 10 to have to record the main plant species names and their severity which appeared in the 20 or so square frame.Coverage: appearance species of the degree (%) ? Emergence species of the degree of 2 m ? per 2 m value - 5% in units ? In the case of less than 5% represented by +?  Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover",Eckman dredge,NA,1. Data is percentage coverage in classes 0-100% considered 1% when represented as + for less than 5% - (can be >100 ? there is information for canopy and undergrowth)2. Removed cover=0 and species = not found3. Using the corrected CDL depth ? there are both negative and positive values ? kept as provided4. Kept ??? = Other as Unidentified ????= Shell-like red algae as Unidentified sp1 ????= Shell-like brown algae as Unidentified sp2 ?????? ??????A and ??????B as Florideophyceae5. Kept Amphiroa spp. as Amphiroa sp articulated corallines as Corallinales Chlorophyceae sp. as Chlorophyceae corrected Chondracanthus teedii Delesseriaceae gen. sp Halymeniaceae gen. sp non-articulated corallines as Corallinales Peyssonneliaceae gen. spp. Rhodophyceae ord. fam. gen. sp. and Rhodophyceae sp. as Rhodophyceae Sargassum ringgoldianum ssp coreanum as Sargassum ringgoldianum Sargassum spp. as Sargassum sp null to zeros,Aug-16,NA,Cover,siteCode_year_month_day
372,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Monitoring site 1000 Village survey - Bird survey data,A,Y,9,2005,2013,34.952002,134.975315,219,1435,86,25195,0.1 km2 (1km x 100m),0.1,1503776.691,Shinichi Takagawa Nana Goto - Mayuko Fukuda,Ecosystem Monitoring Department,moni1000satochi@nacsj.or.jp,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"The data is the data obtained by the Bird Survey that is carried out in Satochi investigation.  Of the nationwide about 200 locations of the study site the data obtained in all 96 sites that were carried out bird surveys. This is in roughly the first phase includes the core site which launched an investigation from (to 2005) and a general site that started the investigation into the second phase (2008 to 2012) the start of the year of the Ya investigation year that was able to implement the survey will vary from site to site. Methodology Summary: In each site breeding season (5 to around June) and the wintering period walk (12 to February time) to study the root at a constant speed the species name individuals were confirmed birds within a radius of 50m it records the number. In each period make a total of six times of the investigation. Survey routes separated into several sections on the basis of the landscape type and record the birds in each section. Please refer to the study manual for details of the research methodology. For the latitude and longitude  but basically it has been recorded with an accuracy of up to the fourth decimal place  the public up to the first decimal place for the site cannot publish a detailed location information for reasons of nature conservation to have. - Detailed location information of the survey route is not included on the present data set to be published this time. Survey routes have permanent position is fixed to the basic but it may be changed in the middle by the situation in the field. However that the length itself of survey routes vary greatly rarely. If the root of the position has been changed it will be used different section name in the past. Domestic rare wild plant and animal species to be LCES (including emergency specified species) endangered species in the latest version of the Red List of the Ministry of the Environment (CR EN VU) published that have been kind as and nature conservation on the It is not recorded in this data for the native species there was a hope of limiting the public from each site from reason. Please refer to the ?. Rare species that are not included in the data for more information. In addition please refer to the data DataSite_bird.xlsx about whether public restrictions on some species of native birds are provided at each site. - Endangered species? Species Preservation Law domestic rare species of wild fauna and flora of the the latest version of Red list CR EN all species of VU; Other species: Osprey honey buzzard goshawk sparrow hawk quail Akayamadori Kosi Giro copper pheasant Ruddy Kingfisher Sankouchou.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Permanent quadrats,NA,1. Abundance is aggregated per site and date (there was information for different sections and iteration numbers within site)2. Got scientific names from other Japanese studies with scientific names and the remaining ones from internet sources3. Removed abundance=0 and blanks removed species =no record4. Some records of endangered species were not included (table 1 List of species and private data for all sites - Species Preservation Law domestic rare species of wild fauna and flora of the latest version of Red list CR EN all species of VU-AND  honey buzzard goshawk sparrow hawk quail Akayamadori Kosi Giro copper pheasant Ruddy Kingfisher Sankouchou).5. Kept ???? as unidentified ???? as Turdidae null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,siteCode_year_month_day
373,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,Mammals,Village survey Medium and large mammal survey data,A,Y,8,2005,2012,37.071487,137.151876,25,18189,31,22347,100 ha,1,793325.7975,Shinichi Takagawa Nana Goto - Mayuko Fukuda,Ecosystem Monitoring Department,moni1000satochi@nacsj.or.jp,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"Data set Overview: The data is the data obtained by using the infrared sensor cameras that are carried out in the Satochi investigation medium -sized and large mammals Survey?.? Of the nationwide about 200 locations of the study site it is the data that was obtained in all 50 sites that were carried out mammal research. This is in roughly the first phase includes the core site  which launched an investigation from ( to 2005 ) and a general site that started the investigation into the second phase (2008 to 2012 )  the start of the year of the Ya investigation year that was able to implement the survey will vary from site to site?.Overview of Research Methodology: with infrared sensor film three cameras in each site (Koasai DOO set up a maximum of five) and then taken over the 5 to 10 around May. The film Replace once a month. Sensor cameras are installed in the forest of each site it has been installed respectively away lowest 100m. Please refer to the study manual for details of the research methodology. - Survey Manual: http: //www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/manual/mammal_manual_3_0.pdf. (?).  For the position information of each site Please refer to the Data: DataSite.xls. For the latitude and longitude is basically you to accuracy of up to the fourth decimal place It recorded but because on the site you cannot publish a detailed location information for reasons of nature conservationFor it is to the public up to the first decimal place. Detailed location information for each camera has not been recorded in this data set to be published this time. All the cameras have been installed within the range of about 100ha in most of the site. sensor The camera is basically has been established as a fixed point  is changed in the middle by the situation in the field  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,1. Got scientific names from internet sources2. Removed Dog and Cat and Human records3. For 15 sites (4 370 records) the information for lat/long is private null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,surveyCode_siteCode_year_month_day
374,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Birds,Shorebirds,Monitoring site 1000 Shorebird Survey,A,Y,11,2004,2014,35.961249,136.046062,70,13830,143,38674,,0,1921486.656,Ecosystem monitoring department and maintenance department. Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"In the present study carried out in the country about 140 places of study site shorebirds the investigation of the environmental situation of the peripheral census and research site of Saunderss Gull Black-faced Spoonbill spoonbill common shelduck of endangered species. In addition in areas where freshwater of shorebirds is to try to concentrate also performs monitoring of paddy fields and agricultural arable land.? (?) Survey number of times: Based on the record of 10 surveys of the past to the Ministry of the Environment shorebirds population fluctuation monitoring survey conducted in the (1999 to 2002) site type has been selected by the following criteria: In the core site species in order to grasp the maximum number of each time more accurately perform three or more times per survey period. In other general site but three or more of research is desirable if difficult it may be a one-time survey. Selection criteria of core site 1 - Ramsar wetlands in the registration or the East Asia and Australia that are participating in the regional shorebirds important habitat network. 2 - that you meet the Ramsar criteria (Appendix ?). 3 - East Asia and Australia that the entry criteria of local shorebirds important habitat network is more than more meets. 4 - countries designated wildlife sanctuary or that has been designated as an important wetland 500. 5- is that track record that provided the data to the investigation of the national level. Record: In each study site counting start time and end time of the survey in the paper ( fill in the time close to the investigation time band) low tide time and high tide time to record the number of individual species of interest in the investigation range . In addition survey sites name study area code study site location to fill the investigator name. Each investigator is most of the selected the time zone in which the number of individuals can be counted to conduct a survey. Therefore in an environment where a tide such as tidal flats estuaries band investigation time is not matter whether it is at the time or low tide is at high tide.Aggregation of simultaneous investigation: The survey was conducted before and after 1 week (15 days) of simultaneous survey date and simultaneous investigation. Simultaneous investigation other than the survey date set to the time a lot of number of individuals in the study period. Spring and fall and winter of each one but is set to be carried out an investigation on the same day across the country this is by carrying out the count in the period in which to concentrate as much as possible snipes plovers that are brought over to Japan as a whole at some point in time Ru Dare to understand the majority of the total number of individuals of the kind. If we study all at once survey date it prevents the result by counting duplicate the same herd in a different place leading to the understanding of a more exact number of individuals . In particular in close proximity to the region study the combined date and time is desirable.Than shorebirds of observation record in the maximum number of counting each study site the maximum number of the things that was extracted the largest number for each species. This the maximum number of the investigation period by the (spring autumn winter) aggregated to to understand the seasonal changes and the annual change of the tri- state in each study site. Incidentally Aggregate subject is in all records obtained in the survey period the number of records used in the aggregate is not constant.? Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Pitfall traps,NA,1. Using data on files with The maximum number of individuals null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,siteCode_lat_long_year_month_day
375,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest and grassland,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial invertebrates,Beetles,Surface of the earth wandering beetles survey data,AB,Y,11,2004,2014,36.244891,136.90659,424,4553,32,19937,5 m2,5.00E-05,847042.0432,Niwa Ci,Sukigara Naozumi - Hatase Yoriko,moni1000f_pitfall@fsc.hokudai.ac.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"Per survey site (= plot) five locations of the sub-plot were set up with pit fall trap survey (also collected data for deposited litter layer soil and cellulose filter degradation test) Taken the period of data: 2004 to 2014. And research the number of sites: 22 Site. Plots number: 33 plots. Natural production forests 30 (of old forests and elderly secondary forest 19 eleven secondary forest) artificial forests is three (PlotList csv provides the habitat for each plot: DB: deciduous broad-leaved forest  EB: evergreen broad-leaved forest  BC: needle wide mixed forest  EC: evergreen coniferous forests  AT: artificial forests) - not included in the database. Many of the plots is 100m square-ku. Sub-plot in the 5m square-ku has been buried four of the pit fall trap. LA:cannot translate from the pdf manual to have more detailed methods Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Infrared video cameras,NA,1. Concatenated all the files for each plot2. Removed species=NA and removed abundance =NA ? total biomass is less because some records have abundance NA but also biomass measurement (?)3. Biomass as <0.01 quantified as zero4. Corrected sps name - removing authors and date giving unidentified Genus sp sp1 and removing sp if only identified to family or tribe5. Considered plot as plot_subplot6. There is information for type of forest per plot ? not included in the metadata depth null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_subplot_date
376,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest and grassland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Monitoring site 1000 forest and grassland research - Bird survey data -1st phase,A,Y,5,2004,2008,35.934682,135.739751,240,1122,316,18417,Core sites - 0.05 km2 (500m X 100m) Quasi-core and General - 0.1 km2 (1km X 100m),0,1990044.637,Foundation Wild Bird Society of Japan nature protection room charge : Hayama politics,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center Contact: ecosystem monitoring Departmen,moni@wbsj.org,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"All birds of data that have been identified in the course that was set in the survey site.? The investigation of the study sites there is a core site quasi-core site three types of general site by site type as described below have different research interval and the like. And research space the core site every year quasi-core site and the general site has become generally To once in five years. Thus the survey site number is different for each fiscal year. And research method of the first phase (2004-2007 fiscal year) is the line census in line census the general site of about 1km course in the course of the core and quasi core site is about 0.5km. However such as inclined obliquely is steep in the difficult core and sub core site survey while walking we conducted a survey in the spot census in the three-point set on the track. And research method of the second period and later (2008 ~) is the spot census in 5 point set on the track. However fiscal 2008 there is also a site that was carried out in line census.? From - species conservation on the considerations there is a species that is the species name and private. Private species has been referred to as sp.xx (xx is a number) . To be able to grasp the emergence species number of each site  in the same site but has become a unique number in the  xx  species  the same species and was also the site and survey period ( breeding season or winter season ) is different we use the bus another number . - Species species name to have a private endangered ? kind of Ministry of the Environment Red List at the time of data release (CR + EN) and its domestic rare field of the Law on the Conservation of Wild Fauna and Flora Endangered . And species or subspecies that have been posted on the live animals and plants is a red Shoubin and Sankouchou the disturbance caused by the photographer is a concern (except for the Nansei Islands ) .?  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Spot census,NA,1. Using only dataset between 2004-2007 ? there was a change in methodology after that (dataset SIN04b)2. Using data for type of census =??????? = Line census only ? excluded 636 records3. There are three types of site ? different transect length ? this is noted in the sample description4. For 5 endangered species there is no abundance information (identified as sp xx only)5. Removed blank abundances6. Using the species name from Scientific name (7 edition catalog )7. Kept Phylloscopus xanthodryas/examinandus/borealis as Phylloscopus sp ???? = Flycatcher class as Muscicapidae ??? = Tit species as Paridae ?????? = Swans as Anatidae ?????? = Large thrush class as Turdidae ?????? =Waxwing family as Bombycillidae ?????= Sparrow hawk class as Accipitridae ????=Aogera as Picus awokera ?????= Bunting family as Emberizidae ??????= Grey Thrush ? as Colluricincla harmonica ????= kogera as Dendrocopos kizuki ???? = Kara sp as Parus sp ???????=Marsh tit as Poecile palustris ????????=Hazel Grouse as Tetrastes bonasia ????? = Birds of prey as Accipitriformes ?????? as Tarsiger cyanurus ???? as Fringillidae ?????? as Prunella rubida ??????? as Pinicola enucleator ??????? as Sitta europaea ????? as Strix uralensis ?????? as Garrulax canorus ????? as Pernis ptilorhynchus ???? as Luscinia calliope ??????? as Regulus regulus ?????? as Troglodytes troglodytes ????????????= Akagera or white-backed woodpecker as Dendrocopos sp ????????????= Asian Brown Flycatcher or dark-sided flycatcher as Muscicapa sp ??? =Herons as Ardeidae ?????= Bulbul School as Pycnonotidae null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,siteID_siteType_env_lat_long_year_month_day
377,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest and grassland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Monitoring site 1000 forest and grassland research - Bird survey data -2nd phase,A,Y,6,2008,2013,33.557627,136.450872,251,8735,437,78253,0.1 km2 (1km X 100m),0.1,3666501.309,Foundation Wild Bird Society of Japan nature protection room charge : Hayama politics,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center Contact: ecosystem monitoring Departmen,moni@wbsj.org,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"All birds of data that have been identified in the course that was set in the survey site.? The investigation of the study sites there is a core site quasi-core site three types of general site by site type as described below have different research interval and the like. And research space the core site every year quasi-core site and the general site has become generally To once in five years. Thus the survey site number is different for each fiscal year. And research method of the first phase (2004-2007 fiscal year) is the line census in line census the general site of about 1km course in the course of the core and quasi core site is about 0.5km. However such as inclined obliquely is steep in the difficult core and sub core site survey while walking we conducted a survey in the spot census in the three-point set on the track. And research method of the second period and later (2008 ~) is the spot census in 5 point set on the track. However fiscal 2008 there is also a site that was carried out in line census.? From - species conservation on the considerations there is a species that is the species name and private. Private species has been referred to as sp.xx (xx is a number) . To be able to grasp the emergence species number of each site  in the same site but has become a unique number in the  xx  species  the same species and was also the site and survey period ( breeding season or winter season ) is different we use the bus another number . - Species species name to have a private endangered ? kind of Ministry of the Environment Red List at the time of data release (CR + EN) and its domestic rare field of the Law on the Conservation of Wild Fauna and Flora Endangered . And species or subspecies that have been posted on the live animals and plants is a red Shoubin and Sankouchou the disturbance caused by the photographer is a concern (except for the Nansei Islands ) .?  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Aggregated timed surveys,NA,1. Using only dataset from 2008 onwards all these records are for Spot census ? there was a change in methodology from the one used before (2004-2007 - SIN04a)2. Removed blank abundances3. For 5 endangered species there is no abundance information (identified as sp xx only)4. Using the species name from Scientific name (7 edition catalog ) --- used the information in Species name ( 6 edition catalog ) when blank5. Kept Phylloscopus xanthodryas/examinandus/borealis as Phylloscopus sp kept ??????? = Nuthatch family as Sittidae kept ????? = Cuckoo as Cuculidae kept ???? = Crows as Corvidae kept ????????= Cuckooshrike as Campephagidae ?????= Sparrow hawk class as Accipitridae ?????? =Waxwing family as Bombycillidae ??? = Hawk family as Accipitridae ??? = Tit species as Paridae ????= Flycatcher family  as Muscicapidae ???= Sandpiper as Scolopacidae ?????? = Large thrush class as Turdidae ?????? = Swans as Anatidae ?????? = Swifts Department as Apodidae  ????? = Warbler class as Cettiidae ?????= Bunting family as Emberizidae ??? = Ducks as Anatidae ???????= Shearwaters Department as Procellariidae ???????= Pitta family as Pittidae --- from field 6 ? ?????? = Small thrush class as Turdidae ????=Chicken as Phasianidae ???????????? = Redstart  red-flanked bluetail as ?Muscicapidae ??? = Hawk class as Accipitridae null to zeros,Aug-16,Count,NA,siteID_env_lat_long_point_year_month_day
378,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Intertidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,intertidal,Calafuria Mid-shore Intertidal Dataset (1991-2014),A,N,16,1991,2006,43.469365,10.335963,42,95,1,1239,100-400cm2,1.00E-08,5.50E-06,Lisandro Benedetti Cecchi,,lbenedetti@biologia.unipi.it,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Freshwater fish individuals were sampled with net of 0.8x1.2 m with 2mm for 5 years (2010-2015). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",nets,NA,aggregated totals added zeroes for biomass Nulls,Aug-16,Count,NA,sampleArea_lat_long_month_year
379,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Intertidal,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,intertidal,Calafuria Low-shore Intertidal Dataset (1991-2014),A,N,22,1991,2014,43.469365,10.335963,61,76,1,1153,100-400cm2,1.00E-08,5.50E-06,Lisandro Benedetti Cecchi,,lbenedetti@biologia.unipi.it,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Freshwater fish individuals were sampled with net of 0.8x1.2 m with 2mm for 5 years (2010-2015). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",nets,NA,aggregated totals added zeroes for biomass Nulls,Aug-16,Count,NA,sampleArea_lat_long_month_year
380,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Chalk grassland,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Butterflies,Monitoring butterfly numbers,A,N,10,1978,1987,50.8463,0.0552,23,10,1,217,,0,6.30E-06,Contact at GPDD,,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,,PDDL,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,The Global Population Dynamics Database,"From http://www.ukbms.org/Methods.aspx: The methodology and development of transect monitoring for butterflies has been reviewed in detail elsewhere (Pollard and Yates 1993). In brief a fixed-route walk (transect) is established at a site and butterflies are recorded along the route on a regular (weekly) basis under reasonable weather conditions for a number of years. Transect routes are chosen to sample evenly the habitat types and management activity on sites. Care is taken in choosing a transect route as it must then remain fixed to enable butterfly sightings to be compared from year to year. Transects are typically about 2-4km long taking between 45 minutes and two hours to walk and are divided into sections corresponding to different habitat or management units.Butterflies are recorded in a fixed width band (typically 5m wide) along the transect each week from the beginning of April until the end of September yielding ideally 26 counts per year. Transect walks are undertaken between 10.45am and 3.45pm and only when weather conditions are suitable for butterfly activity: dry conditions wind speed less than Beaufort scale 5 and temperature 13?C or greater if there is at least 60% sunshine or more than 17?C if overcast. Due to the vagaries of the British and Irish weather it is rare in practice to achieve a full set of 26 weekly counts. However a small number of missing values can be estimated using other counts during the season.Single species (as opposed to normal all species) transects have been increasingly established in recent years. Whilst such transects must follow the standard methodology and must record populations at least once a week throughout the flight period the focus on a single (or small number of) species reduces both the time required to walk each transect and more significantly the number of weekly counts. With many demands on the time of site management staff and volunteer recorders this reduced method has enabled population monitoring of particular threatened butterflies to be undertaken when otherwise it would not have been possible. By regularly recording a fixed route in standardised conditions the number of butterflies seen on a transect can be compared from year to year. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Pitfall traplines,NA,1. Sample is per year (aggregated the counts when season was discriminated as this was available only for some species)2. Removed abundance=0,Aug-16,Count,NA,year
381,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Bushland (urban remnant),TRUE,"Mediterranean forests, woodlands and scrubs",All,Herpetofauna,Long-term sampling of a herpetofaunal assemblage on an isolated urban bushland,A,N,7,1986,1992,-31.9333,115.7666,29,7,1,160,,0,4.70E-06,R A How,,ric.how@museum.wa.gov.au,,CC-by,http://www.rswa.org.au/publications/Journal/81%283%29/81%283%29how.pdf,Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia,"Bold Park is a bushland remnant of some 330 ha located close to the Indian Ocean about 10 km west of central Perth. The preliminary list of vertebrate species from Bold Park has already been published (How & Dell 1990). This herpetofaunal survey of Bold Park was undertaken between December 1986 and June 1993 using four similar fenced pitfall traplines. The fenced pitfall traplines consisted of six pitfall traps placed in a linebetween 7 and 8 metres apart. Each pit trap consisted of a 17.5 cm diameter PVC pipe that was 60 cm deep and sealed at the bottom with fly-screen mesh. Drift fences that were 50 m long fly-screen mesh 30 cm high and dug 5 cm into the substrate crossed each of the 6 pitfall traps. Each pitfall trap open for 24 hours was referred to as a pit-day. The four habitats selected for surveying represent the principal vegetation types and most of the vegetational heterogeneity of Bold Park determined by Keighery et al. (1990). These habitats were; ? BP1 Mixed coastal heath ? BP2 Dryandra sessilis shrubland ? BP3 Banksia attenuata / B. menziesii low woodland ? BP4 Eucalyptus gomphocephala (Tuart) woodland. The first of these sampling sites (BP1) was located on the sands of the near-coastal Quindalup Dune landform and the remainder (BP2-4) were located on the adjacent and more easterly Cottesloe sands of the Spearwood Dune landform. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA,1. The site field is Bold Park - the study was conducted within the park there were 4 sites but the data were summed by year for all sites.2. Removed abundance=0,Aug-16,Count,NA,year
382,Terrestrial,Temperate,Two sites were burnt (Heart Lake in 1952 and Keeley Creek in 1955),Lake County - No burn Heart Lake and Keeley Creek - Burn,NA,1952 and 1955,Mixed Conifer-Hardwood Forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,Mammals,Small Mammals and Vegetation Changes After Fire in a Mixed Conifer-Hardwood Forest,A,Y,13,1955,1967,47.833333,-91.833333,7,39,1,214,,0,6.00E-06,Contact at GPDD,,cpb-gpdd-dl@imperial.ac.uk,,PDDL,http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/cpb/databases/gpdd,The Global Population Dynamics Database,"We used the North American Census of Small Mammals snap-trapping technique (Calhoun 1948). On each area we established two parallel trap lines 60m apart and 144 m long. Trap stations were spaced about 7 m apart and totalled 20 per line. At each station we set three mouse traps one directly on the line one to the left approximately 1.5m and one to the right. Traps baited daily with homogenized peanut butter were operated for three consecutive nights in late August or early September (360 trap nights per line each year). For the first night of trapping the traps were set between 1400 and 1700 hr and on the following days were tended between 0800 and 1000hr. Specimens caught were recorded by species station number and trap line. Trapping was carried on from 1955 to 1967.? Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Removed abundance=0,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
383,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Boubin,AB,Y,3,1972,2010,48.977608,13.810909,9,3,1,24,46.62,0.4662,6.10E-08,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
384,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Cahnov-Soutok,AB,Y,3,1973,2006,48.655242,16.94116,14,3,1,40,17.32,0.1732,0.1732,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
385,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Milesice,AB,Y,3,1972,2011,48.984705,13.838607,5,3,1,14,8.86,0.0886,0.0886,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
386,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Mionsi-V,AB,Y,2,1994,2009,49.53636,18.660275,6,2,1,12,5.92,0.0592,0.0592,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
387,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Mionsi-R,AB,Y,3,1958,2009,49.537746,18.661169,4,3,1,12,1,0.01,0.01,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
388,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Mionsi-C,AB,Y,3,1957,2014,49.53611,18.654525,5,3,1,15,2.54,0.0254,0.0254,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
389,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Ranspurk,AB,Y,3,1973,2006,48.678817,16.948159,20,3,1,49,22.25,0.2225,0.2225,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
390,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Razula,AB,Y,3,1972,2009,49.359792,18.381938,8,3,1,18,22.84,0.2284,0.2284,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
391,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Salajka,AB,Y,3,1974,2007,49.401878,18.419515,6,3,1,18,19.03,0.1903,0.1903,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
392,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Stozec,AB,Y,3,1974,2013,48.879723,13.835815,10,3,1,29,16.21,0.1621,0.1621,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
393,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Velka Ples,AB,Y,3,1976,2013,49.989616,13.803386,15,3,1,40,10.45,0.1045,0.1045,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
394,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Zakova hora,AB,Y,3,1974,2011,49.65469,15.990502,10,3,1,26,17.46,0.1746,0.1746,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
395,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Zofin,AB,Y,3,1975,2008,48.666586,14.706818,9,3,1,24,74.2,0.742,0.742,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
396,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Doutnac,AB,Y,2,2006,2016,49.955324,14.153373,22,2,1,44,66.8,0.668,0.668,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
397,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Polednik,AB,Y,2,2002,2010,50.861831,15.153149,6,2,1,11,71.6,0.716,0.716,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
398,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Polom,AB,Y,2,1973,1995,49.789846,15.752199,16,2,1,31,19.34,0.1934,0.1934,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
399,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,V Kluci,AB,Y,2,1973,2000,49.313245,15.522922,8,2,1,15,1.5,0.015,0.015,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = AboveGroundBiomass",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,Weight,plot_year
400,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Jirina,A,Y,2,1978,1999,50.236585,14.562981,9,2,1,17,1.82,0.0182,0.0182,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,NA,plot_year
401,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,Trees,Kohoutov,A,Y,2,1978,1998,49.922466,13.77211,11,2,1,21,25.29,0.2529,0.2529,Tomas Vrska,Kamil Kral,tomas.vrska@vukoz.cz,kamil.kral@vukoz.cz,ODbL (CC-by-NC),http://naturalforests.cz/research,Natural Forests in the Czech Republic (Databank),"2.3 Survey and description of standing trees/stemsThe methodology distinguishes a tree from a stem. A tree represents an individual which comprises of one or more stems ? e.g. after bifurcation or in a polycormon. A stem is a stem base which enters the calculation of timber volume (breast height diameter (DBH) exceeds 100 mm) and which occupies a distinct position in the social structure of the vegetation e.g. a stem in a forked tree or one of the stems in a polycormon. All stems with minimal DBH of 100 mm are localized and described. Following attributes are recorded for each tree:identification number of a stemtree number ? every tree is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which all stems from a polycormon or stems from bifurcation belong. Thus these stems have the same tree numberstem position within a tree ? selection from a list Multi-stem type (see Appendix 2a)serial stem number ? indicates the serial number of a stem within a tree (e.g. stems in a forked tree will have serial numbers 1 2)breast height diameter 13 m above ground with an accuracy of 1 cmstem height with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list Species? (see Appendix 2b)character of the stem condition ? determines life condition of a stem selection from a list ?Stem feature (see Appendix 2c)upper thickness of a fracture or a stump with an accuracy of 1 cm ? is determined when the stem is in the form of a stump or a fracturecharacter of stem shape ? determines specific stem shapes selection from a list ?Stem distinctive (see Appendix 2d)social status of a stem in the stand ? classification according to condensed Zlatn?k?s scale selection from a list ?Social status (see Appendix 2e)note ? additional information about health status etc.2.4 Survey and description of lying trees/stemsLying stems with minimum DBH of 100 mm are localized; following attributes are recorded for each stem:identification number of a lying stemstem number ? every lying stem is marked by a birth? number of the tree to which it belongsDBH (in cm) in the length of 13 m from the stem baselength of the lying tree with an accuracy of 0.5 mtree species ? selection from a list ?Druh_d?eviny (see Attachement 2b)decomposition degree ? a state of decomposition is determined selection from a list ?Stupe?_rozkladu (see Appendix 2f)origin of the lying stem ? selection from a list ?P?vod_kusu (see Attachment 2g)note ? additional information2.5 Survey and description of regenerationPlots with uninterrupted regeneration of trees with a minimum height of 0.1 m are localized. Each plot is characterized by these attributes:identification number of the regeneration plottree species representation; representation is expressed in % of the number of individuals of each tree speciesdensity of individuals in the regeneration plot the average number of individuals per m2 is recordedaverage height in the regeneration plot with an accuracy of 0.5 mnote includes e.g. information about protection measures for restoration damage origin of restoration2.6 Survey and description of stumpsStumps ? stem bases with roots remaining after the fall of a tree and with a height up to 1.5 m are localized. Each stump is characterized by these attributes:identification number of a stumptree species ? if recognizable ? selection from a list ?Species (see Appendix 2b)stump diameter (in cm) at the cutting facestump origin ? we distinguish a stump formed naturally and a stump form artificially which was created by logging selection from a list ?Stump origin (see Appendix 2h)note ? additional information2.7 Survey and description of a transectTransects are selected in the most characteristic parts of the research objects in different development stages. Following objects are localized and/or described in each transect:borders of the transect; width and length are measuredvertical terrain profileposition of standing trees; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementshorizontal crown projections of individual treesvertical crown projections in the north-south directionvertical crown projections in the east-west directionlying trees; position and attributes are known from the basic measurements of lying dead treesplots with uninterrupted regeneration; position and attributes are known from the basic tree measurementsvertical profiles of uninterrupted regenerationindividuals of regeneration; attributes of tree species height (with an accuracy of 0.1 m) and a relevant note are recordedposition of stumps; positions and attributes of stumps are known from the basic measurement of stumps Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",plots,NA,1. Considered SampleDescription as Plot_Year2. Decided to include each plot as separate dataset because all have different plot sizes3. Removed plot Eusta?ka because it only has one species and plot B?l? Opava with only two species.,Aug-16,Count,NA,plot_year
402,Freshwater,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,River headwater ,FALSE,Large river headwater ecosystems,Fish,Freshwater fish,Brazil Dataset 6,A,Y,6,2010,2015,-22.047737,-53.824809,74,42,7,926,,0,102.7605203,Yzel Rondon Suarez,,yzel@uems.br,,PDDL,None,Contacted author directly,"All points were sampled with net of 0.8x1.2 m with 2mm. The web was released at least 40 times at each collection point or until no new species were sampled at that place after 10 consecutive realising. Dragging nets (1.5x5m with 2mm) were used at bigger rivers. Waiting nets 1.5x10 m (with 15 20 430 40 and 50 mm between opposite knots) were exposed for 15 to 18 hours (from the evening until the next morning) ? at the points E2 E3 and E4. Tadpole sampling was performed using a wire mesh dipnet (3 mm2 mesh size) for 6 years (1989-1995). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",nets,NA,Plot name: Barreiro Puyta 1: 1 Barreiro Puyta 2: 2 Barreiro Puyta 3: 3 Engano 1: 4 Engano 2: 5 Engano 3: 6 Engano 4: 7,Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
403,Freshwater,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Natural ponds and small dams,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Amphibians,Tadpole,Community ecology of anura amphibia at Northwest region of Sao Paulo state,A,Y,7,1989,1995,-21.1833,-49.7,16,7,1,276,,0,4.30E-06,Denise de Cerqueira Rossa-Feres,,deferes@gmail.com,,PDDL,None,Contacted author directly,"Tadpole sampling was performed using a wire mesh dipnet (3 mm2 mesh size) sweeping all available microhabitats for tadpoles (e.g. water column and edge of ponds with and without vegetation) from the floor to the surface. The number of sweeps varied according to the size of the breeding habitat since a large number of sweeps in larger breeding habitats reduces the risk of missing species that may have been concentrated in one area. Collected tadpoles were fixed in 10% buffered formalin and were deposited at theAmphibian Collection (DZSJRP- UNESP S?o Jos? ? do Rio Preto Brazil) Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover (in %) in 80 1m? plots for in 3 years (2014-2016). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",plots,NA,Individuals not sampled were removed (abundance as -),Aug-16,Count,NA,year_plot
404,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Grassland,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Grass,Brazil Dataset 7,A,Y,3,2014,2016,-22.2353,-47.8847,54,239,1,575,,1.00E-06,4.30E-06,Gabriella Damasceno,Alessandra Fidelis,fariadamasceno@hotmail.com,afidelis@rc.unesp.br,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover per plot (in %). In total 80 1m? plots were sampled in 3 years in the Brazilian savanna (Itirapina Ecological Station Brazil). Sampling include two invasive grass species: Melinis minutiflora and Urochloa decumbens. Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover (in %) in 40 0.5x0.5m plots for 3 years (2009-2011). Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Morphotaxa 1 as Uknown 1. All morphotaxa are Eudicotyledoneae. There is no data for plot 45 in 2014.,Aug-16,Density,NA,year_plot
405,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Grassland,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Grass,Brazil Dataset 8,A,Y,3,2009,2011,-10.205349,-46.557498,36,120,5,697,,0,40.6312579,Alessandra Fidelis,,afidelis@rc.unesp.br,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover per plot (in %). In total 40 0.5x0.5m plots were sampled in 3 years in the Parque Estadual do Jalap?o (Jalap?o State Park North of Brazil). Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover (in %) in 11 1x0.2m plots for 3 years (2005-2007). Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,Abundance data on bare soil and litter (litter+standing dead biomass) was removed. Taxa not identified until family level were described as Unknown1 Unknown2 etc. For taxa identified until the family level the family name was kept with a number (e.g. Poaceae1). ,Aug-16,Density,NA,year_plot
406,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Grassland,TRUE,"Tropical and subtropical grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,Grass,Short-term changes caused by fire and mowing in Brazilian?Campos?grasslands with different long-term fire histories,A,Y,3,2005,2007,-30.05,-51.1167,117,33,1,841,,0,4.60E-06,Alessandra Fidelis,,afidelis@rc.unesp.br,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"Grass species sampled by visual estimative cover per plot (in %). In total 11 1x0.2m plots were sampled for 3 years (2005-2007) in the Campos Sulinos (Porto Alegre city South of Brazil) Pollard walks - transect Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",transect,NA,Taxa not identified until family level were described as Unknown1 Unknown2 etc. For taxa identified until the family level the family name was kept with a number (e.g. Poaceae1). Plot number: E1=1E3=2 E4=3E5=4E6=5 E7=6FB3=7 FB4=8 FB6=9 FB7=10FB8=11. FB means that plots were excluded from fire for 2 years while E means fire exclusion for 6 years. Plots burned end 12 (after vegetation releve from 2006) so 2007 releves is one year after fire. ,Aug-16,Density,NA,year_plot
407,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,Conicyt-Fondecyt Fish Data,AB,Y,2,2012,2013,-31.320566,-71.422368,15,108,2,293,,0,0.6398194,Alejandro Perez Matus,Catalina Sallen ,aperez@bio.puc.cl,sallen.ruz@gmail.com,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"Underwater visual censuses (UVC) and photography were used to quantify local density and biomass of larger benthic. demersal. and pelagic fish species. Cryptic species were not quantified. A first diver registered the identity and size (total length; TL) of each fish encountered within a 4 m-wide tunnel along each transect. Visual estimates of size were more than 90% accurate. as determined by comparisons of in situ estimates with direct measurements of captured individuals. Body mass for individual fishes (weight; W) was calculated using species-specific length:mass conversions (W = aLb. where L is the body length of each individual from visual estimates. and the parameters a and b are constants for each species (P?rez-Matus et al. 2014)). visual sensus trough the transect to 2 m on either side of transect Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = Weight",visual census,409,split the fish transect data into 3 studies by data provider prescribed StudyID and incorporated this into Sample_Desc changed NULL biomass to zero called SITIO plot and aggregated totals as well as deleting records for Genus descriptions of NA and Sand,Aug-16,Density,Weight,lat_long_sampMeth_plot_survey_date_depth
408,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,turf algae,Conicyt-Fondecyt Turf Algae Data,B,Y,2,2012,2013,-31.415949,-71.558923,18,369,6,1113,,0,8126.659287,Alejandro Perez Matus,Catalina Sallen ,aperez@bio.puc.cl,sallen.ruz@gmail.com,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"A diver quantified the percentage cover of all sessile species in two 0.25 m2 quadrats placed on each side of the transect (i.e. right and left) at each monitoring station (n=20 quadrats/station per transect). Percentage cover was estimated using random point contact (RPC) with 81 intersection points per quadrat recording primary and secondary cover. 2 quadrants each 10 m on either sides of the transects. 5 station Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Cover",quadrats,411,split the turf algae data into 2 studies changed NULL abundance to zero called SITIO plot and aggregated totals as well as deleting records for Genus descriptions of NA and Sand,Aug-16,NA,Cover,lat_long_sampMeth_plot_survey_date_depth
409,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tidal flats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,Conicyt-Fondecyt Fish Data,AB,Y,2,2012,2013,-31.415949,-71.558923,20,265,5,798,,0,8126.659287,Alejandro Perez Matus,Catalina Sallen ,aperez@bio.puc.cl,sallen.ruz@gmail.com,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"Underwater visual censuses (UVC) and photography were used to quantify local density and biomass of larger benthic. demersal. and pelagic fish species. Cryptic species were not quantified. A first diver registered the identity and size (total length; TL) of each fish encountered within a 4 m-wide tunnel along each transect. Visual estimates of size were more than 90% accurate. as determined by comparisons of in situ estimates with direct measurements of captured individuals. Body mass for individual fishes (weight; W) was calculated using species-specific length:mass conversions (W = aLb. where L is the body length of each individual from visual estimates. and the parameters a and b are constants for each species (P?rez-Matus et al. 2014)). visual sensus trough the transect to 2 m on either side of transect Unit of abundance = CountPerSqM, Unit of biomass = Weight",visual census,410,split the fish transect data into 3 studies by data provider prescribed StudyID and incorporated this into Sample_Desc changed NULL biomass to zero called SITIO plot and aggregated totals as well as deleting records for Genus descriptions of NA and Sand,Aug-16,Density,Weight,lat_long_sampMeth_plot_survey_date_depth
412,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Epipelagic waters,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,fish,Icthyoplankton data collected from Yenliao Bay in 6 stations northeast of Taiwan (1995-2000),A,Y,6,1995,2000,25.041666,121.941667,214,296,6,1955,,0,7.5989306,Chih-hao Hsieh (Zac),,chsieh@ntu.edu.tw,,ODbL,None,Contacted author directly,"The ichthyoplankton were collected using?a round- mouthed ichthyoplankton net with a mouth diameter of 130 cm and mesh size of 1 mm. For?each sampling 10 min surface tow was taken in the morning Unit of abundance = DensitySqM, Unit of biomass = NA",net,NA,aggregated totals and added latitude and longitude for the stations,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_station_month_year
413,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,Birds,Bird populations in east central Illinois. Fluctuations variations and development over a half-century,A,Y,44,1927,1976,39.98333,-88.65,60,177,1,1196,,0,5.20E-06,Author now deceased,,ideals-gen@illinois.edu,,CC0,https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182,IDEALS,"Bird populations in east central Illinois fluctuations variations and development over a half-century -breeding bird pairs counted per 40 hectare area for full methods see pdf available here https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182 Unit of abundance = DensityPer40Ha, Unit of biomass = NA",Bird counts,NA,aggregated totals and set biomass and depth to zeros for NULLs,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year_plotID
414,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,Birds,Bird populations in east central Illinois. Fluctuations variations and development over a half-century,A,N,48,1924,1976,39.98333,-88.65,48,48,1,963,,0,5.20E-06,Author now deceased,,ideals-gen@illinois.edu,,CC0,https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182,IDEALS,"Bird populations in east central Illinois fluctuations variations and development over a half-century -breeding bird pairs counted per 40 hectare area for full methods see pdf available here https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182 Unit of abundance = DensityPer40Ha, Unit of biomass = NA",Bird counts,NA,aggregated totals and set biomass and depth to zeros for NULLs,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year
415,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,Birds,Bird populations in east central Illinois. Fluctuations variations and development over a half-century,A,Y,8,1949,1967,40.13333,-88.3,45,52,1,310,,0,5.20E-06,Author now deceased,,ideals-gen@illinois.edu,,CC0,https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182,IDEALS,"Bird populations in east central Illinois fluctuations variations and development over a half-century -breeding bird pairs counted per 40 hectare area for full methods see pdf available here https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182 Unit of abundance = DensityPer40Ha, Unit of biomass = NA",Bird counts,NA,aggregated totals and set biomass and depth to zeros for NULLs,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year_plotID
416,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,Birds,Bird populations in east central Illinois. Fluctuations variations and development over a half-century,A,S,25,1946,1971,40.13333,-88.3,53,118,1,766,,0,5.20E-06,Author now deceased,,ideals-gen@illinois.edu,,CC0,https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182,IDEALS,"Bird populations in east central Illinois fluctuations variations and development over a half-century -breeding bird pairs counted per 40 hectare area for full methods see pdf available here https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/handle/2142/25182 Unit of abundance = DensityPer40Ha, Unit of biomass = NA",Bird counts,NA,aggregated totals and set biomass and depth to zeros for NULLs,Aug-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year_plotID
418,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Fish,Fish,Long-term Monitoring of the Great Barrier reef,A,N,24,1992,2015,-19.41355,149.044723,249,3256,279,147466,,0,299115.7317,A J Cheal,Hugh Sweatman,a.cheal@aims.gov.au,h.sweatman@aims.gov.au,CC-by,http://www.iobis.org/mapper/?dataset=233,OBIS (Australia),"Sites are at least 250 m apart where possible. Within each site. five 50 m transects (paths along which seafloor organisms will be studied) are laid along the reef slope parallel to the reef crest at about 6-9 m depth. Transects are marked with a star picket at each end and with lengths of reinforcing rod at 10 m intervals for full methods see here - http://www.aims.gov.au/docs/research/monitoring/reef/sampling-methods.html Unit of abundance = Occurrence, Unit of biomass = NA",occurrences,NA,occurrence data only,Aug-16,Presence/Absence,NA,lat_long_date_bottomDepth_date
419,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Antarctic,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Birds,Birds,Data collected aboard cruises off the coast of the Western Antarctic Penninsula,A,Y,19,1993,2011,-64.77,-64.05,54,342,1,3050,,0,9.40E-06,William R Fraser,,bfraser@3rivers.net,,CC-by,https://portal.lternet.edu/nis/mapbrowse?packageid=knb-lter-pal.100.1,Palmer LTER,"sea bird and marine mammals sightings and counts from polar cruises and surveys Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",sea voyages,NA,aggregated totals set biomass and depth to zeroes from NULLs and converted latitude and longitudes from different geographic datum,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_plot
420,Terrestrial,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Scandinavian taiga,FALSE,Tundra,Birds,Birds,Species composition and population fluctuations of alpine bird communities during 38 years in the Scandinavian mountain range,A,Y,38,1964,2001,67.077,17.435,47,99,2,1010,,0,1.8904809,Soren Svensson,,soren.svensson@biol.lu.se,,CC-by,http://www.luvre.org/data_o_pdf/Luvre-135%202006%20Svensson%20Heden%2038%20ar.pdf,Ornis Svecica,"Each plot was divided into two halves with one observer in each half. for most species. the territory mapping technique was used.  there were 3 sites and full details can be found at the paper marked Luvre-135. 2006 Svensson. Heden 38 ar.pdf (substitute commas for full stops after 135 and Svensson if db has altered them) and located at http://www.luvre.org/data_o_pdf/ Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",sites,NA,aggregated totals and set biomass to zero for NULL - depth is elevation,Aug-16,Count,NA,lat_long_site_elevation_year
421,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Grasslands - tallgrass prairie. lowland hayfields ,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Butterflies,Boulder County Open Space butterfly diversity and abundance,A,Y,3,1999,2000,40.023146,-105.222787,58,314,66,1574,200m-diameter plots,2.00E-04,100,Jeffrey C. Oliver,Kathleen L. Prudic,jcoliver@email.arizona.edu,klprudic@email.arizona.edu,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E087/061/,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"This data paper documents surveys of butterfly diversity and abundance in grasslands of Boulder County Colorado during the years 1999 and 2000. The surveys were conducted on 66 established sites in the 10000 hectares managed by the Boulder Open Space Department (Bock and Bock 1994). These protected grassland sites are located in a green belt which surrounds the city of Boulder Colorado and include relictual tallgrass prairie lowland hayfields in floodplains and short- and mixed-grass prairies adjacent to foothill woodlands (Bock et al. 1995). These sites should remain free of development in the coming years providing a stable study area ideal for long-term monitoring. The data were used to analyze the effects of habitat characteristics and landscape context on grassland butterfly diversity and abundance (Collinge et al. 2003). The data set represents 7246 individuals of 58 butterfly species in 5 families. These data correspond to a majority of Boulder County grassland butterfly diversity and reflect the phenology of these species for the summer months of the two years sampled (A complete list of all butterfly species found in Boulder County can be found at the USGS Butterflies of North America web site [Opler et al. 1995]). The data set includes endangered butterfly species as well as surveys from rare habitat types (tallgrass prairie). These data are presented with the hope that they improve our understanding of large scale determinants of local and global abundances and diversity. Although these data alone do not constitute a long-term data set (2 years) and the temporal scale is slightly coarse (monthly) by using the standard sampling techniques presented here researchers may generate additional fine-scale (weekly) data to constitute a long-term data set. - Field/Laboratory: In brief we surveyed 66 sites in Boulder County Open Space Grasslands five times over two years: twice in 1999 (July and August) and three times in 2000 (June July August). Sites were sampled on sunny days between 1000 and 1600 hours. We used a modified line-transect method (Pollard 1977) to survey a 200-m-diameter circle (Collinge et al 2003). Each plot was divided into four quadrants of equal area and each quadrant was surveyed for 10 minutes by a trained observer. Beginning 20 paces from the center of the plot an observer walked over the entire area of the quadrant for 10 minutes. The first three to five individuals of each butterfly species observed were collected with butterfly nets and stored in glassine envelopes for the voucher collection. Individuals that could not be immediately identified were collected and identified at the Entomology Collection of the University of Colorado Museum. All butterfly species and their absolute abundance were recorded. Voucher specimens were deposited in the Entomology Collection of the University of Colorado Museum. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transect?,NA,1. Kept Cercyonis pegala olympus as Cercyonis pegala; Hesperia leonardus pawnee as Hesperia leonardus; Hesperia uncas uncas; Lycaena xanthoides dione; Speyeria aphrodite ethne;2. Removed abundances =0;3. There are 3 records with date=-999 FM depth and biomass NULLs to zero,Aug-16,Count,NA,site_date
422,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial invertebrates,Butterflies,Monitoring site 1000 Alpine research - Butterfly Survey,A,Y,6,2009,2014,38.499063,139.313358,43,23,6,159,100-200m,0.01,112367.025,General Foundation Natural Environment Research Center monitoring site 1000 alpine zone personnel,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center Contact: ecosystem monitoring Department,mot@biodic.go.jp,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"[Setting of the study area] - Line transect routes and fixed-point survey of the route. The installation. Line transect route: about 2 on a mountain trail setting the km ~ 3km about. Basically vegetation survey and point route passing through the vicinity of. - Sentinel survey route: in the flower garden about 100m ~ 200m degree of short route or because it overlooks the surrounding area to set the kill fixed point.? In the line transect survey butterflies groupFrom the collection centered on the indicator species of alpine butterfly ( see below )To record the variation of the number of individuals.? In the fixed point survey as the target of the butterflies all species for the crowd also lowland species increase of attention to conduct a survey on the pressure and the like.[Survey timing and frequency]: And research time is different depending on the time (areas where both species of occurrence of spider Ma Benihikage and Benihikage overlap that but roughly between late August from late July). The survey period at each site in it fits within the target study period determined by each site as long as that can (generally within a period of about 2 weeks). ? When even goal investigation within the period bad weather as well as the investigation when strong wind is not performed the preset the??to carry out the investigation. In addition the weather suddenly changes in the survey in inappropriate situations in the survey if it becomes is fill in the situation in the questionnaire to stop the investigation. And research time is 8:00 to 14:30 and then implementation conditions of survey research at the start of the temperature 16 ? or more illuminance and more than 25000lux. - Survey conducted once every 1-3 years. However complement if necessary taking into account the regional and species characteristics perform a foot survey.[Survey methods]: In line transect survey set the full-length 2 ~ 3km about the route one at a constant speed the survey once to improve wide area to the minute as the selected species (candidate as indicator species of the butterfly who witnessed Cloth to Benihikage - spider Ma Benihikage etc.) to record the number of individuals to avoid duplication of the same individual. If possible to record the data for all species. Route there is no place in particular priority if set to pass through the vicinity of the point where doing vegetation survey. Record when was found if there is a cheap point record by dividing the route (section). Division of the root (section) every time without change every time we do a survey to fix.In the fixed-point survey constant overlooking the route or around a certain level of 100m ~ 200m in the flower garden set the point 8:00 to 14: 00 hour between between 1 times for 15 to 30 minutes round trip to either fixed point. The butterflies all species of the species name and the number of individuals was confirmed by the observation record. 1 set once the investigation in one hour and bets fixed point investigation once the investigation time 8:00 to 14: it is referred to as basic to perform 30 7 set between. If the weather changes by the seven sets of investigation it cannot be carried out of the local was scheduled to perform the questionnaire column of time and to record the effect of the bad weather missing. At that time considering the weather conditions worse 1 if possible implementation times 5 or more sets of investigation as an active (re-examination without). It cannot be visual confirmation captured in a butterfly net only species to expulsion after confirmation. (?) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Fixed Point,NA,1. Included the data for fixed point sampling and transects as separate IDs ? different methods;2. Files for sites mot-az_3b mot-az_3c and mot-az_3d were not used because there is no information of abundance per species only total number of individuals;3. Removed records with abundance = 0,Aug-16,Count,NA,survey_date_plotID
423,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial invertebrates,Butterflies,Monitoring site 1000 Alpine research - Butterfly Survey,A,Y,6,2009,2014,38.507828,139.329424,46,26,12,180,2391.5,0.004783,114098.2699,General Foundation Natural Environment Research Center monitoring site 1000 alpine zone personnel,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center Contact: ecosystem monitoring Department,mot@biodic.go.jp,mot@biodic.go.jp,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"[Setting of the study area] - Line transect routes and fixed-point survey of the route. The installation. Line transect route: about 2 on a mountain trail setting the km ~ 3km about. Basically vegetation survey and point route passing through the vicinity of. - Sentinel survey route: in the flower garden about 100m ~ 200m degree of short route or because it overlooks the surrounding area to set the kill fixed point.? In the line transect survey butterflies groupFrom the collection centered on the indicator species of alpine butterfly ( see below )To record the variation of the number of individuals.? In the fixed point survey as the target of the butterflies all species for the crowd also lowland species increase of attention to conduct a survey on the pressure and the like.[Survey timing and frequency]: And research time is different depending on the time (areas where both species of occurrence of spider Ma Benihikage and Benihikage overlap that but roughly between late August from late July). The survey period at each site in it fits within the target study period determined by each site as long as that can (generally within a period of about 2 weeks). ? When even goal investigation within the period bad weather as well as the investigation when strong wind is not performed the preset the??to carry out the investigation. In addition the weather suddenly changes in the survey in inappropriate situations in the survey if it becomes is fill in the situation in the questionnaire to stop the investigation. And research time is 8:00 to 14:30 and then implementation conditions of survey research at the start of the temperature 16 ? or more illuminance and more than 25000lux. - Survey conducted once every 1-3 years. However complement if necessary taking into account the regional and species characteristics perform a foot survey.[Survey methods]: In line transect survey set the full-length 2 ~ 3km about the route one at a constant speed the survey once to improve wide area to the minute as the selected species (candidate as indicator species of the butterfly who witnessed Cloth to Benihikage - spider Ma Benihikage etc.) to record the number of individuals to avoid duplication of the same individual. If possible to record the data for all species. Route there is no place in particular priority if set to pass through the vicinity of the point where doing vegetation survey. Record when was found if there is a cheap point record by dividing the route (section). Division of the root (section) every time without change every time we do a survey to fix.In the fixed-point survey constant overlooking the route or around a certain level of 100m ~ 200m in the flower garden set the point 8:00 to 14: 00 hour between between 1 times for 15 to 30 minutes round trip to either fixed point. The butterflies all species of the species name and the number of individuals was confirmed by the observation record. 1 set once the investigation in one hour and bets fixed point investigation once the investigation time 8:00 to 14: it is referred to as basic to perform 30 7 set between. If the weather changes by the seven sets of investigation it cannot be carried out of the local was scheduled to perform the questionnaire column of time and to record the effect of the bad weather missing. At that time considering the weather conditions worse 1 if possible implementation times 5 or more sets of investigation as an active (re-examination without). It cannot be visual confirmation captured in a butterfly net only species to expulsion after confirmation. (?) Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,1. Included the data for fixed point sampling and transects as separate IDs ? different methods;2. Files for sites mot-az_3b mot-az_3c and mot-az_3d were not used because there is no information of abundance per species only total number of individuals;3. The abundance is the total number of individuals per day; the sum of transect lengths per day was calculated and the overall average was used as grain (there was a lot of variation in transect length and the number of transects sampled per day of survey);4. For files mot-az_1f_butterfly-linetransect_2013 and 2014 ? considered the data in sheet 7.25 (?) with because it had more individuals (did not include the other sheet because the data are collected in same day and transects but in reverse order);5. Removed records with abundance = 0;6. The latitude/longitude and altitude information are for the starting point of the 1st transect (each started where the last ended; some transects do not have lat/long information). FM added central location information to these NULL lat/longs,Aug-16,Count,NA,survey_date_plotID
424,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,TRUE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial invertebrates,Bumble bees,Monitoring site 1000 Alpine research - Bumblebee Survey,A,Y,5,2010,2014,40.990168,141.042378,7,36,8,132,2453.1,0.004906286,4535.86362,Nature Conservation Bureau Ministry of the Environment Centre for Biodiversity Contact: ecosystem monitoring Department,,mot@biodic.go.jp,,CC-by,http://www.biodic.go.jp/moni1000/findings/data/index.html,Ministry of the Environment Biodiversity Center,"[Setting of the study area] - About to install the line transect of about 1km~3km on a mountain trail. Basically vegetation control Street in the vicinity of the point of? that include a variety of vegetation types from the wind??vegetation to Yukita vegetation It is desirable ? For the line transect determine the route that is suitable for investigation in each mountain range every year as much as possible to continue the investigation in its route.[Survey timing and frequency]: And research is conducted every year once or twice a year July bumblebee worker (worker bees) appears through mid-August than late carried out during the good weather. Survey period priority for each site adjust the time to fit within the possible target investigation period determined by each site (one of tone ??period generally fit in within a period of about 2 weeks). When bad weather even within the target study period and not performed when windy carried out to set the preliminary date investigation. It should be noted that the weather during the survey there was a sudden change when it becomes inappropriate situation to survey fill in the situation in the questionnaire to stop the investigation.[Survey methods]: - Select the entire length 1km~3km about the line transect reconnaissance once in one direction at a constant speed and to record the species of plants that had been kind and flower-visiting of bumblebee who witnessed. Record when is easy-to-understand point is recorded by dividing the route (section) if any. The root of the division (section) is fixed and does not vary for each survey. ? In the first survey for the root of the line transect the starting point end point and separated of investigation superceding point (start and end points of the section) is recorded by GPS. And surveys at the beginning and at the end (Moshiku for each start and end points) of the section is a case to put a once -separated to study in each section Yellow the weather (cloud cover) to record. Cloud cover is overlooking the whole sky to record in increments of 10% in the range of 0 to 100 percent. The number of individuals recorded in each of the - flower-visiting the plant species.As regards bumblebee species identification and recording at least Bumblebee (foreign Species) or to describe how other species. If you cannot visually check capture with butterfly net release after confirmation the Exiled. If you cannot identify to the species referred to in the following manner. Bumblebee other bumblebee ? non-western Bumblebee whether also unknown ? Unknown. ? If possible set forth caste of bumblebee (queen worker male) also.[Systems and the amount of work study] - Once the investigation per 1-2 people. Tone that can to some extent of the bumblebee and the identification of the plant with the naked eye auditors need.[Data obtained]: - Bumblebee such type and number of individuals as well as plant species list we are using - Which is a specific foreign organisms western presence or absence of a giant bumblebee invasion [Necessary equipment etc.] ? GPS (mandatory for the first time) ? If necessary binoculars butterfly net bumblebee Handbook etc.? Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,1. The abundance is the total number of individuals per day; the sum of transect lengths per day was calculated and the overall average was used as grain size (there was a lot of variation in transect length and the number of transects sampled per day of survey);2. Considered the latitude/longitude and altitude for the starting point of the 1st transect (each started where the last ended);3. In file mot-az_3e_bumblbee_2010 used the data in sheet 7. 19?? because it had more individuals (did not include the other sheet because the data are collected in same day and transects but in reverse order);4. Removed records with abundance = 0,Aug-16,Count,NA,date_plotID
425,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Seagrass beds,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,Benthos,Faunal communities and habitat characteristics of the Big Bend seagrass meadows 2009–2010,A,Y,2,2009,2010,29.188063,-83.279223,319,169,169,5029,158.906 m2,0.000158906,11815.49196,Christopher D Stallings,,stallings@usf.edu,,ODC-by ,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E096/030/,ESA - Ecological Publications (Ecology),"B.1. Site selection and evaluation: We used a design that allowed for an equal distribution of sampling locations. Spatially-balanced sampling approaches have recently been developed (e.g. Stevens and Olsen 2004 Olsen et al. 2012) that incorporate similar characteristics as random or systematic ones but also guarantee that all samples are evenly distributed across the entire sampling frame (rather than clumping commonly associated with random sampling or distinct intervals associated with systematic sampling). Sites were chosen from Floridas Statewide Seagrass polygon Geographic Information System (GIS) data set compiled by the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission-Fish and Wildlife Research Institute Center for Spatial Analysis (FWRI 2007).  We used an Albers Equal Area projection for the shapefile. The file which includes all seagrass coverage across the state of Florida was clipped to include only the Big Bend region from the St. Marks River in the north and the Anclote River in the south. From the clipped polygon we then chose sites using the spsurvey package (Kincaid et al. 2008) in the R software environment (R Development Core Team 2008). We choose a target of100 sites per sampling season (example R code for 2009 site selection provided in BBSG_2009-2010_site_selection_code_2009.txt; see Class V.C.). However because we anticipated that sampling could not be conducted at some sites (e.g. due to lack of target habitat logistical constraints) we also chose additional oversampling sites to replace target sites that had to be dropped from the initial sample. Based on pilot trials conducted in the northern region of our study area during the summer of 2008 we chose a 23% oversample for our 2009 season (100 target + 23 oversample). Based on the 2009 sampling season we chose a 27% oversample in 2010 (100 target + 27 oversample). Ideally sampling would proceed by first visiting all target sites then visiting the required number of oversampled sites to meet the target sample size. However this two-step approach was not possible in the current study given the large area over which sites were located. We therefore visited all oversampled sites as we visited target ones (i.e. we did not back track). Fourteen of the 123 sites that were drawn in 2009 and nine of the 127 sites from 2010 were dropped due to navigational hazards; typically this meant the site was located in a channel used by other boaters was located in extremely shallow water that we were unable to access or trawl or there was a physical barrier such as an oyster bar or shoal that precluded access. The remaining 109 sites from 2009 and 118 sites from 2010 were evaluated for suitable habitat to conduct sampling.Once we arrived at a site we determined whether it could be sampled based on two criteria: (1) it had to include ? 10% seagrass cover and (2) there were no hazards present to the trawl (e.g. due to presence of rocks or other hard substrate) the research vessel or researchers (e.g. due to navigational hazards such as extremely shallow water) or other boaters (e.g. due to presence of other boats anchored or heavy boat traffic). If the site did not meet both criteria we began piloting the research vessel in a spiraling manner around the site location to determine if there was suitable habitat nearby. We continued the spiraling until we had traveled 250 m from the original site (i.e. 500 m diameter circle 196350 m? area around site). If no suitable habitat was found we dropped the site and noted the reason. Among the sites evaluated 91 of the 109 in 2009 and 79 of the 118 in 2010 met the two criteria. The primary reason for a site not meeting both criteria was that it had less than 10% seagrass cover (usually with no seagrass) often with other floral (e.g. attached macroalgae) faunal (e.g. octocorals sponges) or geological characteristics (e.g. rocky reefs) that may have been incorrectly interpreted as seagrass from the aerial photos used to inform the GIS shapefile.B.2. Faunal data collection: If suitable habitat was found either at the site or from our spiraling search we sampled it using beam trawls (mouth opening: 1.87 meter (m) wide by 0.40 m tall; bag dimensions: 19 mm mesh with 3 mm mesh liner) towed on both sides of a 6.1 m research vessel (Fig. 2). Beam trawls were the most appropriate gear for our study for several reasons. First water depths in the region exceeded 5 m at some sites precluding the use of seine nets and drop traps that are commonly used in shallow seagrass beds (Edgar et al. 2001). Additionally we sought to sample across a large area within each site thus requiring a towed trawl gear. Beam trawls are advantageous over otter trawls (which is a commonly used towed gear in seagrass systems) because they retain a constant sampling volume during tows both across sites (otter trawl sampling volume can be affected by bottom substrate which varies across the study region) and within them (otter trawl sampling volume decreases as the net fills because the doors are pulled inward) (Rozas and Minello 1997 Stallings et al. 2014a). Higher and less variable capture efficiencies in beam trawls have also been attributed to the fixed mouth opening (Kuipers et al. 1992). Indeed Zimmerman et al. (1986) demonstrated that beam trawls had markedly higher capture efficiencies of penaeid shrimp (a common seagrass fauna) than seines and otter trawls. Additionally otter trawls tend to ride on top of submerged aquatic vegetation allowing animals to escape underneath the net resulting in low capture efficiency (Leber and Greening 1986 Stallings et al. 2014a). Conversely we demonstrated in pilot trials that the beam trawls remained in contact with the seafloor while being towed at varying depths on different substrates (e.g. soft sand compacted sand) and in different seagrass compositions and areal coverage. We towed the trawls from the sides of the boat (instead of astern) to eliminate problems with prop-wash on catch rates in shallow water. The trawls were towed for 2.5 minutes at a standard rate of 1.8?2.0 km/h (ca. 85 m). This tow speed (based on direct underwater observation) was determined to be the most efficient; faster tows caused the net to ride off the bottom and slower tows allowed animals to escape (personal observation during gear trials). The towing direction was determined a priori with a random number generator from 1-360 (i.e. the heading direction in degrees). However the trawl gears operate most efficiently and safely (i.e. avoiding contact with boat motor propeller) when towed downwind so we adjusted accordingly. The locations of the start and end of each tow were marked in decimal degrees using a Global Positioning System (GPS) which allowed us to measure tow distance and calculate the area sampled.All captured animals were identified to the lowest possible taxon and most were counted and measured in size classes. We did not count or measure the sizes of colonial fauna (e.g. ectoprocts ascidians) the tests of tube worms (e.g. sabellariids) or the shells of worm snails (e.g. vermetids) but we noted their presence. Among the major groups of fauna observed we were able to identify 93.4% of the taxa to species for actinopterygian fishes (92 taxa) 85.2% for bivalves (34 taxa) 85.0% for echinoderms (20 taxa) 76.8% for gastropods (95 taxa) and 70.1% for arthropods (87 taxa). Due to the large quantity of animals that had to be measured we used size classes to expedite the process. Based on previous research using trawl gears in seagrass beds (e.g. Stallings et al. 2010) we used six size classes for the current study: (1) 1-25 mm (2) 26-50 mm (3) 51-75 mm (4) 76-100 mm (5) 101-150 mm (6) ? 151 mm. We measured the total length for teleosts carapace width for crabs post-orbital head length for shrimp diameter for echinoderms and longest plane for molluscs. Once animals were identified counted and measured they were then released back into the water. Care was taken to minimize harm to the animals. Some animals were retained to allow for identification in the laboratory where microscopes and detailed taxonomic keys were present (keys used: Schultz 1969 Morris 1973 Hoese and Moore 1977 Lindner 1978 Abbott et al. 1985 Abele and Kim 1986 Robbins et al. 1986 Kaplan 1988 Littler 1989 Kensley and Schotte 1989 Humann and DeLoach 1992 Humann and DeLoach 1994 Abbott et al. 1995 Hendler 1995 Hoese and Moore 1998 McEachran and Fechhelm 1998 Voss 2002 Pomory 2007 Mikkelsen and Bieler 2008; supplemental online resources used: http://www.algaebase.org/ http://www.fishbase.org/ http://www.gastropods.com/ http://www.itis.gov/ http://www.jaxshells.org/ http://www.marinespecies.org/ http://www.sealifebase.org/ ).In addition to fauna the catch in trawl nets often included seagrass blades and drift algae. It was important to remove animals that were attached to the seagrass and entrained in the drift algae. During the 2009 field season we did this by vigorously rinsing all plant materials in 19 liter buckets filled with seawater. The seawater was then drained through a 0.5 mm wire sieve and remaining materials which were mostly fauna mixed with sediments and plant debris were placed in a plastic bag labeled with site location. The sample was frozen and animals were identified and measured in the laboratory.The seawater rinse did well to remove most animals attached to the plant materials. This was readily confirmed by visual inspection of seagrass blades where no animals remained attached after the rinse. However we were concerned at the end of the 2009 field season that a more careful approach was needed to accurately count the number of very small arthropods and molluscs commonly associated with the drift algae. We therefore slightly altered our protocols to separate fauna from drift algae for the 2010 field season. We continued to use a vigorous seawater rinse of seagrass blades in 2010. For the drift algae we would first separate all large fauna (e.g. most fishes large crabs) leaving only the smallest arthropods and molluscs. The total volume of the drift algae captured was then measured using a calibrated 19 liter bucket. In 2009 the median volume of drift algae per tow was 15142 mL. In 2010 we collected a 3785 mL subsample of drift algae which was approximately 25% of this median value. The 3785 mL subsample was taken by haphazardly grabbing small clumps from the algae collected in the trawl. We used this haphazard selection to avoid subsampling a single small section of the algae. The entire subsample was bagged labeled frozen and taken back to the laboratory. In the laboratory the algae was first vigorously rinsed in 19 liter buckets containing seawater and remaining sample sieved as was done during the 2009 field season. The rinsed algae was then carefully inspected for the presence of remaining fauna. As suspected small arthropods and molluscs remained entrained in the algae. These animals were meticulously removed by picking each individual with forceps. Animals were then identified counted and measured. Site abundances for these subsampled animals were calculated as the number of animals counted multiplied by the percent of subsampled algae (total volume of captured drift algae / volume of subsampled drift algae). Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Tows,NA,1. Kept Amphiroa rigida var. antillana as Amphiroa rigida Buccinidae sp. as Buccinidae Busycon spiratum pyruloides as Busycon spiratum Gobiidae sp. As Gobiidae SYNsp as Unidentified ? no correspondent species name2. Used the average of the tow areas provided as grain (calculated area (m^2) sampled by trawls based on Towdist*trawl width),Aug-16,Count,NA,site_date_lat_long_depth
426,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Phytoplankton,Phytoplankton time series from Lake Zurich,B,Y,35,1976,2010,47.33,8.56,64,388,1,2082,,0,5.40E-06,Francesco Pomati,,Francesco.Pomati@eawag.ch,,ODC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"All data refer to the total counts over the water column of the lake per date. The file with environmental variables includes average values over the water column and also the CV = coefficient of variation over the water column (see Pomati et al. 2012).  data report biovolume levels per taxon (ug / L) instead of abundance Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Biovolume",Sampling sites,NA,deleted NA biomass records set depth to max depth for Lake Zurich biovolume is calculate in ug per litre.  Changed Ulnaria delicatissima var. angustissima to Ulnaria delicatissima.,Sep-16,NA,Volume,lat_long_date
427,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lake,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton time series from Lake Zurich,AB,Y,32,1977,2008,47.33,8.56,65,465,1,4819,,0,5.40E-06,Francesco Pomati,,Francesco.Pomati@eawag.ch,,ODC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"All data refer to the total counts over the water column of the lake per date. The file with environmental variables includes average values over the water column and also the CV = coefficient of variation over the water column (see Pomati et al. 2012).  data report biovolume levels per taxon (ug / L) instead of abundance Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Biovolume",Sampling sites,NA,aggregated totals set depth to max depth of Lake Zurich biovolume is calculated in ug per litre.  Changed genus to family or order where none exist and deleted SU from sp fields and from longispinia and pediculus,Sep-16,Count,Volume,lat_long_date
428,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Oceanic waters,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,Mainly fish and some invertebrates,Long term monitoring of fish abundances from coastal SKagerrak,A,Y,97,1919,2015,58.95856,9.768152,59,10725,200,101221,,0,46030.97913,Halvor Knutsen,Ebsen Moland,Halvor.Knutsen@imr.no,ebsen.moland.olsen@imr.no,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"Samples are collected from the Skagerrak coast and each station (we have coordinates) is a beach seine haul (5-700m2) where all species are counted.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Seine nets,NA,Combined where _0 _eldr or _gr follow species names.  Aggregated totals for abundance and set biomass and depth to zeroes for NULL values.  Got conversions to scientific from Norway group deleted Stankelbein species as appears to be a type of insect (this was left as unknown by Norwegian translator) also set Manetyngel (left as unknown with suggestion of Ephyra) to Manetyngel unknown as couldnt find any proper indication of what it was Plotted unknown station locations in ArcGIS and added latitudes and longitudes also added code to end of sample description 0 for lat longs added by closest points around 1 for those supplied by data providers and 2 for those taken from the maps provided,Sep-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_station_trek_site_flora_code_geoDesc
429,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef slope and reef crest,TRUE,Tropical coral,Marine invertebrates,scleractinian corals,Scleractinian corals from Orpheus and Magnetic Islands 2013 to 2016,B,Y,4,2013,2016,-18.835909,146.653577,180,30,8,734,4* 50 meter transect,1.00E-05,208.9248325,Chao-Yang Kuo ,Andrew Baird,chaoyang.kuo@my.jcu.edu.au,andrew.baird@jcu.edu.au,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"Four 50m point intercept transects were laid out parellel to the coastline at the same depth at each study site. Benthic composition under 100 points with 50 cm interval of each transect were recorded and sclertinian corals were identified to species level. The abundance of each sclertinian coral species on each transect was estimate as the relative abundance on each transect. The abundance of each sclertinian coral species at each site at each time point was the average of the four transects laid out. Survey was conducted yearly.  Unit of abundance = PercentCover, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,set biomass to zero for NULL plots built from island and site with D (Deep) and S (Shallow) - I think this is what it is as it tallies with depth values concatenated to the end so appear as follows - Magnetic Island has Geoffrey Bay (GB_D and GB_S) and Nally Bay (NB_D and NB_S).  Orpheus Island has Little Pioneer Bay (LPB_D and LPB_S) and Pelorus Island has Pelorus south east (PSE_D and PSE_S),Sep-16,NA,Cover,lat_long_date_site_depth
430,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rivers,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Fish,The New Zealand Freshwater Fish Database - Electric fishing - Backpack,A,Y,32,1985,2016,-40.942837,172.499296,57,9457,8984,22054,,0,1018302.234,Freshwater Fish Database administrator,NIWA,fwdba@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,https://www.niwa.co.nz/our-services/online-services/freshwater-fish-database,NIWA,"https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Electrofishing,NA,1. Selected 3 methods of fishing (https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf) and considered the data for each as separate IDs;2. Decided to include total abundance per site per year because the information for month was not always ok (absent or odd-formatted (e.g. 9    5 or 0    2));3. Included years from 1985 onwards; 4. Removed records for nospec=No species; parane=Paranephrops sp (crayfish); hyrmen=Hyridella menziesii (mussel); marine=Marine species5. Kept Galaxias northern as Galaxias sp1 Galaxias southern as sp2 Galaxias species D as sp3 and Galaxias teviot as sp4;6. Removed blank and zero abundances;7. Converted Easting/Northing to lat/long (a few records with Coordinates out of range for grid) FM - added these as central coords (9 in total),Sep-16,Count,NA,year_catch_east_north
431,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rivers,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Fish,The New Zealand Freshwater Fish Database - Traps- Gee Minnow traps,A,Y,33,1984,2016,-40.633637,172.449936,44,2404,2059,3804,,0,1051174.475,Freshwater Fish Database administrator,NIWA,fwdba@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,https://www.niwa.co.nz/our-services/online-services/freshwater-fish-database,NIWA,"https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Traps,NA,1. Selected 3 methods of fishing (https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf) and considered the data for each as separate IDs;2. Included years from 1984 onwards; 3. Removed records for nospec=No species; parane=Paranephrops sp (crayfish); hyrmen=Hyridella menziesii (mussel); marine=Marine species4. Kept Galaxias species D as sp1;5. Removed blank and zero abundances;6. Converted Easting/Northing to lat/long (a few records with Coordinates out of range for grid) FM - added these as central coords (16 in total),Sep-16,Count,NA,month_year_catch_east_north
432,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Rivers,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Fish,Fish,The New Zealand Freshwater Fish Database - Observation (Spotlighting visual),A,Y,19,1998,2016,-40.492606,172.715575,36,1354,1291,3520,,0,992158.6953,Freshwater Fish Database administrator,NIWA,fwdba@niwa.co.nz,,CC-by,https://www.niwa.co.nz/our-services/online-services/freshwater-fish-database,NIWA,"https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Spotlighting,NA,1. Selected 3 methods of fishing (https://www.niwa.co.nz/static/web/New_Zealand_Freshwater_Fish_Sampling_Protocols.pdf) and considered the data for each as separate IDs;2. Included years from 1998 onwards; 3. Removed records for nospec=No species; parane=Paranephrops sp (crayfish); hyrmen=Hyridella menziesii (mussel); marine=Marine species4. Removed blank and zero abundances;5. Converted Easting/Northing to lat/long ,Sep-16,Count,NA,month_year_catch_east_north
433,Freshwater,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lakes,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton density for lake samples collected near Toolik Lake Arctic LTER in the summers (1983-1992 & 1993-2002),A,Y,18,1983,2002,68.631732,-149.384327,18,643,32,2729,335um plankton mesh netting used in individual lakes,0,1844.671555,Phaedra Budy,,phaedra.budy@usu.edu,,ODbL,http://arc-lter.ecosystems.mbl.edu/1993-2002arcticlterzoops,Arctic Long-Term Ecological Research,"The samples were taken with a 30 cm diameter plankton net with 335 um mesh plankton netting. In almost all cases replicate vertical tows were taken with the length varying on the depth of the lake. The samples were preserved in an alcohol/formalin solution and stored in 250 mL Nalgene bottles. the samples were counted by taking a subsample of 1 or 2 mL from the bottle and emumerating all zooplankton by species using a M-5 steromicroscope. All samples were counted and enumerated by Amy Slaymaker. Notes: S-1. S-2. S-5. and camp pond density calculations were as follows: Density = (# counted)(bottle vol.)/(vol. counted)(tow vol.)(1000) tow volume = 0.146899 = p(net radius)2 ? 2p(2). Net radius = 0.061 Reference Citations: None relevant to this particular data. Sampling Description. 15 lakes or locations within lakes were sampled in 1993 all coded with standard Arctic LTER site codes. 100 is Toolik lake mainstation situated in about 20 m of water in the southern part of the lake where 15m vertical tows were taken. 102 is Limno Bay of Toolik lake. the small steep-sided bay to the north of the lake. It was sampled approximately in the middle with a 5 m vertical tow. 103 is lake N-1 the large lake due north of Toolik. it was sampled in the north. deep basin with a 10 m vertical tow. 104 is lake N-2 a smalller lake due west of N-1. It is divided and the western basin fertilized. Two stations were sampled one in the treated and one in the reference both near the curtain. 108 is lake NE-12. a small lake northeast of Toolik. It was sampled in the middle with a 12 m vertical tow. 146 is is lake E-1. a small lake east of Toolik camp directly across from the road into camp. It was sampled in the middle with 11 m vertical tows. 116 is lake I-6. a small lake south of Toolik in the inlet series of lakes to Toolik Lake. It was sampled in the middle with 8 m vertical tows. 118 is lake I-8. another lake in the inlet series. It was sampled in the middle with 8 m vertical tows. 107 is lake S-6 a small lake south of Toolik. It was sampled with 6 m vertical tows. 156 is lake S-11 a small but deep lake south of Toolik. It was sampled with 10 m vertical tows. 149 is lake S-2 a small very shallow lake on the south shore of Toolik Lake. It was sampled with 180 degree 2m deep plankton net sweeps. 106 is lake S-5 a small shallow lake south of Toolik. It was sampled with 180 degee 2 m deep plankton net sweeps. 148 is lake S-1. another small. shallow lake south of Toolik. It was also sample with 180 degree net sweeps. 141 is Camp pond near the old campsite pad on the northeast shore of Toolik. It was sampled with 180 degree 2 m deep plankton net sweeps. Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Plankton net,NA,"1. Combined both datasets into one as methods are consistent;2. Removed data for lakes E5 E6 N2 and NE12 as advised by the PI - these ones had large manipulations;3. Abundance is number per litre;4. Removed abundance =0 and blanks;5. For the column identified as extra split the abundances for the groups identified and considered the remaining as unidentified;6. Considered branchi as Branchiopoda; fairy shrimp as Anostraca and polyart as Polyarthra sp
FM set 182 null depth records to zeros and all biomass NULLS to zero and 36 NULL lats and longs changed to central points Created plot field from lake and siteCode data in Sample_Desc",Sep-16,Count,NA,lake_siteCode_depth_date
434,Freshwater,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Perennially ice-covered lakes,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Phytoplankton,Summer Phytoplankton Densities 1992-2001,A,Y,10,1992,2001,-77.665463,162.710435,50,61,4,450,tows at 0.5m intervals,0,671.266606,Diane McKnight,John Priscu,diane.mcknight@colorado.edu,jpriscu@montana.edu,CC-by,http://mcm.lternet.edu/content/summer-phytoplankton-densities-1992-2001,McMurdo Dry Valleys LTER,"Discrete samples for phytoplankton enumeration were collected from the oxygenated portion of the water column (below the bottom of the ice to a depth of 10 m) at 0.5 m intervals. Sampling was done primarily between the hours of 14:00 and 20:00 (during the austral summer. the illuminated period is 24 h/day) by either peristaltic pump or Kemmerer bottle. Samples were collected in 1 l bottles and preserved immediately with Lugon's solution (American Public Health Association. 1985). Identification and counts were made with an inverted microscope by the method of Utermohl (1958). At least 100 individuals of the most numerous algae were counted per sample at 100x magnification. The total number of individuals counted was dependent on the number of taxa. but ranged between 200 and 500. Counting error ranged between 13 and 26%. depending on species. Algal species identifications were made using Geitler (1932). Seaburg et al. (1979) and Prescott (1962). Cell volumes were estimated for dominant taxa by measuring cell dimensions of 50-100 individuals and using closest geometric formulas of additional dates and depths to determine changes in cell volume over time. For rare taxa. volume estimates were made from fewer cell measurements.Primary productivity was measured using the method of Strickland and Parsons (1972). In situ 24 h incubations were made in triplicate 300 ml light and duplicate 300 ml dark bottles with Na14CO3 (3 uCi per 300 ml. New England Nuclear). Following 24 h incubation. samples were well shaken and filtered through Whatman GF/F filters in the dark. The filters were placed in scintillation vials and acidified with 1 ml of 5% acetic acid in methanol to remove [C14 carbonates. The [C14] fixed by biological activity was determined in Aquasol (New England Nuclear) by liquid scintillation.Samples for nitrate and orthophosphate were frozen within several hours of collection. later filtered through 0.45 um Nucleopore filters and analyzed by air-segmented continuous-flow absorption spectrophotometry (Alpkem RFA-300) (Antweiler et al.. 1993). Chlorophyll extractions were made in 95% ethanol (Jesperson and Christoffersen. 1987) and measured in a Turner Designs Model 10 Fluorometer. Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Pump/Bottle,NA,1. LIMNO_RUN = Code for lake's sampling location and date -  samples were taken at various depths ? in data depth was included as average per LIMNO_RUN;2. Considered species Edmund Ulrich 10 ?m ciliate as Unidentified; 3. Kept Oscillatoria skinny as Oscillatoria sp; Chlorella vulgaris (dense storage) as Chlorella vulgaris; choanoflagellate as Choanoflagellida; Coccomyxa as Coccomyxa sp; colonial chrysophyte as Chrysophyta; cyst as its respective Phylum ? Cryptophyta or Chrysophyta; kept indeterminate (2-4 ?m) and indeterminate (3-4 ?m) as Chlorophyta; indeterminate cyst as Cryptophyta; Ochramonas as Ochromonas sp; Oscillatoria limnetica (filament length) as Oscillatoria limnetica; Oscillatoria skinny (um) and Oscillatoria sp. (filament length) as Oscillatoria sp; Phormidium angustissimum (filament length) as Phormidium angustissimum; unknown dinoflagellate as Pyrrophyta; Unknown filament as Cyanophyta;4. Removed abundances=0;5. Removed Diadesmis contenta (empty frustule) Navicula sp (empty frustule) spore of C. subcaudata and spore of C. intermedia6. Lat/long information from http://www.mcmlter.org/content/lake-descriptions.,Sep-16,Count,NA,limno_run_lat_long_date
435,Marine,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Marine polar waters,FALSE,Polar ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Zooplankton,Zooplankton collected with a 2-m 700-um net towed from surface to 120 m aboard Palmer Station Antarctica LTER annual cruises off the western antarctic peninsula 2009 - present,AB,Y,8,2009,2016,-67.094618,-70.979349,40,300,300,5187,2x2-m square mouth (700-um stretch mesh) Metro net to 120 m,0,1169000.128,Debbie Steinberg,,debbies@vims.edu,,CC-by,http://oceaninformatics.ucsd.edu/datazoo/data/pallter/datasets?action=summary&id=199#overview,Palmer Station Antarctica LTER,"Zooplankton net tows were conducted at Palmer LTER grid stations. Tows were double oblique with a 2x2-m square mouth (700-um stretch mesh) Metro net to 120 m. Abundance (#/1000 m3) and biomass (i.e.. biovolume. mL/1000 m3) were determined for dominant macrozooplankton taxa. Data includes tow location. time. depth. and volume of water filtered by the net. Samples were preserved in 4% buffered formaldehyde. A blank abundance or biovolume value means that the sample was not analyzed for that taxonomic group; a value of -1 means that the taxonomic group was present but not quantified. Unit of abundance = AggregatedCount, Unit of biomass = Biovolume",Tows,NA,1. Considered Gastropo_o as Gastropoda; 2. Kept Ihlea Mysida Pantarct Radio Salpidae - had no correspondence3. Removed records with abundance =0 -1 and blanks.,Sep-16,Count,Volume,cruise_tow_lat_long_date
436,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Fish,fish,Karimunjawa WCS fish survey,AB,Y,5,2005,2012,-5.819316,110.362535,394,1056,43,34176,2 to 5 m transects,0,704.664814,Andrew Hoey,,andrew.hoey1@jcu.edu.au,,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"All abundance and biomass estimates are based on 50m belt transects. WCS use a narrow transect (2m wide) for small fish (<10cm) and 5m wide for larger (>10cm) fish.  all abundance and biomass standardised to to XX per 250m2. Use 50x5m transects for all fish sizes so don?t need to standardise.  Data is the total abundance and total biomass by each species. but there is a separate column for each transect. Unit of abundance = CountPer250m2, Unit of biomass = KiloPer250m2",Transects,NA,FM plot created from site name and transect siteName_transect. Neoglyphidodon melas/nigoris ?hybrid (yellow with black blotches) - 2 records changed to just Neoglyphidodon melas,Sep-16,Density,Weight,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
437,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Fish,fish,Aceh WCS fish survey 2010 to 2016,AB,Y,4,2010,2016,5.753012,95.279879,188,63,16,2340,2 to 5 m transects,0,596.426049,Andrew Hoey,,andrew.hoey1@jcu.edu.au,,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"All abundance and biomass estimates are based on 50m belt transects. WCS use a narrow transect (2m wide) for small fish (<10cm) and 5m wide for larger (>10cm) fish.  all abundance and biomass standardised to to XX per 250m2. Use 50x5m transects for all fish sizes so don?t need to standardise.  Data is the total abundance and total biomass by each species. but there is a separate column for each transect. Unit of abundance = CountPer250m2, Unit of biomass = KiloPer250m2",Transects,NA,FM all NULL coordinates set to the central values (3990 records).  all records with zero abundance and biomass deleted (9630 records).  Also set depth from NULL to zero,Sep-16,Density,Weight,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
438,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Reef,FALSE,Tropical coral,Fish,fish,Aceh WCS fish surveys,AB,Y,7,2006,2014,5.764892,95.219244,598,1097,29,35263,2 to 5 m transects,0,667.295566,Andrew Hoey,,andrew.hoey1@jcu.edu.au,,CC-by,None,Contacted author directly,"All abundance and biomass estimates are based on 50m belt transects. WCS use a narrow transect (2m wide) for small fish (<10cm) and 5m wide for larger (>10cm) fish.  all abundance and biomass standardised to to XX per 250m2. Use 50x5m transects for all fish sizes so don?t need to standardise.  Data is the total abundance and total biomass by each species. but there is a separate column for each transect. Unit of abundance = CountPer250m2, Unit of biomass = KiloPer250m2",Transects,NA,FM all NULL coordinates set to central values (546 records) created Plot field from site and transect (site_transect),Sep-16,Density,Weight,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
439,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,pine forest ,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,birds,Long-term dynamics of bird populations in pine forests of Ilmen Nature Reserve during the breeding period individuals / km2,A,N,13,1985,1997,54.504083,60.293995,52,13,1,280,4 km survey route,0,6.89E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf ,"For the analysis of bird population biodiversity we used data of quantitative survey routes during the nesting period according to the Ravkin S. procedure (1967). Periods of registration works - May-June 1985-1997. Three survey routes are located in the Ilmen Nature Reserve (Subprovince of eastern ranges and dissected foothills). The first survey route 7 km long passes through pine-birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 7P3B 7P3B + As 6P4B; the height of the main tier from 23 to 26 m; age - 100-140 years B - 70-90 years As - 70 years; bonitet - II and III classes. Occurring forest types are represented by forb-grass forb-grass-fern herb-fern and forb pine forests. The sparse undergrowth with broom. The second route 4 km long is located in the pine forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10P 10P + B 9P1B; the height of the main tier from 27 to 29 m; age ? P - 110-140 years B - 80-90 years; bonitet - I and II classes. The most common here: berries blueberry-bilberry-green moss herb- bilberry and herb-fern pine forests. The sparse and medium undergrowth with broom and wild rose. The third route 3 km long is located in the birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10B 10B + P 10B + P + As 9B1P; the height of the main tier from 23 to 28 m; age: B - 80 years; bonitet - I and II classes. Occurring forest types are represented by  forb forb-grass-fern and herb-fern birch forests. The undergrowth is with sparse and medium density with broom wild rose and raspberry. Original text: ??? ??????? ???????????????  ????????? ???? ?????????????? ?????? ?????????????? ?????????? ?????? ??????????? ? ????????? ?????? ?? ???????? ?. ?. ??????? (1967). ??????? ?????????? ??????? ????? ? ???-???? 1985-1997 ??. ??? ??????? ???????? ????????? ? ?????????? ??????????? (???????????? ????????? ??????? ? ???????????? ????????? - ???). ?????? (?1) ?????????????? 7 ?? ???????? ?? ???????-????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 7?3? 7?3? + ?? 6?4?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 26 ?; ??????? ? ? 100?140 ??? ? ? 70?90 ??? ?? ? 70 ???; ??????? ? II ? III ???????. ????????????? ???? ???? ???????????? ????????? ???????????-????????? ???????????-???????-?????????? ???????????-?????????? ? ?????????????. ???????? ?????? ?? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?2) ?????????????? 4 ?? ?????????? ? ???????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 27 ?? 29 ?; ??????? ? ? 110?140 ??? ? ? 80?90 ???; ??????? ? I ? II ???????. ???????? ?????????????? ????? ??????? ??????????? ????????-?????????-???????????? ???????????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ?? ????????? ? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?3) ?????? 3 ?? ????????? ? ????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 10? + ? + ?? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 28 ?; ??????? ? ? 80 ???; ??????? I ? II ???????. ???????????? ????????? ???????????? ??????-??????? ???????????-???????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ??????? ?? ????????? ????????? ? ??????. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",survey routes,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM) month from 5-6 to 6,Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_month_year
440,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,pine-birch forest ,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,birds,Long-term dynamics of bird populations in pine-birch forests of Ilmen Nature Reserve during the breeding period individuals / km2,A,N,13,1985,1997,54.504083,60.293995,68,13,1,493,7 km survey route,0,6.89E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf ,"For the analysis of bird population biodiversity we used data of quantitative survey routes during the nesting period according to the Ravkin S. procedure (1967). Periods of registration works - May-June 1985-1997. Three survey routes are located in the Ilmen Nature Reserve (Subprovince of eastern ranges and dissected foothills). The first survey route 7 km long passes through pine-birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 7P3B 7P3B + As 6P4B; the height of the main tier from 23 to 26 m; age - 100-140 years B - 70-90 years As - 70 years; bonitet - II and III classes. Occurring forest types are represented by forb-grass forb-grass-fern herb-fern and forb pine forests. The sparse undergrowth with broom. The second route 4 km long is located in the pine forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10P 10P + B 9P1B; the height of the main tier from 27 to 29 m; age ? P - 110-140 years B - 80-90 years; bonitet - I and II classes. The most common here: berries blueberry-bilberry-green moss herb- bilberry and herb-fern pine forests. The sparse and medium undergrowth with broom and wild rose. The third route 3 km long is located in the birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10B 10B + P 10B + P + As 9B1P; the height of the main tier from 23 to 28 m; age: B - 80 years; bonitet - I and II classes. Occurring forest types are represented by  forb forb-grass-fern and herb-fern birch forests. The undergrowth is with sparse and medium density with broom wild rose and raspberry. Original text: ??? ??????? ???????????????  ????????? ???? ?????????????? ?????? ?????????????? ?????????? ?????? ??????????? ? ????????? ?????? ?? ???????? ?. ?. ??????? (1967). ??????? ?????????? ??????? ????? ? ???-???? 1985-1997 ??. ??? ??????? ???????? ????????? ? ?????????? ??????????? (???????????? ????????? ??????? ? ???????????? ????????? - ???). ?????? (?1) ?????????????? 7 ?? ???????? ?? ???????-????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 7?3? 7?3? + ?? 6?4?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 26 ?; ??????? ? ? 100?140 ??? ? ? 70?90 ??? ?? ? 70 ???; ??????? ? II ? III ???????. ????????????? ???? ???? ???????????? ????????? ???????????-????????? ???????????-???????-?????????? ???????????-?????????? ? ?????????????. ???????? ?????? ?? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?2) ?????????????? 4 ?? ?????????? ? ???????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 27 ?? 29 ?; ??????? ? ? 110?140 ??? ? ? 80?90 ???; ??????? ? I ? II ???????. ???????? ?????????????? ????? ??????? ??????????? ????????-?????????-???????????? ???????????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ?? ????????? ? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?3) ?????? 3 ?? ????????? ? ????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 10? + ? + ?? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 28 ?; ??????? ? ? 80 ???; ??????? I ? II ???????. ???????????? ????????? ???????????? ??????-??????? ???????????-???????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ??????? ?? ????????? ????????? ? ??????. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",survey routes,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM) month from 5-6 to 6,Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_month_year
441,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,birch forest,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Birds,birds,Long-term dynamics of bird populations in birch forests of Ilmen Nature Reserve during the breeding period individuals / km2,A,N,13,1985,1997,54.504083,60.293995,61,14,1,384,3 km survey route,0,6.89E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf,http://ashipunov.info/shipunov/school/books/zakharov1998_biorazn_nasel_ptits_mazemn_mestoob_juzhn_urala.pdf ,"For the analysis of bird population biodiversity we used data of quantitative survey routes during the nesting period according to the Ravkin S. procedure (1967). Periods of registration works - May-June 1985-1997. Three survey routes are located in the Ilmen Nature Reserve (Subprovince of eastern ranges and dissected foothills). The first survey route 7 km long passes through pine-birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 7P3B 7P3B + As 6P4B; the height of the main tier from 23 to 26 m; age - 100-140 years B - 70-90 years As - 70 years; bonitet - II and III classes. Occurring forest types are represented by forb-grass forb-grass-fern herb-fern and forb pine forests. The sparse undergrowth with broom. The second route 4 km long is located in the pine forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10P 10P + B 9P1B; the height of the main tier from 27 to 29 m; age ? P - 110-140 years B - 80-90 years; bonitet - I and II classes. The most common here: berries blueberry-bilberry-green moss herb- bilberry and herb-fern pine forests. The sparse and medium undergrowth with broom and wild rose. The third route 3 km long is located in the birch forests. The composition of the forest stand: 10B 10B + P 10B + P + As 9B1P; the height of the main tier from 23 to 28 m; age: B - 80 years; bonitet - I and II classes. Occurring forest types are represented by  forb forb-grass-fern and herb-fern birch forests. The undergrowth is with sparse and medium density with broom wild rose and raspberry. Original text: ??? ??????? ???????????????  ????????? ???? ?????????????? ?????? ?????????????? ?????????? ?????? ??????????? ? ????????? ?????? ?? ???????? ?. ?. ??????? (1967). ??????? ?????????? ??????? ????? ? ???-???? 1985-1997 ??. ??? ??????? ???????? ????????? ? ?????????? ??????????? (???????????? ????????? ??????? ? ???????????? ????????? - ???). ?????? (?1) ?????????????? 7 ?? ???????? ?? ???????-????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 7?3? 7?3? + ?? 6?4?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 26 ?; ??????? ? ? 100?140 ??? ? ? 70?90 ??? ?? ? 70 ???; ??????? ? II ? III ???????. ????????????? ???? ???? ???????????? ????????? ???????????-????????? ???????????-???????-?????????? ???????????-?????????? ? ?????????????. ???????? ?????? ?? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?2) ?????????????? 4 ?? ?????????? ? ???????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 27 ?? 29 ?; ??????? ? ? 110?140 ??? ? ? 80?90 ???; ??????? ? I ? II ???????. ???????? ?????????????? ????? ??????? ??????????? ????????-?????????-???????????? ???????????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ?? ????????? ? ?????????.  ?????? ??????? (?3) ?????? 3 ?? ????????? ? ????????? ?????. ?????? ?????????: 10? 10? + ? 10? + ? + ?? 9?1?; ?????? ????????? ????? ?? 23 ?? 28 ?; ??????? ? ? 80 ???; ??????? I ? II ???????. ???????????? ????????? ???????????? ??????-??????? ???????????-???????-????????? ? ???????????-?????????. ???????? ?????? ? ??????? ??????? ?? ????????? ????????? ? ??????. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",survey routes,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM) month from 5-6 to 6,Sep-16,Count,NA,lat_long_method_month_year
442,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,semi-abandoned village,TRUE,Montane grasslands and shrublands,Birds,birds,Composition and abundance of bird species in the village Matabay in June 1980-1985 (absolute indicators (area 025 km2)),A,N,6,1980,1985,48.66874,85.65439,33,6,1,145,NA,0,6.06E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ptitsy-naselyonnyh-punktov-markakolskoy-kotloviny-yuzhnyy-altay,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ptitsy-naselyonnyh-punktov-markakolskoy-kotloviny-yuzhnyy-altay,"With a relatively well-studied synanthropic type of the bird population of the Altai and other regions of Siberia (Malkov, Ravkin 1985; mil-ing in 1973; Ravkin 1973, 1984; Ravkin, Lukyanova 1976 Tsybulin 1999, Shcherbakov, 1986, 1996) species of birds Southern Altai settlements remained studied only in the most general terms. In 1978-1986 gg. in Markakolsky Reserve held stationary author of a study that examined the bird population structure of settlements and other elements of anthropogenic (cultural) landscape. 
Markakol Basin (area 1180 km2) is located in the Southern part of the Altai gornota?zhnoy limited ranges Kurchum, Azutau and Sorvenkovskim protein (2507-3 303 m asl). At its center is the largest lake Altai Markakol (455 km2). Lakeside Coast take forb and shrub meadows, kochkarnikovye marshes, wetlands and spruce and birch, willow and poplar flood plains of rivers, settlements. On the slopes of the ridges extends belt larch and fir-larch taiga (1500-2000 m asl), and watersheds occupied by subalpine and alpine meadows, dwarf birch, moss, lichen, moss-gravelly tundra and loach (Berezovikov 1989; Berezovikov etc. . 1990). In Lutova-steppe zone on the coast of Lake Markakol (1450-1500 m asl) currently has four settlements Siberian type: Urunhayka, Matabay, Upper and Lower Elovka River, emerged here in the first decade of the XX century. All of them are in the 50-200 m from the lake, in the open spaces of the meadow at the foot of the mountains, as a rule, on the outskirts of larch and spruce. For villages an almost complete absence of gardens, except for small groups of birch, poplar, willow bushes and bird cherry. Large areas occupied by kitchen gardens. All villages except Urunhayki have a semi-abandoned appearance; most of the houses and outbuildings in them in the 1970-1980-s were empty. Houses and farm outbuildings felled larch with t?sovymi roofs, stockyards, usually with a twig-thatched roofs. The first brick houses were built only in the years 1978-1980 in Urunhayke., But not widespread. Between the houses, in the former gardens and on vacant lots, there are extensive thickets nettle, hemp, burdock, goosefoot and sorrel. To the outskirts of the villages typically the presence of meadows, pastures with low herbaceous cover and clumps of bushes (spiraea, honeysuckle, wild rose). Through villages, one or two runs of the river 
or stream, like a flooded willow thickets (Urunhayka, Lower Elovka) and devoid of them. All this gives the settlements of the original shape, distinguishing them from the surrounding lanshaft, and it is characteristic of a particular, well-established in the 20th century, the species and quantity of birds.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA.  ",point count,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM),Sep-16,Count,NA,lat_long_method_month_year
443,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,semi-abandoned village,TRUE,Montane grasslands and shrublands,Birds,birds,Composition and abundance of bird species in the village Verhnjaja Elovka in June 1980-1985 (absolute indicators (area 025 km2)),A,N,4,1980,1983,48.83331,85.77318,35,4,1,87,NA,0,6.08E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ptitsy-naselyonnyh-punktov-markakolskoy-kotloviny-yuzhnyy-altay,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ptitsy-naselyonnyh-punktov-markakolskoy-kotloviny-yuzhnyy-altay,"With a relatively well-studied synanthropic type of the bird population of the Altai and other regions of Siberia (Malkov, Ravkin 1985; mil-ing in 1973; Ravkin 1973, 1984; Ravkin, Lukyanova 1976 Tsybulin 1999, Shcherbakov, 1986, 1996) species of birds Southern Altai settlements remained studied only in the most general terms. In 1978-1986 gg. in Markakolsky Reserve held stationary author of a study that examined the bird population structure of settlements and other elements of anthropogenic (cultural) landscape. 
Markakol Basin (area 1180 km2) is located in the Southern part of the Altai gornota?zhnoy limited ranges Kurchum, Azutau and Sorvenkovskim protein (2507-3 303 m asl). At its center is the largest lake Altai Markakol (455 km2). Lakeside Coast take forb and shrub meadows, kochkarnikovye marshes, wetlands and spruce and birch, willow and poplar flood plains of rivers, settlements. On the slopes of the ridges extends belt larch and fir-larch taiga (1500-2000 m asl), and watersheds occupied by subalpine and alpine meadows, dwarf birch, moss, lichen, moss-gravelly tundra and loach (Berezovikov 1989; Berezovikov etc. . 1990). In Lutova-steppe zone on the coast of Lake Markakol (1450-1500 m asl) currently has four settlements Siberian type: Urunhayka, Matabay, Upper and Lower Elovka River, emerged here in the first decade of the XX century. All of them are in the 50-200 m from the lake, in the open spaces of the meadow at the foot of the mountains, as a rule, on the outskirts of larch and spruce. For villages an almost complete absence of gardens, except for small groups of birch, poplar, willow bushes and bird cherry. Large areas occupied by kitchen gardens. All villages except Urunhayki have a semi-abandoned appearance; most of the houses and outbuildings in them in the 1970-1980-s were empty. Houses and farm outbuildings felled larch with t?sovymi roofs, stockyards, usually with a twig-thatched roofs. The first brick houses were built only in the years 1978-1980 in Urunhayke., But not widespread. Between the houses, in the former gardens and on vacant lots, there are extensive thickets nettle, hemp, burdock, goosefoot and sorrel. To the outskirts of the villages typically the presence of meadows, pastures with low herbaceous cover and clumps of bushes (spiraea, honeysuckle, wild rose). Through villages, one or two runs of the river 
or stream, like a flooded willow thickets (Urunhayka, Lower Elovka) and devoid of them. All this gives the settlements of the original shape, distinguishing them from the surrounding lanshaft, and it is characteristic of a particular, well-established in the 20th century, the species and quantity of birds.  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA.  ",point count,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM),Sep-16,Count,NA,lat_long_method_month_year
444,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,wetland floodplain,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Birds,birds of prey,The dynamics of species composition and abundance of migratory birds of prey in the Irkut River mouth (absolute figures),A,N,5,1983,1987,52.297299,104.275532,20,5,1,59,6 km survey route,0,6.54E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/migratsii-hischnyh-ptits-v-ustie-reki-irkut,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/migratsii-hischnyh-ptits-v-ustie-reki-irkut,"We conducted the study in 1983-1987 from 20 March to 15 November since the first appearance of the birds up to the full completion of migration to this part of the Priangarye region on a plot with total area of 6 km2. Permanent survey route (6 km long) was paved in such a way as to intersect all the major habitats proportionally footprint by them. The route passed every 2-3 days the maximum gap between the accounting was 4 days (bad weather conditions). In one field season was conducted 65-70 counts passing 390-420 km. 685 species of birds of prey of 20 were accounted for during the period of observation. Original text: ?? ????????? ???????????? ? 1983-1987 ? 20 ????? ?? 15 ?????? ?.?. ? ??????? ??????? ????????? ???? ?? ??????? ????????? ???????? ? ???? ????? ?????????? ?? ??????? ????? ???????? 6 ??2. ?????????? ??????? ??????? ?????? 6 ?? ??? ??????? ????? ??????? ????? ???????????? ??? ???????? ??????? ??????????????? ?????????? ??? ???????. ??????? ????????? ?????? 2-3 ??? ???????????? ?????????? ????? ??????? ????????? 4 ????? (??????????????? ??????). ????? ?? ???? ??????? ????? ????????? 65-70 ?????? ??????? 390-420 ??. ?? ?????? ?????????? ?????? 685 ?????? ???? 20 ?????. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",survey routes,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM) days given as 20.3 - 15.11 changed day to 20 and month to 7,Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_dayMonth_year
445,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,floodplain,FALSE,Large river ecosystems,Birds,waterfowl,A number of waterfowl after periods of breeding and molting in the lower reaches of Ob River (thous. individuals / 22 thous. km2),A,N,3,1976,1978,66.380246,71.778749,11,3,1,33,NA,0,9.98E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.twirpx.com/file/733205/,http://www.twirpx.com/file/733205/,"The area of ??work, material and technique
Near the mouth of the Irkut has an open swampy floodplain, is highly productive and represents a ""splinter"" of tertiary relict steppes of the Mongolian type, greatly transformed human activity
Century (Peshkov 1972). The main complex floodplain vegetation here can distinguish waterlogged melkokochkovatye -zlakovye forb meadows, melkokochkovatye dry meadows, eutrophic lakes and the old gravel pits at different stages of overgrowth. The main type of coastal vegetation - macrophytes association with the dominance of broadleaf cattail Typha latifolia, by forming depressions and shallow waters mezhoz?rnym solid lining. In addition, there are Typha angustifolia and T. angustifolia Laxman T. laxmannii. Reed Phragmites australis grows separate clumps up to several tens of square meters in the shallow coastal waters and careers. Floodplain terraces are occupied by steppe vegetation. Dense floodplain willow (ur?ma) are located along the river and depressions extending from radially (zamytye overgrown and ducts). On the meadows there are only a few willow bushes. For plant associations characteristic of Moza, I confirm the identity to warrant a variety of habitats (Melnikov, 1995; Melnikov et al 1988, 1997a;. Lyakhov et al 1996;. Ryabtsev, Fefelov 1997).
Near the mouth of the Irkut - one of the most developed in the Baikal region, located within a large industrial center, the city of Irkutsk. The lower portion of the flood plain crossed by several railway, highways and dirt roads and numerous trails. On steep slopes and high iron and highways were formed complexes ruderal vegetation. Along the trails, and the lower portions of slopes among the vegetation is dominated by a crescent lucerne Medicago falcata, white sweet clover Melilotus albus and notched M. dentatus. The same type of vegetation characteristic of the excavation dumps along the pits, but is dominated by blue-gray Mari Chenopodium glaucum and white Ch. album. High and dense thickets provide a protective environment for nesting birds, especially waterfowl.
Bund rail and highways understand smashed into several relatively isolated areas. Career filled with water and a thicket of broad-leaved cattails, reeds, and in places with reeds Scirpus lacustris. Sharply limit the flow of water, causing waterlogging depressions, and the formation of large overgrown with cattails pl?sov. Transient complete flooding of the floodplain is extremely rare, only in years with snowfalls in winters and happy spring, and in wet years with a sharp rise of water in Irkut. During the period of our work was a gradual draining of the floodplain and the formation of a more xerophilous, ostepn?nnyh meadows. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",avian land count,NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM),Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year
446,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,forests agricultural fields and meadows,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,hunting mammals species,The density of population (ind/1000ha.) of hunting species of mammals in the Republic of Mordovia (Chamzinsky district),A,N,5,2007,2011,54.407222,45.78,9,5,1,45,5-20 km survey routes,0,6.87E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.unn.ru/pages/e-library/vestnik/19931778_2014_-_4-1_unicode/31.pdf,http://www.unn.ru/pages/e-library/vestnik/19931778_2014_-_4-1_unicode/31.pdf,"The material for the work are our long-term (2007-2011) field research activities  in summer and winter seasons as well as data from the annual census of the animals by the Ministry of Forestry Hunting and Nature Management of the Republic of Mordovia. The traditional winter survey route has been used as the primary method of research [6-8]. Routes covered both forests and open (agricultural fields meadows) area. A total number of records - 50 total route length is about 780 km. The lengths of individual routes are varied from 5 to 20 km. The determining factors in choosing the length of the route were the topographies and the size of the territory. GPS-navigators were used to fix the coordinates of mammals? places detection. Original text: ?????????? ??? ?????? ????????? ??????????? ??????????? (2007?2011 ??.) ??????? ???????????? ??????? ? ?????? ? ?????? ????? ? ????? ?????? ?????????? ? ?????? ????????? ?????? ??????????? ???????? ????????????? ??????? ??????????? ????????? ? ?????????????????? ?????????? ????????. ? ???????? ????????? ?????? ???????????? ??? ??????????? ???????????? ?????? ?????????? ???? (???) [6?8]. ???????? ?????????? ??? ?????? ?????? ??? ? ???????? (?/? ???? ????) ??????????. ????? ????????? 50 ?????? ????? ????????????? ????????? ????????? ????? 780 ??. ????? ????????? ????????? ??????????? ?? 5 ?? 20 ??. ????????????? ????????? ? ?????? ????????????? ????????? ????????? ???????? ????????? ? ?????? ??????????. ??? ?????????? ? ???????? ????? ?????????????? GPS-?????????? ??? ???????????? ????????? ???? ??????????? ?????????????. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",survey routes,NA,set NULL biomass and depth to zero (FM) Authors counted Capreolus capreolus and Capreolus pigagrus together because of the difficulties of identification and division of these species in the field conditions (abundance of each species in this table is a half of a total for both species number it is impossible to consider this number accurate),Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_year
447,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,forests agricultural fields and meadows,TRUE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Mammals,small mammals,Long-term population dynamics of small mammals in the Natural Boundary Morozova Gora (individuals / 100 trap-nights),A,N,9,2006,2014,52.601389,38.928288,10,9,1,48,NA,0,3.23E-05,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=24990048,http://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=24990048,"Collection of material was carried out in May - June August - October on the environmental profile in Morozova mountain and in August - September - in other parts of the territory of the tract. The total amount of work is 5200 trap-nights counts of animals and 1041 individuals of caught animals. Census conducted by standard trap-lines method. Gero traps set for 2 days at a distance of 3-5 meters from each other in 3 habitats of ecological profile. Original text: ???? ????????? ?????????? ? ??? ? ???? ??????? ? ??????? ?? ????????????? ??????? ????????? ???? ? ??????? ? ???????? ? ? ?????? ?????? ?????????? ???????. ????? ????? ?????? ???????? 5200 ???????-????? (??) ?????? ???????? ? 1041 ???. ????????? ????????. ????? ??????????? ???? ??????????? ??????? ????? ???????-?????. ??????? ???? ??????? ?? 2 ????? ?? ?????????? 3?5 ? ???? ?? ????? ? 3 ???????? ?????????????? ???????. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",trapping (trap-lines with Gero traps),NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM),Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_year
448,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,forests agricultural fields and meadows,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Mammals,small mammals,Number of small mammals in Verkhnyaya Angara basin (accounting period since 20.07 to 20.08 individuals /100 trap-nights,A,N,4,1979,1982,56.1,111.6,16,4,1,59,NA,0,7.17E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://biosoil.isu.ru/ru/other/docs/bzj_2011_06.pdf,http://biosoil.isu.ru/ru/other/docs/bzj_2011_06.pdf,"Obviously that for a productive analysis of this problem including methodological objectives an important requirement is a good choice of the model object. From the standpoint of the work carried out in this approach is adequate for the task is recognized as an example of the dynamics of small mammal communities of Verkhnyaya Angara basin - one of the series of depressions of the northeastern flank of the Baikal rift zone. By biogeographic detachment of the Institute of Geography of the SB RAS for four field seasons were obtained information about the structure of the population of the main types of basin habitats seasonal and inter-annual population dynamics structure and characteristics of population reproduction etc. The works were carried out in each of their four years of research from April-May to September. To capture small mammals used traditional trapping grooves (25 m long with two cones). There were worked out 30 thousand of trap-nights. For comparison the materials obtained in different years using data accounts for the periods from 20 July to 20 August which are characterized by the highest representation. During 4 years of studies have examined more than 90 habitats covering all altitudinal belts and the prevailing types of plant communities. The total volume of the studied animals is almost 27 thousand copies of 27 species. Analyzed publications covering the results of studies of other zoological expeditions in this area [20 78 103; and etc.]. Zoogeographical analysis of the theriofauna of the region held by V.F. Lyamkin [58].  Original text: ???????? ??? ??? ????????????? ??????? ?????? ???????? ????????????? ? ??? ????? ? ???????????? ???? ???????????? ???????? ???????? ??????? ????? ?????????? ???????. ? ??????? ??????????? ? ???? ?????? ??????? ?????????? ???????????? ?????? ??????? ?????? ???????? ????????? ?????? ????????????? ??????????????? ????????? ? ????? ?? ????? ???????? ??????-?????????? ?????? ??????????? ???????? ????. ????????????????? ??????? ????????? ????????? ?? ??? ? ??????? ??????? ??????? ??????? ???? ???????? ???????? ? ????????? ????????? ???????? ????? ????????????? ????????? ???????? ? ??????????? ???????? ??????????? ????????? ? ???????????? ??????????? ????????? ? ?.?. ?????? ??????????? ? ?????? ?? ??????? ??? ???????????? ? ??????-??? ?? ????????. ??? ?????? ?????? ????????????? ?????????????? ???????????? ?????? ??????? (?????? 25 ? ? ????? ????????) ? ????? ??????-???????. ? ?????????? ????????? ???????????? ? ???????? ?????? ?????? ?????????. ????? ???? ?????????? 30 ???. ??????-?????. ??? ????????? ?????????? ?????????? ? ?????? ???? ?????????????? ?????? ?????? ?? ??????? ? 20 ???? ?? 20 ??????? ??????? ??????????????? ?????????? ???????????????????. ?? 4 ???? ???????????? ???? ??????????? ????? 90 ????????????? ???????????? ??? ???????? ????? ? ????????????? ???? ???????????? ?????????. ????? ????? ????????????? ???????? ?????????? ????? 27 ????? ??????????? 27 ?????. ???????????????? ?????????? ?????????? ?????????? ???????????? ?????? ????????????? ?????????? ? ???? ?????? [20 78 103; ? ??.]. ????????????????? ?????? ?????????? ??????? ???????? ?.?. ???????? [58]. Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",trapping (trap grooves),NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM) changed 20.7 - 20.8 for day to day 1 and month 8,Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_method_dayMonth_year
449,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,forests agricultural fields and meadows,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Mammals,small mammals,Indicators of abundance (individuals / 100 trap-nights) of different species of small mammals in different years with using trap grooves and a coefficient characterizing the adverse conditions winter,A,N,10,2000,2009,49.05,107.18,9,10,1,54,NA,0,6.10E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.sevin.ru/Rus-Mon_10/Vol%201%20Session%206%20A.pdf,http://www.sevin.ru/Rus-Mon_10/Vol%201%20Session%206%20A.pdf,"The studies were conducted in Western Khentey at the biological station Khonin-Nuga during 10 years from 2000 to 2009. Catching animals was conducted annually in August by  hunting 20-meter grooves in the main habitats of the valley Eroo river (upstream). Original text: ???????????? ??????????? ? ???????? ?????? ?? ?????????? ?????-???? ? ??????? 10 ??? ? 2000 ?? 2009 ????. ????? ???????? ????? ???????? ? ??????? ??????? 20-????????? ????????? ? ???????? ?????????????? ?????? ???? ???? (??????? ???????). Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",trapping (trap grooves),NA,set NULL biomass and depth  to zero (FM),Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_station_method_month_year
450,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed marine habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,benthic and demersal fish ,Composition (%) and biomass (thous. tons) of fish species  in Olyutorsky-Navarin area in 2005-2012,B,N,4,2005,2012,60.233333,168.35,26,4,1,103,NA,0,8.06E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.natural-sciences.ru/ru/article/view?id=33118,http://www.natural-sciences.ru/ru/article/view?id=33118,"Bottom trawl surveys in Russia's economic zone in the north-western part of the Bering Sea were conducted in 2005 2008 2010 and 2012 on research ships such as STM (Project 833 NIS TINRO and NIS Professor Kaganovsky)  with the crew on each vessel in an amount of 51-55 people including research staff of 12-16 people depending on the amount of scientific  work. Bottom trawl surveys were carried out under the standard scheme trawl stations and methods [17]. The path traveled by ship to trawl from touching the ground up to the job it was determined by the electronic chart system (ECS) Transas. In the course of trawl trawling position controlled device Igla (2005 and 2008.) ?Simbia 110-2? (2010) and ?SIMRAD FS 20/25? (2012). All-time survey covered the summer-autumn period from July to September-October but they were made with some time discrepancies (07.08-12.10.2005 10.07-06.09.2008 17.07-25.08.2010 and 08.07-26.08.2012). 817 bottom trawling were carried out. Calculating abundance and biomass of bottom fish performed by the standard method of areas and its modifications [1] using the areas of polygons corresponding to each trawling (Voronoi-cell Dirhle or Thiessen polygons). At the same time we take into account the basic bathymetric ranges of gradations of 50 or 100 m. Between isobaths on the shelf and continental slope at depths up to 1000 m. For each type of calculated average value of their catches in the piece and weight na1km2 expressions. Biological Assays and mass measurements of fish were carried out according to standard methods of ichthyological research. Original text: ??????? ?????? ???????? ?????? ? ????????????? ???? ?????? ? ??????-???????? ????? ????????? ???? ??????????? ? 2005 2008 2010 ? 2012 ??. ?? ??????- ????????????????? ????? ???? ??? (??????? ??????? ???????????) ??????? 833 ??? ??????? ? ??? ?????????? ???????????? ? ???????? ?? ?????? ????? ? ?????????? 51-55 ??????? ??????? ??????? ?????? 12-16 ???. ? ??????????? ?? ?????? ????? ??????? ??????????. ?????? ???????? ?????? ??????????? ?? ??????????? ????? ???????? ??????? ? ???????? [17]. ???? ?????????? ?????? ? ?????? ?? ??????? ?????? ?? ?????? ?? ???? ??????????? ? ??????? ??????????? ???????????????? ??????? (???) ?????????. ? ???????? ???????? ????????? ????? ???????????????? ???????? ?????? (2005 ? 2008 ??.) ?Simbia 110-2? (2010 ?.) ? ?SIMRAD FS 20/25? (2012 ?.). ??? ?????? ?? ??????? ?????????? ?????-??????? ?????? ? ???? ?? ????????-??????? ?? ??????????? ??? ? ?????????? ?????????? ???- ?????????? (07.08-12.10.2005 10.07?06.09.2008 17.07?25.08.2010 ? 08.07-26.08.2012 ??.). ?? ??????????????? ???? ????????? 817 ?????? ????????. ?????? ??????????? ? ???????? ?????? ??? ?????????? ??????????? ??????? ???????? ? ??? ??????????? [1] ? ?????????????? ???????? ??????????????? ??????????????? ??????? ???????? (?????? ??????-???????? ??? ???????? ???????). ??? ???? ??????????? ???????? ??????????????? ????????? ? ????????? ????? 50 ??? 100 ?. ????? ????????? ? ???????? ?????? ? ???????????? ?????? ?? ???????? ?? 1000 ?. ??? ??????? ???? ?????????????? ???????????????? ???????? ?? ?????? ? ??????? ? ??????? ?????????? ??1??2. ????????????? ??????? ? ???????? ??????? ??? ??????????? ?? ??????????? ??????? ??????????????? ????????????. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",bottom trawl surveys ,NA,set NULL abundance and depth to zero (FM) 7.8-12.10 for day set to day=1 and month=9 and 8.7-26.8 for day set to day=3 and month=8 and  10.7-6.9 for day set to day=2 and month=8 and 17.7-25.8 for day set to day=31 and month=7,Sep-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_method_dayMonth_year
451,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Mixed marine habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,benthic and demersal fish ,Composition (%) and biomass (thous. tons) of fish species  in  Gulf of Anadyr in 2005-2012,B,N,4,2005,2012,64,-178,20,4,1,78,NA,0,9.12E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.natural-sciences.ru/ru/article/view?id=33118,http://www.natural-sciences.ru/ru/article/view?id=33118,"Bottom trawl surveys in Russia's economic zone in the north-western part of the Bering Sea were conducted in 2005 2008 2010 and 2012 on research ships such as STM (Project 833 NIS TINRO and NIS Professor Kaganovsky)  with the crew on each vessel in an amount of 51-55 people including research staff of 12-16 people depending on the amount of scientific  work. Bottom trawl surveys were carried out under the standard scheme trawl stations and methods [17]. The path traveled by ship to trawl from touching the ground up to the job it was determined by the electronic chart system (ECS) Transas. In the course of trawl trawling position controlled device Igla (2005 and 2008.) ?Simbia 110-2? (2010) and ?SIMRAD FS 20/25? (2012). All-time survey covered the summer-autumn period from July to September-October but they were made with some time discrepancies (07.08-12.10.2005 10.07-06.09.2008 17.07-25.08.2010 and 08.07-26.08.2012). 817 bottom trawling were carried out. Calculating abundance and biomass of bottom fish performed by the standard method of areas and its modifications [1] using the areas of polygons corresponding to each trawling (Voronoi-cell Dirhle or Thiessen polygons). At the same time we take into account the basic bathymetric ranges of gradations of 50 or 100 m. Between isobaths on the shelf and continental slope at depths up to 1000 m. For each type of calculated average value of their catches in the piece and weight na1km2 expressions. Biological Assays and mass measurements of fish were carried out according to standard methods of ichthyological research. Original text: ??????? ?????? ???????? ?????? ? ????????????? ???? ?????? ? ??????-???????? ????? ????????? ???? ??????????? ? 2005 2008 2010 ? 2012 ??. ?? ??????- ????????????????? ????? ???? ??? (??????? ??????? ???????????) ??????? 833 ??? ??????? ? ??? ?????????? ???????????? ? ???????? ?? ?????? ????? ? ?????????? 51-55 ??????? ??????? ??????? ?????? 12-16 ???. ? ??????????? ?? ?????? ????? ??????? ??????????. ?????? ???????? ?????? ??????????? ?? ??????????? ????? ???????? ??????? ? ???????? [17]. ???? ?????????? ?????? ? ?????? ?? ??????? ?????? ?? ?????? ?? ???? ??????????? ? ??????? ??????????? ???????????????? ??????? (???) ?????????. ? ???????? ???????? ????????? ????? ???????????????? ???????? ?????? (2005 ? 2008 ??.) ?Simbia 110-2? (2010 ?.) ? ?SIMRAD FS 20/25? (2012 ?.). ??? ?????? ?? ??????? ?????????? ?????-??????? ?????? ? ???? ?? ????????-??????? ?? ??????????? ??? ? ?????????? ?????????? ???- ?????????? (07.08-12.10.2005 10.07?06.09.2008 17.07?25.08.2010 ? 08.07-26.08.2012 ??.). ?? ??????????????? ???? ????????? 817 ?????? ????????. ?????? ??????????? ? ???????? ?????? ??? ?????????? ??????????? ??????? ???????? ? ??? ??????????? [1] ? ?????????????? ???????? ??????????????? ??????????????? ??????? ???????? (?????? ??????-???????? ??? ???????? ???????). ??? ???? ??????????? ???????? ??????????????? ????????? ? ????????? ????? 50 ??? 100 ?. ????? ????????? ? ???????? ?????? ? ???????????? ?????? ?? ???????? ?? 1000 ?. ??? ??????? ???? ?????????????? ???????????????? ???????? ?? ?????? ? ??????? ? ??????? ?????????? ??1??2. ????????????? ??????? ? ???????? ??????? ??? ??????????? ?? ??????????? ??????? ??????????????? ????????????. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",bottom trawl surveys ,NA,set NULL abundance and depth to zero (FM),Sep-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_method_dayMonth_year
452,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,necton,Year-to-year dynamics of total nekton biomass (thous. tons) in the upper epipelagic of the North-West Pacific in June-July of 2000s,B,N,8,2004,2012,47,160,13,8,1,100,NA,0,5.87E-06,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/vidovaya-struktura-i-mezhgodovaya-dinamika-biomassy-nektona-v-verhney-epipelagiali-prikurilskih-vod-tihogo-okeana-v-letnie-periody-2000-h,http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/vidovaya-struktura-i-mezhgodovaya-dinamika-biomassy-nektona-v-verhney-epipelagiali-prikurilskih-vod-tihogo-okeana-v-letnie-periody-2000-h,"Data on the species composition and biomass of nekton collected during the expeditions of TINRO-center in the North-West Pacific waters at Kuril Islands in June-July 2004-2012 was the material for this work. During this period of research 8 standard trawl surveys were carried out in the upper epipelagic layer (0?50 m) of this area. These surveys have continued a series of long-term field research of Pacific salmon and their environment nekton (fish squid) which was launched in the region in the 1980s. Averaging of the received information carried out by standard biostatistical areas (Shuntov 1986 1988;. Volvenko 1998 2003; Nekton ... 2005; Macrofauna ... 2012). Trawls were performed on the same type scientific research vessels TINRO and Professor Kaganovsky by midwater trawls 80/396 m  with fine-meshed insertion. Average trawling speed was 46 with an average area of the trawl fishing on 0417 km2 for 1 h. Removal and retention of flap on the surface are achieved when the length of the warp was 238-354 m on average 278.6 m. As a spacer device used pterygopalatine-tapered planks 6.0 m2 and weighing 1300 kg. trawl Disclosure determined by sensor of the apparatus SIMRAD FS 20/25. Vertical disclosure was on the average 33.1 m horizontal - 48.5 m. Abundance and biomass of each species or group of Nekton per unit area - square kilometer (ind. / km2 kg / km2.) calculated according to the formula for each trawl station below <...>. This method of calculation is different from the classic square (Aksyutina 1968) only by the introduction of two amendments p and the k compensating underestimation of aquatic organisms. In our case k - is ?ku? trawl catchability coefficient applied individually for each type of aquatic organisms according to the accepted practice in similar ecosystem surveys gradations (Volvenko 1998; Nekton ... 2005; Macrofauna ... 2012). All tables graphs and figures used in the work were built based on Nekton database TINRO center. The species names of fish were checked and corrected according to the classification adopted by Eshmayeru (http://research.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp) squid list was refined by KN Nesis (1982). Biomass of mesopelagic species committing vertical migrations at night (in particular all myctophids and some squid) have been translated only for a night trawling. Original text: ?????????? ??? ?????? ????????? ?????? ?? ??????? ? ???????? ??????? ????????? ? ??????????? ?????-?????? ? ????????????? ????? ?????? ?????? ? ????-???? 2004?2012 ??. ?? ????????? ?????? ???????????? ? ??????? ???????????? ????????????? ??? ?????? ?????? ???? ????????? 8 ??????????? ??????????? ??????. ??? ?????? ?????????? ??? ??????????? ?????????????? ???????????? ????????????? ??????? ? ?? ?????????? ????????? (??? ?????????) ??????? ? ?????? ?????? ? 1980-? ??.  ?????????? ?????????? ?????????? ????????? ?? ??????????? ????????????????? ??????? (?????? ? ??. 1986 1988; ???????? 1998 2003; ?????? ? 2005; ?????????? ? 2012). ???????? ??????????? ?? ?????????? ??? ??????? ? ?????????? ???????????? ?????????????? ?????? 80/396 ? ? ???????????? ???????? ? ?????. ???????? ???????? ? ??????? ????????? 46 ?? ??? ??????? ??????? ?????? ????? ?? 1 ? 0417 ??2. ????????? ? ????????? ????? ?? ??????????? ??????????? ??? ????? ???????????? ?????? 238?354 ? ? ??????? 2786 ?. ? ???????? ????????? ??????? ?????????????? ??????????-?????????? ????? ???????? 60 ?2 ? ?????? 1300 ?? ??????. ????????? ????? ???????????? ???????? ??????? SIMRAD FS 20/25. ???????????? ????????? ? ??????? ?????????? 331 ? ?????????????? ? 485 ?. ??????????? ? ???????? ??????? ???? ??? ?????? ??????? ?? ??????? ??????????? ??????? ? ?????????? ???????? (???./??2 ? ??/??2) ? ??? ?????? ???????? ??????? ??????????? ?? ???????? ????. ???? ?????? ??????? ?????????? ?? ????????????? ???????????? (???????? 1968) ?????? ????????? ???? ???????? p ? k ?????????????? ???????? ????????????. ? ????? ?????? k ? ??? ?? ??????????? ??????????? ????? ?????????? ????????????? ??? ??????? ???? ???????????? ???????? ???????? ? ???????? ??????????? ???????????? ?????? ????????? (???????? 1998; ?????? ? 2005; ?????????? ? 2012).   ??? ??????? ??????? ? ??????? ?????????????? ? ?????? ???? ????????? ?? ?????????? ????????? ???? ?????? ?????-??????. 2. ??????? ???????? ??? ??????????? ? ?????????? ? ???????????? ? ?????????????? ???????? ?? ???????? (Eschmeyer W.N. (ed). Genera species references (http://research.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp). Electronic version accessed 2013) ?????? ????????? ????????? ?? ?.?. ?????? (1982).  ???????? ???? ???????????????? ????? ??????????? ???????????? ???????? ? ?????? ????? ????? (? ????????? ??? ????????? ? ????????? ????????) ???? ??????????? ?????? ?? ?????? ?????????. Unit of abundance = NA, Unit of biomass = Weight",trawl surveys,NA,set NULL abundance to zero (FM) changed depth from 0-50 to 50 month to 7 from 6-7 and day to 1 from NULL,Sep-16,NA,Weight,lat_long_method_month_year_depth
453,Freshwater,Polar/Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Lake with silty clay bottom in the deep part with sand and pebbles in the coastal in tundra zone,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,zooplankton,Population dynamics of some species founded in all periods of study in the lake Bolshoi Kharbei in late July - early August (thous.individuals/m3),A,N,3,1969,2010,67.33,62.53,15,3,1,42,NA,0,1.04E-05,Roberto Cazzolla Gatti,,robertocgatti@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://elib.sfu-kras.ru/handle/2311/16633,http://elib.sfu-kras.ru/handle/2311/16633,"The samples of zooplankton and zoobenthos have been collected in the following periods: July 31 - August 3 1998 3-5 August 1999 July 29 - August 3 2009 26-28 July 2010 and July 29 - August 7 2012 as well as historical data relating to the end of July beginning of August 1965 1968 and 1969 and published data (Baranowska 1976 1978; Kutikova 1978; Popov 1976).. Zooplankton samples were taken with quantitative Juday net plankton sampler Rutnera or 10-liter bucket straining volumes of water (50 liters) through Apshteyna net. All nets used kapron sieve with a mesh size of 80 microns. Samples were fixed with 4% formalin. Laboratory processing of plankton samples were performed by standard methods (Guidelines ... 1984). Names of taxa are given in accordance with the work (determinant zooplankton ... 2010). For comparison of quantitative indicators of zooplankton used archival materials only of 1968 1969 years because in 1965 for the selection of zooplankton samples used kapron sieve with a larger mesh size (Baranowska 1976). Original text: ?????????? ??? ?????? ????????? ????? ???????????? ? ?????????? ????????? 31 ???? ? 3 ??????? 1998 ?. 3?5 ??????? 1999 ?. 29 ???? ? 3 ??????? 2009 ?. 26?28 ???? 2010 ?. ? 29 ???? ? 7 ??????? 2012 ?. ? ????? ???????? ?????? (??????? ??????? ????) ??????????? ? ????? ??????????? ??????? 1965 1968 ? 1969 ??. ? ?????????????? ?????? (??????????? 1976 1978; ???????? 1978; ?????? 1976). ????? ???????????? ???????? ?????????????? ????? ????? ????????????????? ???????? ??? 10-???????? ?????? ?????????? ?????? ???? (50 ?) ????? ???? ????????. ?? ???? ????? ?????????????? ?????????? ???? ? ???????? ???? 80 ???. ????? ??????????? 4%-??? ??????????. ??????????? ????????? ??????????? ???? ????????? ???????????? ???????? (???????????? ????????????? 1984). ???????? ???????? ????????? ? ???????????? ? ????????? ? ?????? (???????????? ????????????? 2010). ??? ????????? ?????????????? ??????????? ???????????? ???????????? ???????? ????????? ?????? 1968 1969 ??. ??? ??? ? 1965 ?. ??? ?????? ???? ???????????? ????????? ?????????? ???? ? ??????? ???????? ???? (??????????? 1976). Unit of abundance = IndCountDec, Unit of biomass = NA",stations,NA,set NULL depth to zero and NULL biomass to the plus or minus figure from abundance also made abundance single figure - combine the two for original entries (FM) dates are from decades used midpoint - 1969 for the 1960s (1968-1969) and  1999 for the the 1990s (1998-1999) and 2010 for the the 2000s (2009-2010 and 2012),Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_year
454,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Temperate ponds,FALSE,Small lake ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,Damselflies,Damselfly abundance data from freshwater ponds around Cairngorms region,A,N,3,2014,2016,56.992348,-3.124364,6,200,94,522,1,0,38017.54741,Lesley Lancaster,Robert Nicholas Fitt,lesleylancaster@abdn.ac.uk,r01rnf13@abdn.ac.uk,CC-by,Data supplied directly,Data supplied directly,"Damselflies were collected intensively over a timed period from around a pond where each row in the dataset is a single pond sampled on a single day. The number of individuals of each species caught on that day at that site was then divided by the catching time in minutes thus yielding density estimates in units of (individual captured / minute) Unit of abundance = CountPerMinute, Unit of biomass = NA",captures per minute of sampling effort,NA,FM - changed Null values for Biomass and depth to zeroes.  Concatenated the sample_desc field from lat long day month and year.  Deleted all zero abundances,Sep-16,Density,NA,lat_long_day_month_year
455,Marine,Tropical,River run off human activities typhoons,NA,NA,NA,Reef slope and reef crest,TRUE,Tropical seas,Marine invertebrates,Sclereactinian corals,Dynamics of a coral reef community,A,Y,3,2003,2005,21.952506,120.769645,58,9,3,160,15 to 20 m,0,0.000173,Chao-yang Kuo,Tung-Yung Fan,chaoyang.kuo@my.jcu.edu.au,tyfan@nmmba.gov.tw,CC-by,None,Supplied by authors,"Three transects were established for surveys. Transects were aligned perpendicular to the isobaths and directly on the ramparts. Their length varied from 15 to 20 m depending on the rampart length. Transects were fixed and were used for periodic monitoring annually. Samples were taken using the photo-square method with an Olympus C-5050 underwater digital camera fixing on a tetrapod  frame. Sampling frames of 0.04 m2 (20 cm * 20 cm) in 2003 and 2004 and 0.125 m2 (35 cm * 35 cm) in 2005 were used. Coral species cover estimation of benthic categories was performed using CPCe (Coral Point Count with Excel extension) software developed at the National Coral Reef Institute (FL USA). Twenty and fifty random points were used to estimate percentage cover of benthic categories within  a frame sized 0.04 and 0.125 m2 respectively. Seventy 0.04 m2 frames and thirty 0.125 m2 frames were randomly chosen from each transect for estimation of coverage of benthic categories.  The photos were took by members from Prof. Fans labs then analysised by Konstantin S. Tkachenko. Chao-yang Kuo has the raw data passed from Konstantin. Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,FM changed Null in biomass to zeroes and changed the depth from 5~10 to 7.5,Oct-16,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
456,Marine,Tropical,River run off human activities typhoons,NA,NA,NA,Reef slope and reef crest,TRUE,Tropical seas,Marine invertebrates,Sclereactinian corals,Dynamics of a coral reef community,A,Y,6,2003,2010,21.995017,120.7036,133,6,1,443,15 to 20 m,0,4.00E-06,Chao-yang Kuo,Chaolun Allen Chen,chaoyang.kuo@my.jcu.edu.au,acropora.chen@gmail.com,CC-by,None,Supplied by authors,"Three permanent belt transects were established along depth contours between 5 and10 m. Benthic organisms were quantified using 25*25-cm photo-quadrats (120 frames/ 30 m transect). The percent cover of coral species was determined using Coral Point Count with Excel Extensions (CPCe) with 30 random points per quadrat.The photos were took by lab members from Prof. Chen and Prof. Fans labs then analysised by Chao-yang Kuo Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,FM changed Null in biomass to zeroes and changed the depth from 5~10 to 7.5,Oct-16,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
457,Marine,Tropical,River run off human activities typhoons,NA,NA,NA,Reef slope and reef crest,TRUE,Tropical coral,Marine invertebrates,Sclereactinian corals,Dynamics of a coral reef community,A,Y,8,2003,2014,21.944853,120.768636,226,35,8,2297,15 to 20 m,0,45.51099,Chao-yang Kuo,Chaolun Allen Chen,chaoyang.kuo@my.jcu.edu.au,acropora.chen@gmail.com,ODC-by,None,Supplied by authors,"Three permanent belt transects were established along depth contours between 5 and10 m. Benthic organisms were quantified using 25*25-cm photo-quadrats (120 frames/ 30 m transect). The percent cover of coral species was determined using Coral Point Count with Excel Extensions (CPCe) with 30 random points per quadrat.The photos were took by lab members from Prof. Chen and Prof. Fans labs then analysised by Chao-yang Kuo Unit of abundance = MeanCount, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,FM changed Null in biomass to zeroes and changed the depth from 5~10 to 7.5,Oct-16,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_plot_depth_day_month_year
458,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,beetles,Beetles from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,4,2008,2011,49.07963,13.31245,150,88,22,1932,0.24 m2,17.68519,2.40E-07,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of beetle data from logged plots.
To reflect the emerging beetle fauna of surrounding dead wood, flight-interception traps were used. Traps were established throughout windthrow centres and surrounding salvage-logged areas: 22 in logged areas and 22 in non-logged areas in spring 2008. Traps in logged areas were surrounded by at least a 50 m radius of completely salvage-logged windthrows (all trees removed); traps in non-logged areas were surrounded by at least a 50 m radius of completely non-logged windthrow (all trees of the previous stand were wind felled). Each trap consisted of a crossed pair of transparent plastic shields (40660 cm) and contained a 3.0% copper-vitriol solution to preserve trapped specimens. The shortest distance between two traps was 50 m, and the largest distance between traps was 6,500 m. Sampling was conducted during the entire growing season between May after the snow melted until September over four consecutive years until 2011. Traps were emptied monthly. All sampled beetles were identified to the species level, but only saproxylic beetles were retained.",Saproxylic beetles were trapped using flight-interception traps placed at the plot centroid from the second to the fifth year of the study period,541,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
459,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Birds from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,3,2010,2014,49.07306,13.32112,44,63,21,343,5350 m2,17.39672,0.00535,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bird data from logged plots.
Bird censuses were performed five times per year from mid-March to mid-June in 2010, 2012 and 2014. This schedule ensures detection of early resident breeding birds as well as late-arriving long-distance migrants (Südbeck et al., 2005). We used transect-based point-stop counts with a fixed radius of 50 m around the centroid of each plot, resulting in 900 (60 plots * five visits per year * three survey years) individual point-stop counts (Hutto et al., 1986, Moning and Müller, 2008). On each plot, all bird individuals seen and/or heard during a time period of 5 min were recorded. Surveys were only conducted on days without rain, with low wind speed, and clear or slightly overcast sky (Bibby et al., 2000).","Bird species were counted using a fixed radius point-stop-count method (50 m radius, 5 min interval)",542,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
460,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,fungi,Fungi from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.07927,13.31226,85,86,19,591,NA,17.51755,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of fungi data from logged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Wood-inhabiting fungi ( as epixylic bryophytes and epixylic lichens) werecounted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Wood-inhabiting fungi ( as epixylic bryophytes and epixylic lichens) were assessed on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid,543,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
461,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,lichens,Lichens (obj) from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.07918,13.31312,20,93,19,544,NA,17.51755,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of lichen data from logged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Epixylic lichens were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Epixylic lichens were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.,544,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
462,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,lichens,Lichens (soil) from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.07695,13.31383,4,21,10,25,200 m2,12.14752,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of lichen data from logged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, epigeal lichens counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.",Epigeal lichens counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.,545,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
463,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,moss,Mosses (obj) from the Bavarian Forest logged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.07755,13.31423,33,93,19,633,NA,17.51755,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of moss data from logged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Epixylic bryophytes were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Epixylic bryophyteswere counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.,546,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
464,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,moss,Mosses (soil) from the Bavarian Forest logged,,Y,5,2007,2011,49.07584,13.31771,33,120,24,739,200 m2,17.68519,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bryophites (moss) data from logged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, epigeal lichens (as vascular plants and epigeal bryophytes) counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.",Epigeal bryophytes counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.,547,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
465,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,Plants from the Bavarian Forest logged,B,Y,6,2007,2012,49.08356,13.30759,45,130,22,875,200 m2,17.68519,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bryophites (moss) data from logged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, vascular plant percentage cover were calculated on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid following Bassler et al. 2012.",Vascular plant percentage cover were calculated on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid following Bassler et al. 2012.,548,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
466,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Temperate seas,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,teleost fishes and elasmobranchs,Trawl Survey Data from Rockall Scotland (1986 - 2008),A,N,23,1986,2008,56.990544,-9.07255,94,1936,1401,27592,NA,5,733592.1,Francis Neat,NA,F.Neat@MARLAB.AC.UK,NA,CC-by,http://www.gov.scot/Topics/marine/science/Researchers/FrancisNeat,doi:10.5061/dryad.8908/1,"Data used in this study date back to 1986 and are derived from scientific otter trawl surveys undertaken by the Marine Laboratory (Aberdeen). Two different types of net were used over this period but the change was made simultaneously in both areas. From 1986 to 1997 a net known as the 48-ft Aberdeen trawl was used. This net had a vertical opening of approximately 3 m and a wing spread of 16 m. The cod-end contained a liner of 20-mm mesh 1 tonne trawl doors were used. The trawl duration was 60 min at a speed of between 3 and 4 knots over the ground. In 1998 the Grande Ouverture Verticale (GOV) trawl came into use. This is the ICES International Bottom Trawl Survey standard gear (ICES 2006). The GOV has a vertical opening between 4.5 and 5 m with a wing spread of around 20 m. The cod-end contains a liner of 20-mm mesh 1 tonne trawls doors are used. The trawl duration is 30 min at a speed of between 3 and 4 knots over the ground. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Trawls,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year_depth
467,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal lagoon,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,Spatial and temporal organisation of a coastal lagoon fish community,AB,Y,4,1987,1999,40.675834,-8.684562,72,36,9,819,NA,0,328.031913,Jose Eduardo Rebelo,NA,rebelo@ua.pt,NA,CC-by,None,Data provider contacted directly,"Fish were collected monthly between August 1987 and July 1988 at ten selected stations (Fig. 1) near the mouth of the lagoon (BAR GAF and SJA) at the extremities of the main channels (ARE CAR OVA and VAG) approximately in the middle of the longest channel (TOR) in the Laranjo zone (LAR) and in the main freshwater (highly organically enriched) zone (RIO). Diurnal samples were taken in triplicate at low spring tides with the chincha a traditionally used purse-seine-type net of the region (Nobre et al. 1915) and with 2.5 m fixed-frame-opening trawl in a 1.5-min tow. The area enclosed by the chincha was approximately 1500 m s at all stations except at VAG where it was 800 m s due to the narrow topographic configuration. Fishes were preserved by freezing. At the laboratory each specimen was identified according to the taxonomic keys of Whitehead et al. (1986) measured (total length) and weighed. The abundance biomass and species richness of the ichthyofauna were determined by sampling station. Fish were collected monthly from December 1996 to November 1997 at nine selected stations (Fig. 1) near the mouth of the lagoon (BAR GAF and SJA) at the edges of the main channels (ARE CAR and VAG) in the main freshwater area highly organically enriched (RIO) in the area showing the highest levels of industrial pollution (LAR) and approximately in the middle of the longest channel (TOR).  Samples were monthly taken in triplicate at low tide with a chincha a traditional beach-seine (Fig. 2). The area enclosed by the chincha was approximately 1000 m2 at all stations except at VAG where it was 800 m 2 due to a narrow topographic configuration. Stretched mesh sizes in the chincha were 19 mm at the wings 17 mm at the cod mouth 16 mm at the cod sleeve and 10 mm at the cod-end piece. Abiotic parameters (temperature and dissolved oxygen) were recorded with an oxygen meter (CONSORT Z621) salinity was recorded with a refractometer (ATAGO) and water transparency was estimated based on turbidity and Secchi depth according to Yanez-Arancibia et al. 1983 (in Rebelo 1992). Fishes were preserved by freezing. At the laboratory each specimen was identified according to the taxonomic keys of Bauchot and Pras (1987) and  Whitehead et al. (1986) measured (total length) and weighed (total weight). The abundance biomass and species richness of the ichthyofauna were determined by sampling station.  Fish were sampled monthly between November 1998 and November 2000 with a chincha a traditional beach-seine net. At each site and month three replicate samples were taken at low tide during the 5 days of the new moon at adjacent non-overlapping areas at nine sites. These sites strategically covered all the lagoon area and are designated as BAR GAF and SJA (near the mouth of the lagoon) ARE CAR and VAG (at the edges of the main channels) RIO (in the main freshwater area highly organically enriched) LAR (in the area showing the highest levels of industrial pollution) and TOR (approximately in the middle of the longest channel) (Fig. 1). The chincha gear used was almost rectangular in shape and composed by a central bag (a cod-end 295 cm of length and 145 cm of wide) two lateral wings (12 m of length each the width decreasing along the net reaching 50 cm at the edge and a central height of 1.5 m) two ropes (6.1 m each) and ?oating buoys at the top and ceramic weights at the bottom of the net. The end of the net was ?xed to the margin and the remainder was trawled in a semi-circle thus retaining within the cod-end all the ?sh from the area. The total area enclosed by the gear was estimated calculating the area of the semicircle of the lateral wings (93.6 m2) plus the area of the semi-circle of the cod-end (5.6 m2) plus the area of the rectangle formed by the two ropes (94.2 m2). The area of the whole net was approximately 193 m2 in each trawl. The net ef?ciency is estimated at 90percent based on continued observations of ?sh escaping above or behind the net. Fishes were preserved by freezing and they were identi?ed using taxonomic keys of Whitehead et al. (1986) and Bauchot and Pras (1987). The number of all specimens was recorded and the total length (accuracy 0.01 cm below) and biomass (wet weight accuracy 0.1 g) of ?sh were determined. The abundance biomass and species richness of the ichthyofauna were determined by sampling station. Fish were sampled monthly between November 1998 and November 2000 with a chincha a traditional beach-seine net. At each site and month three replicate samples were taken at low tide during the 5 days of the new moon at adjacent non-overlapping areas at nine sites. These sites strategically covered all the lagoon area and are designated as BAR GAF and SJA (near the mouth of the lagoon) ARE CAR and VAG (at the edges of the main channels) RIO (in the main freshwater area highly organically enriched) LAR (in the area showing the highest levels of industrial pollution) and TOR (approximately in the middle of the longest channel) (Fig. 1). The chincha gear used was almost rectangular in shape and composed by a central bag (a cod-end 295 cm of length and 145 cm of wide) two lateral wings (12 m of length each the width decreasing along the net reaching 50 cm at the edge and a central height of 1.5 m) two ropes (6.1 m each) and ?oating buoys at the top and ceramic weights at the bottom of the net. The end of the net was ?xed to the margin and the remainder was trawled in a semi-circle thus retaining within the cod-end all the ?sh from the area. The total area enclosed by the gear was estimated calculating the area of the semicircle of the lateral wings (93.6 m2) plus the area of the semi-circle of the cod-end (5.6 m2) plus the area of the rectangle formed by the two ropes (94.2 m2). The area of the whole net was approximately 193 m2 in each trawl. The net ef?ciency is estimated at 90percent based on continued observations of ?sh escaping above or behind the net. Fishes were preserved by freezing and they were identi?ed using taxonomic keys of Whitehead et al. (1986) and Bauchot and Pras (1987). The number of all specimens was recorded and the total length (accuracy 0.01 cm below) and biomass (wet weight accuracy 0.1 g) of ?sh were determined. The abundance biomass and species richness of the ichthyofauna were determined by sampling station. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Seine nets,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_yearRange_depth_plot
468,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Kelp forest,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,"benthos, kelp and algae",A multi-decade time series of kelp forest community structure at San Nicolas Island California.,A,Y,31,1980,2011,33.245427,-119.508753,151,3568,7,27700,,0,65.55521396,"Michael Kenner
",Tim Tinker,jestes@ucsc.edu,ttinker@usgs.gov,PDDL,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E094/244/#data,Ecological Archives," San Nicolas Island is surrounded by broad areas of shallow subtidal habitat, characterized by dynamic kelp forest communities that undergo dramatic and abrupt shifts in community composition. Although these reefs are fished, the physical isolation of the island means that they receive less impact from human activities than most reefs in Southern California, making San Nicolas an ideal place to evaluate alternative theories about the dynamics of these communities. Here we present monitoring data from seven sampling stations surrounding the island, including data on fish, invertebrate and algal abundance. These data are unusual among subtidal monitoring datasets in that they combine relatively frequent sampling (twice per year) with an exceptionally long time series (since 1980). Other outstanding qualities of the dataset are the high taxonomic resolution captured and the monitoring of permanent quadrats and swaths where the history of the community structure at specific locations has been recorded through time. Finally, the data span a period that includes two of the strongest ENSO events on record, a major shift in the Pacific decadal oscillation and the reintroduction of sea otters to the island in 1987 after at least 150 years of absence. These events provide opportunities to evaluate the effects of bottom up forcing, top down control and physical disturbance on shallow rocky reef communities.do not include references in the abstract. Unit of abundance = DensitySqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Grabs,NA,Deleted records (962) for Sand and 3 for worm tube sand. Created Plot field from concatenation of Quadrat  Station and Period. Added zeroes for biomass NULL values.  Assigned species names from codes on website altered Macrocystis pyrifera >1m to Macrocystis pyrifera2 and Macrocystis pyrifera <1m to Macrocystis pyrifera1. Added latitude and longitudes from station identities as per website.,Nov-16,Density,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_depthElevation_plot
469,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Kelp forest,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Benthos,"benthos, kelp and algae",A multi-decade time series of kelp forest community structure at the California Channel Islands.,A,N,30,1982,2011,33.850818,-119.632225,38,595,33,10443,,0,5054.066472,David Kushner,Andrew Rassweiler,david_kushner@nps.gov,andrew.rassweiler@lifesci.ucsb.edu,CC-by,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E094/245/,Ecological Archives," Studies of temperate rocky reef communities have added much to our understanding of ecology.  However, data on these reef communities can be difficult to obtain; wind, waves, and poor underwater visibility often prevent research diving, and even under the best conditions only a few hours a day can be spent underwater collecting data.  Here, we present data on temperate subtidal reef communities at 33 sites, almost half of which the National Park Service has sampled annually since 1982.   We present core data sets describing the population dynamics of 16 fish, 37 invertebrate, and 15 algal taxa.  We include supplementary data sets documenting the size structure of key species, the relative abundance of all fish, the recruitment of selected invertebrates, and the subtidal water temperature at each site through time.  Taken together, these data provide one of the most comprehensive descriptions of nearshore reef community dynamics ever assembled. Unit of abundance = DensitySqM, Unit of biomass = NA",Grabs,NA,"Assigned plot from the island name, site name  (37 sites in total)and marine reserve (inside I/S or outside O/S). Identified latitudes and longitudes using these sites from web site meta data.  Assigned species from codes on website meta data. Deleted zero and NA densities. Dictyoneuropsis reticulata and Agarum fimbriatum could both be either species according to codes. Gave biomass zero values for NULLS.",Nov-16,Density,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_depthElevation_plot
471,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Desert Wildlife Refuge,TRUE,Deserts and xeric shrublands,Terrestrial plants,grasses,Prescribed Burn Effect on Chihuahuan Desert Grasses and Shrubs at the Sevilleta National Wildlife Refuge,A,Y,10,2004,2013,34.35,-106.88,162,7600,1,37979,NA,0,1,Esteban Muldavin,Scott Collins,muldavin@sevilleta.unm.edu,scollins@sevilleta.unm.edu,CC-by,http://sev.lternet.edu/data/sev-166,LTER Sevilleta,"Disturbance from fire can affect the abundance and distribution of shrubs and grasses in arid ecosystems. In particular, fire may increase grass and forb production while hindering shrub encroachment. Therefore, prescribed fires are a common management tool for maintaining grassland habitats in the southwest. However, Bouteloua eriopoda (black grama), a dominant species in Chihuahuan Desert grassland, is highly susceptible to fire resulting in death followed by slow recovery rates. A prescribed fire on the Sevilleta National Wildlife refuge in central New Mexico in 2003 provided the opportunity to study the effects of infrequent fires on vegetation in this region. This study was conducted along a transition zone where creosote bushes (Larrea tridentata) are encroaching on a black grama grassland. Before and after the fire, above ground plant productivity and composition were monitored from 2003 to present. Following the prescribed fire, there were fewer individual grass clumps and less above ground grass cover in burned areas compared to unburned areas. This decrease in productivity was primarily from a loss of B. eriopoda. Specifically, B. eriopoda density and cover were significantly lower following the fire with a slow recovery rate in the five years following the fire. Other grasses showed no such adverse response to burning.
Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year_quad_plot
473,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Northern mixed prairie,FALSE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial plants,grasses,Fourteen years of mapped permanent quadrats in a northern mixed prairie,A,Y,14,1932,1945,46.316667,-105.8,95,504,1,2350,NA,0,1,Peter Adler,NA,peter.adler@usu.edu,NA,PDDL,http://esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E092/143/metadata.htm,Ecological Archives,"This historical data set consists of 44 permanent 1-m2 quadrats located on northern mixed prairie in Miles City, Montana, USA. Individual plants in these quadrats were identified and mapped annually from 1932 through 1945. Quadrats were located in six pastures assigned to cattle grazing treatments with light, moderate, and heavy stocking rates of 1.24, 0.92, and 0.76 ha/ animal-unit-month (two pastures in each). These data provide unique opportunities to test the interactive effects of grazing and climate variables on demographic rates, plant�plant interactions, and population and community dynamics. We provide the following data and data formats: (1) the digitized maps in shapefile format; (2) a tabular version of the entire data set (a table that replaces the full spatial data with one x,y coordinate for each individual perennial plant record); (3) grazing treatment information; (4) an inventory of the years each quadrat was sampled; (5) a species list, containing information on plant growth forms and shapefile geometry type (e.g., points or polygons); (6) a record of changes in species names; (7) daily precipitation and temperature records; and (8) counts of annual plants in the quadrats (annuals were counted, not mapped, by the original mappers).Experimental or sampling design
a. Design characteristics: 44 permanent quadrats were located in 6 different pasture units.
b. Permanent plots: We have not been able to relocate the original quadrats because of a lack of permanent markers.
c. Data collection: Quadrats were mapped annually from 1932 to 1945, with some exceptions (see the quadrat sampling schedule data file in IV). Quadrats were mapped in the late spring-early summer growing season each year (generally between late May and July).
Research Methods 
a. Field / laboratory: The data were collected in the field using pantographs (Hill 1920), a mechanical device used to make scale drawings. The original paper maps were first scanned and then stored as TIFF image files. These images were then converted into shapefiles by heads-up digitization in ArcGIS. For a complete digitization protocol, contact Peter Adler. Daily climate data were obtained from the Miles City airport, Wiley Field (800 m a.s.l., 46�26�N, 105�53�W) located 9 km north of the study site. For the period beginning in 1933, these data are available on-line from the National Climate Data Center at www4.ncdc.noaa.gov/cgi-win/wwcgi.dll?wwDI~StnSrch~StnID~20012408.
b. Instrumentation: Pantographs, scanners, and computers running ArcGIS, Python, and R.
c. Taxonomy and systematics: Originally assigned plant names were corrected for synonyms based on the USDA Plants Database (http://plants.usda.gov/). We recorded these name changes in the species_name_changes.csv file.
d. Permit history: N/A
e. Legal/organizational requirements: N/A  Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year_plotID
475,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Boreal forest,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Birds,breeding birds,Structure and dynamics of a passerine bird community in a spruce-dominated boreal forest,A,N,12,1960,1972,63.41667,10.5,34,12,1,327,NA,0,10,Olav Hogstad,NA,olav.hogstad@ntnu.no,NA,PDDL,http://www.sekj.org/PDF/anzf30/anz30-043-054.pdf,Annales Zoologici Fennici," The density of the bird community was estimated by the territory mapping method mainly in accordance with the international recommendations (Anon 1970).  The position of the individual singing males were plotted on a gridded census map and great care was taken in mapping simultaneously singing neighbours.  In addition, other territorial behaviour such as courtship feeding, nest building behaviour and copulation was used to delimit the individual territories.  Considerable time was spent in searching for nests.  Mapping of colourringed individuals was also used to determine the number of territories involved.  Each year 13 - 20 census visits were made of which about two thirds took place during the mornings.  Each visit lasted about 5 to 5.5 hours and was started alternatively from the eastern and western parts of the area.  the census work was coarried out from the last week of May to the end of June.  Data were analysed using Mann-Whitney U-tests Spearman rank correlation (rn where the subscript n denotes df).  All tests were two tailed.
Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Transects,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_station_period_quadrat
476,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Experimental forest,TRUE,Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Bromeliad invertebrates,Bromeliad invertebrate counts at different elevations in the Luquillo Experimental Forest,A,Y,4,1993,1997,18.3,-65.8,304,210,1,3268,NA,0,1,Barbara A. Richardson,NA,mjrichardson@clara.net,NA,CC-by,http://luq.lternet.edu/data/luqmetadata131,LTER Luquillo,"Plants to be collected were measured and removed from the substrate. For the main data set [1993-1997] 20 plants were sampled on most occasions from each site at each sampling. To assess any change over a period of time 10 plants were sampled from the same areas in 2010.For 2010. Retained water and litter was collected and measured. Plants were dismantled in the laboratory and all animals from plants, water, and retained litter were recovered and preserved, and subsequently counted and identified. For details see Richardson, B.A. 1999. The bromeliad microcosm and the assessment of faunal diversity in a neotropical forest. Biotropica 31:321-336.
Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Plots,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_yearRange_depth_plot
477,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Estuary,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Epifaunal invertebrates,Epifaunal invertebrate survey from Goodwin Islands York River Estuary Chesapeake Bay,AB,Y,15,1998,2012,37.222,-76.392,41,840,1,5914,NA,0.04,1,Jon S. Lefcheck,J. Emmett Duffy,jslefche@vims.edu,duffyE@si.edu,CC-by,http://gradworks.umi.com/36/62/3662989.html,PhD Thesis,"Epifaunal invertebrate survey from Goodwin Islands York River Estuary Chesapeake Bay USA. Samples were collected using a grab sampler. Species with fewer than 100 observations in total over the course of the survey were excluded species that were not adequately sampled by the gear type (i.e. infauna mesopredators) were likewise excluded. Biomass (in grams ash-free dry mass) was estimated from size structured abundances using the R script here (with literature reference): https://gist.github.com/jslefche/c480eeb2ad67ca7c9a46 Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = Weight",Grab sampler,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,Weight,lat_long_date_site_depth
478,Freshwater,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Central European streams,FALSE,Small river ecosystems,Freshwater invertebrates,insects,Long term study of the stream ecosystems in the Breitenbach,A,Y,37,1969,2005,50.669722,9.628889,90,37,1,1537,NA,0,1,Diana Bowler,NA,diana.bowler@senckenberg.de,NA,CC-by,None,Contributed by author (supplemental to a book),"The material listed below was collected from the emergence trap at site T2 (elevation 253 m a.s.l., location 50�39?71?N / 09�37?44?E approx. 1420m from the mouth, approx. 630m below the spring feeding the Breitenbach) from 1969 to 2005 and identified by the staff of the former Limnologische Fluss-Station Schlitz of the Max-Planck-Gesellschaft. Unit of abundance = IndCountInt, Unit of biomass = NA",Nets,NA,NA,Nov-16,Count,NA,lat_long_year_plotID
479,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low and alpine,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 1 - Abisko (Wet, Dry, Peatland), Kanger (Bashful, Dopey, Sneezy) and Kilpisjarvi",B,Y,9,1999,2008,68.120719,-3.822305,75,369,7,2553,0,0,1,Anders Michelson,Eric Post,andersm@bio.ku.dk,esp10@psu.edu,ODbL,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation biomass is estimated using a 0.25m2 point frame with 20 pin hits per frame.  All encounters with the lowered pin are recorded until substrate is hit.
Point frame using ITEX protocol. 
[VASC 2004]: Point frame 2 (50x50cm, 270 holes, 30 holes/row, 9 rows, needle diameter<0.5mm). Frame 2 calibrated with frame 1 so unitsin databasearethe same.2. The Abundance units:Point frame hits, [VASC]all hits, except Empetrum/Andromeda: one hit per branch; [Crypt]firsthit",point frame all plot,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
480,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 2 - Wolfcreek,B,Y,3,1998,2008,61.56,-135.13,33,50,1,543,0,0,1,Jill Johnstone,,jill.johnstone@usask.ca,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,Point frame hits using ITEX protocol,point frame all plot,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
481,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,High,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 3 - Bylot (Mesprairie and Mespolygon),B,Y,3,2001,2008,73.154112,-79.944419,23,57,2,452,0,0,1,Esther Levesque,,Esther.Levesque@uqtr.ca,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation cover was sampled by pointing with 70cm x 70cm quadrats, 3.Plot size: (m2)70cm x 70cm1. Pointing  2.The Abundance units: 100 hits/plot in 2001-2002 and 81 hits/plot in20083.Plot size: (m2) 2 adjacent 70cm x 70cm plots so T1 + T2 = 0,98m2, T1 alone = 0,49m24.Approx subsite area (m2) : 2 habitats (Mesic polygon +Mesic prairie)approx 1km x 1km with 4 blocks each with 3 replicat T1+T2/block.5.List missing taxa and year missing (e.g. no cryptogams sampled in 2004; no litter sampling in 2008): following groups appear to have been completely omitted in 2008",point frame all xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
482,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 4 - Qhi (He and Ko),B,Y,3,1999,2009,69.57567,-138.865605,48,36,2,640,0.000001,0,1.00E-06,Isla Myers-Smith,,isla.myers-smith@ed.ac.uk,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation: Point frame abundance measurements. Canopy height was measured for each grid coordinate for 1999 and 2004 and at the 4 corners and centre of the plots in 2009.Abundance units: point frame hits.Plot size: 1 m2Subsite area: Each subsite was a transect of 6 plots spaced 10m apart, a 60m long transect, the two subsites (HE and KO) are 250m apart. Missing taxa/years: Some species were idenfied in some years and not others. All these taxa were combinedinto categories so that the taxa are consistently reported in all years.In 1999 for plot HE2, one row of 10 points of data are missing.Warming treatment: None
",point frame all xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
483,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 5 - Teberda (Malaya Alpine-Snowbed and Geranium Hedysarum Meadow),B,Y,24,1986,2009,43.27,41.41,54,830,1,6445,0,5.00E-04,1,Vladimir G. Onipchenko,Asem A. Akhmetzhanova,vonipchenko@mail.ru,assemok@mail.ru,ODbL,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. We counted number of generative shoots on permanent plots every year in the beginning of August.
2. Number of generative shoots per plot
3. Plot size: 1 m2
4. Approx subsite area: alpine lichen heath (all shoots) - 25 m2
5. List missing taxa and year missing. Soil temperature, PAR and solar radiation are missing
6. Description of warming treatment if applicable - no treatment",number shoots,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
484,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,High and low,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 6 - Atqasuk (AW, AD) and Barrow (BW, BD)",B,Y,6,1995,2008,70.879356,-157.005139,88,576,4,9136,0,0,1,Robert D. Hollister,,hollistr@gvsu.edu,,CC-by,none,ITEX database,"The data were gathered by placing a Point Frame over each plot and recording the top and bottom species at each location. The height of the top species was recorded relative to the ground at that location. The grids were spaced 7 cm apart and started at 3.5 cm from the edge of the square 70 cm frame. The top species was recorded at each location and the species at the ground surface was recorded if it was different from the top species. Occasionally it was difficult to distinguish which species was on the ground because there were several intertwined individuals, therefore preference was given to vascular plants, then lichens, and then mosses. Due to the limitations of field identification many species were lumped into larger taxa.
Caveats
The taxa provide are relatively robust, however even with the species lumping presented there may have been some difficulty with bryophytes and lichens. Prior to 2007 the sampling only involved the top and bottom hits. In 2007 and 2008 all hits were recorded. The height of each hit was estimated for the first sampling (1995-1997). GRASSX, POACEAE, UNIGRAM in BD site were changed to POAARC. GRASSX, POACEAE, UNIGRAM in BW site were changed to HIEPAU. BAREGROX were changed to BAREGRO. All XXXXXX identifiers were deleted.",point frame tb xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
485,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low,FALSE,Boreal forests/Taiga,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 7 - Akureyri (GA66, MD72, SB63, SY59), Blonduos (SD33, SD34), Dalsmynni (AG4, KD24, KD25), Hjardarland (LH92, SH90), Holtavorduheidi (AH37, AH38, VH49), Modruvellir (LH69, MV51, MV52), Oxnadalsheidi (SA16, SA17, SA19) and Thykkvibaer (HH100, RT81, VE82)",B,Y,3,1997,2005,64.853559,-19.675504,128,460,23,6325,0,0,1,Borg��r Magn�sson,,borgthor@ni.is,,CC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. Braun-Blanquet scale.
2. Cover % (cover class midpoints)
3. Plot size: (50 x 50 cm = 0.25 m2)
4. Approx subsite area (30 m x 50 cm = 15 m2)
5. Cryptogams were not identifiied in the study, only total Moss and lichen cover.
6. Control (no warming treatment)
Climate:
1. Standard equipment and methodology from the Icelandic Met Office, data is from their long term stations. For the Dalsmynni station we provide data for the period 1997-2005, ATM, ATMX, AT and Precip.
2:
3: Start of growing season was not determined.
4: Precip data missing from Nov. 2003.
5. LAT, LONG and ELEV for climate station if different from subsite location, using same format as below
LAT = 65.658
LONG = -20,2925
ELEV = 8 m a.s.l.
Permanent plots for long-temer monitoring of vegetation were set up in pastures in the lowlands and highlands of Iceland in 1997-1998. The plots were resampled in 2005. Analysis of the data showed that a considerable improvement in pasture condition had in general occurred. Grazing pressure had declined, sward height increased, extent of bare ground declined, cover of vascular plants increased and cover of crytogams declined. Overall vegetation change was from a heathland towards a grassland. The vegetation change was related to declining livestock numbers and grazing pressure, but not the less to a warming climatic trend during the period.
",BraunBlanquet,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
486,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 8 - Valbercla (Alpine),B,Y,3,1994,2009,46.4758,9.5842,47,45,1,761,0,0,1,Christian Rixen,,rixen@slf.ch,,CC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. Estimation of cover/abundance follows the method of Braun-Blanquet (Kent & Coker 1992).
2. Scale for estimate: r = 1-3 individuals; + = <1% few individuals; 1 = 1-5% / many individuals; 2 = 6-25% / large number of individuals; 3 = 26-50%; 4 = 51-75%. Data were transformed into mean values of classes.
3. Plot size: 0.8 m2
4. Approx subsite area: c. 20 m x 15 m = 300 m2
5. Missing taxa and year: No acro- and pleurocarpous bryophytes (XXXacrocarpousmoss, XXXpleurocarpousmoss) and lichen CETISL in 1994 and 1996. [At the moment, data does not contain 2009 bryophyte data]
6. Description of warming treatment if applicable: hexagonal OTCs during 1994-1996 and 2009-2010. No OTCs 1997-2008.",BraunBlanquet,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
487,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,High,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 9 - Alexfiord (Levdolomite, Levgranite) and Sverdrup",B,Y,2,1992,2009,78.95357,-77.1412,19,143,3,536,0,0,1,Esther Levesque,,Esther.Levesque@uqtr.ca,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. 1992 and 2009: direct determination of area in the field.
2. Cover in % using modified Domin-Krajina abundance scale (L�vesque 1996)
3. 1992 and 2009: 25 quadrats of respectively 0.25m2 and 0.49m2
4. Approx subsite area (m2): 50m x 50m on Granite and dolomitic substrate at 540m ASL.
5. In 1992 lichen and moss were evaluated while, in 2009, lichen was entered as crust (because often combined with algae) and moss cover was only entered when the moss was not mixed with crust.",DominKrajina,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
488,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 10 - RMBL,B,Y,14,1991,2005,37.95,-106.98,3,140,1,347,0,0,1,John Harte,,jharte@berkeley.edu ,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1.  Description of how vegetation quantified (e.g point frame, biomass, etc) .  If different methods were used in different years, please specify. areal coverage & flower counts2. The Abundance units (e.g. point frame hits, cover, subplot frequency, stemp, g/m2), thg.m23. Plot size: (m2)each plot is 30 m24. Approx subsite area (m2)census quadrats are 1 m2 for areal coverage, 2 m2 for flower couts5. List missing taxa and year missing (e.g. no cryptogams sampled in 2004; no litter sampling in 2008)6. Description of warming treatment if applicable,  (e.g. hexagonal OTCs, seasonal greenhouse, IR)Overhead IR lamps, on all day and night, all year long",biomass,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
489,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 11 - Finse (Ridge),B,Y,3,2000,2008,60.37,7.32,55,150,1,3266,0,0.025,1,Kari Klanderud,,kari.klanderud@nmbu.no,,ODbL,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. Vegetation was analysed by using a 30 X 60 cm frame divided into 18 10 X 10 cm subplots. Species abundances were recorded in each subplot. Each species were given a value between 0 and 3, where 0 = absent, 1 = rare, 2 = frequent, 3 = dominant. Litter, bare soil, and total vegetation cover was measured as % cover per sub-plot and averaged per pl
2. The Abundance units were calculated by using presence/absence values in subplots (sub-plot frequencies).
3. Plot size: 0.18 m2
4. Approx subsite area ca 800 m2
5. Missing taxa and year missing: no cryptogams sampled in 2004
6. Warming treatment: hexagonal OTCs
",subplots,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
490,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 12 - Finse (Slope),B,Y,2,2000,2003,60.37,7.32,57,40,1,1053,0,0.025,1,Kari Klanderud,,kari.klanderud@nmbu.no,,ODbL,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. Vegetation was analysed by using a 60 X 60 cm frame divided into 36 10 X 10 cm subplots. Species abundances were recorded in each subplot. Each species were given a value between 0 and 3, where 0 = absent, 1 = rare, 2 = frequent, 3 = dominant. Litter, bare soil, and total vegetation cover was estimated by % cover per sub-plot and averaged per plot. Height of vegetation per plot was measured in 2003 and biomass harvested in 2003.
2. The Abundance units were calculated by using presence/absence values in subplots (sub-plot frequencies).
3. Plot size: 0.36 m2
4. Approx subsite area ca 900 m2
5. Missing taxa and year missing: NO
6. Warming treatment: hexagonal OTCs",subplots,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
491,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 13 - Toolik (Dry, Moist)",B,Y,7,1994,2008,68.62,-149.61,86,74,1,1450,0,0,1,Willam A. Gould,,wgould@fs.fed.us,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"The data presented here was collected during the 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000, 2002, 2007 and 2008 summer field seasons using a fixed, 75 cm square point frame, with 100 measurements spaced 7 cm apart. At each of 100 points per plot, the following information was recorded in a spatially explicit format: species hit, condition and woodiness. More information on methods can be found in Walker (1996).",point frame tb xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
492,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 14 - Toolik (LTER Heath, LTER Moist acidic tussock, LTER non-acidic tussock, LTER wet sedge, SAG wet sedge2, Tussock 1981 plots)",B,Y,13,1982,2006,68.6295,-149.578,30,81,1,797,0.04,0,0.04,Gauis R. Shaver,,gshaver@mbl.edu,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"1. Plot size was normally 5x20m for controland fertilized plots and 3x5 m for warmed plots.  Warming was achieved by use of plastic-covered greenhouses during the summer.  All aboveground biomass plus belowground stems and rhizomes were clipped in 20x20 cm quadrats. Normally, 4 or 5 quadrats were randomly located along line transects in each of four replicate plots blocks for each site and treatment.Plots were arrayed in blocks with one plot of each treatment per block.  All biomass was sorted by functional type, growth form, and species, then dried and weighed. Details are given in several publications, e.g.Chapin et al. (1995; Ecology 76:694-711).2. Not all species were separated in all years of harvest, and years of harvest varied among sites.  Where data are missing there is no value given in the data set. When species were not separated individually, they were lumped by functional type3. Long term climate records (since 1988) and descriptions of stations are available on the Arctic LTER and Toolik Field Station web sites (http://ecosystems.mbl.edu/arc/and http://toolik.alaska.edu/edc/.  The station meets LTER Network Class Istandards.  There are no observations of start/end of growing season.  Missing data are not gap-filled.5. LAT, LONG and ELEV of theclimate station are: 68 deg 36' N, 149 deg 36'W, 745m asl.",biomass,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
493,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,High,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 15 - Sadvent (MES-cover, MES-photo, wet-cover, wet-photo)",B,Y,2,2003,2008,78.189992,15.934124,50,60,1,486,0,0,1,Elisabeth J. Cooper,,elisabeth.cooper@uit.no,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"How vegetation quantified
2003, 2005 point frame
2003, 2008 cover estimation from high resolution digital photos
2003 cover estimation in field
2. Abundance units
2003, 2005 point frame hits- top and other recorded separately as a total for each plot, not with x and y coordinate for each point
2003, 2008 cover estimation from photos-100% cover for gound/ understorey level
",percent cover,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
494,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 16 - Finse (Nfinse, Ridge cover)",B,Y,4,1997,2008,60.492485,7.419896,67,172,2,778,0,0.025,1,Kari Klanderud,,kari.klanderud@nmbu.no,orjan.totland@umb.no,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation was analysed by using 60 X 60 cm plots. Species abundances were recorded by the percentage cover method.
2. Sample size: 11 unmanipualted controls + 11 plots with OTC.
3. Plot size: 0.36 m2
4. Approx subsite area ca 300 m2
5. Missing taxa and year missing: NO
6. Warming treatment: Squares OTCs
",percent cover,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
495,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 17 - Dovre (Kuntshoe) and Faroe (Sornfelli),B,Y,4,1999,2008,62.183333,1.334931,77,122,2,1703,0,0,1,Anna Maria Fosaa,Annika Hofgaard,annamariaf@savn.fo,annika.hofgaard@nina.no,PDDL,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. Vegetation is quantified as cover (%) per species.
2. The Abundance units : nine subplots
3. Plot size: 0.5x0.5 m
4. Approx subsite area: 200x40 m
5. List missing taxa and year missing (e.g. no cryptogams sampled in 2004; no litter sampling
in 2008)
6. Description of warming treatment: hexagonal OTCs,",subplots,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
496,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate coniferous forest,Terrestrial plants,plants,ITEX Dataset 18 - Alpine plots (Sonja Wipf),B,Y,2,2000,2008,46.431624,8.672891,222,54,15,1967,0,0,1,Sonja Wipf,,sonja.wipf@slf.ch,,ODbL,none,ITEX database,As per ITEX protocol,sonja wipf,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
497,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Alpine,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 19 - Teberda (Festuca Varia Grassland, Malaya Alpine Lichen-Heath)",B,Y,29,1981,2009,43.27,41.42,59,2699,1,24350,0,0,1,Vladimir G. Onipchenko,Asem A. Akhmetzhanova,vonipchenko@mail.ru,assemok@mail.ru,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Vegetation
1. We counted number of generative shoots on permanent plots every year in the beginning of August.
2. Number of generative shoots per plot
3. Plot size: 1 m2
4. Approx subsite area: alpine lichen heath (all shoots) - 40 m2
5. List missing taxa and year missing. Soil temperature, PAR and solar radiation are missing
6. Description of warming treatment if applicable - no treatment",number shoots,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
498,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Sub arctic tundra,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 20 - Torngats (Nakvakdry, Nakvakwet)",B,Y,3,2007,2010,58.63917,-63.375,51,80,1,913,0.000001,0,1.00E-06,Luise Hermanutz,Laura Siegwart Collier,lhermanu@mun.ca,lsiegwart@mun.ca,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Description of how vegetation quantified (e.g point frame, biomass, etc) .  If different methods were used in different years, please specify.  -point frame2. The Abundance units (e.g. point frame hits, cover, subplot frequency, stemp, g/m2), th-point frame hits3. Plot size: (m2)-14. Approx subsite area (m2)-100",point frame all xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
499,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Macrobenthos,Macrobenthos monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea between 1979 and 1999,A,Y,20,1979,1999,51.484534,2.895343,212,141,9,2619,0.3,0.3,3454,Gert Van Hoey,,Gert.Vanhoey@ilvo.vlaanderen.be,,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Macrobenthos monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea between 1979 and 1999.  Nematoda, Nemertina and Copepoda removed; 3 replicates pooled. Van Veen grab  (0,100m�); 3 replicate samples per event.",stations,0,added 0 for NULL biomass,Feb-17,Density,NA,lat_long_date_site_plot
500,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Macrobenthos,Macrobenthos monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea from 2001 on,A,Y,12,2001,2012,51.494523,2.812248,442,362,24,8700,0.3,0.3,3454,Gert Van Hoey,,Gert.Vanhoey@ilvo.vlaanderen.be,,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Macrobenthos monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea from 2001 onwards. Nematoda, Nemertina and Copepoda removed; 3 replicates pooled. Van Veen grab  (0,100m�); 3 replicate samples per event.",stations,0,added 0 for NULL biomass,Feb-17,Density,NA,lat_long_date_site_plot
501,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Marine invertebrates,Macrobenthos and fish,Epibenthos and demersal fish monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea,A,Y,9,2004,2012,51.529738,2.729548,165,205,14,6259,variable,0,3454,Gert Van Hoey,,Gert.Vanhoey@ilvo.vlaanderen.be,,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Epibenthos and demersal fish monitoring at long-term monitoring stations in the Belgian part of the North Sea. New extraction from ILVO database, not from EMODNET-Biology (no abundances available). Beam trawl (8m; net mesh size 22mm); trawled over a distance of around 3000m (long) or 1500 (short).",stations,0,added 0 for NULL biomass,Feb-17,Count,NA,lat_long_date_site_plot
502,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Woodland,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,"Long-term tree demography in old-growth forests of Huron Mts, MI from permanent-plot censuses, 1962-2009",AB,Y,7,1962,2009,46.92,-88.026,12,6042,1,6042,19 plots of 0.2 acres,0.000805,0.01538,Kerry D. Woods,,kwoods@bennington.edu,,ODbL,https://knb.ecoinformatics.org//#view/knb.499.1,author contributed directly,"Data set is repeated censuses of trees on nineteen 0.2-acre circular permanent plots in old-growth hemlock-northernhardwood forests in the Huron Mts. in northern Marquette Co., MI. Plots are located within a large private reserve,including about 4000 ha of never-logged, old-growth forest. Plots were first censused in 1962 and recensused in 1967by Eric Bourdo (Michigan Technological University), with additional full censuses in 1989, 1994, 1999, 2004, 2009 by Kerry D. Woods (Bennington College). Stems measured in 1962-1967 were labelled and, beginning in 1989, all stemswere mapped, allowing tracking of individual stems throughout the entire study period. 1962-1967 measurementsincluded all stems greater than 5 in/12.7 cm diameter at breast height (dbh); from 1989 onward, stems > 5 cm dbh weremapped over entire plots, and stems > 1 cm dbh (tree species only) within a circular central sub-plot 8 m in diameter.This project was supported by the Huron Mountain Wildlife Foundation, the Andrew Mellon Foundation, and theNational Science Foundation  Temporal extent: 1962-2009; censuses in 1962, 1967, 1989, 1994, 1999, 2004, 2009 Spatial extent: 19 plots of0.2 acre/805 square m area distributed over old-growth mesic forests within Huron Mountains, northernMarquette Co., MI. Taxonomic extent: All species of trees present in study plots. Full list: Abies balsamea, Acerrubrum, Acer saccharum, Betula alleghaniensis, Fraxinus nigra, Ostrya virginiana, Pinus strobus, Populusgrandidentata, Quercus rubra, Tilia americana, Tsuga canadensis, Ulmus americanaSampling Description: For 1962-1967, all stems > 5 in (12.7 cm) diameter at breast height (dbh) were tallied by species and dbh. Stems were labeled with painted numbers. From 1989 forward all stems were mapped on polar coordinates,stems > 5 cm dbh tallied by species and dbh throughout each plot, and stems > 1 cm mapped and measuredfor a central sub-plot of 8 m radius. Individual trees are indicated as dead ('first_dead' code = 1) in the firstcensus after death and were not measured subsequently.",plots,0,Created plot by combining actual plot with /first_dead(0 or 1)/tree (tree identifier) e.g 7090/0/101.  Used the dbh (diameter at breast height) measurement for biomass (Size) and single count of 1 for abundance of each tree.  General latitude and longitude used for all records.  No elevation recorded.,Feb-17,Count,Size,lat_long_plotID_year
503,Marine,Tropical,NA,2,Before and after cyclone and bleaching,,Coral reef,TRUE,Tropical coral,Marine invertebrates,scleractinian corals,Coral data from Lizard Island,A,N,2,2015,2016,-14.699839,145.448674,114,2,1,156,50m x 50m,2.00E-04,2.00E-04,Joshua S. Madin,Mia Hoogenboom,joshua.madin@mq.edu.au,mia.hoogenboom1@jcu.edu.au,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Spatial mapping of coral colonies via in water species identification in 2015 and 2016 at the same site. In 2014 a photo mosaic of the area was generated by stitching multiple stereo-paired photographs of the reef obtained via an underwater automated vehicle. The map was sectioned into 2 by 5 meter tiles and printed on underwater paper to be used in the field. A team then travelled to the site and, using the underwater maps, identified every colony within each tile that was over 5cm diameter and marked it's position on the map. Any unsure or unidentifiable species were photographed for later identification. The extent of the map was 200m squared, broken into 20 2 by 5 meter tiles. Both the mapping and the survey was then redone at the same site in 2016, post cyclone and post 2015/16 coral bleaching event (El Nino) for comparison.",quadrats (tiles),0,"Montipora verrucosa - 4 possible matches for Mver with no way to tell which, went for verrucosa as the most common of the 4. Scolmyia sp - Based on: ""Scol""species code, + changed one ""Scor"" to ""Scol"" based on: only one occurance of Scor in 2015 data, with no comparable species/genus, assumed typo. Favites complanata - Changed from Acomp based on: Favites complanata is the only species with ""comp"" at the start, possible typo with Acomp? Acropora micropthalma - due to code replication, unable to discern between micropthalma and microclados Montipora caliculata - Duplicate spp code Montipora caliculata - Duplicate spp code Acropora cerialis - Duplicate spp code Montipora danae - Duplicate spp code Pavona duerdeni - Duplicate spp code Acanthastrea echinata - Duplicate spp code Dipsastrea favia - Duplicate spp code Diploastrea heliopora - Duplicate spp code Diploastrea heliopora - Duplicate spp code Acropora humilis - Duplicate spp code Psammocora nierstraszi - Duplicate spp code Astreopora ocellata - Duplicate spp code Psammocora profundacella - Duplicate spp code Psammocora profundacella - Duplicate spp code Symphillia radians - Duplicate spp code Platygyra sinensis - Duplicate spp code Platygyra sinensis - Duplicate spp code Goniopora tenuidens - Duplicate spp code Goniopora tenuidens - Duplicate spp code Acropora tenuis - Duplicate spp code Montipora turgenscens - Duplicate spp code Montastrea valenciennesi - Duplicate spp code Acropora valida - Duplicate Spp code Pocillopora verrucosa - Duplicate spp code Acropora verweyi - Duplicate spp code Paragoniastrea russelli - Duplicate spp code, BEWARE in 2015 dataset Frus was converted to Prus and no Porites russelli were present, may not be true for other datasets Acropora palmarae - Duplicate spp code, could easily be palmata Gonipora minor - Duplicate spp code, went for goniopora minor over goniastrea minuta based on species ranges from Veron Acropora digitiferea - Fat dig type of Adig [FM removed this from species field (cf gemmifera)] Porites spp. - Genus only Porites massive - Genus only plus growth form. FM - zeroes from NULL for biomass.
",Feb-17,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_depthElevation_plot
504,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,coral reef fish,Red Sea artificial reefs,A,Y,5,2003,2007,29.533333,34.966666,67,153,1,858,,445,445,Jonathan Belmaker,,jbelmaker@post.tau.ac.il,,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,Visual censuses of fish assemblages on artificial reefs,trawl,0,created plot using the given treatments of stepping stones and no stepping stones and the given plot field. Set biomass to zero for NULLS.,Feb-17,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_depthElevation_plot
505,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,All,fish and marine invertebrates,"Fish and marine invertebrates from the Israeli Eastern Mediterranean sea  1990-4, 2000, 2008-2012",A,Y,11,1990,2012,32.13292,34.668008,275,694,21,13941,,445,445,Jonathan Belmaker,,jbelmaker@post.tau.ac.il,,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Data were collected from 324 commercial trawl hauls carried out between April 1990 and Decembern1994 by the Israel Fishery Department. These surveys took place onboard trawlers fishing the Israeli continental shelf, between latitudes 31�20� N and 33�05� N. Depths ranged between 15 and 300 m. The gross, discarded and landed catch weights were estimated for 173 out of the 324 hauls in which two or more of these variables were recorded, and therefore total catch analysis was possible. A sample of ca. 5% of the biomass (2.7-12.5 kg with a mean of 5.5�2.4 kg per haul) was extracted from each haul. While this partial-sampling method may miss rare species, it allows nearly all the fauna in the nets to be properly sampled and the time-consuming length measurements to be carried out onboard. Fish were taxonomically identified to species level, except for several cases in which only the genus was noted. Fish Total Length (TL), cephalopod Mantle Length (ML) and crustacean Carapace Length (CL for crabs, eye to telson length for shrimps) were measured to the closest 0.5 cm interval. The discard lengths defined in the present study are described in Table 1 and were subsequently used to differentiate between the two discarded fractions: non-commercial species and juveniles of commercial species. These lengths were determined empirically, i.e. they were estimated based on observations of onboard sorting practices, fishermen�s experience and minimum landing size (MLS),rather than on the actual onboard sorting of specimens, which may vary considerably due to factors such asseason, abundance, and market considerations (Machiaset al., 2001, Demestre et al., 2008). The catch sampling protocol from 1990 to 1994 was repeated in 2008�2011. A representative sub-sample from the total catch was obtained from the fish pile onboard with no specific preference given to any direction on deck to assure randomness. All fishes in samples were taxonomically identified to the species level and measured to the nearest 0.5 cm. 1990�1994 data were collected by several surveyors, and hauls with a clear lower taxonomic resolution were subsequently omitted from the database.

Historical and modern catch data of Israeli trawlers were used to evaluate trends in abundance, biomass, diversity and TrL of Levantine fishes, and assess potential interactions between invasive and indigenous species. Historical data were collected from 267 trawl hauls from April 1990 to December 1994 at depths of 15�300 m. Current data were collected in 183 hauls conducted between October 2008 and March 2011, covering the same fishing fields and depth range (15�300 m) on the continental shelf and upper slope.

",trawl,0,Combined the sample description set (Fish or Shrimp) with given plot to create biotime plot field.  Changed NULL biomass to zeroes.,Feb-17,Count,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_depthElevation_plot
507,Marine,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Coastal habitats,FALSE,Temperate shelf and seas ecoregions,Fish,fish,Trawl fisheries in Israeli Mediterranean,B,Y,28,1976,2010,31.911611,34.39209,41,7068,1194,16721,,445,8064,Itai van Rijn,Jonathan Belmaker,itaivanrijn@gmail.com,jonathan.belmaker@gmail.com,ODC-by,none,author contributed directly,"Data is sourced directly from fishermen, biomass is total weight of individuals of the same species per haul. �Each unique sample is a haul - entered in this format as plot. �Data is extracted from fishing vessel log books and includes around 600 hauls per year. �Only commercial species are recorded however.",trawl,0,"Added central lat/longs of 31.911611 and 34.39209 to 2820 records with NA for lat/long data.  Calculated these from the convex hull of existing points - area also calculated from real points and not including the false points. Also of note is the fact that the real points allow estimate of depth (not actually recorded here) but the mean values would not.  3 records - haul2145 in 1977 set to day=1 (was Sarot), haul49 in 2007 set to day=1 (was NA) and haul5288 in 1990 set day and month =1 (was NA).  361 records with species Batoidea (Superorder) set to Batoidea sp, Mullus sp/Upeneus sp to Upeneus sp and remaining uncertain species used the first option as follows:
Mullus sp. (Mullus barbatus/Mullus surmuletus)
Epinephelus sp. (Epinephelus marginatus/Epinephelus aeneus)
Saurida undosquamis/Synodus saurus
Sardinella sp. (Sardinella aurita/Sardinella maderensis)
Sphyraena sp. (Sphyraena sphyraena/Sphyraena chrysotaenia/Sphyraena viridensis)
Caranx crysos/Alepes djedaba
Diplodus sp. (Diplodus saragus/Diplodus vulgaris/Diplodus cervinus/Diplodus puntazoo)
Trachurus sp. (Trachurus trachurus/Trachurus mediterraneus)
Mullus/Upeneus sp. (Mullus barbatus/Mullus surmuletus/Upeneus pori/Upeneus moluccensis)
Spicara sp. (Spicara manena/Spicara smaris)
Mugil cephalus/Liza sp. (Liza aurata/Liza ramada)
Squilla mantis/Erugosquilla massavensis
except Lithognathus mormyrus/Diplodus sp. (Diplodus saragus/Diplodus vulgaris/Diplodus cervinus/Diplodus puntazoo) which is set to Diplodus saragus to avoid confusion.  Abundance NAs set to zero. Made haul plus number (from sampleDesc) into the plot.",Feb-17,NA,Weight,lat_long_day_month_year_plot
508,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,High,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 21 - Sadvent (MES-Pointframe, Wet-Pointframe)",B,Y,2,2003,2005,78.1,16.04,52,40,1,457,0,0,1,Elisabeth J. Cooper,,elisabeth.cooper@uit.no,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"How vegetation quantified
2003, 2005 point frame
2003, 2008 cover estimation from high resolution digital photos
2003 cover estimation in field
2. Abundance units
2003, 2005 point frame hits- top and other recorded separately as a total for each plot, not with x and y coordinate for each point
2003, 2008 cover estimation from photos-100% cover for gound/ understorey level
",point frame tb plot,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
509,Terrestrial,Polar,NA,NA,NA,NA,Low,FALSE,Tundra,Terrestrial plants,plants,"ITEX Dataset 22 - Toolik (Imnavait, Tussockgrid)",B,Y,8,1989,2008,68.62,-149.445,218,624,2,13374,0,0,1,Willam A. Gould,,wgould@fs.fed.us,,ODC-by,none,ITEX database,"Abundance: For point-frame, 1 if individual hit order data recorded, else sum of hits at that point (or plot, if only plot sums recorded).
HEIGHT:
Height from ground of a particular hit. Height was calculated only for coordinates with both a top and a bottom hit and estimated as the difference in heights between these two points.",point frame tb xy,0,"grouped sites by grain size and method.  Created plot from a concatenation of site, subsite, control (CTL/OTC) if any differences and actual plot name. All sites have abundance as field so used that regardless of methods and set biomass = 0 for NULL.  Title is created from site names.",Feb-17,NA,Cover,lat_long_plot_elevation_year
510,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,Butterflies,Butterfly fauna in Mount Gariwang-san Korea,A,Y,7,1987,2015,37.461,128.53,105,55,1,548,0,0,13351,Cheolmin Lee,,leecheolmin77@gmail.com,,CC-by,http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2287884X16300048,Journal of Asia-Pacific Biodiversity,"The line transect method was carried out by steadily walking along the survey routes and recording the butterflies observed within a 10 m width along the routes. The butterflies that we could not identify by sight were caught using sweep nets and then released after identification.�Using the line transect method counted butterflies within a 10 m width along the routes.
",Transects,0,"FM - zeroes for null values in biomass, depth and 1s for day.  Month changed to 5 where 5, 6, 7, 8, to 10 where 5,6,7,8,9,10 and to 8 where 7, 8.",Mar-17,Count,NA,lat_long_date_plot
511,Marine,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Bay,FALSE,Tropical seas,Fish,Demersal fish,Demersal fish hauls from Guanabara Bay Brazil 2005-2015,AB,Y,6,2005,2015,-22.821245,-43.149249,105,28,7,2928,0,0,165.082111,Gabriel Barros Gon�alves de Souza,Marcelo Vianna,gabrielbbarros@gmail.com,mvianna@biologia.ufrj.br�,ODC-by,None,Contributed directly by authors,"Demersal fishes from Guanabara Bay were collected in two research periods: (i) seven points sampled fortnightly (two hauls per month during 30 minutes) from July 2005 to June 2007 and; (ii) only two points sampled monthly (three hauls per month) from July 2013 to June 2015. Please note the distinct sampling effort between the 2 sampling periods. Fish sampled in 7 points in 3 years (July 2005 to June 2007) (2 hauls per month); 2 of these points were also sampled for another 3 years (3 hauls per month)(July 2013 to June 2015)
",Hauls,0,1. Species with abundance/biomass equal to zero were removed. Coordinates converted to decimal degrees.  FM text for months converted to numbers.,Mar-17,Count,Weight,lat_long_year_plotID
512,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Central European mixed forests,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,The Hundt 2001 data - Rudolf Hundt,B,Y,4,1964,1994,51.31445,11.75782,231,62,18,1133,0,2.50E-05,27629.03,Helge Bruelheide,Ute Jandt,helge.bruelheide@botanik.uni-halle.de,ute.jandt@botanik.uni-halle.de,CC-by,None,Contributed directly by author,"The data were extracted from a monography (Hundt 2001) and comprise vegetation records from the 1960ies, 1970ies and 1990ies. Study locations were Duebener Heide,Elbe valley, Mulde valley, (Lower Saxony) and Goldene Aue, Helmetal, Alperstedter Ried, Numburg, Vessertal (Thuringia).
Plots which had been initially established by Rudolf Hundt had been revisited in the 1970ies by him together with diploma students (H�usler 1979, Prizckat 1984, Teichfischer 1984). Vegetation records were made, using the Braun-Blanquet scale. For data were harmonized according to the German SL standard checklist for plant species, entered into the German Reference Vegetation Database (Jandt & Bruelheide 2012) and exported for Biotime with per cent cover values. Geographic coordinates were assigned to the most probable position by Ute Jandt.
In addition to the vegetation records, the orgininal publications contains the description of soil profiles, soil water level measurements, water capacity usable by plants, content of humus, carbonate, phosporus and potassium as well as soil pH and cellulolytic activity. These data have not yet been digitized.",Braun-Blnaquet,0,NULL abundances added as zeros.  Longitude taken from original file rather than conversion file.  Added site to sampleDesc along with plot and year.,Jun-17,NA,Cover,location_plot_year
515,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,Isthmian-Atlantic Moist Forests,FALSE,Tropical and Subtropical Moist Broadleaf Forests,Mammals,bats,Assemblage-level responses of phyllostomid bats to tropical forest fragmentation,A,Y,3,2003,2005,9.178193,-79.872578,43,452,17,1585,NA,0,97.724909,Christoph Meyer,,c.f.j.meyer@salford.ac.uk,,CC-by,None,Contributed directly by author,"Field work was conducted between October 2003 and October 2005. At each island and mainland site, bats were sampled in a standardized manner with mist nets (6 � 2.5 m, 70/2 denier, 16-mm mesh size, five shelves) set along the perimeter of plots of c. 0.5 ha (typically 100 � 50 m; one plot per site). Each site was sampled for 7�8 complete nights over the 2-year period, with a minimum time interval of 30 days between netting nights. All sites were sampled with equal effort during all moon phases, and we generally avoided netting immediately before and after a full moon in order to minimize potential bias in capture success as a result of lunar-phobic behaviour (e.g. Morrison, 1978). During each survey night, we used six nets
erected at ground level and spaced c. 50 m apart. In order also to sample bats flying in higher forest strata, we set up a net wall, typically consisting of four stacked nets, reaching subcanopy
(mainland sites) or canopy (islands) level. Canopy height across study sites averaged < 20 m and was often < 15 m on islands. Species were identified, and standard measurements and demographic data were collected following Handley et al. (1991). Nomenclature follows Simmons (2005). Most bats (species > 10 g, excluding juveniles) were marked with individually numbered ball-chain necklaces, or, in the case of larger gleaning animalivores, with passive, subcutaneous transponders (EURO-ID, Weilerswist, Germany). Based on the classification system used by several
authors (Stevens & Willig, 2000; Patterson et al., 2003; Giannini & Kalko, 2004, 2005), we assigned bats to one of the following ensembles (Fauth et al., 1996): frugivores, gleaning
animalivores, nectarivores, omnivores, and sanguivores. For further detail please see associated papers as cited.",Mist-nets,NA,Abundance calculated as bats/effort as per associated paper. Substituted codes for full scientific names as per paper. Added zeroes for NA value depth and biomass.,Aug-17,MeanCount,NA,lat_long_day_month_year_site_net_recapture
516,Terrestrial,Tropical,NA,NA,NA,NA,uatuma-Trombetas Moist forests,FALSE,Tropical and Subtropical Moist Broadleaf Forests,Mammals,bats,A large-scale fragmentation experiment for Neotropical bats,A,Y,5,1997,2013,-2.386381,-59.918769,45,225,12,1380,NA,0,96.634398,Ricardo Rocha,Adria Lopez-Baucells,ricardo.nature@gmail.com,adria.baucells@gmail.com,CC-by,None,Contributed directly by author,"We surveyed bats in 39 sites, comprising continuous forest (CF), fragments, forest edges and intervening secondary regrowth. For each site, we assessed vegetation structure (local-scale variable) and, for five focal scales, quantified habitat amount and four landscape configuration metrics. Each sampling site was visited eight times over a 2-year period, between August 2011 and June 2013. Bats were captured using 14 ground-level mist nets (12 9 2.5 m, 16 mm mesh, ECOTONE, Poland) in CF and fragment interiors, and seven ground-level mist nets at the edge and matrix sites. Mist nets were deployed along existing trails which are known to be used by Neotropical bats as commuting flyways (Palmeirim and Etheridge 1985). At edge sites, these trails ran parallel to the border between primary forest and secondary regrowth. In our study area mist netting efficiency was found to be highest in the first few hours after sunset (Bernard 2002). Sampling therefore started at dusk and was performed for 6 h during which nets were visited at intervals of*20 min. Mist netting at the same location for consecutive days can lead to diminishing capture efficiency over time (Marques et al. 2013). Such net-shyness related bias was avoided by spacing visits to the same site 3�4 weeks apart. Species were identified following Gardner (2007) and Lim and Engstrom (2010), and taxonomy follows Gardner (2007). Most adult bats were marked with individually numbered ball-chain necklaces (frugivores and Pteronotus parnellii) or subcutaneous transponders (gleaning animalivores). We restricted analyses to phyllostomids and P. parnellii, since all other species in Neotropical bat assemblages are known to be inadequately sampled with mist-nets (Kalko 1998). For further detail please see associated papers in citation table.",Mist-nets,NA,Substituted codes for full scientific names as per paper. Added zeroes for NA value depth and biomass. Left abundance as number seen but effort is included in the sample description (with a preceding * for ease of character split) if this should be different.,Aug-17,Count,NA,lat_long_habitat_fragmentSize_season_day_month_year_sample_periodP1_site*effort
528,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,31,1984,2018,39.07125,-96.58755,41,140,1,1119,38 cm2,0.3574,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (0spb) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 0spb was ungrazed and burned every 4 years from 1984 to 1991 (when it was called 004d), then ungrazed and burned annually. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf
","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
529,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,28,1985,2018,39.074,-96.5672,40,132,1,1058,38 cm2,0.1563,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (0sub) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 0sub was ungrazed and burned every 10 years from 1982 to 1991 (whan it was called 010d), then ungrazed and burned annually in summer. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
530,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,33,1982,2018,39.07865,-96.5626,38,202,1,1257,38cm2,0.4155,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (001d) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 001d was ungrazed and burned annually. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
531,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,28,1987,2018,39.06966,-96.56263,40,131,1,1033,38cm2,0.2295,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (002c) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 002c was ungrazed and burned every 2 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
532,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,33,1982,2018,39.07497,-96.59795,41,183,1,1354,38cm2,0.545,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (004b) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 004b was ungrazed and burned every 4 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
533,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,31,1984,2018,39.07385,-96.5712,36,141,1,1048,38cm2,0.1637,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (004f) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 004f was ungrazed and burned every 4 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
534,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,33,1982,2018,39.07255,-96.57745,34,180,1,1242,38cm2,0.2377,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (020b) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed 020b was ungrazed and burned every 20 years, and calles 000b from 1982 to 1991. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
535,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,17,2002,2018,39.0936,-96.59015,46,68,1,835,38cm2,0.603,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n01a) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n01a was bison grazed and burned annually. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
536,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,20,1982,2018,39.0813,-96.57135,43,95,1,837,38cm2,1.20683,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n01b) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n01b was ungrazed and burned annually until 2001, and from 2002 bison grazed and burned annually. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
537,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,17,2002,2018,39.0803,-96.6059,45,68,1,824,38cm2,0.99196,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n04a) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n04a was bison grazed and burned every 4 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
538,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,21,1982,2018,39.07985,-96.5834,44,95,1,946,38cm2,1.3545,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n04d) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n04d was ungrazed and burned every 4 years from 1980 to 2001, then bison grazed and burned every 4 years since 2002. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
539,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,17,2002,2018,39.0953,-96.59865,43,68,1,783,38cm2,0.8298,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n20a) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n20a was bison grazed and burned every 20 years. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
540,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,Tallgrass prairie,TRUE,"Temperate grasslands, savannas and shrublands",Terrestrial invertebrates,Acrididae (grasshoppers),Konza grasshoppers CGR022,A,Y,20,1982,2018,39.08685,-96.57055,41,96,1,880,38cm2,0.84364,4.00E-09,Ellen Welti,Anthony Joern,mischiefmao@gmail.com,ajoern@ksu.edu,CC-BY,http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/content/cgr022,NA,"This is a single watershed (n20b) monitoring and it's part of the Konza Prairie grasshopper study dataset. Watershed n20b was ungrazed and burned every 20 years from 1980 to 2001 (called n00b), then bison grazed and burned every 20 years since 2002. Methods for the whole study are provided below and other watersheds are also available within BioTIME.

Location of Sampling Stations:Two replicate sites per treatment. All sites are on upland (Florence) soils. In order from east to west:
Ungrazed: 002D A:grid V-26, B:U-24; 001D A:T-24, B:R-27; 0SuB A: R-27, B:Q-28; 004F A:Q-28, B:P-28; 020B A:O-28, B:N-28; 002C A:L-29, B:L-31; 0SpB A:K-29, B:J-28; 004B A:H-28,B:F-27.
Grazed: N20B A:S-24, B:P-2; N01B A:S-25, B:P-23; N04D A:L-28, B:K-28; N04A A:G-25, B:F-26; N01A A:G-19, B:G-21; N20A A:G-20, B:E-19
Frequency of Sampling: All sites are sampled twice (approximately 1 week apart) in late July to early August.
Variable Measured: Number of individuals (categorized by instar) for individual grasshopper species.
Methods: Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar. At this time, all 'other' insects are also kept.
All samples are taken between 1000 and 1500 hours on clear, calm warm days: cloud cover should be less than 50%, winds less than 24km/hr (15 mph), and ambient air temperature should be 25-40oC.
Sweeping effectiveness varies with site and season on Konza Prairie (e.g. sweeping is less effective on unburned prairie than on burned prairie). However, sweeping does provide good estimates of relative abundances of individual species present at any one place and time on both burned and unburned prairie. For more information, consult: Evans, E.W., R.A. Rogers, and D.J. Opfermann. 1983. Sampling grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on burned and unburned tall grass prairie: night trapping vs. sweeping. Environmental Entomology 12: 1449-1454.
Weather measurements are taken at each watershed before sweeps are completed. These measurements are recorded as CGR021. Time is recorded on a 24-hour scale, along with five wind speeds taken at 30 second intervals 5 feet above the ground. *Cloud coverage that is directly overhead is estimated by eye and recorded. Wind speed and temperature are collected in miles per hour and Fahrenheit using a WindMate 200 (occasionally temperature is taken from truck's thermometer). These numbers are then converted to metric units in excel when the data is being entered. For wind speed all five measurements are entered, then averaged, and finally converted to kilometers per hour. Temperatures is entered as Fahrenheit and converted to Celsius. All conversions are computed in excel using the existing formulas. The previous machine used to measure wind speed had a limit of detection of 5 mph. If the wind was blowing but could not register on the machine, then it was recorded as less than 5. However, in order to compute an average these measurements were entered as 2.5 mph. Also cloud coverage is sometimes recorded as less than 5% or as a range of percentages but when the data is entered the largest recorded number is used. (Ex. Recorded as less than 5%, Entered as 5; Recorded as 10-15%, Entered as 15)

*For the years 1983 - 2011 wind speeds were not always collected in this manner, instead measurements were taken at 5 second intervals or only one speed was recorded. However, the purpose of the weather information is to determine whether or not samples could be collected within the weather parameters as described above. Once collection has begun, and due to variable conditions on the prairie, the judgment of the research tech is employed to determine adequate collection conditions. (Maps of all grasshopper sites available in Appendix M, contact site IM if needed).

Summary of All Changes:
1982-1987: Sites were sampled at various earlier dates in addition to the late July-early August.
1985: Sweeping was restricted to all sites being sampled (twice, on different dates) in late July and early August. Additional watersheds (002D, 004D (now 0SpB), 004F AND 010D (now 0SuB) were added to the sampling regime for early August to provide more long-term data on the influence of fire frequency on grasshoppers. Sampling on watersheds to be grazed (N01B, N04D, and N20B) was discontinued.
1986: Watershed 004G (now 00WB) was temporarily added. Sampling in June and early July was reduced to watersheds 001D, 004D, 010D and 020B only; too few grasshoppers are collected by sweeping in the first half of the summer for all watersheds to merit sampling.
1987: Sampling in June and early July was restricted to sites 001D, 002C, 004B and 004F.
1994: Fire regime changed for 004D (became 0SpB) and 010D (became 0SuB). In the years when 0SuB is burned the sweeps are done 2 weeks earlier than normal. The summer burn is conducted on the first water appropriate day in late July to early August.
1996: Wildfire in February, burned 004F, 0SuB, 001D and 002D.
1998: 0SuB done earlier than other sites (mid-July) under the mistaken idea that the summer burns were to occur this year.
2002: Grazed (bison) transects were added in N01A, N01B, N04A, N04D, N20A and N02B. An older version of the methods manual indicates that 3 lowland (Tully) sites were once done. Locations were: 001D A: T-28; 004B A: G-28; B: S-28; B: F-28; 020B A: N-29; B: N-29
2011: WindMate 200 replaced previous machine used for checking wind speeds. The previous machine had limit of detection of 5mph. WindMate 200 specifications: Temperature -20 oC to 158 oF accuracy +1.8 oC to 89 mph accuracy +3%.
2013: Beginning with this year, Oecanthinae spp., Gryllidae spp., Tettigoniidae spp., are being added to our list. These are not new species to Konza. We are adding them to the official listing because they are related and ecologically similar.
2016: In years when SuB is burned, pre-burn and post-burn sweeps will be done. Timing for pre-burn will be mid-July and timing for post-burn will be mid-September.
2018: March 14. 004B – A was burned in a wildfire. A third sweep, “C”, will be done in the vicinity of pab011 FC until 2021 when 004b is scheduled to burn per “normal” schedule.

For additional metadata information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/DC.pdf
For additional methods information see: http://lter.konza.ksu.edu/sites/default/files/MM.pdf","Sampling is done by sweeping with canvas beating nets 38 cm in diameter. A sample of 200 sweeps (ten sets of 20 sweeps each) is taken at each site on each occasion. A sweep is taken at each step by traversing an arc of 180o with the net through the top layer of vegetation. After 20 such sweeps, the contents of the net are emptied into plastic bags. Air is squeezed out and samples are kept on ice until they can be frozen. Samples will be sorted and identified to species and instar.",301,"FM depth and biomass given zero values in place of null.  Multiple species altered due to typo/missed letter recording.  Unknowns in this study refer to unknown grasshoppers, VB split dataset into watersheds.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_watershed_replicateSite_date
541,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial invertebrates,beetles,Beetles from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,4,2008,2011,49.10037,13.31019,145,88,22,2371,0.24 m2,2.359211,2.40E-07,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of beetle data from unlogged plots.
To reflect the emerging beetle fauna of surrounding dead wood, flight-interception traps were used. Traps were established throughout windthrow centres and surrounding salvage-logged areas: 22 in logged areas and 22 in non-logged areas in spring 2008. Traps in logged areas were surrounded by at least a 50 m radius of completely salvage-logged windthrows (all trees removed); traps in non-logged areas were surrounded by at least a 50 m radius of completely non-logged windthrow (all trees of the previous stand were wind felled). Each trap consisted of a crossed pair of transparent plastic shields (40660 cm) and contained a 3.0% copper-vitriol solution to preserve trapped specimens. The shortest distance between two traps was 50 m, and the largest distance between traps was 6,500 m. Sampling was conducted during the entire growing season between May after the snow melted until September over four consecutive years until 2011. Traps were emptied monthly. All sampled beetles were identified to the species level, but only saproxylic beetles were retained.",Saproxylic beetles were trapped using flight-interception traps placed at the plot centroid from the second to the fifth year of the study period,458,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
542,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Birds,Birds,Birds from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,3,2010,2014,49.09792,13.30347,42,63,21,355,5350 m2,3.913737,0.00535,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bird data from unlogged plots.
Bird censuses were performed five times per year from mid-March to mid-June in 2010, 2012 and 2014. This schedule ensures detection of early resident breeding birds as well as late-arriving long-distance migrants (Südbeck et al., 2005). We used transect-based point-stop counts with a fixed radius of 50 m around the centroid of each plot, resulting in 900 (60 plots * five visits per year * three survey years) individual point-stop counts (Hutto et al., 1986, Moning and Müller, 2008). On each plot, all bird individuals seen and/or heard during a time period of 5 min were recorded. Surveys were only conducted on days without rain, with low wind speed, and clear or slightly overcast sky (Bibby et al., 2000).","Bird species were counted using a fixed radius point-stop-count method (50 m radius, 5 min interval)",459,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
543,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,fungi,Fungi from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.10025,13.31043,74,95,19,870,NA,1.429115,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of fungi data from unlogged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Wood-inhabiting fungi ( as epixylic bryophytes and epixylic lichens) werecounted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Wood-inhabiting fungi ( as epixylic bryophytes and epixylic lichens) were assessed on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid,460,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
544,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,lichens,Lichens (obj) from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.10038,13.30986,25,95,19,807,NA,1.429115,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of lichen data from unlogged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Epixylic lichens were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Epixylic lichens were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.,461,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
545,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Fungi,lichens,Lichens (soil) from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.09934,13.30543,7,22,10,35,200 m2,3.642794,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of lichen data from unlogged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, epigeal lichens counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.",Epigeal lichens counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.,462,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
546,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,moss,Mosses (obj) from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.10045,13.31091,23,95,19,565,NA,1.429115,0,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of moss data from unlogged plots.
Surveys lasted for 7 years up to 2014. Epixylic bryophytes were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.",Epixylic bryophytes were counted on the same five randomly selected dead wood objects around each plot centroid.,463,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
547,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,moss,Mosses (soil) from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,A,Y,5,2007,2011,49.09977,13.30727,32,125,25,690,200 m2,5.416157,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bryophites (moss) data from unlogged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, epigeal lichens counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.",Epigeal bryophytes counts were taken on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid.,464,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year
548,Terrestrial,Temperate,NA,NA,NA,NA,European forest,FALSE,Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests,Terrestrial plants,plants,Plants from the Bavarian Forest unlogged,B,Y,6,2007,2012,49.10046,13.30901,35,130,22,687,200 m2,2.359211,2.00E-04,Simon Thorn,Jorg Muller,simon@thornonline.de,Joerg.Mueller@npv-bw.bayern.de,CC-by,None,Data contributed by authors,"This study was conducted in the Bavarian Forest National Park in south-eastern Germany (49°070 N, 13°310 E), which is dominated by subalpine forests of Norway spruce (Picea abies (L.) H. Karst). On January 16, 2007, an area of c. 1000 ha of mature Norway spruce forests was felled by the windstorm ‘Kyrill’. From those 1000 ha, four larger patches were selected totalling about 200 ha to remain unlogged; on the remaining 800 ha, storm-felled trees were removed by experimental post-disturbance logging up to August 2007. Afterwards, 44 plots, 22 in logged areas and 22 in unlogged areas. During logging operations, branches were cut off the trunk and left on the ground, and the main trunk was removed. Following this, dead wood resources were reduced from c. 300 m³/ha to c. 50 m³/ha in all 22 logged areas (details in Thorn et al. 2014, 2015). This dataset is part of a multi-taxon study, where 8 different taxonomic groups were monitored across plots that had the 2 different regimes (logged VS unlogged). It consists of bryophites (moss) data from unlogged plots.
During the first 5 years of the study period since 2007, vascular plant percentage cover were calculated on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid following Bassler et al. 2012.",Vascular plant percentage cover were calculated on relevees of 200 m² size around the plot centroid following Bassler et al. 2012.,465,"FM biomass and depth set to zeroes from NULLs, VB split the dataset according to management measure.",Jun-21,Count,NA,lat_long_plotID_year